Nasdaq Aktienkurs
Vergleich mit Peer Group
📊 Peer Group
📈 Was ist das?
Die Peer Group sind die Unternehmen mit dem ähnlichsten Geschäftsmodell. Sie dienen als Vergleichsmaßstab, um eine Aktie einzuordnen.
🧮 Wie wird sie ausgewählt?
Nach Ähnlichkeit des Geschäftsmodells, also Unternehmen aus derselben Branche, mit vergleichbaren Produkten und einer ähnlichen Kundengruppe. Nur so vergleichst du Äpfel mit Äpfeln.
🏛️ Wofür ist sie wichtig?
Ob eine Aktie günstig oder teuer ist, lässt sich am ehesten im Vergleich beurteilen. Ein KGV von 18 oder ein EV/FCF von 20 wirkt je nach Maßstab günstig oder teuer. Die Peer Group liefert dabei den treffsichersten Maßstab: Unternehmen mit ähnlichem Geschäftsmodell, die denselben Bedingungen unterliegen.
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
Liegt eine Kennzahl unter dem Peer-Durchschnitt, ist die Aktie relativ günstiger bewertet, über dem Durchschnitt entsprechend teurer. Ein Abschlag zur Peer Group kann eine Chance sein, aber auch einen Grund haben (zum Beispiel geringeres Wachstum). Der Vergleich ist ein Startpunkt, kein Urteil.
Insights zu Nasdaq
Insights
Mit KI besser investieren
aktien.guide Unlimited – alle Details der KI-Analysen
👉 Detailliertere Insights
👉 Exklusive Einblicke in Chancen & Risiken
👉 Klare Antworten auf deine Fragen
Mit KI besser investieren
aktien.guide Unlimited – alle Details der KI-Analysen
👉 Detailliertere Insights
👉 Exklusive Einblicke in Chancen & Risiken
👉 Klare Antworten auf deine Fragen
Mit KI besser investieren
aktien.guide Unlimited – alle Details der KI-Analysen
👉 Detailliertere Insights
👉 Exklusive Einblicke in Chancen & Risiken
👉 Klare Antworten auf deine Fragen
Mit KI besser investieren
aktien.guide Unlimited – alle Details der KI-Analysen
👉 Detailliertere Insights
👉 Exklusive Einblicke in Chancen & Risiken
👉 Klare Antworten auf deine Fragen
Ist Nasdaq eine Topscorer-Aktie nach der Dividenden-, High-Growth-Investing- oder Levermann-Strategie?
Als kostenloser aktien.guide Basis-Nutzer kannst Du die Scores zu allen 9.127 weltweiten Aktien einsehen.
aktien.guide Premium
aktien.guide Unlimited
Kennzahlen
📘 Marktkapitalisierung
📈 Was ist das?
Die Marktkapitalisierung zeigt, wie viel ein Unternehmen laut Börse aktuell wert ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie hilft Unternehmen in Größenklassen (Large, Mid, Small Cap) einzuordnen und gibt Hinweise auf Marktmacht und Stabilität.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Große Unternehmen gelten als stabiler, zahlen oft Dividenden, wachsen aber langsamer.
- Kleine Firmen können stärker wachsen, sind aber schwankungsanfälliger.
- Die Marktkapitalisierung ist ein guter Indikator für Unternehmensgröße, aber kein Maß für Unter- oder Überbewertung.
📘 Enterprise Value (Unternehmenswert)
📈 Was ist das?
Der Enterprise Value (EV) zeigt, was ein Unternehmen tatsächlich kostet, wenn man es komplett übernehmen würde – inklusive Schulden und abzüglich Cash.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
(= Marktkapitalisierung + Nettoverschuldung)
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Der EV ist eine realistischere Bewertungsbasis als die Marktkapitalisierung, da er die Kapitalstruktur berücksichtigt. Er ist Grundlage für Kennzahlen wie EV/FCF oder EV/Sales.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Der Enterprise Value zeigt, was ein Unternehmen tatsächlich wert ist – unabhängig davon, wie es finanziert ist.
- Er ist besonders wichtig für professionelle Investoren, da er eine objektivere Grundlage für Bewertungsvergleiche bietet als die Marktkapitalisierung allein.
- Ein Unternehmen mit hoher Verschuldung erscheint im EV teurer, eines mit viel Cash günstiger – auch wenn sie an der Börse gleich viel wert sind.
📘 Nettoverschuldung
📈 Was ist das?
Die Nettoverschuldung zeigt, wie viele Schulden nach Abzug des verfügbaren Cashs tatsächlich verbleiben.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie zeigt, wie stark ein Unternehmen von Fremdkapital abhängig ist – und wie gut es in der Lage ist, seine Schulden kurzfristig zu bedienen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine niedrige oder negative Nettoverschuldung bedeutet hohe finanzielle Stabilität.
- Unternehmen mit viel Cash und geringer Verschuldung sind besser gerüstet für Krisen.
- Eine hohe Nettoverschuldung erhöht das Risiko – besonders bei steigenden Zinsen oder konjunkturellen Schwächen.
📘 Cash
📈 Was ist das?
Der Cashbestand zeigt, wie viele liquide Mittel einem Unternehmen sofort zur Verfügung stehen.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Er gibt Auskunft über die finanzielle Flexibilität: Ein hoher Cashbestand ermöglicht Investitionen, Rückkäufe oder Krisenresistenz.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher Cashbestand zeigt finanzielle Stärke und Handlungsspielraum.
- Cash kann für Investitionen, Schuldentilgung oder Aktienrückkäufe genutzt werden.
- Allerdings: Zu viel ungenutztes Kapital kann auch auf mangelnde Investitionsideen hinweisen.
📘 Anzahl ausstehender Aktien
📈 Was ist das?
Die Anzahl ausstehender Aktien gibt an, wie viele Aktien eines Unternehmens aktuell im Umlauf sind und von Investoren gehalten werden.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie ist die Grundlage für viele Kennzahlen wie Gewinn je Aktie (EPS), Marktkapitalisierung oder KGV.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Je weniger Aktien im Umlauf sind, desto höher fällt z. B. der Gewinn je Aktie aus – wichtig für Bewertung und Dividendenrendite.
- Aktienrückkäufe verringern die Anzahl ausstehender Aktien – und steigern den Wert je Aktie.
- Kapitalerhöhungen haben den gegenteiligen Effekt: mehr Aktien → Verwässerung der bestehenden Anteile.
📘 Kurs-Gewinn-Verhältnis (KGV)
📈 Was ist das?
Das KGV zeigt, wie oft der Gewinn pro Aktie im aktuellen Aktienkurs enthalten ist – also wie „teuer“ eine Aktie im Verhältnis zum Gewinn ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Das KGV gehört zu den bekanntesten Bewertungskennzahlen. Es hilft Anlegern einzuschätzen, ob eine Aktie im Vergleich zu ihrem Gewinn eher günstig oder teuer erscheint.
🧮 Berechnung
📊 KGV (TTM) = bezogen auf den Gewinn der letzten 12 Monate (Trailing Twelve Months):🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein niedriges KGV kann auf eine günstige Bewertung hindeuten – oder auf Probleme im Geschäftsmodell.
- Ein hohes KGV kann Wachstumserwartungen widerspiegeln – oder eine überbewertete Aktie.
📘 Kurs-Umsatz-Verhältnis (KUV)
📈 Was ist das?
Das KUV zeigt, wie viel Anleger für 1 € Umsatz eines Unternehmens zahlen – unabhängig vom Gewinn.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Das KUV ist besonders bei wachstumsstarken oder noch nicht profitablen Unternehmen hilfreich. Es zeigt, wie hoch der Umsatz an der Börse bewertet wird.
🧮 Berechnung
Marktkapitalisierung = 52,85 Mrd. $ | Umsatz (TTM) = 8,75 Mrd. $
Marktkapitalisierung = 52,85 Mrd. $ | Umsatz erwartet = 6,03 Mrd. $
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein niedriges KUV kann auf Unterbewertung hindeuten – oder auf schwache Margen.
- Ein hohes KUV kann hohe Erwartungen widerspiegeln – oder übermäßigen Optimismus.
- Besonders sinnvoll bei Wachstumsunternehmen, bei denen der Gewinn oder Free Cashflow (noch) keine Aussagekraft hat.
📘 Unternehmenswert zu Umsatz (EV/Sales)
📈 Was ist das?
EV/Sales zeigt, wie viel Anleger für 1 € Umsatz eines Unternehmens zahlen, wenn man auch Schulden und Cash berücksichtigt – es ist eine kapitalstrukturbereinigte Version des KUV.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Diese Kennzahl eignet sich besonders für den Vergleich von Unternehmen mit unterschiedlicher Verschuldung – sie zeigt, wie teuer ein Unternehmen tatsächlich im Verhältnis zum Umsatz ist.
🧮 Berechnung
Enterprise Value = 60,89 Mrd. $ | Umsatz (TTM) = 8,75 Mrd. $
Enterprise Value = 60,89 Mrd. $ | Umsatz erwartet = 6,03 Mrd. $
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- EV/Sales ist neutral gegenüber der Kapitalstruktur und eignet sich gut für Unternehmensvergleiche.
- Ein niedriges Verhältnis kann auf eine günstig bewertete Aktie hindeuten – ein hohes Verhältnis auf hohe Erwartungen oder Überbewertung.
- Besonders nützlich bei wachstumsstarken, noch nicht profitablen Firmen.
📘 Unternehmenswert zu Free Cashflow (EV/FCF)
📈 Was ist das?
EV/FCF zeigt, wie viele Jahre es dauern würde, bis ein Unternehmen seinen Unternehmenswert durch freien Cashflow „zurückverdient”.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Diese Kennzahl hilft, Unternehmen auf Basis ihrer tatsächlichen Cash-Erträge zu bewerten – unabhängig von Bilanzierungsregeln oder buchhalterischem Gewinn.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein niedriges EV/FCF deutet auf eine günstige Bewertung bei starker Cashgenerierung hin.
- Ein hohes EV/FCF kann entweder auf Optimismus oder auf temporär schwachen Cashflow hindeuten.
- Besonders hilfreich bei reifen, profitablen Unternehmen mit stabilen Cashflows.
📘 Kurs-Buchwert-Verhältnis (KBV)
📈 Was ist das?
Das KBV zeigt, wie hoch der Marktwert eines Unternehmens im Verhältnis zu seinem bilanziellen Eigenkapital ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Das KBV ist besonders bei Substanzwerten (z. B. Banken, Industrie) relevant. Es hilft Anlegern zu erkennen, ob ein Unternehmen unter oder über seinem buchhalterischen Vermögen bewertet ist.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein KBV unter 1 kann auf Unterbewertung oder schwache Rentabilität hindeuten.
- Ein KBV über 1 zeigt, dass der Markt dem Unternehmen Mehrwert über den Buchwert hinaus zuschreibt (z. B. Marken, Patente, Wachstum).
- Das KBV eignet sich besonders gut für Unternehmen mit stabilen, materiellen Vermögenswerten.
📘 Dividende je Aktie
📈 Was ist das?
Die Dividende je Aktie zeigt, wie viel Geld ein Unternehmen pro Aktie an seine Aktionäre ausschüttet – typischerweise jährlich oder quartalsweise.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie ist die absolute Größe der Auszahlung je Aktie – wichtig für alle, die regelmäßige Erträge suchen oder Dividendenstrategien verfolgen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine stabile oder wachsende Dividende je Aktie ist oft ein Zeichen für ein solides Geschäftsmodell.
- Die Dividende je Aktie allein sagt aber nichts über die Rendite – dafür ist auch der Aktienkurs relevant (→ Dividendenrendite).
- Langfristig steigende Dividenden sind oft ein sehr gutes Merkmal (z. B. Dividenden-Aristokraten).
📘 Dividendenrendite
📈 Was ist das?
Die Dividendenrendite zeigt, wie hoch die Dividende eines Unternehmens im Verhältnis zum Aktienkurs ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie hilft dabei, Dividendenaktien vergleichbar zu machen – unabhängig vom absoluten Auszahlungsbetrag.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine stabile Dividendenrendite kann auf verlässliche Ausschüttungen hinweisen.
- Ein Vergleich der 1J- und 5J-Rendite hilft zu erkennen, ob das Dividendenwachstum mit dem Kurswachstum Schritt hält.
- Eine niedrige Rendite ist nicht zwingend negativ – sie kann auf starkes Kurswachstum hindeuten.
📘 Dividendenwachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das Dividendenwachstum zeigt, wie stark ein Unternehmen seine Dividende je Aktie über die Zeit gesteigert hat.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
5J: durchschnittliche jährliche Wachstumsrate (CAGR)
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Stetig steigende Dividenden gelten als Zeichen für finanzielle Stärke und Aktionärsorientierung – besonders interessant für langfristige Investoren.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein stabiles Dividendenwachstum ist ein Zeichen nachhaltiger Ertragskraft.
- Ein hohes Dividendenwachstum kann ein erheblicher Hebel deiner Rendite sein:
- Wenn ein Unternehmen z. B. 1 € Dividende zahlt und diese über 5 Jahre jährlich um 15 % erhöht, bekommst du im 5. Jahr bereits 2 € je Aktie – doppelt so viel wie zu Beginn!
📘 Ausschüttungsquote (Payout)
📈 Was ist das?
Die Ausschüttungsquote zeigt, wie viel Prozent des Unternehmensgewinns (pro Aktie) als Dividende an die Aktionäre ausgeschüttet wird.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die Quote hilft einzuschätzen, ob eine Dividende auf Dauer tragfähig ist – besonders im Verhältnis zum erzielten Gewinn.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine niedrige Ausschüttungsquote bedeutet: Das Unternehmen behält einen größeren Teil des Gewinns für Investitionen – typisch für Wachstumsunternehmen.
- Eine moderate Quote (z. B. 25–50 %) steht oft für ein gesundes Gleichgewicht zwischen Ausschüttung und Zukunftsinvestitionen.
- Hohe Ausschüttungsquoten können attraktiv wirken, sind aber riskanter, wenn die Gewinne schwanken oder sinken.
📘 Dividendensteigerungen in Folge (Erhöhungen)
📈 Was ist das?
Diese Kennzahl zeigt, wie viele Jahre in Folge ein Unternehmen seine Dividende pro Aktie erhöht hat – ohne Kürzung oder Aussetzung.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Ein langer Track Record kontinuierlicher Erhöhungen spricht für Verlässlichkeit, solide Finanzen und aktionärsfreundliche Unternehmenspolitik.
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein langer Zeitraum mit Dividendensteigerungen stärkt das Vertrauen – besonders in Krisenzeiten.
- Solche Unternehmen gelten als verlässlich und planbar für Einkommensinvestoren.
- Je länger die Serie, desto stärker das Commitment gegenüber den Aktionären.
📘 Umsatz
📈 Was ist das?
Der Umsatz zeigt, wie viel ein Unternehmen insgesamt mit seinen Produkten und Dienstleistungen verdient – also den Bruttoerlös vor Abzug von Kosten.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Der Umsatz ist eine der zentralen Kennzahlen zur Einschätzung der Unternehmensgröße, Marktstellung und Wachstumskraft.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein wachsender Umsatz zeigt eine steigende Nachfrage und kann ein guter Frühindikator für Gewinnsteigerungen sein.
- Vergleiche von aktuellem und erwartetem Umsatz geben Hinweise auf das Marktumfeld und Analystenerwartungen.
- Wichtig: Starker Umsatz allein genügt nicht – auch Margen und Profitabilität zählen.
📘 EBITDA
📈 Was ist das?
EBITDA steht für „Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization“ – also Gewinn vor Zinsen, Steuern und Abschreibungen. Es zeigt das operative Ergebnis eines Unternehmens, bereinigt um bilanztechnische und finanzierungsbedingte Effekte.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
EBITDA ist eine verbreitete Kennzahl zur Beurteilung der operativen Leistungsfähigkeit – insbesondere bei kapitalintensiven Unternehmen oder im internationalen Vergleich.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hohes oder wachsendes EBITDA spricht für starke operative Erträge – unabhängig von Bilanzierung oder Steuerlast.
- EBITDA ist besonders nützlich, um Unternehmen branchenübergreifend zu vergleichen.
- Wichtig: EBITDA ist keine offizielle Gewinnkennzahl – Abschreibungen und Finanzierungskosten werden ausgeklammert.
📘 EBIT
📈 Was ist das?
EBIT steht für „Earnings Before Interest and Taxes“ – also Gewinn vor Zinsen und Steuern. Es zeigt das operative Ergebnis eines Unternehmens nach Abschreibungen, aber vor Finanzierungs- und Steueraufwand.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
EBIT ist eine zentrale Kennzahl zur Beurteilung der Profitabilität aus dem Kerngeschäft – unabhängig von Kapitalstruktur oder Steuersystem.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hohes EBIT deutet auf ein profitables Kerngeschäft hin – vor Zinslasten oder steuerlichen Effekten.
- Es erlaubt objektivere Vergleiche zwischen Unternehmen mit unterschiedlicher Finanzierung.
- Im Vergleich mit EBITDA zeigt EBIT bereits den Einfluss von Abschreibungen auf das operative Ergebnis.
📘 Nettogewinn
📈 Was ist das?
Der Nettogewinn ist der verbleibende Jahresüberschuss (oder -fehlbetrag) eines Unternehmens – nach Abzug aller Kosten, Steuern, Zinsen und Abschreibungen
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Der Nettogewinn ist die zentrale Erfolgskennzahl – er zeigt, wie profitabel ein Unternehmen nach allen Kosten tatsächlich arbeitet.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein steigender Nettogewinn zeigt, dass das Unternehmen effizient wirtschaftet – trotz aller Kosten.
- Die Entwicklung des Gewinns beeinflusst z. B. direkt das KGV und weitere Kennzahlen.
- Im Zeitverlauf lässt sich ablesen, wie stabil und profitabel ein Geschäftsmodell wirklich ist.
📘 Free Cashflow (FCF)
📈 Was ist das?
Der Free Cashflow gibt Aufschluss über die echte finanzielle Stärke eines Unternehmens – unabhängig von Bilanzierungsregeln. Er zeigt, wie viel Spielraum für Dividenden, Aktienrückkäufe oder Schuldenabbau besteht.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
FCF reflects a company’s real financial strength – regardless of accounting profits. It shows how much flexibility a company has for dividends, share buybacks, or debt reduction.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher Free Cashflow bedeutet, dass ein Unternehmen echte Finanzkraft besitzt – unabhängig vom bilanzierten Gewinn.
- Er ist oft die solideste Grundlage für nachhaltige Dividenden und Aktienrückkäufe.
- Sinkender FCF kann ein Warnsignal sein – auch wenn der Gewinn stabil aussieht.
📘 Umsatzwachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das Umsatzwachstum zeigt, wie stark sich die Erlöse eines Unternehmens im Vergleich zum Vorjahr verändert haben – tatsächlich (TTM) und auf Prognosebasis (erwartet).
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Erwartet = (Umsatz erwartet ÷ Umsatz Vorjahr − 1) × 100
Erwartetes Wachstum basiert auf Analystenschätzungen für das laufende Geschäftsjahr.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Ein wachsender Umsatz ist ein zentrales Signal für steigende Nachfrage, Geschäftsausweitung und Marktanteilsgewinne – besonders bei Wachstumsunternehmen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Wachstum ist der Motor langfristiger Wertsteigerung – besonders bei Technologie- und Wachstumsaktien.
- Wichtig ist nicht nur das aktuelle Wachstum, sondern auch dessen Nachhaltigkeit.
- Prognosen zeigen, ob Analysten weiteres Potenzial erwarten – oder eine Verlangsamung.
📘 EBITDA-Wachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das EBITDA-Wachstum zeigt, wie stark das operative Ergebnis eines Unternehmens vor Zinsen, Steuern und Abschreibungen im Vergleich zum Vorjahr gestiegen oder gesunken ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Erwartet = (erwartetes EBITDA ÷ EBITDA Vorjahr − 1) × 100
Erwartetes Wachstum basiert auf Analystenschätzungen für das laufende Geschäftsjahr.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Ein steigendes EBITDA ist ein Zeichen für verbesserte operative Ertragskraft – unabhängig von Finanzierungsstruktur oder Abschreibungen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Starkes EBITDA-Wachstum signalisiert operative Effizienz und Skalierung – besonders relevant in Wachstumsphasen.
- EBITDA-Wachstum ist ein Frühindikator für Margen- und Gewinnentwicklung – sollte aber stets im Zusammenhang mit Umsatz und EBIT betrachtet werden.
📘 EBIT Wachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das EBIT-Wachstum zeigt, wie stark das operative Ergebnis eines Unternehmens (nach Abschreibungen, aber vor Zinsen und Steuern) im Vergleich zum Vorjahr gewachsen ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Erwartet = (erwartetes EBIT ÷ EBIT Vorjahr − 1) × 100
Erwartetes Wachstum basiert auf Analystenschätzungen für das laufende Geschäftsjahr.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Das EBIT-Wachstum ist ein direkter Indikator für die wirtschaftliche Entwicklung des operativen Geschäfts – unter Berücksichtigung der Kapitalintensität (Abschreibungen).
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Steigendes EBIT signalisiert wachsende operative Rentabilität – auch unter Berücksichtigung von Abschreibungen.
- Das EBIT-Wachstum ist ein wichtiges Maß zur Beurteilung von Geschäftsmodellen mit hohen Investitionskosten.
- Im Zusammenspiel mit Umsatz- und EBITDA-Wachstum ergibt sich ein umfassendes Bild zur operativen Entwicklung.
📘 Nettogewinn-Wachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das Nettogewinn-Wachstum zeigt, wie stark der Jahresüberschuss eines Unternehmens gegenüber dem Vorjahr gestiegen oder gesunken ist – sowohl tatsächlich (TTM) als auch auf Basis von Prognosen (erwartet).
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Erwartet = (erwarteter Nettogewinn ÷ Nettogewinn Vorjahr − 1) × 100
Der erwartete Wert basiert auf Analystenschätzungen für das laufende Geschäftsjahr.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Der Gewinn ist die entscheidende Ergebnisgröße für ein Unternehmen. Ein wachsender Nettogewinn deutet auf steigende Effizienz, stabile Kostenkontrolle und nachhaltige Ertragskraft hin.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Wachsender Nettogewinn stärkt die Bewertung, Dividendenfähigkeit und Kursfantasie.
- Stagnierender oder rückläufiger Gewinn trotz Umsatzwachstum kann auf Margendruck hinweisen.
📘 Free Cashflow-Wachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das Free-Cashflow-Wachstum zeigt, wie sich der freie Mittelzufluss eines Unternehmens im Vergleich zum Vorjahr verändert hat – also der Betrag, der nach allen operativen Ausgaben und Investitionen übrig bleibt.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Free Cashflow ist der echte, verfügbare Geldzufluss. Wachstum in diesem Bereich ist ein Zeichen für finanzielle Stärke und steigende Flexibilität bei Dividenden, Rückkäufen oder Investitionen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Sinkender Free Cashflow kann auf steigende Investitionen, höhere Kosten oder stagnierende operative Erträge hindeuten.
- Besonders bei Dividendenwerten ist das FCF-Wachstum wichtig – denn Dividenden werden letztlich aus dem verfügbaren Cash gezahlt.
- Ein negativer Trend sollte genauer analysiert werden – er ist nicht zwangsläufig schlecht, aber potenziell ein Warnsignal.
📘 Bruttomarge
📈 Was ist das?
Die Bruttomarge zeigt, wie viel vom Umsatz nach Abzug der direkten Herstellungskosten (Material, Produktion) als Bruttogewinn übrig bleibt – also der „Rohgewinn“ eines Unternehmens.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Auch: Bruttomarge = Bruttogewinn ÷ Umsatz × 100
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die Bruttomarge gibt Aufschluss über die Profitabilität eines Produkts oder Geschäftsmodells vor Fixkosten, Steuern und Zinsen. Sie zeigt, wie effizient ein Unternehmen produzieren oder einkaufen kann.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe Bruttomarge deutet auf starke Preissetzungsmacht und effiziente Herstellung hin.
- Sinkende Bruttomargen können auf Kostensteigerungen oder Preisdruck hindeuten.
- Besonders im Vergleich zu Wettbewerbern liefert die Bruttomarge wertvolle Einblicke in die Geschäftsqualität.
📘 EBITDA-Marge
📈 Was ist das?
Die EBITDA-Marge zeigt, wie viel vom Umsatz als operativer Gewinn vor Zinsen, Steuern und Abschreibungen (EBITDA) übrig bleibt. Sie misst die operative Effizienz – ohne Verzerrungen durch Finanzierung oder Buchwerte.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die EBITDA-Marge hilft zu verstehen, wie viel operativer Gewinn ein Unternehmen aus jedem Euro Umsatz erzielt – unabhängig von Kapitalstruktur oder steuerlichem Umfeld.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe EBITDA-Marge zeigt starke operative Ertragskraft – unabhängig von Bilanzierungseffekten.
- Die Marge ermöglicht gute Vergleiche zwischen Unternehmen und Branchen.
- Ein stabiler oder wachsender Wert kann auf effiziente Kostenkontrolle und Skalierbarkeit hindeuten.
📘 EBIT-Marge
📈 Was ist das?
Die EBIT-Marge zeigt, wie viel Prozent des Umsatzes als operativer Gewinn nach Abschreibungen, aber vor Zinsen und Steuern übrig bleiben.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die EBIT-Marge misst die operative Ertragskraft eines Unternehmens unter Berücksichtigung der Kapitalintensität (z. B. Maschinen, Anlagen). Sie eignet sich gut zum Vergleich von Geschäftsmodellen mit unterschiedlich hohen Abschreibungen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe EBIT-Marge zeigt, dass ein Unternehmen auch nach Abschreibungen effizient arbeitet.
- Sie ist besonders relevant in kapitalintensiven Branchen.
- Langfristig stabile oder steigende Margen sind ein Zeichen wirtschaftlicher Stärke und Preissetzungsmacht.
📘 Nettomarge
📈 Was ist das?
Die Nettomarge zeigt, wie viel vom Umsatz am Ende als „Reingewinn“ übrig bleibt – also nach Abzug aller Kosten, Zinsen, Steuern und Abschreibungen.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die Nettomarge gibt an, wie effizient ein Unternehmen über alle Stufen hinweg wirtschaftet. Sie zeigt, wie viel Gewinn tatsächlich je Euro Umsatz übrig bleibt.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe Nettomarge zeigt, dass ein Unternehmen nicht nur operativ stark ist, sondern auch seine Finanzierung und Steuerbelastung im Griff hat.
- Vergleiche mit Wettbewerbern geben Einblicke in die wirtschaftliche Qualität.
- Sinkende Nettomargen trotz Umsatzwachstum können ein Warnsignal sein – etwa für steigende Kosten oder sinkende Effizienz.
📘 Free Cashflow Marge
📈 Was ist das?
Die Free-Cashflow-Marge zeigt, wie viel vom Umsatz nach Abzug aller operativen Ausgaben und Investitionen tatsächlich als freier Mittelzufluss übrig bleibt.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Diese Marge misst die echte Liquidität, die ein Unternehmen erwirtschaftet – unabhängig von Bilanzierungsregeln oder Abschreibungen. Sie ist besonders relevant für Dividenden, Rückkäufe und Investitionen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe Free-Cashflow-Marge zeigt, dass ein Unternehmen nachhaltig liquide Mittel erwirtschaftet.
- Sie ist ein starkes Signal für finanzielle Stabilität und Ausschüttungspotenzial.
- Wichtig ist der langfristige Trend – sinkende Werte können auf steigende Investitionen oder rückläufige operative Effizienz hindeuten.
📘 Eigenkapitalquote
📈 Was ist das?
Die Eigenkapitalquote zeigt, wie hoch der Anteil des Eigenkapitals an der Bilanzsumme eines Unternehmens ist – also wie stark es sich aus eigenen Mitteln finanziert.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Eine hohe Eigenkapitalquote steht für finanzielle Stabilität, Krisenfestigkeit und gute Bonität. Sie ist besonders relevant bei der Beurteilung der Verschuldung.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe Eigenkapitalquote signalisiert finanzielle Stabilität – besonders in Krisenzeiten.
- Ein niedriger Wert kann auf ein höheres Risiko oder eine aggressive Verschuldung hinweisen.
- Wichtig: Die Eigenkapitalquote sollte immer gemeinsam mit der Eigenkapitalrendite betrachtet werden. Nur so lässt sich beurteilen, ob ein Unternehmen nicht nur solide, sondern auch effizient wirtschaftet.
📘 Eigenkapitalrendite (ROE)
📈 Was ist das?
Die Eigenkapitalrendite zeigt, wie effizient ein Unternehmen mit dem Kapital seiner Aktionäre arbeitet – also wie viel Gewinn es pro Euro Eigenkapital erwirtschaftet.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die Eigenkapitalrendite ist eine zentrale Rentabilitätskennzahl. Sie hilft Anlegern zu erkennen, ob das Unternehmen eine attraktive Verzinsung auf das eingesetzte Eigenkapital erwirtschaftet.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe Eigenkapitalrendite spricht für ein starkes, effizientes Geschäftsmodell.
- Besonders interessant ist sie bei kapitalintensiven Firmen oder solchen mit hoher Eigenkapitalquote.
- Wichtig: Ein sehr hoher ROE kann auch auf hohe Schulden hinweisen – daher sollte sie immer im Kontext mit der Eigenkapitalquote betrachtet werden.
📘 Return on Capital Employed (ROCE)
📈 Was ist das?
ROCE misst die Gesamtrentabilität eines Unternehmens – also wie effizient es das eingesetzte Kapital (Eigen- und Fremdkapital) zur Gewinnerzielung nutzt.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Das eingesetzte Kapital ist das gesamte betriebsnotwendige Kapital, unabhängig von der Finanzierungsquelle.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
ROCE eignet sich besonders gut für den Vergleich unterschiedlich finanzierter Unternehmen. Es zeigt, wie effektiv ein Unternehmen Kapital investiert – unabhängig von der Kapitalstruktur.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher ROCE zeigt, dass ein Unternehmen sein Kapital effizient einsetzt – unabhängig davon, ob es durch Eigen- oder Fremdkapital finanziert ist.
- Je höher der ROCE im Vergleich zu ähnlichen Unternehmen, desto mehr Wert schafft das Unternehmen mit seinem investierten Kapital.
- Besonders wichtig ist der ROCE bei Firmen mit hohen Investitionen – z. B. in Industrie, Energie oder Infrastruktur.
📘 Return on Invested Capital (ROIC)
📈 Was ist das?
ROIC zeigt, wie effizient ein Unternehmen das Kapital investiert, das langfristig im operativen Geschäft gebunden ist – unabhängig davon, ob es aus Eigen- oder Fremdkapital stammt.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
- NOPAT = „Net Operating Profit After Taxes“
- Investiertes Kapital = operatives Vermögen abzüglich nicht-verzinster Schulden
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
ROIC ist eine der präzisesten Kennzahlen zur Bewertung der Kapitalrendite – besonders im Vergleich zur Eigenkapitalrendite, weil es Verzerrungen durch Schulden vermeidet. Er zeigt, ob ein Unternehmen Mehrwert für alle Kapitalgeber schafft.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher ROIC zeigt, wie gut ein Unternehmen mit dem tatsächlich investierten (betriebsnotwendigen) Kapital wirtschaftet.
- Im Unterschied zu ROCE wird nur Kapital betrachtet, das wirklich zur Finanzierung operativer Aktivitäten dient – und verzinst werden muss.
- Besonders hilfreich, um die Kapitalrendite von Unternehmen mit viel „überschüssigem“ Kapital oder zinsfreien Verbindlichkeiten realistisch zu vergleichen.
📘 Verschuldungsgrad (Leverage Ratio)
📈 Was ist das?
Der Verschuldungsgrad zeigt, wie stark ein Unternehmen durch verzinsliche Schulden (z. B. Kredite und Anleihen) im Verhältnis zum Eigenkapital finanziert ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die Kennzahl hilft, das finanzielle Risiko und die Abhängigkeit von Fremdkapital zu beurteilen. Ein hoher Verschuldungsgrad kann die Eigenkapitalrendite steigern – birgt aber auch erhöhte Risiken bei Zinsanstiegen oder Liquiditätsengpässen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein niedriger Verschuldungsgrad steht für finanzielle Stabilität und Unabhängigkeit.
- Ein hoher Wert kann auf erhöhte Risiken hinweisen – insbesondere bei schwankenden Zinsen oder konjunkturellen Schwächen.
- Wichtig: Immer im Kontext zur Branche und Kapitalintensität bewerten.
📘 Ergebnis je Aktie (EPS)
📈 Was ist das?
Das Ergebnis je Aktie (EPS) zeigt, wie viel Gewinn auf eine einzelne Aktie entfällt – und ist eine der wichtigsten Kennzahlen zur Bewertung von Unternehmen.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Die verwässerte Aktienanzahl berücksichtigt auch potenzielle neue Aktien, etwa durch Optionen, Wandelanleihen oder andere Umtauschrechte.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
EPS bildet die Basis für viele Bewertungskennzahlen wie KGV, PEG oder Payout Ratio. Es macht den Gewinn für Aktionäre vergleichbar – unabhängig von der Unternehmensgröße.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- EPS hilft, die Profitabilität pro Aktie zu erfassen – und ist besonders wichtig im Zeitvergleich oder im Vergleich mit Analystenschätzungen.
- Steigendes EPS kann ein Zeichen für stabiles Wachstum oder Aktienrückkäufe sein.
- Wichtig: Verwende verwässertes EPS für realistische Bewertungen – besonders bei stark aktienbasierten Vergütungssystemen.
📘 Free Cashflow je Aktie (FCF je Aktie)
📈 Was ist das?
Der Free Cashflow je Aktie zeigt, wie viel freier Mittelzufluss einem Unternehmen pro Aktie zur Verfügung steht – nach Investitionen, aber vor Dividenden oder Schuldentilgung.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Der FCF je Aktie zeigt, wie viel liquide Mittel pro Aktie tatsächlich im Unternehmen verbleiben – wichtig für Dividenden, Aktienrückkäufe oder Schuldentilgung. Im Gegensatz zum Gewinn ist er schwerer manipulierbar und daher besonders aussagekräftig.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher Free Cashflow je Aktie ist ein Zeichen für hohe finanzielle Flexibilität.
- Er zeigt, wie viel Kapital ein Unternehmen effektiv einsetzen oder ausschütten kann.
- Besonders relevant für dividendenstarke Unternehmen oder solche mit starker Kapitalrendite.
📘 Short Interest
📈 Was ist das?
Short Interest zeigt, wie viele Aktien eines Unternehmens aktuell leerverkauft wurden – also von Investoren geliehen und verkauft, in der Erwartung fallender Kurse.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Der Wert zeigt den Anteil der Aktien, der aktuell auf fallende Kurse spekuliert wird.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Short Interest dient als Stimmungsindikator: Ein hoher Wert deutet auf Skepsis oder negative Erwartungen gegenüber dem Unternehmen hin – kann aber auch zu einem „Short Squeeze“ führen, wenn der Kurs plötzlich steigt.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein niedriger Short Interest deutet auf Vertrauen in das Unternehmen hin.
- Ein hoher Wert kann ein Warnsignal sein – oder eine Chance, wenn sich die Stimmung dreht.
- Besonders spannend in volatilen Märkten oder vor wichtigen Quartalszahlen.
📘 Employees
📈 Was ist das?
Die Mitarbeiteranzahl zeigt, wie viele Personen ein Unternehmen weltweit beschäftigt – ein Indikator für Größe, Struktur und Geschäftsmodell.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie hilft bei der Einschätzung von Skaleneffekten, Effizienz und Personalkosten. Zusammen mit Umsatz und Gewinn lassen sich Kennzahlen wie Produktivität je Mitarbeiter ableiten.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Viele Mitarbeiter bedeuten große operative Komplexität – aber auch hohes Umsatzpotenzial.
- Produktivität je Mitarbeiter ist ein wichtiger Indikator für Effizienz.
- Besonders spannend bei stark wachsenden Tech- oder Industrieunternehmen.
📘 Umsatz je Mitarbeiter
📈 Was ist das?
Der Umsatz je Mitarbeiter zeigt, wie viel Erlös ein Unternehmen durchschnittlich pro Beschäftigtem erwirtschaftet – eine Kennzahl für Effizienz und Produktivität.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Die Mitarbeiterzahl stammt in der Regel aus dem letzten verfügbaren Jahresbericht.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Diese Kennzahl hilft, Geschäftsmodelle zu vergleichen – insbesondere zwischen arbeitsintensiven und technologiegetriebenen Unternehmen. Ein hoher Wert deutet auf Automatisierung, Effizienz oder hohen Wertschöpfungsanteil hin.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher Umsatz je Mitarbeiter spricht für ein skalierbares und margenstarkes Geschäftsmodell.
- Ein niedriger Wert kann auf arbeitsintensive Prozesse oder geringere Wertschöpfung hinweisen.
- Besonders hilfreich beim Vergleich von Tech- vs. Industrieunternehmen.
Nasdaq Aktie Analyse
Analystenmeinungen
24 Analysten haben eine Nasdaq Prognose abgegeben:
Analystenmeinungen
24 Analysten haben eine Nasdaq Prognose abgegeben:
Nasdaq Events
🇩🇪 Neu: Alle Transkripte jetzt auch auf Deutsch verfügbar!
Abonniere Premium, um Transkripte und KI-Zusammenfassungen auf Deutsch zu lesen.
Vergangene Events
|
SEP
24
Bank of America 31st Annual Financials CEO Conference
vor einem Tag
|
|
SEP
23
Autonomous 2026 Future of Commerce Symposium
vor 2 Tagen
|
|
SEP
14
Barclays 24th Annual Global Financial Services Conference
vor 11 Tagen
|
|
JUL
23
Q2 2026 Earnings Call
vor 2 Monaten
|
|
JUN
9
Morgan Stanley US Financials Conference 2026
vor 4 Monaten
|
|
JUN
4
Piper Sandler Global Exchange and Fintech Conference
vor 4 Monaten
|
|
JUN
3
46th Annual William Blair Growth Stock Conference
vor 4 Monaten
|
|
APR
23
Q1 2026 Earnings Call
vor 5 Monaten
|
|
MÄR
12
BofA Securities 2026 Information & Business Services Conference
vor 7 Monaten
|
|
MÄR
4
47th Annual Raymond James Institutional Investor Conference
vor 7 Monaten
|
|
MÄR
2
Morgan Stanley Technology
vor 7 Monaten
|
|
FEB
25
Analyst/Investor Day - Nasdaq, Inc.
vor 7 Monaten
|
|
JAN
29
Q4 2025 Earnings Call
vor 8 Monaten
|
|
DEZ
10
Goldman Sachs 2025 U.S. Financial Services Conference
vor 10 Monaten
|
|
DEZ
2
UBS Global Technology and AI Conference 2025
vor 10 Monaten
|
|
NOV
19
Global Technology
vor 10 Monaten
|
|
NOV
18
J.P. Morgan 2025 Ultimate Services Investor Conference
vor 10 Monaten
|
|
OKT
21
Q3 2025 Earnings Call
vor 11 Monaten
|
|
SEP
8
Barclays 23rd Annual Global Financial Services Conference
vor etwa einem Jahr
|
aktien.guide Basis
Nasdaq — Bank of America 31st Annual Financials CEO Conference
1. Question Answer
Good morning, everyone. I'm Elias Abboud. Craig Siegenthaler and I cover U.S. exchanges here at BofA, and I'm pleased to be joined on stage by Nasdaq's CFO, Sarah Youngwood.
With 4,500 companies on its exchange, Nasdaq is the largest listing venue in the U.S. It is, of course, a leader in both stock and options exchange -- options trading. But since 2017, it has been in the midst of a strategic pivot to being a scaled technology and information services provider as well. Today, nearly 80% of Nasdaq's revenue is from nontrading businesses. This includes indexing data, corporate services, marketplace technology, regulatory reporting and financial crime management technology.
Sarah was appointed as CFO in 2023. Before coming to NASDAQ, she was the CFO for UBS, where she played a key role in modernizing the bank's infrastructure and facilitating the acquisition of Credit Suisse. She also has 25 years of experience at JPMorgan, where she held senior roles in investment banking and Investor Relations and as the CFO of Chase and JPMorgan's technology unit. Sarah, thank you for spending some time with us.
Thanks for having me.
So Sarah, to get started, my sense is that a fair number of our European clients still think of Nasdaq as an exchange. So to start, why don't you talk to us about the strategic pivot that the company has undergone over the past decade and lay out the motivation and vision behind your entry into these adjacent business lines?
Yes. Thank you. So we are the trusted fabric of the financial system. So by that, we mean that we architect the world's most modern markets. We power innovation, and we build trust in the financial system. And so you're right. When you think about all of the exchanges that we run, including, of course, Nasdaq, that is 30% of what we do. 30%, and that includes the market services piece and the listing piece. All of that is 30% of what we do. 15% or over 15% at this point is actually an index business including the NASDAQ 100, but $1 trillion in ETP AUM constitute that index business and has grown tremendously over the last 7 years. And then the balance of it, about 50% is core infrastructure and for the financial system. And by core infrastructure, you've named many of those, those are really important rails and gold data that enables the financial system to run and to transform.
And our vision was about, call it, a decade ago. we saw trends, technology trends that we were going to transform the financial system. And to be honest, it's all happening today, but it was visible 10 years ago. The first one is the cloud. The second one is the distributed ledger. And the third one, of course, is AI. Originally algorithmic AI and now Gen AI. And by catching those trends, cloud 12 years ago, distributed ledger 9 years ago and AI 10 years ago, we were able to put ourselves in a position where today, naturally, we're at the right place at the right moment. But that all started a decade ago.
And what's very important is that we have modernized continuously during those 10, 12 years. And as we've done so, we've prepared ourselves to be ready to modernize the financial system. And that our clients, the financial system operators need solutions that are going to be Gen AI-ready, that are going to be digital ledger-ready that are going to have data that they can't buy somewhere else, that help them have the liquidity, the trust, the integrity in the financial system as the financial system changes. But I think what is even more powerful is that as we did that, we did it with the shareholders in mind. And so we did it trying to get, okay, a higher SAM addressable market share, like serviceable addressable market, and more alpha, more solutions revenue. You mentioned the 80%.
And today, we are a rule of 70 business. So if you think of the rule of 40, we score at 70. There are only 18 companies that are at scale in growing mode, 8% or more and that are at rule of 60. So it's a very good company in which we are, and it's a very rare occurrence to have rule of 70. And so a rule of 70, 80% solutions, double-digit alpha growth in the last 2 quarters and also mid-teens revenue growth over the last 2 quarters. So we feel very good about where we are. And we feel that, that transformation has been not only very timely starting 10 years ago, but also really giving us an opportunity to deliver for the shareholders.
I see. Let's dig in on tokenization for a moment. So you announced that you'd be launching Nasdaq equity tokens in the second quarter of 2027. Can you help us understand how these are going to work?
Yes. So our big principles, and you're going to hear those words all the time, hopefully, they stick, are liquidity, integrity and transparency. And so this transformation of the financial system is happening. You've got the convergence of AI and the digital assets with continuous transformation. And those trends reinforce each other. So when we're looking at what we need to do, we need to maintain liquidity in this particular case. As we introduce the digital ledger because the digital ledger is going to provide benefits for both the issuer and for the investor. But the problem is to make sure you do that without breaking what we have today, which is a very deep liquidity pool. So we provide Nasdaq equity token is maintaining one unified liquidity pool.
You have all of the rights of the security itself. It trades in the same way the current fiat security actually trades. And in addition, you have the benefits of the token, which issuer benefit from having some of the actions that are written into your token or other that enable you as an issuer to have a closer relationship with your shareholders by embedding in some ways, messaging or actions, dividend could be an action, for example, into your token. And so you've got no harm done on the liquidity because of the unified liquidity.
You've got more potential for the issuer to have capabilities on its token. And then from the investors' point of view, you have the ability if you are in token mode to use it more swiftly in terms of moving it as collateral, for example, to reduce your collateral needs.
I think there's probably about a dozen other competing stock tokenization initiatives at this point, including some other issuer-centric models, like Superstate, Securitize. Can you maybe speak a little bit more about how what you guys are doing with stock tokenization differs from those other initiatives already in the market?
Yes. So I'm going to go back to that word liquidity. To the extent that you do a wrapper, for example, and I'm not saying that every solution is a wrapper. A wrapper is breaking the liquidity pool. And so what you really want to make sure is that you are enabling the trading to happen in the way it does because whereas you can have the ability to trade a few shares here or there in a small liquidity pool. The beauty of the financial system here is the speed at which it operates, as well as the depth with which it operates. And so we go back to, for us, making sure that we have something that has the transparency on the integrity, but very importantly, that does not break the liquidity pool. And we believe that markets will decide in some ways. Markets are valuing connectivity or valuing nanoseconds, or valuing depth.
There is a reason why half of the capital markets happen to be in the U.S. in the deepest liquid market. There is a reason -- money goes where liquidity is. So whether it's the corporates that are going there or whether it is investors that want to trade there.
Got it. Let's switch gears to the other hot topic -- hot topic in our space, AI. So can you speak to how your conversations with bank executives around AI have evolved over the past 6 months?
Yes, it's really an interesting trend because we talked about the cloud adoption and it really took 10 years. The Gen AI adoption is on a very different pace. And the dialogue is becoming very, very deep over the last 6 months. There are Gen AI applications, I would say, everywhere. And so from how you use your data, are you going to deliver my data in token efficient way? And we do. And we have even patented -- patent pending ways to provide our data in token efficient way, for example, for investment, whether it is what are the features that are upcoming that are Gen AI that enable the issuer to either have a copilot or to also have, if you are a large financial institution, a lot of the work done independently. So I'll give an example.
In Financial Crime Management, which is a $4.4 trillion issue, there are a lot of things that need to be done. The first thing is we use Gen AI to actually catch up fraud itself by putting that consortium data of 2,800 banks, $13 trillion of assets into one on cloud, well segregated that enables us to give better alerts to our customers. So the quality of the alerts is the first Gen AI output. But then you can go further and you can have agents. We have 800 out of our 2,800 banks that operate with our agents, which means that they have gone through AI governance committees, and they are using on a daily basis, agents. Sanctions is one that we introduced in December. We have 6 of them at this point, 2 in beta. But the sanction, one, for example, is going to enable you to file the sanctions with 80% of the sanctions not being touched by a human. And so 80% not being touched by a human can translate into real efficiencies for our clients. And that's what we're seeing with now a pretty good level of experience with 800 of our clients using that. And that's just an example.
If you go into our regtech, we have different solutions that are also serving both the quality as well as the efficiency, all of the regulatory reports are generated benefiting from Gen AI. Reg to code, for example, but also delivering capabilities to the clients to make sure that we help them detect the data that they are giving us in terms of like is it going to comply with the 1,000 ways that it needs to comply.
And what I think becomes more and more interesting is when you actually converge the 2 trends and you say Calypso, you're going to have in the cloud, Gen AI capabilities, but you're also going to be able to move collateral. And so now you are using digital assets and Gen AI and those solutions are enabling us to be viewed by our clients as their trusted transformation partner. They need to go on their journey. They need to meet that transformation of the financial system. The needs are very strong, and there are very few counterparties that are as trusted as we are and as innovative as we are.
You launched an MCP server for Nasdaq Data Link earlier this year. Can you talk about the extent to which that data demand has been additive and incremental versus cannibalizing other data delivery channels?
So I'll start to say that when we deliver the data in a better way, we charge more, not less. And that's a good thing to do. And so when we deliver the data in a way that is easier to consume, we benefit from it as Nasdaq and you benefit from it as our shareholders. What we have is the ability to deliver the data to you in the way you want. MCP is a very, very useful way to deliver the data. We -- but we can do it also by API, by whatever it is, that works for different financial institutions or brokerage houses. What has been very powerful is that we can really embed ourselves in your trading systems. So if you need to trade, again, it's not like you're going to check a screen and then trade.
We have the ability for you to embed that data at the point where you want to consume it. If you're a hedge fund and if you want to embed it in strategies, it's there. It's basically available in real time where you need it. If you're a retail brokerage house somewhere in Asia or in Europe and you want to enable your clients to trade in the U.S. financial system, especially December 6, as we go always on, you have the ability to have that data at the fingertips of your clients in whichever app they may be consuming on your behalf as a brokerage house.
Over at Verafin, a pillar of your growth strategy has been the movement up market into the Tier 1 banks. Can you update us on where Verafin stands today amongst the Tier 1s? And is it a meaningful portion of ARR yet?
Yes. So I will answer that we have 3 pillars really of growth in financial crime management. Financial crime management is underlying all of the -- a majority of the $350 million that we have is small and medium-sized banks. We come in, and we are the financial crime management platform for those banks. And that has been how Verafin constituted its brand in the financial system. But once you have 2,800 banks, majority of which are smaller banks, you become extremely attractive to the larger banks because where fraud will go is not just between one large bank and a second large bank. It's actually wherever fraud goes.
And if you're a large bank, you can maybe have an agreement with 2 or 3 large banks or 5 or 10, but what you're not going to be able to do is 1 by 1 under being an agency of the government because you cannot mix in personal information without the right rules and frameworks, assemble 2,800 banks of data. And with that, we've been able to add approximately 20 large banks. And those large banks that would be Tier 1 and Tier 2 banks, example, Citi, example, Goldman Sachs, those are names that we can name, but there are many others that we can't name.
In Canada also, we've been very successful with some of the large banks. And so we have that second leg of growth which is today, to answer your question, still small in terms of its base, but growing in a fast way. And we had 11 signings this year, year-to-date, which is more than what we had the year before. So we are accelerating. We are -- we talked about the year before being back-ended in terms of like those large signings, but the second half of the year is upcoming. And so we have a lot of potential tailwinds coming from the fact that those large banks represent half of the SAM, the serviceable addressable market share in the financial crime management.
We're talking about approximately a $9 billion SAM. And so when you're taking half of that, it's $8 billion. We are able to have a very, very large potential share that is today untapped.
Your Calypso business is very well known globally for its capabilities in rates. But we've seen a lot of product innovation across derivatives over the past couple of years. We've got perpetuals. We have compute features coming. Can you talk about the opportunity to expand Calypso's capabilities across more asset classes?
Yes. So Calypso is a pretrade, trade, post-trade and treasury management system. And when you think about that, if anybody thought that it was simple to do all of that, before the proliferation of products, before the digital assets, before you could even think about moving a collateral in token form, that's what -- I mean it was probably reckless to imagine that you could do that on your Excel form, but some people did. When you add the complexity that we are seeing today, there is no doubt, even at fairly small institutions that you need help. And you're going to want to have that help from somebody who is cloud-ready, Gen AI-ready, digital assets ready and ready for all of those products that we are talking about. And that's basically us.
We're also very modular, which means that we're not going to sell you like a very large package if you're looking for something that's pretty precise. We're able to give you exactly what you need and to enable you to grow with us as you go to new geographies, as you expand into other products. It's a very easy decision to make. And this has been a product that has been very much modernized under all watch since we bought it, and that is very modern at this point and ready for all of those technologies to help to benefit the financial system.
And in Axiom, you already count every single G-SIB bank as a client. Can you talk to us about the moving pieces to let that business continue to grow high single digits, low double digits, in line with your guide?
Yes. So there is a very difference -- big difference between having landed in AxiomSL and having fully penetrated your opportunities. So we are very fortunate that every G-SIB except one actually uses AxiomSL. And beyond that, we have very large opportunities with the rest of the banks as some of the regulation is now affecting smaller banks than the G-SIBs, including some of the parts of Basel that came through. And so when we think about that, we talked at Investor Day about a penetration that is close to approximately 10%. And overall in the space of regulatory tax. So when you're thinking about having most of them, but having a penetration that is approximately 10%, that is really the root of our land and expand strategy.
And we're doing extremely well. Again, we have a cloud solution. We're selling greatly majority in the cloud for AxiomSL. And that also enables us to help our clients with the Gen AI features, which are available on the cloud and which enable them to participate in the modernization of their regulatory framework in a very simple way. Think of the regulatory as thousands of updates. We have 64 countries, 150 regulators, thousands of reports. I believe it's 6,000 reports that we update every year, you have thousands of updates that have to come through. And so if you're a financial institution, you definitely want the help, which is why everybody but one that we're working on is working with us and is working with us more and more, which enables us to support the medium-term outlook.
Within your index business, what new products are you excited about? Do you have anything in the lab that could be the next Nasdaq 100?
And so we don't think of we need the next Nasdaq 100 necessarily. What we try to have is, first of all, a very good ecosystem against the Nasdaq 100 because having the Nasdaq 100 is great. We all refer to it. We all watch it as we do 1 of the top 3 indexes that tells you how the market is doing. But more importantly, it's becoming part of portfolio composition, which means that an ecosystem needs to be built around it, whether it's the futures, which we do through a partner, whether it's the index option, which we have built from scratch and create some good alpha opportunities at a good capture within our Market Services business, whether it's the Nasdaq 100 binary option, which we have filed for. And we have a whole lot that can be done on that.
The next piece is we do have a lot of new products. Last quarter, for example, 34 new products, half of which were international, 11 of which were institutional. And so we try to fit into lots of different pockets so that we can grow our ETP AUM, and we certainly do grow them. We added $11 billion in the last 12 months, and that's on a base of $1 trillion. So a growth rate that is extremely good.
And then to answer your question, like is there a thematic that is the thematic? Obviously, AI infrastructure is an important thematic today. So we have indexes that are around data centers, for example, semiconductors, for example. But it could be that somebody in Australia comes to us with a need, and we will have something that is specific to that particular market. And so we're very flexible to capture the opportunity and the alpha on behalf of our clients wherever it is.
Let's circle back on your oldest business, the stock exchange.
Yes.
Based on your conversations with issuers, what does the IPO pipeline look like for the rest of the year?
Yes. The IPO pipeline is robust. So if you look at the first half, first of all, we have had the best first half we have had ever. That's $110 billion that were raised. And that is including, of course, the SpaceX IPO, but that is only -- I won't say only, but that's $86 billion. So to get from $86 billion to $110 billion. you've got a lot of breadth of other sectors. On the sectors that we're seeing as active today are, of course, the AI infrastructure and all of it are creating opportunities broadly. But second of all, there is still some fintech activity, more in insurance and real estate, actually.
The biotech sector, which had been not very active is coming back, and we're very happy to see that happening. Defense is also a sector that has some tailwinds nowadays. And so you are seeing a pretty broad spectrum of consumer tech also coming. And we're very fortunate as Nasdaq to be extremely well positioned and to have a very strong pipeline.
On the trading side, I know there's been something of a drift downward of not just Nasdaq on-exchange trading broadly relative to off-exchange trading over the past 10 years. More recently, the regulatory wins have shifted around reg ATS. I wonder as you look out over the next 10 years, do you think you can return to growth in cash equities market share.
Yes. So when you think about the 50% of the market that are off-market. So it's about 50-50 of what is on market versus off-market. And we have a real opportunity to participate, and we were thrilled to acquire the LeveL ATS, which is the third largest ATS. That ATS is not only interesting in its own right. But it has a gateway that connects it to 2,500 buy side and sell side. So now you can start to think about liquidity pool that are off markets that can be connected through a gateway. And we didn't have to have a cold start issues since we were able to acquire the LeveL ATS. And so that enables us to have participation in what we believe ends up being an important pocket of opportunity off market, which, of course, we continue to be focused on markets, but it's great to have optionality to wherever investors would like to be.
We're going to open it up here for audience questions in a moment. But to wrap Sarah, is there anything that we didn't hit on today that you're spending a lot of your time thinking about?
Yes. We hit on it, but I do want to come back to -- at the end of the day, when you try to think about what's happening today, it's the moment of convergence of 3 technology trends which are transforming the financial system. I've been in the financial system for the last 29 years, and I have never seen a time of further transformation of the financial system. When you think about that, it's the cloud Gen AI distributed ledger that are meeting towards continuous markets. And if somebody is very well positioned because we operate our own markets and because we're helping as a trusted transformation partner to transform the financial system in the right way, preserving the trust, the integrity and the liquidity of the financial system. It's absolutely Nasdaq. And being that well positioned is also transparent in the strength of the results that we are posting.
Great. So is there any questions in the audience? One in the front.
Question on Verafin. There's a few businesses out there that are growing as fast as Verafin. It looks like you're growing faster in Europe. The competitive landscape might be softer in Europe. So I wanted an update on how the outlook looks in Europe relative to the broader business. And also, you've been announcing several partnerships in Verafin. What's driving that? And should we expect more partnership announcements in the future?
Yes. So in Europe, that's really our third leg of potential growth. We have the ability to work with European financial institutions, first on their cross-border payments where all of the -- the depth that we have in the U.S. is very helpful, but also eventually on their local payments, too. And we have several POCs that are successful, and we have not yet announced that we have signed a European. So we are looking forward to a moment where we will be able to announce that, but we are highly confident that, that moment will come. So good momentum, good things that are in the work, but not yet ready to announce something for Europe.
When we are trying to think about the regulatory construct in Europe, it's very much evolving in a way that is productive and the regulator is well aware of financial fraud being actually proportionately even higher in Europe than it is in the U.S. and therefore, different regulators are at different stages of readiness in enabling the banks in the right way to an intermediary like Nasdaq to pull the information. But that needs to be done, I would say, in very close cooperation with the rules being changed.
The partnership question is a great one because when you think about us being the platform for banks, we can benefit from that situation where we are embedded in 70 core infrastructure systems. So it's whichever core infrastructure they use, we embed ourselves in it, and we are in 70 of them. And so therefore, if a partner who doesn't have the distribution that we have and the integration points that we have has great data or has great capabilities, we can actually be a way into those banks without having to put those banks through the difficult fit of having to reintegrate with somebody else. It's always very complicated for banks to do that. So we're in that position of strength, which enables us to have partnerships, and we certainly like that strategy.
Was there another question in the audience? I thought I saw one more back there. Okay. In that case, thank you, Sarah, for spending some time with us.
Thank you very much. Thank you.
Great conversation.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Nasdaq — Bank of America 31st Annual Financials CEO Conference
Nasdaq stellt sich als breit aufgestellter Technologie‑ und Infrastrukturanbieter dar, mit Tokenisierung, KI‑Produkten und wachsendem Service‑Umsatz im Fokus.
🎯 Kernbotschaft
Nasdaq hat sich vom reinen Börsenbetreiber zu einem Technologie‑ und Informationsanbieter gewandelt: rund 80% Umsatz aus Nicht‑Trading‑Geschäften. Kernstrategie ist die Kombination aus Cloud, Distributed Ledger und Generative AI, um Infrastruktur‑ und RegTech‑Produkte für Banken und Emittenten zu liefern und so wiederkehrende, höhermargige Erlöse zu steigern.
⚡ Strategische Highlights
- Tokenisierung: Nasdaq plant Nasdaq‑Equity‑Tokens (geplant Q2 2027) mit vollen Wertpapierrechten und einem einheitlichen Liquiditätspool, um Wrapper‑Effekte und Fragmentierung zu vermeiden.
- KI‑Einsatz: Generative AI treibt RegTech und Financial Crime Management: Konsortialdaten (2.800 Banken) liefern bessere Alerts; 800 Banken nutzen bereits AI‑Agenten, Sanktions‑Automatisierung soll 80% ohne manuellen Eingriff abwickeln.
- Produkt‑& Marktbreite: Calypso (Trading/Treasury), AxiomSL (RegReporting) und Index-/ETP‑Expansion (+$11 Mrd. AUM J/J) sind Wachstumspfeiler; LeveL ATS‑Akquisition erhöht Zugang zu Off‑Exchange‑Liquidität.
🆕 Neue Informationen
Konkrete Neuigkeiten sind Produkte und Roadmap statt neuer Finanzzahlen: Equity‑Token‑Launchdatum (Q2 2027), neue MCP‑Datenserver (höhere Preisbereitschaft bei besserer Lieferform), beschleunigte Tier‑1‑Wins für Verafin und anhaltende Index‑Produktneuerungen; keine geänderte Guidance kommuniziert.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Token‑Differenz: Kritik zielte auf Liquidity‑Risiken durch Wrapper; Management betont Unifying‑Ansatz, um Marktfragmentierung zu vermeiden.
- AI‑Risiken/ Nutzen: Nachfrage nach Details zu Governance, Datenschutz und Einsatzfeldern — Antworten fokussierten auf Effizienzgewinne (Alerts, Agenten, Reg‑to‑Code) und Produktreife.
- Verafin & Europa: Wunsch nach konkreten Europa‑Deals; Momentum vorhanden, aber noch kein großer Abschluss angekündigt; Partnerschaften sollen Distribution beschleunigen.
⚡ Bottom Line
Für Aktionäre ist das Event ein klares strategisches Update: Nasdaq verschiebt den Ertragsmix zu wiederkehrenden, höhermargigen Technologie‑ und Datenlösungen. Tokenisierung und AI‑RegTech bieten hohe Upside‑Chancen, bringen aber Ausführungs‑ und Regulierungsrisiken. Kurzfristig bleibt die Story produktgetrieben; die Umsatz‑wirkung hängt von Konversion großer Pipeline‑Deals und regulatorischer Akzeptanz ab.
Nasdaq — Autonomous 2026 Future of Commerce Symposium
1. Question Answer
We can get started here. So welcome, everyone, to the next session. I'm delighted to have Tal Cohen, who is the President of Nasdaq, and Tal leads Nasdaq's Market Services business as well as the Financial Technology division. Tal, welcome very much to the Future of Commerce Conference at Autonomous. I appreciate you making the time.
Thank you for having me. Good stuff.
We'll get right into it. There's a lot going on Nasdaq with regard to market structure, 23/5 equity trading coming on in December. You're launching a bunch of event contracts around your key indices, tokenization of equities is coming in early '27. You've done an acquisition of LeveL. So kind of a lot going on in there. I'd be curious, what are you building to in your equities business? And what does that business look like over the next sort of couple of years?
Thanks for having me, by the way. And hopefully, lunch was not heavy and people got caffeinated, so we can have some excitement here. But everything you described is us building towards an Always-On world where we are trying to increase access for investors. We're trying to provide investors with choice, and we're doing it under a well-regulated umbrella. So all of those activities you just mentioned, and there are just 4 activities, but there are many more that we're undertaking, allows us to really embrace all the possibilities and all the opportunities that come with Always-On.
Good. Well, let's stick with Always-On. I think even you've noted that 23/5, for example, like only about 10%-ish of volume is outside of the core sessions. And only 2 of that is overnight. So it doesn't seem like a particularly big market. I'll be curious as some of these initiatives come through, how do you see that evolving over the next couple of years?
Yes. So it's really interesting. The U.S. equity markets, as you noted, just about 10% of it happens after 4:00 and before 9:30 in the morning. And the majority of that happens between 4:00 a.m. and 9:00 a.m. So -- and Nasdaq today is open 16 hours a day. So we open up at 4, we close at 8. So we're not a 9:30 to 4:00 operation today. So it's 16 hours. What's interesting is in the hours that we're closed, as you said, there's not a lot of volume, let's call it 1% or 2%. But our -- what we envision, I should say, is when you provide an exchange that has the resilience, the operational excellence, the transparency that gets investors and regulators comfortable with trading, we expect that to be a larger percentage of overall ADV. Number one, more of that ADV will be executed on exchange. It's executed today off exchange. There's a lot of OTC facilities that are available to you or OTC channels that are available to you today.
So I think we will unlock latent demand and it will be gradual. It will happen over time. But there's also a flywheel that comes with being 23/5, which I hope we have an opportunity to talk about because there's the data side of it, the financial technology side of it, the asset servicing side of it, the collateral side of it. So most people see just the trading side of it. And what we see is a much, much bigger picture and a grow-the-pie opportunity.
Perfect. Let's hit the topic of the moment, equity tokenization. You have your offering and various offerings out there. Best as I can tell, under your offering, a tokenized Nasdaq shares on the same security, trading on the same order book, certainly, I think, the same way. So what exactly does an investor get once you move to a token structure? What is the benefit?
The one you are referring to is the Nasdaq equity token. And it's really important, if you put it in the context of the innovation exemption that came out. So the innovation exemption that just came out from the SEC talks about a few very important things. One, is it's got to be issuer sponsored. Two, is it's got to be a one-to-one backing, conveying the full economic and governance interest of that security, right? And three is, anybody can really become a TSV. It is not just DeFi versus CeFi or something like that.
Okay. So we have the Nasdaq equity token. We were the first ones to go out there and said, it should be an issuer sponsored, issuer-centric. So the programmability and the composability of what we built into our token have the attributes that issuers care about, which is proxy, corporate actions, dividends. So it's really, really important for us that your rights and your protections travel with you. And that is the one thing that we're providing, which is there's many forms of tokenization.
There is many forms of tokenization that don't require issuer sponsorship. We have not taken that route. So one is we're trying to make sure there's more connectivity between issuers and investors, which has not been part of the tokenization story today. We need to create more engagement between issuers and investors on that. And two, is we want to make sure that while we pursue innovation, we're not sacrificing, compromising market quality, market integrity or investor protections. And that is what really differentiates the Nasdaq equity token.
Okay. Perfect. Another version of a token is as Kraken has its own versions out there. Nasdaq Ventures has a partnership and has invested in Payward, which is Kraken's parent. So maybe talk through that partnership, what you're doing there and how you envision that working going forward?
Yes. We're really excited about that. Thanks for noting that. It started with a conversation with regards to can we be technology partners? Is there a commercial relationship that we can structure here? And it very quickly got to the point where we understood that there was a strategic partnership that we can develop with Kraken. And what's really interesting is there's this discussion going on between like permissioned and permission-less. And by the way, that debate is like a false choice. It should be what is the best of a permissioned world, what is the best of a permission-less world? How do we create or combine the 2 and then how do we create better investor outcomes through that? And that's what we're doing with Kraken. We are growing the pie, creating interoperability, fungibility, and we're saying -- so let me give you an example. On the permission-less side, there's real benefits to a layer 1 or the network layer being permission-less.
Anybody can build on top of it. Innovation can grow. You have a great idea for an app. You should be able to do that. But the assets and the applications that sit on top of it should be permissioned. Why? Because you care about governance, you care about compliance. Institutions care about that. And so you can have the rails be permission-less, but the assets and the applications that sit on top of it be permissioned. And that is what we're working through with Kraken, which is they're going to diffuse and distribute the Nasdaq equity token.
So growing the pie of what we're trying to do and creating a standard with us. And when they do that, like I said before, the rights and the protections carry through but they're then bridging the permission to permission-less world, in a way that's really constructive because what we do not want all of us who don't want to wake up in 5 years and have dual tracks. Coexistence between on chain world, and off-chain world, and all of you have to figure out how to connect it back and stitch it back together. Technology can do that, but you shouldn't have to do that. So that's what this partnership is trying to do.
Okay. Perfect. So maybe just following up on that, I guess, around DeFi, your onshore design keeps tokens moving between wallets that have been registered and screened. So they cannot be posted into permission-less protocol. Kraken is very different. So how are you thinking about that gap, particularly in terms of expanding internationally?
So Kraken provides us with a great distribution. And it's a great, if you will, template and road map for us to have other partnerships. So we can go out now and talk to others who are like-minded, share our ethos around how tokenization and security should happen. And now we have a model that we can go out and say, this is a model that we put in place with Kraken, can we put the same model in place with you? And what we didn't talk about is Kraken has taken our surveillance solution. So that's a big deal for them to have the surveillance solution that monitors. So not only are they taking Nasdaq equity token, they're taking surveillance, and we're working with them on a gateway between permissioned, permission-less.
So that's the model we can diffuse across the globe with like-minded partners because, again, if we can drive that level of standardization and the interoperability between these chains and these networks, what we will have done is created, if you will, a connection between regulated markets and blockchain networks. And you put that together, then you can start to deliver on the full promise of tokenization that we talk about, which is 24/7, rails that are frictionless, all of that is built on the promise that all of this infrastructure and plumbing somehow connects seamlessly for you.
Okay. Perfect. Let's talk money and how you monetize all this. I think you guys have done a good job of actually giving us some guardrails around potential here. You talked about Always-On, an opportunity being about $3 billion to $6 billion by 2030. Curious how much of that is tokenization specifically? And then even more interested in how you think about that between execution trading versus software, services, et cetera.
So the $3 billion to $6 billion number is what we think about as a SAM. And within that SAM, there are 5 components to it -- discrete components to it. There's the trading component to it, both in equities and derivatives. So across all asset classes, and that's material. The other one is tokenization, and we can license the Nasdaq equity token. So that's a revenue stream for us and an opportunity for us there.
We can provide asset servicing capabilities off the back of tokenization, which is pretty cool and something that is, if you will, a new opportunity for us. There's a data opportunity for us, a real big data opportunity because as you grow the pie and you stitch it back together with data, very few people do better than we do. And then from a financial technology perspective, our financial technology solutions are natural, if you will, add-ons to this opportunity and so I talked about surveillance, our trading, our post-trade solution, all fit within this Always-On narrative and allow us to really use all of our capabilities.
We like to talk about it like from a One Nasdaq perspective, we can bring all of Nasdaq to Always-On which is really, really unique. I don't think any other exchange can bring as many capabilities and assets and then the customer community behind us to this.
Okay. Just a follow-up on asset services. I hadn't heard that before. I envision Nasdaq as the new Bank of New York for digital assets. So maybe flesh that out for us.
Yes. So I think in the digital world, when we think about asset servicing, there are different components to it. I think BONY does a great job. State Street does a great job. But in the digital world, where you're the tokenization agent, and you're working with a Computershare and you can have a partnership with a Computershare or Equiniti or Proxymity or even Securitize, there's asset servicing that you can do from a digital perspective that is kind of unique to the one that has a tokenization engine and those capabilities. So I think we'll work with our partners.
We're very -- I should say, we're very open in working with partners. We actually have a really good relationship with BONY. We do not want to custody these assets, just to separate that for a second, and that's where a lot of the asset servicing happens. So we don't -- we're not looking to be a custodian to be super clear, but there are certain things as a tokenization agent or engine that you can provide.
Perfect. Okay. Let's switch to what are the hottest parts of Nasdaq's business now, your financial technology business. And particularly, Trade Management Services has been growing pretty well. That's your connectivity and colocation business. Just curious, like kind of what's driving that growth? How you think about sort of on-demand markets, Always-On markets and how that can sustain growth in that business?
So Capital Markets Technology, the division you're referring to in Q2 grew by 14%, revenue-wise and 17% from an ARR perspective, and that's wonderful and it includes Calypso, Trade Management and Market Technology. So we love all 3 businesses and they're performing well. On the Trade Management Services piece, which is really the infrastructure connectivity access part of that business, two things we've done really well, and one is fortuitous. In 2021, coming off the back of COVID, we were probably one of the few exchanges that said, volatility and elevated volumes are here to stay. So back in 2021, we went to our data center provider and our hyperscalers that we're working with and said, we need to build out. We need more capacity. We need more power, more compute, more space, and we were right. And by the way, we didn't know how right we would be, but it ends up we were right.
And that was, again, a really smart capacity planning move that started to pay dividends. By the way, so this is from 2021 and started to pay dividends in '24, '25, '26. So it just shows you the lead time that you have to think about infrastructure, that's one. Two is we have new services that we can offer because of Always-On to your point, we have new and existing services, so existing services that have become more popular and we're selling more of them. And then we've been able to integrate new services into our ecosystem that really help us power the Always-On movement. And I think we're just at the beginning of that. I mean, it is really -- we're in the first or second innings of seeing what that can be over time.
That's very helpful. But how long do you think it will take? I didn't realize the lead time was that much. So how long do you think it would take for your competitors to catch up? Because when we look at some of the data around your cabinet capacity, it's a lot higher than peers.
I don't know if it's so much a catch-up because once you have them in your ecosystem, they're not leaving your ecosystem. You've developed this ecosystem, this center of gravity around all the markets, so we run 6 options markets to the equity markets, the SIP, the TRF. There's so much in there -- and then we -- and then there's dark pools and others that are in there that you have to think about this as like a network play, an ecosystem and a center of gravity. And once you've established it, it is really, really powerful. So I actually think all of them should do it, but it's not a -- I trade one for the other.
Okay. The other opportunity seems to be around collateral and collateral management. I think you've talked about Calypso potentially being a pretty big opportunity for them. So just talk through what you mean by that, how collateral management could potentially be a growth driver.
So Calypso, which is our Trade Management platform has a particular strength and capability, core competency around collateral management. It is -- our clients love the collateral management module of Calypso. What we're doing now, and we've just done a test trade with Vanguard and Wellington that we published in July is we're connecting Calypso to digital rails, like Canton and other layer 1s. And by doing that, we're giving our clients or providing our clients with a 360-degree real-time IM/VM view, allowing them to do scenario analysis and allowing them now on 24/7 rails to increase the velocity and the mobility of the collateral. So that's step #1.
But the real unlock is this, once you have unleashed that collateral, your clients need more sophisticated financing, margining and optimization tools to figure out where to take that collateral and what to do with it. So then you need to build a collateral network below that, an orchestration layer that allows them to say, "Hey, I freed up my collateral, there's more velocity and mobility with my collateral, what do I do with it? Where do I send it? How do I know that I'm optimizing it?" That's a lot of work. So now what we're trying to create below that is this collateral network, this orchestration capability, which is incredibly powerful once you freed up that collateral. Does that make sense?
Yes.
So -- and that's the difference really. And that's taking a core competency and a strength and really building upon it and extending that on digital rails and it's a use case that is obvious to everybody.
Yes. I don't mean to put you on the spot, but that sounds like a pretty big opportunity when I just think about the size and dollars of collateral that goes through your system. Is it something that could be a meaningful driver of business over the next few years for Nasdaq?
Yes, I don't think we've published anything around that because it's still early days, and this is a Reg FD event. So I don't think we said anything about that, but we're really excited about it.
Okay. Good political answer there. All right. Let's move to rather dense regulatory topics. Well -- so I mean, for years, there's been a battle between on-exchange, off-exchange volumes and some of the advantages that you've pointed out or Nasdaq has pointed out that off-exchange platforms have. So I was kind of surprised that you guys went out and bought an ATS, LeveL. So curious kind of what you're thinking now, the strategic rationale for that and how you're thinking about dynamic between off and on-exchange?
Good question. So off-exchange is roughly 50-plus percent every day volume and once you take out the cross, the close and the open, it's even higher than that. And this has been a trend for many, many years for those that have been in the business, we've seen it coming for the better part of a decade. And what we've done against that is we've innovated on-exchange. We've done a lot of really great things, innovative things that we've introduced into the market, purpose-built innovation. Now we're taking it to the next level, no pun intended, and we bought an ATS that we looked at and said, has great connectivity into the sell side, has great connectivity into the buy side, has an orchestration layer below it.
We can see ourselves doing a couple of things with it. We can see ourselves powering Always-On and tokenization through it. We see it giving us more execution channels and more protocols and different ways of executing that we can offer investors. It allows us to play offense in different ways. We can take it global and we can put that out there across all markets. But not only that, we're unique in that we serve 130 markets globally, so now having LeveL, I can think about that in the context of my market technology offering, too.
So there's a, if you will, a flywheel there with my market tech business. So I'm really excited about LeveL. We haven't closed the transaction yet. We're still under HSR. So there's not much I can say other than I think it's a great platform. We would be privileged to be an owner of it. I think there's lots of great things we'll be able to do with it. And again, I think we can innovate on-exchange. It just extends and complements our capabilities.
Okay. The other topic around market structure is the SEC's proposal to rescind the Rule 611. If that goes through, how should we think about opportunities or risks to Nasdaq?
611, so that's the order protection rule and the thing that we think about is what else comes with it. And what we mean by that is how do we think about best execution, access fees, the SIP or the Securities Information Processor revenue formula because it kind of lives off the back of the gold standard, which is the order protection rule and the National Best Bid and Offer. And so we've asked the SEC what do you think of all these other elements of Reg NMS and what will change or what won't change? And the reason for that is Nasdaq is always going to adapt. I think we're really well positioned to win in either scenario if OPR stays, wonderful. If OPR goes away, we're not concerned at all. We have the single largest market in the U.S. in the Nasdaq flagship market. So we feel really, really good about our positioning in terms of liquidity, market quality and what we do there.
We've asked the SEC this question because we do not want to see a world where market quality suffers, that we see less depth, less liquidity in our markets as a result of that. We have great markets, robust markets. That is the moral high ground for the U.S. right now is our capital markets, and we want to keep that. So we are asking questions to the SEC to make sure that investor outcomes are better and market quality is better as a consequence of all the changes they're thinking of. But for us, if OPR stays or goes, we feel like we have a lot of runway without OPR because we've just bought LeveL, like you said. And we have a strategy there that we love and we can execute on.
If OPR continues to exist, we know how to compete in that regulatory world where order protection is the rule of the day. So we feel good either way.
Perfect. Okay. I have a bunch of questions around event contracts, but let me open it up to the audience first in case there's any questions people wanted to ask, scan a little bit here. Okay. We'll keep going. So you guys are going to launch your first event contracts around the Nasdaq indices shortly. Clearly, Kalshi, Polymarket, or you have a bunch of these sort of markets out there, you have a pretty good distribution have a good running start. Just talk to us how you think about the opportunity for Nasdaq in the context of, I wouldn't say late comer, but certainly, others have started this already.
Yes. So in some ways, we're an early comer because not many of them are regulated in the way we're regulated. And we get through the cold start problem because I have an exchange. So I have an options exchange, I have 6 options exchanges. We can essentially create these binary outcome contracts on an options exchange that is well-regulated, goes through post-trade channels that people and our customers understood and understand, has great risk management over it. And I don't have a cold-start problem because all the broker-dealers are connected to me. And in fact, you could argue because Kalshi and Poly and others are CFTC-regulated. From a broker-dealer perspective, we might actually have deeper distribution into the retail side.
So I think it's really interesting, right? We use a regulated exchange that is under the SEC to launch a product that is, I think, core to what we do. And the kinds of products we'll launch, to be clear, going to be financial and economic. We're not going to get into the sports arena. That is under litigation between the states and the federal government. So we'll see what happens there. But we have the opportunity also to have proprietary contracts. That's the other thing that's really important to note.
So we'll do the Nasdaq-100 Up/Down contract, that is a proprietary contract to Nasdaq. And by the way, we have the options contract on it. So we have a full complex and the full flywheel around it. So not only do we not have a cold-start problem, we're doing it with everybody connected, again, well-regulated in a product that is well understood by us and our members and is potentially something that we think we have a great advantage in.
Just curious like what -- do you know what the demand for the sort of products are? I think about event contracts, they look a lot like short-dated options. So I'm curious like who's asking for these products?
Yes. Well, perpetuals are more like levered ETFs in terms of the cash and return profile, right? It's more of a linear product. There's -- what we say is like convexity, right? There's a lot of -- there's a convexity return in cash flows in options. So it's -- you're not -- it's not the same use case. I don't think. We'll see. I guess we'll see. There may be a sliver of the 0DTE world that thinks about it in terms of risk profile and other things in the same way they do perps. But for the most part, I think institutions will not see it as the same. And to answer your question, we're going to find out. We're going to find out what retail demand is. And what's interesting is that you could have asked me is like, how much does leverage play into that. And again, we see that with levered ETFs. And that's where that crowd tends to be. So I think we'll learn a little bit. I think some of these products will have a gradual roll. And of course, we're not going to offer products that are going to be 50 to 1 and 100 to 1.
Right, right. Hopefully, not in the way. All right. On perps, you've said something like along the lines of Nasdaq has an opportunity to do more. on perps. So what does that look like in practice? Is that trading or you mean more around surveillance and I don't know, technology? Just curious perps strategy for Nasdaq.
It's like any other super cycle around like a new asset or a new product. We have an unbelievable opportunity with surveillance and our fintech solutions. So Kalshi, Kraken are customers of ours on the surveillance side. And we sell a lot of institutional-grade trading and post-trade technology all across the world. To the extent we're going to continue to see asset proliferation, product proliferation like perps, we have an incredible opportunity as Nasdaq to provide institutional-grade, full Trade Management life cycle technology into that ecosystem. And the reason we can do that is because we've hopefully engendered trust. We'll bring operational excellence, resiliency and great technology, great performance. So to the extent that these asset classes take off, mature and evolve, we have a great opportunity to be part of it.
Fantastic. Okay. I have one closing question. But before that, again, I'll just quickly open up to the audience. In case there are any burning questions people had. You made a point earlier?
[indiscernible] tokenization, is that something they're asking for [indiscernible]?
Can you repeat that? I'm sorry. It's not you, it's me. I just couldn't hear it.
So he asked about like issuer engagement. Like where are we in that cycle -- the issuer is asking for it or...
On tokenization?
On tokenization, yes.
Great question. Sorry, it's me, not you, ears are clogged. But it's interesting. It's a great question because I think issuers are earlier in their understanding and appreciation of tokenization, there's no doubt about that. And let's separate issuers. There's ETF issuers that I think are much more advanced and understand what they would like to achieve with tokenization, distribution, access. The composability, the visibility of tokens, I think, resonates with ETF issuers and the crowd that they can serve.
Okay. On the corporate side, I think they're approaching it and saying, okay, what problems are you actually -- what pain points are you actually solving with tokenization and if you're a large corporate issuer in the Nasdaq 100 with a great brand and great liquidity in your stock. So buybacks aren't a problem, there's tight spread deep markets.
We're not going to them, and I don't think anybody else should in saying, hey, we can solve a liquidity problem for you. And by the way, they don't want fragmentation of their liquidity as a result of this. So the approach we've taken with issuers is to say, okay, let us tell you what the Nasdaq equity token is meant to achieve. And we show them what we've composed within the token to say, proxy, corporate actions. Things that cost you money that are generally manual today that are a pain point for you to administer. We can help with that. And what we want to do is have -- open up a conversation and say how much of a pain point is that, how do we help you solve that? And of course, we know it's part of a broader set of like solutions that issuers require along the lines of corporate actions and everything else.
So we're approaching them and saying, we can help you solve pain points, how meaningful is it for you? And then what we can also do if we get this right, is put it on 24/7 rails that are interoperable and there are standards around it. And that's very important for institutions and issuers to understand because they do not get the whole -- I don't understand my stock is trading and where and what platform and what country under what rules and by the way, do I know any of them? Are they on my cap table? No, it's an SPV. You've never met any of them. And so they are uncomfortable if it takes them away -- one step away from the issuer-investor engagement, too, which is what we're also trying to talk to them about and saying, how does tokenization allow for more intimate issuer-investor engagement. They care a lot about that.
So early days, this is some of the conversations, corporate issuers are not where investors are. They're not where retail is and they don't see the same benefits that like broker-dealers would -- and from a collateral management or cash flow management perspective. So it's a different narrative that we're establishing with them. Is that helpful?
Okay. Any other questions?
Early days, by the way.
Okay. Fantastic. All right. So putting you on the spot here. When you come back 2 years from now because I got to assume you're going to be back. What is the 1 number you would put in front of us, this room to say the Always-On market strategy worked?
I don't know if I have a number. Could I give you a qualitative way I would describe that?
Yes.
If I'm sitting here in 2 years, and we have done the following that I think Nasdaq has been successful, which is if we've engendered trust in the Always-On system because you can hear even from the questions of like what problems are you solving? Then we've done a good job. If we have -- if our solutions have led to better outcomes for issuers and investors by solving real problems like capital efficiencies, risk management, liquidity, greater transparency. And again, it's under the banner of trust.
And we've created what -- the picture I have depicted to you, which is standards and interoperability through the Nasdaq equity token, then we will have created an ecosystem in a market that is very, very successful and can build upon itself. So if we do all those things, and there's a lot to do, then we feel really good about it, and we'll have different conversations about issuers and investors and like bringing blockchain networks and markets together.
Fantastic. We look forward to that time in 2 years' time.
Yes, 2 years.
Thank you very much, Tal. That was great. Thank you.
Thank you.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Nasdaq — Autonomous 2026 Future of Commerce Symposium
Nasdaq stellt eine „Always‑On“-Strategie vor: 23/5‑Handel, Tokenisierung, LeveL‑Akquise und Ausbau von Daten‑/FinTech‑Diensten als Wachstumshebel.
🎯 Kernbotschaft
- Strategie: Nasdaq baut eine Always‑On‑Plattform, die Handel (23/5), Tokenisierung, Daten, Finanztechnologie und Asset‑Servicing kombiniert, um Zugang und Wahlmöglichkeiten unter regulatorischer Aufsicht zu erweitern.
🚀 Strategische Highlights
- Tokenisierung: Nasdaq Equity Token soll issuer‑sponsored sein und Rechte (Proxy, Dividenden, Corporate Actions) digital mitliefern, um Vertrauen und Issuer‑Engagement zu stärken.
- Partnernetzwerk: Kooperation mit Kraken (Distribution, Gateway permissioned↔permissionless) plus Surveillance‑Lösung zur Interoperabilität und Standardbildung.
- Ausbau der Infrastruktur: Erwerb des ATS (Alternative Trading System) LeveL zur Stärkung von Off‑Exchange/On‑Exchange‑Ausführungsoptionen; Trade‑Management‑ und Calypso‑Collateralmöglichkeiten als Ertragshebel.
🆕 Neue Informationen
- Timelines & Scope: 23/5‑Trading startet im Dezember, Tokenisierung geplant für Anfang 2027; LeveL‑Übernahme noch HSR‑abhängig.
- Monetarisierung: SAM (Serviceable Addressable Market) für Always‑On geschätzt auf $3–6 Mrd. bis 2030; Token‑Lizenzierung, Asset‑Servicing, Daten und FinTech als getrennte Ertragsströme.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Regulatorik: Bedeutung eines möglichen Wegfalls von Rule 611 (Order Protection Rule): Management sieht Nasdaq robust in beiden Szenarien, fordert aber Klarheit zu Folgen für Marktqualität und Gebührenmechanik.
- Issuer‑Nachfrage: ETFs zeigen stärkere Nachfrage; viele Corporate‑Issuer noch zurückhaltend und fragen nach konkreten Pain‑Point‑Lösungen.
- Monetäre Details: Konkrete Umsatz‑/Profitprojektionen zu Tokenisierung und Collateral‑Netzwerk wurden nicht geliefert; LeveL‑Integration und HSR‑Status begrenzen Detailtiefe.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Ausblick: Nasdaq positioniert sich mit Technologie, regulatorischem Fokus und Partnerschaften für ein langfristiges Wachstumsszenario; kurzfristige Umsatzeffekte bleiben unbestimmt, langfristig erhebliches optionales Upside, aber abhängig von Regulierung und Marktakzeptanz.
Nasdaq — Barclays 24th Annual Global Financial Services Conference
1. Question Answer
All right. Good afternoon, everyone. Thanks so much for joining us for this next session. Any of you don't know me, I'm Ben Budish. I cover the U.S. brokers, asset managers and exchanges. And for this fireside chat, really pleased to have Sarah Youngwood, CFO of Nasdaq. Sarah, thank you so much for being here.
Thanks for having me.
Maybe just to start, can you talk a bit about how you see the current macro backdrop coming out of a period of heightened volatility early in the year? How does the environment look across capital markets, IPOs, the broader FinTech business? I think investors are particularly interested in your expectations for IPO activity over the next 6 to 12 months.
Yes. So I'll start with macro. So macro, we would say that the environment is constructive. You still have very good investments, especially in AI and digital. You also have a consumer that remains very resilient and earnings that are really supporting the valuations that we are seeing. So when you take those together, we would say constructive.
And you translate that into IPO, to your question. And we've seen a very robust IPO environment. So the first thing is pipeline is absolutely there. We have had the best half year we have ever had with $111 billion raised. Of course, that includes $86 billion with SpaceX. But that really tells you that the market is looking for scaled, mature opportunities, but there is also a broad array of what is in the pipeline. So we're seeing a pipeline, of course, in the whole AI infrastructure, whether you're talking about semi or data centers or AI models themselves. And then you've got defense, which remains here. We've got a little bit in insurance and real estate. And even biotech, which had been a little bit too calm for a while, is starting to come back. So we are quite excited to see the breadth of what we are seeing in the IPO market.
And then if I then take that to our FinTech space, we had an excellent performance in the second quarter, 15% revenue growth, 16% ARR growth. And what that tells you about the environment is really a tremendous engagement with our clients. We are viewed as a core infrastructure for them. We're viewed as an AI forward transformation partner, which enables us to be really in the dialogue. And so whether you're looking at pipelines, whether you're looking at the tenure of our deals, the booking mix, we are seeing just really good stats with our clients and with how they're behaving with us.
Great. Maybe just quickly staying on the topic of IPOs. Can you talk a little bit about Nasdaq's win rate? I think last quarter, you were home to the 7 of the 10 largest operating company IPOs. What's driving that track record? How do you continue to win today?
Yes. So we love to win, and we have a wonderful 73% win rate, as you said, 7 out of 10. What that's really representing is the fact that whether you're talking about switches like Walmart or people coming to market like SpaceX, but also like many, many others, people are looking for the association with Nasdaq, the quality of trading, of course, but also the innovation and trust that is represented in our brand as well as at this point, we have the top 10 companies that are all listed on Nasdaq and so the association with us.
And that creates the flywheel because that creates relevance and the index is a beneficiary from it and also, of course, benefits our listed companies and the data that we get out of those great companies as well as the trading is all a wonderful ecosystem that we have been able to derive. And so we feel great about our position in the markets.
Fantastic. Let's talk about your Market Services business. I feel like usually, this is the one we stick at the end, but there's so many interesting things going on. So a number of initiatives you've got underway on the trading side. Maybe tell us a little bit more about Nasdaq Digital Liquidity Networks, the level -- the LeveL Markets acquisition. Any updates on the tokenization pilot, token design, the progress we made with the Canton Network. I know there's a lot in there, but...
Yes. And actually, there is a lot. And so if you go back to 50 years ago, we were created to actually connect capital to innovation in a totally different way using technology. And that has resonated. And over the last 50 years and never more so than right now, we are continuing to evolve what markets are doing, to grow markets, to make sure that we do that respecting the principles that we have put forward, integrity, transparency, liquidity and also the intelligence that comes with all of that.
And so our role today is to continue to do that as the markets evolve. So at the intersection of digital ledger and AI, we are seeing those trends converging into a great transformation, and we're particularly well positioned. So we've organized ourselves around Digital Liquidity Network, to address the first one, and that is really our effort to drive all of the trends that reflect the investor demand for always-on and to make sure that this is done in a way that is, again, respecting this liquidity, transparency, integrity principle and putting both the investors and the issuers at the core of that.
So then you go to the next piece, LeveL ATS. We just acquired the third-largest ATS. And that's very important because this is a foray into off markets -- off exchange. And that gives us the ability to continue to give different pools of liquidity to our investors so that they can operate whether in the fiat world or outside of the fiat world in the way they want to operate and with us at the center of that. And this LeveL ATS come also -- a connectivity gateway in some ways, that gives you access to 2,500 buy side and sell side. So quite important as we think about continuing to remain in the middle of the flow of capital.
Then if we actually go backwards to last year, we had announced that with the DTCC, we wanted to make sure that we had the settlement either fiat or token. That got approved, and this is on its way for a launch. And so again, continuing to make progress.
But then with now Payward or Kraken, we did two things, both an investment of $100 million in Payward, the parent company of Kraken, but also a strategic investment. And the idea here is that together, we can help to bridge between fiat and token and making sure that we maintain the depth of the liquidity pools and also putting the Nasdaq issuer in the center. So we have this Nasdaq Equity Token.
They're also taking our surveillance, and that's an interesting theme because we're talking about Market Services, but that transformation of market is also incredibly productive for us in terms of core infrastructure provider to markets and market participants as they transform. So that gives you a lot. And then just to round it up with the last one, collateral management, and we have also put forward for Calypso, the topic of using Calypso as a central point in the collateral management, but also moving collateral between tokens and fiat.
Very interesting. So you're the CFO, so I'm going to ask you the P&L question. When you put all these initiatives together, how do you think about the ultimate opportunity for Nasdaq, whether it's market share gains, increased trading volumes as liquidity improves across global trading hours or any other potential benefits to share volumes, P&L? How do we think about all that?
So I would say yes to all, but it goes broader than that. So the way you think about it is not only when you have always-on, when you create potentially additional demand for the U.S. markets, and we're very well positioned for that, you will create by being able to navigate between on-market and off-market additional liquidity pools that we're able to participate into. But you will also create with all of those new products, and I should have mentioned one more thing, which is the ability to have new products that are getting approved right now, you create the ability for us to do the hedging, again, additional volumes, additional market shares, but also for us to be the infrastructure provider. And that now with market tech and Calypso side of the equation.
And so we think we're particularly well positioned for this moment because we are AI forward. We have a very strong digital effort that is now extremely robust, well organized and that enables us to be both on the market services front as well as on the foundational front.
Great. Maybe one last question on the topic of trading and innovation. What are Nasdaq's latest thoughts on prediction markets/event contracts and perpetual futures? So can you talk about where opportunities may exist for Nasdaq if these products continue to gain traction? Like how do you think about all of that?
Yes. So we really believe in the evolution of markets and in the role that we have had and we'll continue to have in the middle of all of that. So if you take event contracts, for example, first of all, we were able to get our first event contract approved with the SEC, and that's part of those new products that I mentioned. So that should launch shortly probably at the end of this year.
And so if you're looking at that, that is basically Nasdaq-100 and doing binary contracts, binary events on that. So continuing to add to that, we could certainly be interested in KPI-related events. But again, all within the construct of being approved by our regulator. And probably not focused right now or in general beyond right now on sports or politics, but we stay within the financial realms where we think that all of those, if they are done well and if they are satisfying investor demand, if they are well structured, if they're bringing investor trust to the markets can be incredibly additive.
And so we think we have an important role to form here because we have been able to support the formation of markets, which today, the U.S. is more than half of the markets in the world and Nasdaq is the largest market. And so bringing all of that demand from the rest of the world into the U.S. and continuing to evolve the U.S. markets with the principles that we stand for.
Okay. Maybe to...
Perpetual, if you want?
Yes. I'm sorry, please, please.
So what we've talked about at earnings last quarter is that perpetual itself is probably representing less than 1% of revenue overlap for us, which is probably what you were moving on. And that's probably the right thing to do. But to the extent that there is a version of perpetual that is interesting and resilient with appropriate leverage, we're certainly open-minded to it. And again, in the meanwhile, we can provide additional capabilities to those who participate in those markets in terms of providing to them core infrastructure, again, whether you're talking about trading, whether you're talking about surveillance, we have a lot of tools which the new players in this world are interested in turning ourselves -- towards us for because we can help to do things in a very good way.
Great. All right. Moving to your index business. This one has been extremely successful for you. I think ETP AUM is now over $1 trillion. Index options revenues are growing very rapidly. You've noted that a meaningful portion of inflows recently have come from products launched over the past 3 to 5 years. So maybe can you talk a bit about what's working particularly well outside of the core Nasdaq-100 franchise?
I will say we're thrilled with that franchise. It now represents 15% of what we do, $1 trillion of ETP AUM. We had $109 billion of inflows over the last 12 months. We had 35% growth last quarter. Where do I start? And so it has been just like incredible. And what's great is really the alpha generation, and that's what you're talking about, which is that we've got the Nasdaq-100, which has been then complemented with -- in addition to the distribution from Invesco, which is a fantastic partner. We also have now State Street and BlackRock that are behind it. So that continues to give us lots of legs of growth for Nasdaq-100 and continuing to create the ecosystem around it, whether you're talking about options or futures, this is an index that continues to have a lot of opportunities.
Then if you look at the $109 billion I talked about, 38% comes from products that were actually launched in the last 5 years. And so that's the point you were making, which is the innovation of the last 5 years is not just core. It's actually creating 38% of more than $100 billion of inflows. And then those create the next legs of growth as they grow with market performance in addition to additional inflows that come into those indexes because those ETP AUMs accumulate really over time. And at 5-year mark, you're just getting started.
So the themes that we're seeing, you have everything from option strategies to, for example, data center has been a big theme. So whatever is investable as a trend, and right now, there has been a lot around AI infrastructure can create opportunities. Then the last thing that I would add is that 50% of our inflows were coming from outside of the U.S. And so the Nasdaq-100 is really a way for the rest of the world to participate in innovation in general because a lot of it sits in Nasdaq-100. But beyond Nasdaq-100, we also are spending a lot of time on other products with asset managers around the world.
Great. Let's talk about your FinTech business a little bit. So maybe starting with Verafin. One of the key narratives here has been the push into Tier 1 and Tier 2 banks. Maybe talk about what demand looks like across that client segment. And to what extent are you seeing adoption of point solutions versus the broader Verafin platform? That's been another one you've talked about quite a bit.
Yes. So this year, we had 11 enterprise deals that we have signed, which -- and this is so far as of the second quarter, which is more than what we had done in all of last year. So clearly accelerating. In general, when we get started with an enterprise client, they're really interested in our consortium, which represents 2,800 banks, $13 trillion of assets. And so they usually will take [ fraud ] protection through that.
So that would be the way they enter. But what's really interesting is that we're starting to see them do additional products once they have landed. And what we're also seeing is that whereas we have a 6 to 12 months, usually closer to 12 in the time to close an enterprise. We actually are towards 50% of that time line when we're doing an add-on. So we are seeing momentum, and we're also seeing the enterprise clients interested in our agentic platform that we have in Verafin. And so it's a very broad demand for what we're doing.
And the great work that we've done now since we've owned Verafin over the last 5 years is not just establishing a brand, but establishing that data that you can't purchase. And we are now presenting ourselves with a lot more capabilities. We also have nice partnerships that we add so that we can continue to catch the fraud earlier in a way that is incredibly additive to all of our clients. But now all of the enterprise clients are recognizing this.
I think Verafin is also one of the businesses where you've been particularly proactive in deploying agentic AI and other AI-powered technologies. You alluded to that a little bit. But can you maybe unpack that a little bit more? What are you seeing in terms of AI-powered solutions, specifically client adoption, improvements in fraud detection, workflow efficiencies and things like that?
Yes. So what's really exciting about Verafin is that they have really moved towards agentic. And so we don't use that word lightly. Agentic is really those agents which are able to not just be a good coworker, but be a good worker. And those workers are able to generate efficiencies, both in terms of like when you time the catching of the fraud, but also the efficiencies that they can represent for the financial institutions.
So we are seeing about 4x our productivity when you use those agents. We have 2 that have been in place since December. They are used by 800 of our clients. So this is not something that's in beta. This is something that's used by 800 clients out of our 2,800 clients, mostly, I would say, in our small and medium tier clients, but also interest from the larger enterprise clients, as I just mentioned. So we're seeing that as continuing to add to productivity and to time lines and in fraud, time line is very important.
And so if you think about what's happening where everything is going faster and potentially, you are introducing in payments additional risks related to that, having the Verafin solutions becomes even more important than it has ever been to small institutions and to large institutions. And if the majority of people start having Verafin, then you can't afford not to have access to that additional protection and everybody is realizing that.
Interesting. Maybe just one follow-up there. And I know you've kind of been asked this on some of the earnings calls over the past year or 2. But maybe could you just remind us what does this mean for the financial impact? Does it mean you have more pricing power? Does it mean the product becomes stickier? You kind of suggested that the depth of moat, especially from the size of like the data that's being pulled in from the consortium is itself sort of a source of that moat. So how do we think about that translating into, I don't know, faster revenue growth, sticky revenue growth, anything like that?
Yes. So we were at 22% last quarter for that business, and we have a medium-term outlook of the mid-20s. So we definitely have good revenue growth. We have a net retention that is above 110%. So we have, I would say, benefited and will continue to benefit from an ability to price for the very strong service that we deliver.
In addition, we are pricing this agentic workforce as a separate add-on. And right now, we're still, I would say, mostly in what we call the free period. So we give a certain amount of volumes to our clients. We need to go -- to let them adopt. If you're a financial institution and you want to adopt something, the first thing you want to do is go through compliance and get through your AI governance committees. And so if in addition, you need to pay, that's probably too many things.
So -- but now that there is adoption, and we've been very clear with the clients that, that would be a paying product, we are starting to convert, and we're starting to convert. We haven't disclosed the numbers, but it's a contributor to our future expected growth. It's still a very small number for today, but the pipeline is very robust.
Got it. That's very helpful. Maybe shifting to some other parts of the FinTech portfolio. Earlier, we talked about the opportunities created by developments like always-on markets, tokenization. So beyond the trading ecosystem, what else do these changes create opportunities for Nasdaq? And how are you thinking about the implications for Calypso, your post-trade solutions, surveillance?
Yes. So we were talking about that a little bit earlier. What's exciting about our positioning is you think about us as markets, you think about us as index. But with the credibility of those, we've been able to develop a core infrastructure solutions that we test ourselves, and we use ourselves and therefore, can sell to the very best. And I would say that we participate in bringing integrity as well as efficiency to the financial system.
So we don't say it lightly when we say that we are the fabric of the financial system, the trusted fabric of the financial system. But equipping this transformation of Market Services with the right surveillance, with the right data, with the right collateral management is exactly where we sit. And so Calypso is participating in the collateral management and pre-trade, trade, post-trade. We're seeing AxiomSL continuing to play the role in regulation. And if others become regulated, that can open opportunities. We're seeing the importance of connectivity as being higher now than ever with very strong demand, as you know, in trade management services. And our market tech -- technology, which serves 120 marketplaces, including the 20 we serve ourselves, but 100 others is also serving new tech, I would say, and new markets so that we can be there.
And then I wouldn't forget data because as the world moves towards always-on, we also power the world. And if you're going to trade in the U.S., you need to have the data to trade in the U.S. And as the index becomes a broader index, you need -- you are creating, again, that flywheel that I was referring to before.
Okay. Great. Moving through the segments, and I think you alluded to Axiom a little bit. We talked about Verafin moving upmarket to Tier 1 and 2s. I know with Axiom, that's sort of been the historical bread and butter and you are working to move further down market. So can you give an update on that effort? And maybe in particular, talk about how existing Calypso and Verafin customer bases have contributed to the Axiom opportunity?
Yes. So one of the key things we've done with AxiomSL is we've taken it to the cloud. And when you have a cloud solution, you have the solution that's a bit simpler to implement and that's more suited towards smaller clients. And so we went from being this really amazing partner to all of the G-SIBs minus 1 and to all of the largest banks beyond the G-SIBs to actually now having the credibility that comes from being able to say that we have all of the G-SIBs and having served them and understood them and serving, I want to say, 114 regulators across the world in 64 countries, and my team will correct me with the exact numbers, but it's a tremendous credibility that we have and that we can then bring to the smaller banks, but also buy side are starting to look at that. And again, we're prepared to serve anybody who needs regulation and to bring the rigor and the techniques that we have had to do that.
Maybe sticking with Axiom, you talked about the cloud journey. So maybe sticking on that sort of theme. You talked about increased use of AI, again, the cloud. How do these developments affect the addressable market, monetization opportunities, client demand? I think there's always been a perception that like since there's an accessing of a lot of bank data that banks may be hesitant to allow AI that kind of access. But I'm sure there are a lot of efficiencies that can be gained and whatever else. So curious if you could talk about -- a little bit more about that tech journey.
Yes. So what's really interesting is that we're already touching their data. So the magic of Nasdaq really is that we are already the partner to the largest financial institutions. And so it took us, and you see it with Verafin, years to be in the position of having the banks review or cyber review or infrastructure review how we do things to the point where they are already letting us touch data.
And then we have enterprise contracts, which means that we don't mind if our services get integrated through their agents or through their people. And in fact, we are helping them become more efficient. And when I'm looking at some of the migrations to the cloud or additional sales in AI because usually, we need to be in the cloud, although we have some solutions to do it differently, but that's the simplest way to do it. The clients have a very easy business case to do more with us, give us more value as they generate a great business case for their own shareholders. And that has really worked.
And so the hard work has been done. We are already, I would say, a safe partner, a trusted transformation partner. Our solutions are really excellent. They are forward and they are -- they enable us both to sell, to maintain the credibility, to move towards the higher ACV that comes with the cloud and then in some cases, to sell separately on AI. But I would say, in general, it's in the first 3 buckets that we have been for AxiomSL, for example.
All right. Maybe stepping back, thinking about the broader cross-sell and relationship deepening opportunities across the FinTech portfolio. I'm curious if you could talk about any examples, any metrics you can share around product adoption, client penetration. It's funny like from a sell-side analyst perspective, it feels like there's all these different revenue lines, but there's obviously this like top-down logic around exchange, data, information and everything else. So curious if you could give us examples, anecdotes about how things are coming together, again, cross-sell penetration, things like that.
Yes. So the cross-sell metric that we have been sharing is that over 15% of our FinTech pipeline is in the cross-sell. And we are very much seeing that our One Nasdaq efforts are bearing fruits. We are elevating within the financial institutions where we are, where we have C-suite relationships, which are covered by our management committee in general. And so whereas those remain separate solutions, we have a real cross-sell motion that is driven, I would say, with the machinery that you would expect from a very strong revenue organization. But you also have in complement to that and for some of the largest clients, the C-suite to C-suite relationships.
Great. And maybe a few questions now on the cost side and capital allocation. So we talked about AI as a revenue driver. Curious how you think about that opportunity internally? How much runway is there for incremental efficiency gains through deployment of AI across the organization?
So I'll start by saying to all that we think that it's a massive capture-the-SAM opportunity. So there's a revenue opportunity that is really important, helping us to move in adjacent SAM in an organic basis is incredibly important. And so I want to start with that, even though you asked me the question in the context of efficiencies.
There are efficiencies too and we will capture them. You know that we have put forth at Investor Day, $100 million of AI efficiencies, which we are executing upon. And we are incredibly organized, I will say, as a leadership team, we spend tons of time on both the revenue opportunity and the efficiencies. And the efficiencies, by the way, give you the powder to generate additional investments, additional revenue growth.
And so we are providing our team with a lot of support, training, engagement as well as just great tooling, great opportunity to have the best tools available. And then we are measuring, and you know me enough by now, I can't have a fireside chat without talking about return on invested capital. We're looking at the returns on what we are doing, both in terms of the revenue and in terms of the efficiencies, and we're seeing a great equation associated with both with AI.
Great. Maybe on the capital side, a little bit of an update on your capital allocation priorities, the current M&A pipeline, types of assets that are most attractive to Nasdaq today. And then, of course, I have to ask thoughts on the potential for larger or more transformative acquisitions over time. I know the messaging there has been pretty consistent in the last year or 2, but worth asking all the same.
Of course. So let's start with over $2 billion of free cash flow. And that's a great place to start because it enables you to do more than one thing. We have always had a progressive dividend, and when I say always, for the recent times, we have a progressive dividend, and that will continue and no surprise expected there. But that has been a very nice contributor to our -- some of our investors.
The second part is share repurchase. You have seen us very engaged in share repurchases recently. That's in the context of we have a great organic strategy. We fully fund our investments. We are, I would say, pretty thorough in actually dedicating dollars towards organic growth, and that is the priority. But after that, we still -- after that, after the dividend, we still have a lot that is available. And we believe that our price is undervalued. And to be honest, we have been very consistent at buying that stock. And we've done as of the second quarter, about $900 million, which is a lot more than what we had done last year altogether. And we launched at the entering of the third quarter, an additional $200 million to $250 million variable ASR program. So the sign that we are continuing to buy despite being already way over what we had done last year. So that's share repurchase.
The deleveraging that we have done a fair bit since the Adenza transaction, I would say we don't need to do proactive deleveraging. We are -- we have a leverage target range of 2.5x to 3x. And we are as of the second quarter at 2.6x gross leverage. So at this point, you should not expect, I would say, anything particularly in terms of deleveraging other than potential natural deleveraging since we have a very nice growth of EBITDA, which contributes to that.
And so when you go towards M&A, we have a focus on organic growth, and that's really leveraging us a lot. There could still be M&A that could become interesting, but I wouldn't expect anything in what you described as a transformative category. But could there be tuck-ins? We've done a few, Dasseti and LeveL were two of them. And could there be even bolt-ons? Absolutely, if they made sense in the context of the other opportunities that we have.
Great. We'll go back and revisit 1 or 2 topics, I think, that are also of interest. So we didn't talk -- spend much time talking about your data and data sales business. And I'm curious if there's sort of a tie-in to like the retail trading angle, which has been obviously like a huge growth driver for equities, particularly options, now maybe a big driver of prediction markets.
So your data sales have also been quite strong. I'm curious if you could give a breakdown of where those are coming from. Is there a read to sort of like the broader retail trading environment? Any color there would be helpful.
Yes. So we don't sell directly to retail, but we sell to people who sell to retail. And so we have very strong relationship with brokerage houses around the world. And I will say with the advent of [ 2035 ] at the end of this year in December, people are equipping themselves to have data. And it's not like a December 6 and on. This is a trend that started some time ago and that we would expect is going to continue for years thereafter because this is really equipping the world and trading in the U.S. is a continued journey.
And so we are very much at the center of that. We have solutions which are not only very thorough, but very easy to implement, very real time. And so we've had very great success, as you mentioned, in growing that business. We think that this continues to have lots of legs of growth. And this is something also where there is an advantage to real-time data, which is that by definition, it's protected because it is real time.
And so we're very good at monitoring the use of our data and making sure that we generate the revenue associated with the value of what we provide. So we've got very strong interest coming from Asia and the rest of the world. We don't give breakdowns as to exactly where it's coming from. But the U.S. is, of course, a contributor, but the rest of the world is also a contributor to the additional growth that we have.
Okay. Well, with that, we're nearly out of time, Sarah. So I think we'll leave it there. But what a pleasure to have you. Thank you so much for being here.
Thank you very much.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Nasdaq — Barclays 24th Annual Global Financial Services Conference
Nasdaq sieht eine robuste IPO‑Pipeline, treibt Tokenisierung und Always‑On‑Liquidity voran und nutzt AI‑gestützte FinTech‑Wachstumsfelder.
🎯 Kernbotschaft
- Makro: Management beschreibt das Umfeld als konstruktiv: resilienter Konsument, starke Unternehmensgewinne und Investitionen in AI treiben Nachfrage.
- Marktposition: Starke IPO‑Pipeline (H1: $111 Mrd. inkl. SpaceX) und 73% Win‑Rate sichern Relevanz für gelistete Schwergewichte.
- Transformation: Fokus auf Digital Liquidity Network, Tokenisierung, LeveL ATS und AI‑gestützte FinTech‑Produkte als Hebel für Wachstum.
🚀 Strategische Highlights
- Tokenisierung: DTCC‑gestützte Token/Fiat‑Settlement‑Pläne, Investment in Payward/Kraken ($100M) und Entwicklung einer Nasdaq Equity Token‑Präsenz.
- Off‑Market‑Liquidity: Übernahme von LeveL ATS (dritter größter ATS) zur Erweiterung von Liquiditätspools und Connectivity zu ~2.500 Buy‑/Sell‑Side‑Teilnehmern.
- FinTech & AI: Verafin rollt agentische AI ein (vierfache Produktivität, 800 Kunden nutzen Agents); AxiomSL in der Cloud erhöht Adressierbarkeit.
- Indexgeschäft: ETP‑AUM > $1 Bio, $109 Mrd. Zuflüsse 12M, 38% der Zuflüsse aus Produkten der letzten 5 Jahre; 50% der Zuflüsse international.
🆕 Neue Informationen
- Produktfreigaben: Erstes Event‑Contract von der SEC genehmigt, geplante Markteinführung gegen Jahresende (binäre Nasdaq‑100‑Events).
- Settlement: Genehmigter Weg für Fiat‑ und Token‑Settlement mit DTCC; Launch in Vorbereitung.
- Kapital: Aggressive Rückkäufe: Q2‑YTD ~ $900M, zusätzliches variable ASR $200–250M gestartet; Free Cash Flow > $2Mrd.
- Effizienz: Ziel von $100M AI‑Effizienzen angekündigt und in Umsetzung.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- AI‑Monetarisierung: Nachfrage nach Details zur Bezahlkonversion für agentische AI in Verafin; Management nennt keine konkreten Umwandlungszahlen.
- Token‑Timeline: Analysten haken nach Timing, Surveillance‑Lösungen und Kundenzugang; Nasdaq betont regulatorische Genehmigungen und Infrastruktur, gibt aber keine exakten Umsatzprojektionen.
- Produktmix: Fragen zu Perpetuals/Event‑Contracts; Management sagt Perpetuals derzeit <1% Umsatzüberlappung, offen für robuste, regulierte Varianten.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Für Aktionäre: Nasdaq positioniert sich breit: IPO‑Erholung, Index‑/Datenwachstum und FinTech‑Cross‑Sell liefern klaren organischen Hebel; Tokenisierung und AI sind optionale Upside‑Felder, bleiben aber durch Regulierung und fehlende kurzfristige Monetarisierungsdetails risikohaft. Rückkäufe und stabile Dividende stützen die Kapitalrendite.
Nasdaq — Q2 2026 Earnings Call
1. Management Discussion
Good day, and thank you for standing by. Welcome to Nasdaq's Second Quarter 2026 Results Conference Call. [Operator Instructions] Please be advised that today's conference is being recorded. I would now like to hand the conference over to your first speaker, Ato Garrett, Senior Vice President and Investor Relations Officer. Please go ahead.
Good morning, everyone, and thank you for joining us today to discuss Nasdaq's Second Quarter 2026 Financial Results. On the line are Adena Friedman, our Chair and Chief Executive Officer; Sarah Youngwood, our Chief Financial Officer; and other members of the management team. After our prepared remarks, we will open the line for Q&A. The press release and earnings presentation accompanying this call can be found on our Investor Relations website.
I would like to remind you that we will be making forward-looking statements on this call that involve risks. A summary of these risks is contained in our press release and in more complete description on our annual report on Form 10-K.
We will discuss our financial performance on a non-GAAP basis excluding the impact of acquisitions and divestitures, the impact of changes in FX and a $6 million onetime benefit to Index revenue related to a contract modification. Definition and reconciliations of U.S. GAAP to non-GAAP plus adjustments can be found in our earnings presentation as well as in a file located in the financial sections of our Investor Relations website at ir.nasdaq.com.
And with that, I'll now turn the call over to Adena.
Thank you, Ato, and good morning, everyone. Today, I will start with a review of our second quarter financial results, and we'll then review the operating performance across our divisions. I will then hand the call over to Sarah to walk through the financial results in more detail. In the second quarter, Nasdaq delivered outstanding growth across each of our divisions, underpinned by our leadership in driving the transformation of the financial system and fueled by the continued demand for leading market infrastructure and mission-critical technology.
Our leadership translated into a series of historic milestones this quarter. In our Index business, assets under management surpassed $1 trillion for the first time in our history, and we had our largest quarterly net inflows ever. Nasdaq Verafin crossed $13 trillion in combined assets across more than 2,800 financial institutions that rely on our platform to fight financial crime. We set new records in notional value traded during both the June Triple Witch exploration and the Russell reconstitution. We welcome SpaceX, the largest IPO in history and are proud to have become the largest exchange in the world by market capitalization of our listed companies.
We continue to operate in a constructive U.S. economic environment, supported by resilient corporate earnings, ongoing investment in AI and digital infrastructure, and healthy consumer spending. Within the capital markets industry, we're working constructively with regulators who are seeking to encourage innovation, including always-on markets and tokenization of assets. These emerging innovations have the potential to become durable market advancements that meaningfully expand investor access across the globe when paired with appropriate investor protections as well as with structures that drive institutional investor demand alongside that of retail investors. We look forward to continuing our efforts to engage regulators and legislators to define the future of markets.
Now I'd like to turn to our results. In the second quarter, we delivered $1.5 billion in net revenue, up 15% and solutions revenue of $1.2 billion, up 17%. Our overall annualized recurring revenue, or ARR, grew 12% year-over-year to $3.3 billion. Expenses were $641 million, up 10%, and we delivered 25% diluted EPS growth, driven by 19% growth in operating income and strong capital returns. Within our divisions, Capital Access Platforms generated 18% revenue and 8% ARR growth. Financial Technology delivered 15% revenue growth and 16% ARR growth. And Market Services delivered 11% net revenue growth.
These results reflect our expand, evolve and transform framework in action. Throughout the quarter, we deepened our client relationships through our One Nasdaq strategy, launched innovative products while enhancing existing solutions, and invested in strategic opportunities that will drive our next phase of growth.
Now turning to the divisional results. I will start with Capital Access Platforms where I will first discuss Data and Listings. Our U.S. listings franchise delivered the strongest first half in U.S. exchange history with $111 billion in operating company proceeds raised. Our performance was underpinned by the historic IPO of SpaceX back on June 12, raising $86 billion, marking the largest IPO in history. We were also proud to dual list SpaceX on Nasdaq Texas, the region's premier listing venue. Other landmark listings in the second quarter included Cerebras, the largest semiconductor IPO of all time; Quantinuum, the largest pure-play quantum IPO of all time; and Parabilis Medicines, the largest biotech IPO of all time.
In total, for the quarter, we welcomed 26 new operating companies raising $106 billion in proceeds, including 7 of the top 10 IPOs. Earlier this month, we also welcomed SK hynix, which raised $27 billion, the largest ADR listing in U.S. capital markets history. The IPO environment is robust, and we are in a strong position to capitalize as new companies look to join the public markets in the second half of the year.
Nasdaq powers the innovation economy, connecting leaders from around the world with capital that turns their ambitions into reality. The breadth and significance of the companies that list with us this quarter is a meaningful testament to that pillar of our strategy.
Turning to our data business. We delivered strong growth driven by new bookings and increased usage. This includes a 34% year-over-year increase in the number of enterprise licenses across multiple geographies. The growing adoption of AI and rising demand from digital asset platforms continues to accelerate interest in our data solutions. Looking ahead, we're excited to support the transition to always-on trading with the launch of unique integrated data sets that will expand usage of Nasdaq's proprietary data among investors worldwide.
Our Index franchise set new inflow records with $51 billion in net inflows for the quarter and $109 billion in net inflows over the last 12 months. Our quarter end and average ETP AUM reached new milestones and exceeded $1 trillion for the first time ever. Product innovation remains a key driver of growth in our Index business with 38% of the trailing 12-month net inflows driven by products launched over the last 5 years and 22% driven by products launched over the last 3 years. We launched 34 new products in the quarter, including 11 insurance products, demonstrating the breadth of our innovation pipeline. We also continued to expand our global reach. 50% of all new products introduced this quarter were launched outside the United States.
We're pleased to introduce expanded access to the Nasdaq-100 with the recent launches of BlackRock's IQQ and State Street's QNDX ETFs in the United States. We also continued to grow our long-standing relationship with Invesco, expanding global investor access to QQQ ETFs, which we cross-listed in Japan in the second quarter.
Turning to Workflow and Insights. Revenue grew 5% with continued momentum in Analytics. In Corporate Solutions, we continue to operate in a challenging environment. However, clients remain highly engaged with our AI-enabled capabilities with 65% of Boardvantage users and 79% of IR Insight clients leveraging our AI tools.
Within Analytics, we delivered double-digit revenue growth from bookings and a higher retention rate in both eVestment and Data Link. Growth in eVestment has been driven in part by AI adoption. More than 1/4 of new bookings to date are associated with AI use cases. We also continue to expand the reach of eVestment's data assets, which now include almost 91,000 private funds.
Within Data Link, we see sustained demand for our unique data assets. This quarter, we are pleased to introduce the Data Link Model Context Protocol, or MCP, which will deliver frictionless client connectivity to power agentic workflows. This capability makes it easier for clients to integrate Nasdaq's trusted data, including our market data directly into AI-driven applications, enhancing the value and reach of our data assets across the AI ecosystem.
Turning to Financial Technology, we achieved an outstanding quarter, delivering revenue growth of 15%. The performance was underpinned by strong engagement across our clients for solutions that address market modernization, the transition to always-on trading and the evolving regulatory landscape. Our sales cycles, our contract term lengths and our bookings mix between existing and new clients have remained consistent, reflecting the durable nature of our mission-critical solutions. In the quarter, we signed 58 new clients, 7 cross-sells and 107 upsells, driving 16% ARR growth.
In Financial Crime Management Technology, Nasdaq Verafin delivered 22% revenue growth driven by significant expansions across key client segments. Our product suite now serves more than 2,800 clients, representing over $13 trillion in collective assets. During the quarter, we signed 47 new SMB clients and continue to see strong momentum in the enterprise clientele with 2 expansions, 2 renewals and 2 cross-sells. Early in the third quarter, we signed an additional enterprise expansion and a cross-sell totaling 11 enterprise signings so far in 2026, which already exceeds the total number of signings we had in all of 2025.
Nasdaq Verafin continues to accelerate AI innovation in its business and across its platform. Our agentic AI workforce is now used by 750 clients. In the second quarter, we announced an expansion of the workforce, including 2 new agentic workers, which we've moved into beta, 1 for AML structuring alerts and the second for ACH fraud alert triage. The new role-based workers enable end-to-end automation of financial crime workloads from fraud and AML alert reviews to investigations and reporting.
We also plan to introduce new auto dispositioning capabilities in Q3 and flexible deployment options that extend our AI solutions across third-party systems by the end of the year. Verafin's Agentic AI Workforce expansion reflects our broader AI-first development approach, which is transforming every stage of the product development life cycle, from design and development to testing and deployment. This enables us to increase innovation velocity, expand our product road map and bring new capabilities to clients faster than ever before.
Regulatory Technology delivered sustained growth, driven by significant expansions to always-on markets and infrastructure modernization. Overall, we signed 9 new clients, including 2 cross-sells and 63 upsells. In AxiomSL, we deepened relationships with existing clients while expanding our global footprint with continued strength in our cloud bookings. During the quarter, a U.S. bank expanded its footprint with AxiomSL as the client grew through acquisition and faced more significant regulatory requirements. Additionally, a top 4 Australian bank expanded their relationship with us to leverage our cloud-enabled regulatory reporting solution, reinforcing the global demand for our platform.
In Surveillance, we delivered strong growth while experiencing significant demand from clients expanding into new markets, including energy and digital assets. This demand included a significant renewal and expansion with a global broker-dealer as well as a renewal with a key global financial institution. We signed 3 upsells for our cross-product surveillance capability, which we launched earlier this year. The new solution enables our clients to detect complex market abuse tactics across multiple markets and asset classes, highlighting the power of our new signals-based detection. We also secured a Tier 1 client for our newest AI solutions, Calibration Copilot and GenAI news copilot in July, reflecting growing demand for AI-powered workflows and positioning us for broader adoption over time.
Capital Markets Technology continued to deliver strong performance, highlighted by significant new clients and excellent revenue growth in Trade Management Services. In the quarter, we signed 7 new clients, including 3 cross-sells and 42 upsells. In Market Technology, we maintained momentum while advancing key infrastructure modernization initiatives. We made further progress in the rollout of our Eqlipse product suite with 2 existing clients committing to the migration of their market platforms to Eqlipse. We also completed 3 modernization programs, including going live with clearing for BYMA, Argentina stock exchange; and with trading for nuam, a regional market operator that integrates the Peru, Chile and Colombia stock exchanges.
In Calypso, we signed several new clients that expand the reach of our products to new countries, institutions and asset classes including our first U.S. treasury clearing deals with 2 large financial institutions. Additionally, earlier this week, we announced a deal with the Georgian Financial Markets Treasury Association to modernize the country's treasury and financial markets infrastructure. As part of this deal, 5 leading commercial banks in the country of Georgia will adopt the Calypso platform with opportunities to onboard more banks over time. With this deal, Calypso now operates in more than 70 countries.
Additionally, we piloted tokenized collateral trades on the Canton Network in July alongside 2 of the world's leading asset managers. Specifically, tokenized money market funds were successfully transmitted as collateral through Calypso, leveraging the Canton Network.
Now turning to Market Services. The division delivered 11% organic net revenue growth against the backdrop of record industry volumes in U.S. options and U.S. cash equities. We also achieved record volumes for Index options, doubling year-over-year revenue for the fourth consecutive quarter. In European cash equities, we experienced higher industry volumes and delivered a 3 percentage point increase in lit market share, bringing us to 74%.
On June 18, we achieved a record Triple Witch event recording $296 billion, the largest ever in notional value traded. That date also marked a record date for U.S. equity industry volumes with 34.6 billion shares traded on the day. The Russell reconstitution on June 26 set new records across the board, achieving our highest ever revenue, our highest ever share volume in the cross at 4.6 billion shares and a record notional value traded of $334 billion, more than triple the prior Russell rebalance record set last year.
Looking ahead to near-term milestones. We remain on track for a projected launch of 23/5 trading on December 6, 2026. Additionally, we received SEC approval to list event options and remain on track for launch in the fourth quarter.
Overall, our results demonstrate the strength of a business increasingly driven by recurring revenue from deeply integrated platforms and long-term growth trends that are still in the early innings, such as AI adoption and market modernization, including tokenization and always-on markets.
Markets are evolving rapidly as new technologies, asset classes, market structures and resiliency requirements reshape their financial system. Nasdaq continues to be a leader in this transformation by building the trusted, resilient infrastructure that enables institutions and market operators to modernize responsibly to serve both institutional and retail investors.
Our role is to help design a durable investor experience with the goal to increase investor access while also protecting investors and the broader financial system through the markets we operate and the technology we provide to other markets, our Index and Analytics products and our risk management solutions.
Our competitive position reflects decades of investment in a deep client community, gold standard data, mission-critical technology platforms and exceptional technical talent. Together, these advantages have created powerful network effects across our ecosystem. AI is enabling us to strengthen these advantages by enhancing the pace and scope of product capabilities that we can deliver to our clientele. Looking ahead, we're energized not only by the strength of our performance but the breadth and depth of the dialogues we have with clients and the scale of the opportunity in front of us.
With that, I'll turn the call over to Sarah to walk through the financial results in more detail.
Thank you, Adena, and good morning, everyone. In the second quarter of 2026, Nasdaq delivered exceptional results, headlined by Solutions revenue growth of 17%, including the second straight quarter of double-digit revenue growth in all 3 Financial Technology subdivisions. We had diluted EPS growth of 25%, exceeding $1 in quarterly EPS for the first time in the company's history.
Let's start with quarterly results on Slide 11. We reported net revenue of $1.5 billion, up 15%, with Solutions revenue of $1.2 billion, up 17%. Operating expense was $641 million, up 10%, leading to an operating margin of 57% and an EBITDA margin of 60%, both up 2 percentage points over the prior year period. This resulted in net income of $605 million and diluted EPS of $1.07, up 25%.
Slide 12 shows the drivers of our 15% net revenue growth for the quarter. We generated 11 percentage points of alpha, the second consecutive quarter of double-digit alpha growth, driven by new and existing clients and product innovation. Meanwhile, data factories contributed 4 percentage points of growth this quarter, driven by higher valuations in Nasdaq indices and higher derivatives volumes in Index and higher overall volumes in Market Services.
Let's review divisional results, starting on Slide 14. In Capital Access Platforms, we delivered revenue of $621 million, up 18% with ARR growth of 8%. Data and Listings was up 9% for both revenue and ARR. Data revenue growth was strong and driven primarily by upsells, new sales and usage. Listings revenue benefiting from the improving IPO environment and pricing increases, partially offset by delistings and lower amortization of prior period initial listing fees, which were marginally better than our expectations.
Index revenue was up 35%, and ARR, which covers a very small portion of revenue, increased 8%. Revenue growth was primarily driven by record average ETP AUM surpassing $1 trillion in the second quarter, bolstered by record net inflows of $109 billion over the last 12 months, including a record $51 billion in the second quarter.
Volume-based revenue also contributed to growth with record derivatives contract volumes up 33% in the quarter. Notably, volume growth outside of the U.S. was very similar to growth in the U.S., reflecting the strength of the product ecosystem in regions around the world, where perpetual-style derivatives are already available. The volume growth was partially offset by the continued mix shift in derivates volumes from higher-priced E-mini contracts to lower-priced micro E-mini contracts.
In Workflow and Insights, revenue was up 5% in the quarter, with ARR growth up 6%. The revenue increase was driven primarily by Analytics, mainly from eVestment and Data Link. Corporate Solutions revenue was essentially flat.
Excluding the onetime revenue item related to a contract modification in our Index business, quarterly operating margin for the CAP division was 63%, up 4 percentage points for the prior year period.
Before we wrap on Capital Access Platforms, we are continuing to optimize our portfolio with 2 transactions. Earlier this week, we announced an agreement to sell Nasdaq Fund Secondaries to Nasdaq Private Market, where we remain an investor and strategic partner. This transaction brings together 2 highly complementary businesses and strongly positions Nasdaq Private Market to capitalize on the significant opportunity to provide secondary liquidity infrastructure for both private company shares and private fund interests.
And today, we are announcing that we have entered into an agreement to acquire Dasseti, an AI-powered due diligence platform used by institutional asset allocators and managers across public and private markets. Dasseti will be integrated into Nasdaq eVestment to provide a seamless experience across eVestment's institutional network.
On a pro forma basis for the last 12 months, these 2 transactions would have combined to result in a net increase in revenue of approximately $4 million to Nasdaq, and both companies are still early stage. We did not provide purchase or disposition prices for the transactions as neither of them is material.
Moving to Financial Technology on Slide 15. Revenue was $539 million, up 15%, driven by double-digit growth across all 3 subdivisions. ARR growth was 16%. Our business continues to see strong demand across all FinTech subdivisions and high levels of client engagement. The division signed 58 new clients, 107 upsells and 7 cross-sells in the quarter, while sales continue to represent over 15% of the FinTech pipeline.
Financial Crime Management Technology revenue grew 22% in the quarter with ARR growth of 17% and net revenue retention of 110%. We signed 47 new SMB clients in the second quarter, reflecting continued momentum in the SMB client cohort. In enterprise, we signed 2 cross-sells, 2 expansions and 2 renewals in the quarter as well as 1 additional cross-sell and an expansion early in the third quarter. Regulatory Technology delivered revenue growth of 13% and ARR growth of 14%, reflecting strong performance across both surveillance and AxiomSL. The subdivision delivered 9 new clients, including 3 cross-sells and 63 upsells in the quarter.
Capital Markets Technology revenue grew 14% with an ARR growth of 17%. The subdivision delivered 7 new clients, including 3 cross-sells and 42 upsells. The quarter's strong performance reflects demand for data-centric services as well as a pricing increase in Trade Management Services and continued execution at Calypso, including a strategic long-term renewal with a large global bank. Performance in the quarter was partially offset by lower professional services revenue. As a note, Capital Markets Technology revenue growth in the third and fourth quarter of 2025 benefited from the contribution from Calypso upfront revenue, which will create a tougher comp for Capital Markets Technology in the upcoming 2 quarters. Financial Technology quarterly operating margin was 46%, in line with the prior year period.
Turning to Market Services on Slide 16. We had record quarterly net revenue of $340 million, up 11%. Growth in the quarter was driven by record industry volumes across U.S. equities and U.S. options and strong volumes across European equities and fixed income.
We also continued to deliver alpha as reflected in higher market share and higher capture in U.S. equities, Index options revenue more than doubling versus the prior year period for the fourth straight quarter, strong adoption of newly launched short-dated options products, and higher market share in European equities. This performance was partially offset by lower capture in U.S. options driven by a continued mix shift in the composition of order flow as new consolidators have entered our markets and lower U.S. tape plan revenue, primarily driven by lower audit revenue, following an industry-wide adjustment in the prior year period, which we had called out last year. Quarterly operating margin for this division was 64%, up 1 percentage point versus the prior year period.
The financial system is undergoing one of its most significant periods of modernization in decades. The shift is visible across multiple dimensions in the move towards 23/5 trading, the adoption of tokenized assets, the use of AI across financial infrastructure and the development of new instruments, such as perpetual-style derivatives and prediction markets. This market evolution enables Nasdaq to expand its role across the financial ecosystem.
Perpetual-style derivatives are the latest example of a potential product innovation being considered by U.S. regulators. Today, U.S. regulatory approval has been limited to instruments outside the scope of Nasdaq's U.S. markets. Should there be a consideration by the SEC and the CFTC to expand U.S. approval across equity products, including options and equity-linked Index products, even in an extreme case, we would still expect minimal crossover, representing less than 1% of our total revenue. Over time, However, such innovation to the extent they are durable can create opportunities for us as they expand market access and increase demand for trusted and resilient market infrastructure. Nasdaq thrives in an environment that enables responsible innovation while remaining focused on protecting investors.
Moving to expense on Slide 17. We had operating expense of $641 million in the second quarter, an increase of 10%, driven by employee compensation reflecting the timing of our annual compensation cycle as well as incentive compensation driven by our strong revenue execution, increased marketing expense due to a strengthening IPO environment, investment in technology to support revenue and drive innovation and growth and severance costs. The second quarter operating margin was 57% and the EBITDA margin was 60%, both up 2 percentage points versus the prior year period.
We are updating our non-GAAP expense guidance for the year to a range of $2.530 billion to $2.570 billion from $2.485 billion to $2.545 billion, with 2 primary drivers of the increase, higher employee compensation given the strong revenue performance we have experienced year-to-date and increased marketing expense due to a strengthening IPO environment with marketing expense having a larger effect within the quarter of the planned IPO.
To note, in the third quarter of 2025, we collected a $5 million regulatory fine, which was recorded as a contra expense. As a result, we expect a tougher expense comparison in the upcoming quarter. We maintain our 2026 non-GAAP tax rate guidance of 22.5% to 24.5%.
Turning to capital allocation on Slide 18. Nasdaq generated free cash flow of $477 million in the second quarter. Over the last 12 months, Nasdaq generated $2.2 billion in free cash flow at a conversion ratio of 97%. We paid a dividend of $0.31 per share or $174 million in the quarter, representing a 31% annualized payout ratio. During the quarter, we repurchased a total of 4.1 million shares of our common stock for $356 million.
In combination with the dividend, Nasdaq returned over $530 million to shareholders in the second quarter. In the first half, we have repurchased $903 million compared to $616 million of repurchases in all of 2025. In July, we launched a $200 million to $250 million variable accelerated share repurchase plan, which will be completed in the third quarter. We finished the quarter with a gross leverage ratio of 2.6x driven by EBITDA growth and a net repayment of approximately $162 million of gross debt.
In closing, Nasdaq delivered another quarter of excellent execution. Our results reflect the strength of our business model highlighted by broad-based revenue growth across all 3 divisions, expanding margins, rigorous capital allocation and mid-20s EPS growth. As we enter the second half of the year, we are extremely confident in our opportunity, and we are focused on executing on our ambitious strategic objectives to deliver long-term value for shareholders.
With that, I will turn the call over for Q&A.
[Operator Instructions] I show our first question comes from the line of Ashish Sabadra from RBC Capital Markets.
2. Question Answer
Really solid results. Adena, you mentioned several AI initiatives across all segments and significant client adoption of your AI solutions. How has your thinking evolved on AI monetization? Are you primarily focused on driving better sales momentum, retention and pricing power? Or do you also see opportunities to charge separately for AI capabilities? And then how do you envision AI monetization over the midterm?
Great. Thank you. We actually take an approach that's product by product and frankly, capability by capability. So in some cases, we are integrating the AI capabilities into the core product and we would look to evaluate the pricing of that product over time based on the value we're providing to our clients. And that would be in the case of the Calibration Copilot and some of the work we're doing in Boardvantage and IR Insight. But then we also have other capabilities where we are charging as a new module, but we are taking kind of a freemium approach.
So with, for instance, in anti-financial crime, so Verafin and Surveillance, the GenAI news copilot within Surveillance and all of the digital workers within Verafin, we're basically offering a certain number of alerts for free. And then if they want to have the ability to have an unlimited number of alerts that they're working through the digital workers, then they would pay a subscription fee. It's basically an upsell.
And we do have -- our clients are definitely signing up for the upsell. We're in the process of contracting many clients actually for the upsell, but we also want to make sure we're driving usage because it's the best way for them to prove value to themselves and for us to prove that we can charge successfully for these great capabilities. So we're in the very early innings of monetizing our AI capabilities, but we're very encouraged by the way that the clients are moving from free to a paid subscription.
In terms of monetization overall, we're not providing any sort of details on that yet, but over time, we'll make sure that we continue to update you on the progress of our AI strategy.
And I show our next question comes from the line of Eli Abboud from Bank of America.
I was hoping to unpack the strong results in Trade Management Services. I think you flagged Trade Management Services as the strongest performer in your Capital Markets Tech business for a couple of quarters in a row now. To what extent are you seeing new trading firms come into your data center versus existing clients demand more bandwidth? And then how much of this do you think is tied to the use of generative AI in trading?
Sure. So it is really coming from new and existing clients, and it is definitely just demand for connectivity, for power and for the ability for them to drive their trading strategies. I would not say that it's really AI -- GenAI-driven. A lot of trading strategies are algorithmic AI, and that's been in the markets now for a long time. But it's definitely more from the fact that they have -- there's more trading. There are more strategies that people are deploying. They're trying to make sure that they're looking at multi-asset class strategies and things like that, that really drive the usage of our connectivity services.
And then also, we did have a pricing increase earlier this year that's flowing through the financials as well, as we mentioned in the first quarter, and that's also benefiting us. And one other thing I should mention on the AI strategy is also in data. We have been very intentional about making sure that our data is ready and available. It's kind of what we call AI ready to be able to be integrated into AI workflows. That would include our investment data as well as our Data Link data, which includes our market data. So by offering our data out through into these AI work -- and into the workflows, we are making it so that we have more demand, frankly, just for our data assets. So people should know that that's all part of our AI strategy.
And I show our next question comes from the line of Alex Kramm from UBS.
I found it interesting that you mentioned perps proactively, I think, 3 times if I counted correctly on this call. So considering that you're pretty far away from that topic, I think -- although I think you've gotten caught up in this narrative a little bit. But just wondering, it sounds like you're certainly evaluating what your role could be. So maybe you can elaborate a little bit, when you talk to regulators, how you think it's going to evolve, where you could potentially lend technology, offer some products yourself. And then maybe at the very least, are you getting some interest to maybe license the Nasdaq Index to some overseas perps providers? And how do you feel about that in general?
All right. Great. Thanks, Alex. I think perpetuals are definitely a topic that has come up obviously. And we did try to address it in terms of how do we see the overlap with our existing business today from a trading perspective and from kind of just overall what is a perpetual derivative, where are they today? They're really outside of the scope of the Nasdaq world today. If they were to come into the equities world, it would have to be the result of a joint regulatory approval from both the SEC and the CFTC.
So that's just a different bar that we have to pass. But we also provided you a hypothetical that were they to cross that Rubicon and bring them into the equity space, we still see very little overlap. And the kind of the qualities of perpetuals are very different than the qualities of options and futures in our space. I would say just to kind of give you a little framing and then I'll talk to you about the opportunity in front of us, if you think about what do perpetuals solve in the crypto ecosystem, they solve the ability for investors to trade on margin, meaning they solve the ability to trade with leverage, and they provide a more elegant way to short crypto assets.
Those 2 things are very, very accessible in the equities world today. And the benefit in the equities world with options is that you have convexity of return. It's not a linear return structure. So there are a lot -- and the carrying costs are much lower. So it's just there's structural advantages that are already offered in the equities world that I think address a lot of the benefits that investors use perpetuals for in the crypto world.
But when we look at it in terms of our opportunity in front of us, we have a few things. One is on technology. We are providing surveillance technology and also for trading technology. So our market technology, our surveillance technology are relevant to firms -- to markets that are looking to launch or provide perpetuals and then also to trade perpetuals, so NTS. And we also want to make sure that things like risk management and other technologies that Calypso offers, potentially regulatory reporting could also be covered. So we do see it as an opportunity for us to expand our FinTech division.
In terms of licensing, the Nasdaq-100 or QQQ, those are conversations that we would have with our partner, CME and others to consider as we move forward.
And I show our next question comes from the line of Owen Lau from Clear Street.
Do you have more color on the road map of asset managers leveraging tokenized funds or assets as collateral? I think in the third quarter, you mentioned there are 2 large asset managers completed tokenized collateral trades on the Canton Network. I'm wondering how Calypso can monetize it incrementally and the pace of adoption there.
Yes, sure. So the way that we're working with the industry is we want to make sure that Calypso -- we already have this great Calypso -- sorry, collateral management capability in Calypso that's used by hundreds of firms around the world. So we provide them a very good way for them to determine what's the optimal collateral they should have in every collateral pool that they have to operate with.
Now what we're working on with Canton is to make sure that we can facilitate the movement of collateral in a tokenized form. So we had 2 major asset managers. Essentially, I think it was like a proof of concept that we executed in the second quarter to demonstrate that we couldn't -- they take a tokenized money market fund that they've created, the asset managers created. And they're able to put it into the collateral network through Calypso and transfer that collateral using Canton.
So it's basically a proof of concept on how do we turn Calypso not only from collateral management to a collateral network in a tokenized form. And the way that we would charge for that, Owen, over time, because this is still a proof of concept, is it would be a new module because think of it as an upsell to offer the ability to actually manage collateral movement in addition to collateral management.
And so that's the way that we've monetized it going forward. But we're very excited because it was fun because the guys were there that day, and they basically like kind of came out of the room going victory. It's pretty easy. Yes, the money moved. So that was pretty neat. But we definitely feel like we can be a part of that tokenization effort with the buy side and the sell side going forward.
And I show our next question comes from the line of Patrick Moley from Piper Sandler.
Adena, I would love to get your thoughts on the IPO environment here. And then as you look out to the back half of 2027, how much of your IPO pipeline today is idiosyncratic megadeals versus what you would maybe view as a more durable broadening of the pipeline?
Sure. Actually, it really is a broadening of the pipeline. So we just are seeing a lot of really great companies coming out across -- and there are certain themes to it, but we are actually as focused on a broader pipeline as we would be on some of the larger opportunities.
I think it actually shows up a little bit in the second quarter where you had these really large marquee listings. Obviously, we had SpaceX, but we also had Cerebras. We also had Parabilis, and we had Quantinuum. And we actually had a major data center company come live, some very large raises, had SK hynix in the third quarter, but the pipeline is pretty broad across the themes of anything related to AI infrastructure and build-out including power and the things that will actually drive compute capabilities as well as we are seeing a pickup in health care and biotech listings, which is very exciting, given the fact we've had a dearth of that over the last few years. So we're very excited to see that.
And then the defense industry is also seeing some really good companies come out and companies that serve defense industry not only like actual building the defense systems but building the components to the defense systems like Arxis and other compounders that are really interesting coming into the market as well. And then also, we also are seeing more consumer companies coming out into the market. So it's becoming more and more broad-based, and we're very excited about that.
And I show our next question comes from the line of Alexander Blostein from Goldman Sachs.
I was hoping to zoom out and maybe talk about profitability in the business as a whole. Nasdaq's put out a couple of quarters of really good operating leverage now. And then I understand there is some kind of low-hanging fruit, higher incremental margin tailwinds and whether it's trading or Index. But as you think about just where you are and the efficiencies from AI, whether it's on the top line or the bottom line, how do you think about the margins as a whole over the next couple of years? And where do you think they can ultimately go?
So thank you, Alex. We've seen, as you have noted, for the first half of this year, really very strong performance. And what I think you are reminding everyone is the gap that we are creating between our revenue especially in solutions as well as on the operating expense. And that has been something which we've been very consistent with, which is we fund our investments very well, and that's why you're seeing that we're on the front foot as we are able to deal with information and becoming able to transform that into additional [ return ] and opportunities with our clients. But we are also working on efficiencies, and we've been very good at doing that and say, over the years, and that will continue with GenAI.
And I show our next question comes from the line of Simon Clinch from Rothschild & Co.
Adena, I was wondering if you could just elaborate a bit more. With all the AI tools you're rolling out to your clients and the good uptick you're getting from clients, could you give us a sense of, I guess, how rapidly and how sophisticated your clients are at the outset of using these products and how to think about the sort of momentum in that usage? Is it something that's really going to build over time? Or are they actually coming at it with a fairly sophisticated approach already and sort of getting really stuck in straight away?
Yes. Actually, it's interesting. I mean I would say that the clients are downright eager to be able to take advantage of the automations we're able to deliver because for them, it's a direct return on investment to them to be able to be more efficient internally. So first of all, the way that we're deploying the AI capabilities out to our product makes it very easy to adopt. It's not hard for them to say, yes, I would automate that workflow to make it so that I can investigate a potential criminal actor. I can make sure that I can see all the investigation. I can see this -- all the sites of the sources that the AI generated. I can also -- how did AI write the report? I can review the report, and I can click and go right into and submit that report.
So it's a very easy use case. Like these are easy use cases for the clients to adopt. They also recognize that it saves up to 80% of their time. So it's also -- it's an easy sell to be honest with you. But we also bring our clients together. We actually recently had an event in Boston with 150 of our anti-financial crime clients. And we are walking them through the pipeline of additional agentic workers that we're bringing. And they're -- we thought maybe they'd say, well, we can only take so many. Let's make sure that we pace ourselves here because we're talking about some acceleration. And instead they're saying, yes, please bring it on, but let's work together to figure out how to make sure that we can show to our CFO and our CTO the clear return so that we can adopt these as fast as possible. So it was a really -- it was very encouraging.
I think also, we are very mindful of how we orchestrate the AI into the tooling in terms from a security perspective or resiliency perspective so that it is -- they -- in terms of our clients, they're obviously doing reviews of us as we are introducing these tools, and we feel very good about the diligence they do on us before they adopt them. So it's been pretty smooth so far.
And I show our next question comes from the line of Brian Bedell from Deutsche Bank.
Great to see the really strong revenue progress across the solutions businesses. But I did want to talk about the actual -- the markets business and more of a broader picture question, Adena. Just your views on the future of Reg NMS just given the -- with the SEC proposals out and then more broadly, just the evolving market structure. Clearly, order protection is going to be important for your views, I'm sure.
But how about your views on strengthening the NBBO, allowing exchanges to sub-penny price, for example? And how would that interact with tokenizing securities in terms of tokenized securities trading alongside certificated form. And I think you said you're rolling your plan to start that in the first quarter of next year. If you could just talk about the timing on that.
Sure. Yes. It's a big topic. So let's start with Reg NMS and the order protection rule, which we call OPR, just so everyone knows if I use that acronym. So the order protection rule has been in place now for 20 years, and interestingly, I was at Nasdaq before the order protection rule was put in place. And at that time, we were not in favor of introducing that rule into the markets. So we have a long history of understanding it, understanding the effect of it, the consequences that come from it. And Reg NMS, there are some benefits to what order protection rule has brought, which is, of course, all the markets now are intimately networked together to create a lot of resiliency.
And I think that's important to recognize is because we have to route to each other, we've connected with each other. And by connecting with each other, it means that there's more resiliency in the markets. But there's also more fragmentation of order flow. And it has kept us from being able to innovate because in the -- coincident with the order protection rule, it basically says that everything has to be price time ordered. And it doesn't allow for us to have a more flexible structure around should it be price size. If you get size done, can you do that a penny away from the inside and still be compliant with best ex?
But if you have -- you take away the order protection rule and you think, okay, now we can innovate. We have 3 markets exchanges. We should be able to drive and experiment with different market models to see how they serve the clients' needs. Today, also, it's really a 2-tiered market between on-exchange and off-exchange. We really can't compete in the off-exchange space. We can't segment order flow. We can't do a lot of things that we think will serve investors better. And by loosening up the order protection rule and saying let's allow more innovation to come in, it allows us to think about how we can serve clients in a different way in working with the SEC.
So we see some benefits, but we also have to make sure we don't lose sight of the benefits OPR has brought in terms of the resilience of the ecosystem, the transparency of the best bid and offer and making sure that investors are protected in the process. So that's a big body of work that we'll be working on with the SEC and with our clients.
Outside of that, if you think about tokenized equities, we have 2 projects going on with tokenized equities. One is to collaborate with the DTCC as they're trying to make sure that they allow for the settlement of tokenized shares. All of that's post-trade. And then the other is to work with Kraken to say is there a new model that can be created, leveraging the Nasdaq token design and having a flow-through of the tokens through to instantaneous settlements and having the actual rights and everything related to the equity conveyed to the client, to the end investor with instantaneous settlement.
And for that, we do expect that to be something we launched in early next year with Kraken, but Kraken has been a great partner, but it is not exclusive to them in terms of our ability to distribute that to other trading venues. And so we're in the midst of it. I think it actually has combined with 23/5 trading. It really opens the aperture and accessibility of equities to more investors. So we see it as a net positive to us and to the industry in general.
And I show our next question comes from the line of Dan Fannon from Jefferies.
I wanted to follow up on Verafin and the momentum in that business. Curious about progress outside the U.S. And then as you think about the longer -- or the medium-term target of mid-20s growth, what do you think is a reasonable time period to hit those numbers?
Sure. So outside the United States, we continue to engage with marquee clients in Europe and demonstrate and prove out our solution. I would say sales cycles are slow. When you're trying to land an entirely new jurisdiction, it just takes a long time to get through the internal processes within the large banks. But we have been able to prove true value to them through our proofs of concept. So it's really more a matter of just getting through the internal process to say that this is a worthwhile investment for them versus the many other things that they're dealing with in their own regulatory environments. But we do -- actually, we still have a lot of confidence in our ability to go in and land and expand there, but it's just taking longer to make sure that we're showing some beachhead clients.
In terms of the medium-term outlook, one thing that I just to remind you of is we did mention earlier this year that we had a lot of the signings of our enterprise clients in the second half of last year. And it takes around a year to really onboard them fully and to recognize the recurring revenue that comes from them. So we would anticipate that the ability to show the benefit of last -- the second half of the year's signings would start to flow in the second half of the year this year. And so that helps. And then we also have, of course, 11 new signings so far this year. Upsells do -- actually are able to be implemented faster than new sales. So there is some benefit from that. So we still continue to underwrite the medium-term outlook for the business.
And I show our next question comes from the line of Michael Cyprys from Morgan Stanley.
I wanted to ask about Market Tech. Just curious how you're thinking about new and emerging opportunities for the Market Tech business and the world of DeFI where firms like Hyperliquid are enabling third-party builders and developers to deploy their own exchange and markets on their protocol. I guess what's the opportunity for a Nasdaq chain and blockchain native market tech offering?
Yes. So we don't have a Layer 1. I mean, that's not something that we've chosen to invest in. But we work with multiple Layer 1s. Our view is that, first, we should be interoperable. We're a horizontal market operator. We believe in the horizontal infrastructure really driving and maximizing accessibility to investors. So we -- everything we're building, we're building for interoperability across multiple Layer 1s.
In terms of like native DeFI venues, that's not a space that we've actually engaged in from a market tech perspective. We've been more engaged with what I'll call more central limit order book-style digital asset ecosystem players and as well as providing surveillance for those types of players. But the native DeFI where it's just peer to peer is an ecosystem that's still very nascent and I would say, has some structural differences that are pretty significant. And our view might limit its use case. But right now, we're much more focused on working more with, say, more established markets and new exchanges that want to take a more established approach to driving markets in the digital asset ecosystem.
And I show our next question comes from the line of Benjamin Budish from Barclays.
I was just wondering if you could talk a little bit more about the strength you're seeing in the data sales side. Just curious what you're seeing in terms of customer types. You mentioned there's some usage-based components, if you could unpack maybe how big that is. And then lastly, you mentioned some advantages to the data business from always-on market. So how do you see that as maybe another catalyst or where Nasdaq may be uniquely positioned to benefit from that trend?
Sure. Yes. So there are really 3 trends that are continuing to drive demand for our data. And it's a Nasdaq market data as well as third-party data that we distribute out through our Data Link platform. One is definitely AI use cases. And that's where -- and including investment where people are integrating our data into AI workflows. We're not selling our data to core training models. We're selling them to applications that are leveraging AI. We have very good visibility and ability to monitor usage by the way.
But AI use cases is one. And we just -- as we mentioned, we launched the MCP protocol to make it much even smoother for AI-driven workflows to be able to pick up and use our data. And the way that we charge for that, by the way, is in the -- there will be an up charge for the MCP layer in addition to the license fee for the data.
In terms of -- the second trend is digital assets where there -- whether it's outside the United States, the notion of tokenized equities but also just the ability for them to integrate market data into other digital asset ecosystems. And so we're definitely seeing more demand there.
And then the third is 23/5 trading, having more and more international demand for our data. That's been a long-term trend for us, particularly in Asia, but it's extending now into other -- the Middle East and other parts of the world where they're getting ready for U.S. equities to be availably traded in their home market hours. And so retails brokers are signing up to make sure that, that data is available to them on a real-time basis. So it's all 3 of those trends are driving sales right now.
And I show our next question comes from the line of Michael Cho from JPMorgan.
Sarah, I just had a quick modeling question. You called out some tough comps, I think, for Capital Markets Tech in the second half. Hoping you can flesh that out a little bit. I recall a few points of growth, but there's a number of moving pieces, and then you had a price increase in trade management as well. So just trying to get a sense of how those things offset for the second half of the year.
And then if I could just one more in, I just want to make sure I heard correctly on Verafin, the ARR uplift from the large deals signed late last year is still yet to come. I just want to make sure I heard that.
yes. So I'll just say yes to your last question and that's what Adena covered in terms of like we are looking at 12 months implementation from the second half of last year. In terms of the tough comps for Capital Markets Tech, we had some Calypso upfront, and you remember that those can be lumpy in both the third and the fourth quarter of 2025. And so I just wanted to make sure that I reminded you that as you look at your models, and of course, you've seen very, very strong Calypso upfront actually during this first half.
And so those things come in phases. And so we have great momentum in the business, but as you think about the specific type that generates the upfront, which is the renewal. I wanted to make sure you have that indication. Other than that, we have the Trade Management Services pricing increase, which that continues to accrue to us as you go forward since it's an annual increase.
And I show our next question comes from the line of Alex Kramm from UBS.
Just one quick follow-up. Over the last few weeks, there's been a lot more headlines around how AI is driving financial crime higher. So just wondering to what degree you're hearing that from your clients as you engage with them around Verafin. I'm not sure if what you offer today kind of addresses those kind of new types of financial crime, but just wondering to what degree we could maybe see some uplift in the future as you hopefully fight that.
Sure. Yes. We definitely are hearing that from clients. We've been hearing that for some time. I think there are few different styles. One is deepfakes and they're getting very good. But that's really kind of using better deepfake technology to perpetrate the types of financial crimes that we've seen for quite some time in terms of romance scams, elderly scams, things that are very, very insidious, but they're just getting better at them.
So I think the work that we're doing inside the engine of the alerting engine is also really, really exciting. I have to say, leveraging GenAI allows us also to look through the data in new ways and capture different signals within the data. And that is something that we've been very focused on. And again, we talked about this because we're also driving the AI across the business in terms of how they develop technology, how they use -- they are able to mine the data to look for new things, we are very excited about the efficacy of our ability to root out new forms of financial crime and also just to be better at connecting data across the network.
Just as a reminder, the data sits inside -- it's a consortia data lake comprised of all 2,800 financial institutions. We process somewhere in the range of 1 billion and 1.5 billion transactions a week. So that's a lot of data. So using AI to be able to root out different new behaviors, we can look at new patterns that are emerging but also to look across the network of clients in new ways is really quite exciting in terms of what we're going to deliver to our clients going forward. But it is a changing landscape, so we have to stay on top of it and support our bank clients in that way.
The only other thing I would mention also is in the cross-asset class work that we're doing in SMARTS because the other thing that you're also seeing is more sophistication of criminal behavior in the capital markets as they're using largely algorithmic data, AI to perpetrate crimes across asset classes and use more sophisticated strategies that way. Our new cross-asset class capability in SMARTS is -- actually uses a different alerting technique to make it so we can look at behaviors differently. It's not just rules-based. It's signals-based. And that also creates new ways for us to fight back criminal behavior as well.
And I show our last question in the queue comes from the line of Eli Abboud from Bank of America.
I wanted to dig into the impact of 24/7 trading on your FinTech businesses and the runway that's left there. How many of your clients are already taking the 24/7 version of your solution across Regulatory and Capital Markets Tech? And what does the ASV uplift look like when a client transitions to 24/7 trading?
Yes. So we only have a very handful of clients who are using our 24/7 architecture. Eqlipse was built to support 24/7 markets. A lot of them are 23/7. Some are 24/5. Some of them are even 23.5/7, but they also want to have a day, some period of time where they can deal with maintenance and also a crossover of the day. So -- but we do have a small handful who actually uses on a 24/7 basis.
In terms of that infrastructure there, like outside of looking at it for a client, we've also talked to our own clients about what would it take to think about moving mainstream markets like Nasdaq or any of the national exchanges and thinking about that on a 24/7 basis as opposed to 24/5. And I can tell you that it's a major lift for our clients and for us just because the architecture is different, and you have to replicate a lot of architecture to make it so you can basically operate without a maintenance window. And that is just a fundamental architectural difference.
And -- but I have to say that as we are engaging with clients, there is a growing pipeline of demand for moving to 24/5 all the way to 24/7. So we know we can deliver it. We have delivered it. We just want to make sure that we're working with them on the investment it would be needed to do it for them and their clients.
That concludes our Q&A session. At this time, I would like to turn the conference back over to Adena Friedman, President and CEO, for closing remarks.
Our second quarter results reflect the disciplined execution of our strategy and reinforce our role as a trusted transformation partner to the global financial system. I want to thank you all for joining today, and have a great day.
Thank you. This concludes today's conference call. Thank you for attending. You may all disconnect.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Nasdaq — Q2 2026 Earnings Call
Nasdaq — Q2 2026 Earnings Call
Starkes Q2‑2026: breites Umsatz- und ARR‑Wachstum, 25% EPS‑Plus, starke Cash‑Rendite; AI‑Monetarisierung und Tokenisierung als klare Wachstumstreiber.
📊 Quartal auf einen Blick
- Umsatz: $1,5 Mrd. (+15% YoY)
- Solutions: $1,2 Mrd. (+17% YoY)
- ARR: $3,3 Mrd. (Annualized Recurring Revenue, +12% YoY)
- EPS: $1,07 verwässert (+25% YoY)
- Free Cash Flow: $477 Mio.; Aktienrückkäufe $356 Mio. im Quartal, >$530 Mio. an Rückflüssen inkl. Dividende
🎯 Was das Management sagt
- AI‑Strategie: Produkt‑ und fähigkeitsgetriebener Ansatz: manche AI‑Funktionen werden in Core‑Produkte integriert, andere als modulare Upsells (Freemium‑Ansatz).
- Marktmodernisierung: Fokus auf Always‑on/23/5‑Trading, Tokenisierung (Pilot mit Canton/Kraken) und Ausbau von Surveillance/RegTech als Plattformangebote.
- Portfolio & M&A: Aktive Kapitalallokation: Verkauf von Fund Secondaries, Übernahme von Dasseti zur Stärkung von eVestment/AIM‑Datennutzung.
🔭 Ausblick & Guidance
- Kostenleitplanke: Non‑GAAP‑Aufwands guidance erhöht auf $2,530–2,570 Mrd. (wiederholt höhere Vergütung und Marketingaufwand).
- Steuern & Kapital: Non‑GAAP‑Steuersatz 22,5–24,5%; Brutoverschuldung 2,6x; Var. ASR $200–250 Mio. in Q3.
- Meilensteine: 23/5‑Start geplant für 6. Dez. 2026; Event‑Optionen SEC‑genehmigt, Launch in Q4; H2‑Risiko: anspruchsvolle Vergleiche wegen früherer Calypso‑Upfronts.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- AI‑Monetarisierung: Management: Produkt‑/Capability‑by‑Capability; Mischung aus integrierter Preisanpassung und separaten Modul‑Upsells mit Freemium‑Onboarding.
- Tokenisierung: Pilot für tokenisierte Geldmarkt‑Fonds als Kollateral (Canton); Monetarisierung geplant als neues Calypso‑Modul/Upgrade.
- Perpetuals & Struktur: Nasdaq sieht regulatorische Hürden (SEC/CFTC) und begrenzten direkten Ertrags‑Impact (<1% hypothetisch), sieht aber Technologie‑ und Surveillance‑Chancen.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Fazit: Solides, wachstumsgetriebenes Quartal mit starker wiederkehrender Umsatzbasis, Marginausweitung und hoher Kapitalrückführung. AI‑Produkte und Tokenisierung bieten Upside; erhöhte Kosten‑Guidance sowie regulatorische und Komparisiken sind die wichtigsten Beobachtungspunkte für Investoren.
Nasdaq — Morgan Stanley US Financials Conference 2026
1. Question Answer
Good morning, everyone. Thanks for staying with us here. I'm Mike Cyprys, equity analyst covering brokers, asset managers and exchanges for Morgan Stanley Research. And it's my pleasure to welcome Tal Cohen, President of Nasdaq, leading our Market Services and Financial Technology divisions. Tal, thanks for joining us.
Yes. Thanks for joining us. I'm blaming the sparse crowd on the Knicks game last night. Some people just -- they were they couldn't make it.
Well, they're coming in here now. So the door is open there. So as many of you know Nasdaq to be a global exchange operator, but in recent years, Nasdaq has been transforming the business through a series of acquisitions to become a technology and platform provider, to serve corporates, investment managers and financial institutions as they navigate and interact with the global capital markets and the broader financial system. And we're thrilled to have Tal with us here to discuss the transformation.
I thought we'd start off talking on the Markets division here and the broader market backdrop, which we've seen a strong start to the year across your -- and the industry's cash equities, options, helped by volatility, retail engagement growth and short-dated options, which we'll dive into in the coming questions. So can you talk about how Nasdaq is seeing what you're seeing so far in terms of April, May, early June, talking about the activity you're seeing. How much of this feels, would you say, cyclical versus more structural? And how you're thinking about volume growth capture and market share from here?
Yes. So again, thanks for having me. And coming off the back of a strong first quarter where our Markets business grew 10%, and that was off a record year before that, we're seeing a number of macro structural trends that are worth talking about. One is, if you look through April and May, strong corporate earnings. Secondly is, you have strong retail engagement. You continue to have a constructive regulatory backdrop, which is very helpful for both the SEC and the CFTC. And then obviously, AI, and the AI trade continues to be a strong tailwind for us. So those are kind of the macro themes that are playing its way through the market in Q2 and for the most part, in Q1.
In terms of our markets themselves, I love the competitive positioning of our markets. We have, in the U.S. equities side, our capture is 70% higher than the #2 player in the market, and that's in part because of the technology we provide, the services we provided, the innovation that we brought into the market over the last 4, 5 years. So really proud of where we stand there. And Nasdaq is the single largest equities exchange, and it's probably the largest equities exchange by about 500 bps. So we're doing really well in equities. I like our competitive position despite the competition there.
On the options side, we're also the #1 player in multi-listed by about 500 bps over #2. And our index options business has grown over 60% year-over-year. So really, really healthy. Again, both of those businesses are positioned for growth. Competitive position is strong. And then we continue to invest in these businesses. On the options side, we are migrating to our -- what we call Fusion, our new global derivatives trading platform. Our sixth medallion is going to be migrated to that platform, and then we'll be complete. So we will have upgraded our entire technology stack on the options side by the end of the summer, really excited about that. And we just continue to invest in our technology, in our servicing. Of course, AI will play a role in the way that we do servicing going forward. But generally speaking, really happy about our performance and what the outlook is.
And is Fusion, the options technology, that's in the cloud or separate?
Great question. So we announced back in 2021, we took our first medallion, which is MRX, Mercury market, to the cloud, and now with AWS Outposts in our own data center. And what we were able to do is prove resiliency and performance in that -- in taking our market to the cloud. And we did that with Fusion. So it was on our new global trading and derivatives platform in the cloud. So that was really monumental for us because that also allowed our Financial Technology clients. So we serve 130 exchanges and regulators in the world. That's the blueprint for them.
Great. So Nasdaq recently received approval to move to 23/5 trading. So let's talk about that, with the go-live date expected for December 6. So where are you seeing the strongest demand? What still needs to be solved as you prepare to go live here? And how should investors think about the economic impact across your platform from this potentially?
Yes. It's a 2-parter question. Let me take the first half, which is how do we see the economic opportunity, and then I'll talk about the challenges. 23/5 is just part of a greater thematic, which is always-now or always-on. And on always-on, the way that we think about it is it's not just 23/5, there's tokenization, there's accelerated settlement, there's faster movement of money in securities. And as a result of that, we see an opportunity across the entire platform. From our data franchise, an opportunity for our data franchise to really embrace 23/5. From a financial technology perspective, we are looking at our trading business, our post-trade business, our surveillance business and our Calypso business. All have opportunities. So obviously, we provide trading and post-trade technology. Think about surveillance in a 24/7 or 23/5 world, a real great opportunity for us. For Calypso, it's collateral management. Collateral management is probably one of the biggest opportunities that comes off of the back of always-on and 23/5.
And then the third part of it, of course, is just our trading business. So right now, we see about 10% or 11% of average daily volumes occur after the close or before the open. About 2% of that is overnight. Most of that is retail. We expect that to grow over time. So across the entire platform, from data, to Financial Technology, to our trading division, we just see opportunity in the short term, medium term and long term.
And in terms of the challenges and this -- and we've spoken a lot about this, and we address them through the way that we're implementing here is, they cut across 3 things. One is infrastructure. We need to make sure that all of the infrastructure in U.S. equities, in particular, is ready and U.S. options for that matter. And that's the securities information processor, it's DTCC, OCC and it's, of course, the trade reporting facility. So all of that infrastructure needs to be put in place. The second one is operations. We want to make sure that we're handling corporate actions. We are putting volatility guards that manage volatility and movements overnight where liquidity could be thinner, price discovery is harder to come by. So we're thinking very closely about not just corporate actions, but how we manage operational excellence and resilience in the overnight session.
And then the last one is just technology, how we apply our technology in a 23/5 world. So how do you upgrade your technology over time? You're not going to have the weekends. You have a truncated or shortened periods of time to address any incidents or issues in the market, so how are you handling that from an exchange perspective. So we thought a lot about all 3 dimensions, and we feel really good about what we're coming out with on December 6. I think it's going to improve transparency, the integrity of the markets, and there's an opportunity to really unlock greater demand in the markets.
Great. Why don't we shift and talk about options where activity remains quite elevated across the industry, particularly around some of the short-dated 0 DTE exposure. So what's your take on the sustainability of growth in the options market? What are some of the risks that the industry needs to manage, particularly as you think about 0 DTEs? And what needs to happen before you could see this broaden out beyond the 8 stocks today and the Monday, Wednesday to eventually Tuesday, Thursday? How do you see that? And then what sort of risk might there be to the sort of growth from the CFTC ruling on perps, -- to what extent does that open the door for other assets for retail to trade and potentially impact demand for cash equities, options, 0 DTEs?
Yes, that's a 3-parter. So let me take the first part, which is -- and you're referring to single stock. So single stock, we did the Mag Seven, Broadcom and IBIT. Those are the 9 names we went out with. And we had a methodology that was objective, and we actually had a consultation with the industry around that methodology, and it had 3 components to it. It was liquidity, market cap and the float. So we looked at across those 3 dimensions. That's how we came up with these 9 names.
And as you said, we came out with Monday, Wednesday to start. And what we did is we looked at market quality and we looked at liquidity, and we wanted to make sure that both were healthy. And what we've seen so far -- it's still early days, by the way, but what we've seen so far is market quality is strong. So deep liquid markets, no impact there. If anything, it's neutral to positive. On liquidity, it's additive. We've seen an uptick about 15% to 20%. Market share has been very strong for us across that, if you will, grow the pie story.
And then as we think about expanding it, because you asked me about expansion, we think the opportunity is Tuesday, Thursdays, of course, we'll work with the SEC on that and the industry. And then we can figure out what names as we go downstream in the options market are applicable and what characteristics really lend themselves to short-dated options. And short-dated options for what it's worth has become a real, if you will, real important hedging vehicle, income vehicle, market sentiment vehicle for both institutions and retail.
In terms of just the challenges, which is part 2 of your question, of course, we're going to work with OCC and the industry. So those are the 2 biggest. One is OCC from a risk management perspective, how are you modeling it, do you understand what we're looking at throughout the trading day? Do we have the right and appropriate margin collateral requirements for that? On the industry side, it's education, do you understand how to use these products? They're not like inverse and levered ETFs. So let's not mistake it for inverse or levered ETFs or products like that, where they carry some inherent risk and some other educational components to them. So what we do in the industry is much more about the use cases and the utility of short-dated options.
And then your third part of your question was CFTC and yes, perps. So perps really -- so the beauty of perps, for those that are using them, and it's obviously in crypto, it's served the purpose, is, it's simple, it's 24/7, and there's a ton of leverage. And it's where price discovery happens in crypto. If you just then look at options, for example, and you think about what we're doing in the options world and NDX in particular or for short-dated options, well, the options markets are really incredibly vibrant. So there's great liquidity, great market quality there. We spent a lot of time nurturing and cultivating this ecosystem of institutional and retail players. So that has taken us 10, 15 years to cultivate that kind of community, that kind of liquidity, that kind of market quality, one.
Two is, the utility of options is much greater than what it is in perps. So perps for those -- I look at perps, I'm on a platform. And again, for crypto, it's super simple, but you've got to understand like the funding rate, how that works, and it's very linear in the way that it provides exposure versus where options, again, you have hedging, risk management, income yield and then, of course, expressing sentiment. And really, if you even think about short-dated options, most of that usage is around trying to understand events that are going to happen in the short term versus perpetuals thinking about kind of long-term linear views of the assets.
So in many ways, I think they complement one another. Perps feel much more like levered ETFs and maybe even swaps and CFDs than they do options. Again, the CFTC and the SEC hasn't even ruled on whether if it's a future or a swap. That's a really important distinction. So Jamie Selway spoke just last week and said, "Hey, legally, we haven't determined what these are in the U.S.," which is really, really interesting. So again, I think there's -- what we've done in options, incredibly strong franchise, great diverse use cases, the liquidity and price discovery function is really robust, and it's more complementary than it is competitive right now. And we'll take a look at it. If anything, it provides us with an opportunity to do more.
And one thing we announced, I should have mentioned at the beginning, we're going to do binary options, which have an element of perps to it. It's going to be, if you will, for event and predictions. And so we'll have that, if you will, binary 0, 1 type of outcome to it. We'll do it on financial and economic products. So as we see the regulators embrace innovation and allow us to do more, of course, we're going to do more and take advantage of it. And like I said earlier, we're already moving to 23/5.
And what does that, I guess, road map look like on the binary option side in terms of the product time frame? What would you say there?
So we're engaging the SEC right now. We're looking at year-end to launch that. We'll start with the NDX complex. We'll start with up-down type of contracts. And again, the advantage we have is it's -- we don't have a cold start. We're going to do it on one of our medallions. It's well regulated. It's centrally cleared. There's the entire risk management function behind it. So we're really starting with an incredibly strong foundation when we launch these products. And then we'll put marketing and sales efforts against that, a go-to-market effort against that. And then we'll partner with some retail distribution, which we already have very, very strong relationships with across the retail community.
So I'm really excited about what that looks like. Of course, it's going to be a crawl, walk, run scenario because we're going to have to educate retail. We're going to have to make sure that we're educating not only retail, but the regulators on what we see. And we want to be responsible whenever we introduce innovation and new products like this into the market.
Well, speaking of innovation, let's talk about tokenization, which can be helpful in supporting always-on markets. Nasdaq has been active here and has talked about putting issuers at the center of a tokenized equity design. So how do you see tokenization fitting into Nasdaq's broader market structure strategy over the next 3 to 5 years? And where is Nasdaq, would you say, most advantaged?
Most advantaged. Okay. So there's 5 dimensions that I think play very well for us when it comes to tokenization always-now. One, we have incredibly deep relationships with our issuers and investors because of the platform that we have. So we're able to, if you will, be the nexus between issuers and investors, bring deeper engagement, deeper understanding between those 2 communities. Our issuers trust us. We have deep relationships with them. And we touch investors in so many ways. And that's our second advantage, where because we provide Financial Technology solutions to investors, we are serving them in so many different ways outside of just our markets. So we have relationships with private companies, public companies all over the globe.
The third is the unique partnerships we've been able to put in place. We announced one with Kraken. It was nonexclusive. We're in discussions with others. We've done something with oerse Stuttgart in Europe. And so we've put together these really unique partnerships that complement what we do and the 2 strengths I just mentioned before. The next is we've taken a leadership position. We were first to have the SEC approve our tokenization filing. We were the first to come out with a token that considered issuer needs. And that, again, allowed us to have a voice with government, regulators and our issuers, which was incredibly unique when we came out with a Nasdaq equity token. And we talked about incorporating important characteristics for issuers inside the token.
And then last, and this is incredibly important. When you talk about tokenization or always-on or 23/5, you need to be global. You need to service your clients globally. So our Financial Technology franchise where we serve 130 exchanges and regulators, we're providing trading, post-trade technology, surveillance technology, Calypso and then, of course, our markets, you layer all of that, and we are touching all of our clients in different ways across the globe, and we are really thinking about ourselves as like the trusted fabric as we think about this always-on opportunity throughout the platform. So really powerful when we talk to customers about that.
And how should investors think about the economic opportunity for Nasdaq from tokenization? Do you see this becoming a direct new revenue opportunity through new services, new technology that you're charging revenue, charging fees? Or is it the bigger opportunity really about extending the core franchise as market structure evolves?
We've already announced 23/5. So we've talked a little bit about that. For Calypso, we've talked about supporting tokenization, tokenized treasuries, stablecoins. And that is really interesting because Calypso's -- one of its strongest modules is collateral management. And in the world that we live in, collateral management has become so important. And for us to build on that strength by offering tokenized assets off the back of that, really positions us incredibly well with Calypso. Those are just a few short-term opportunities. Again, I talked about data, and even in the index franchise, we see opportunities there.
And then longer term, what we said at Investor Day is we see a $3 billion to $6 billion market opportunity, and we stand by that. And we're seeing some momentum across the board on the things I've just spoken about, whether it's accelerated settlement, freeing up capital. And the thing about tokenization, by the way, is it's taking a static asset and it's putting that asset in motion. And once you put that asset in motion, that's where Nasdaq really shines because, again, whether it's surveillance, allowing you to see where that asset is, how it's playing out in the market, Calypso, even Verafin on the payment rails, if you think about real time, and it's going over digital rails longer term and then, of course, as it comes to our market.
So I think shorter term, there's a series of opportunities. Longer term, we've talked about $3 billion to $6 billion, and that excites us because of the positioning we have across the board.
Let's shift gears and talk about the Financial Technology division. This has become an increasingly important part of the Nasdaq story. You've seen strong growth across AxiomSL, Calypso, Verafin, Surveillance, even the broader Capital Markets Technology business. So what would you say are the biggest drivers of durable growth today? And what would cause the fintech growth profile to move toward the higher end of your 10% to 14% medium-term range?
So let's start with Q1. We were able to share with investors a great Q1 where we grew 18%. We were really proud of that, and that was because of the strong pipeline we've generated, strong client engagement and continued desire to see Nasdaq as a trusted partner. And if I take it from the top, what's really unique about our Financial Technology division is across Capital Markets Tech, Regulatory Technology and Financial Crime, all of those solutions are category leaders in one way or another, which is really unique because we don't have one particular solution that stands out. All of our solutions in each of our categories are really standouts, and we're really proud of the performance each one of them has.
The other thing is each one of those solutions are mission-critical. So when we talk about the environment we're in, we are having conversations with our clients around how to run the bank and how to transform the bank. Our solutions serve both sides of the equation. So if you're thinking about what it means to run your bank or run an institution over the next 5 years, we're a trusted partner. If you're thinking about transformation over the next 5 years, we have mission-critical solutions for you.
And the 4 themes that come up in every conversation I have. And I have the privilege of going across the globe, talking to Tier 1s, FMIs, all the way down to community banks, and there's 4 themes that stick out. One is modernization transformation, and it means different things to different folks, whether it's cloud, AI or simply automation. The second is complexity. The world we live in where you have geoeconomic divergence, geopolitical divergence, regulatory divergence, reducing that complexity through automations and the tools that we provide and the solutions we provide are very important.
The third is just the pace and intensity of regulatory change. Just look at Basel III Endgame. There's a proposal out there. It looks like it's going to go through, actually presents a really interesting opportunity for Axiom now. So that is the pace and intensity of change around regulation, is a big opportunity. And then the last one is just the integration and adoption or adoption and integration of AI and cloud. And so being a market operator, what makes us unique, we have credibility the second we step into a client's premises because we're sharing our own blueprint, what we're doing with our own markets, how we consume the technology we're selling, that allows us to really go in and with empathy and understanding, talk about what it means to integrate and adopt these technologies. So it's been great.
And then the growth algorithm, we shared this on Investor Day. Our growth algorithm is obviously -- and we have a number of vectors here. New logos are about 20% of it. The other 80% cuts across the land and expand strategy we have, which is our upsell motion and our cross-sell motion. On our cross-sell motion, we talked about on Investor Day, having 43 cross-sells, a run rate of $45 million, and we are very confident that we can continue to meet our $100 million revenue run rate goal by the end of 2027. So we have a number of different ways that we can grow across, if you will, the spectrum.
Great. Maybe diving into Axiom and Calypso. Last year, there was a lot of discussion around integration, cloud migration, the elongated sales cycles. Where would you say we are today in that journey? What would you say is changing today in the client decision-making process? And how much of the opportunity ahead is about replacing legacy infrastructure versus expanding into new workflows, ones that Nasdaq embeds?
So we're just about -- we're going to come up on the 3-year mark of our acquisition of Adenza on November 1. We actually announced it, I think, on June 12. So it's just about 3 years from when we announced it. And we're proud of the way we've integrated those assets to become part -- an important part of the Nasdaq family, foundational to our Financial Technology division. Our clients have really embraced Nasdaq owning these assets. We have a right to own these assets. And our investment thesis when we bought them was that we can simply accelerate and amplify the strategy and the growth of these assets. And we've been able to do that, whether it's been by modernizing these assets and thinking about their cloud strategy, their AI strategy of these assets, opening up doors with clients that had not yet met because of the brand halo that we have.
And in terms of growth, there's -- it's really interesting. We have a tremendous opportunity as you look across the globe, in particular with Calypso, to go in where there aren't any solutions, where they're still using Excel spreadsheets or thinking about how to transform manual processes into automated processes across the globe. So we can convert operational spend into technology spend. That's a great opportunity for us on the Calypso side. And then on the Axiom side, there's 2 things to highlight there. One is we have a down market opportunity or a mid-market opportunity. It's an incredible platform. It's truly one-of-one in terms of how global and comprehensive it is. It's in 66 countries. We have a library of over 6,000 reports. We serve most of the Tier 1s. But now being able to package that solution and go downstream has been really interesting. And when we do that, we start to run into Verafin clients. And that's really interesting if you think about the cross-sell opportunity there.
And then the final one is with Axiom is AI and cloud. And Axiom is built on modern rails, has a great data management platform and our ability to think about how AI really powers Axiom for the next generation. We started to build out a suite of agents or agentic capabilities end-to-end from everything, from data discovery, to any question you might ask, to identify correlation analysis, to anomalies in your reporting and having a master agent empowering you, so your workflow is streamlined is incredibly interesting and attractive for our clients. And in some cases, it's what's propelling our clients from thinking about, "Let me go from on-prem to cloud" because we have AI capabilities. And by the way, we have managed service capabilities.
So AI just on its own is compelling. But when you think about some of our on-prem clients that we're moving as you asked that question, it really does, if you will, accelerate our cloud and managed services strategy as well.
Why don't we shift and talk about Verafin, which continues to be one of the fastest-growing parts of the Nasdaq portfolio? So can you update us on the opportunity across Tier 1 and Tier 2 banks? Where are you in the enterprise pipeline here? And how the product changes -- how the product changes as you move into larger and more complex institutions?
Definitely. And my voice is getting low because I was yelling last night at the TV. But so Verafin, we continue to view it as a mid-20s grower, again, it's really truly a one-of-one. And since the acquisition, we've been able to sign 22 enterprise clients. In 2025, we signed 9, so it's accelerating. We also announced a cross-sell deal after -- with the Tier 1 after Q1 of this year. So we're really proud of the way that Verafin has been able to grow and expand its footprint. Of course, we have the international expansion efforts. I talked a little bit about cross-sell and how it fits really nicely now with Axiom and Surveillance in terms of customer personas and the go-to-market motion that we have across all of our financial technology products.
And I think we continue to see Verafin's prospects in terms of who it serves and why it serves them as a growing opportunity. Because if I go back to always-on and you think about real-time payments and increasing fraud and the importance of addressing fraud and what a drain it is on the economy, not just here but across the globe, this is interesting. Every conversation, I go into a client and I talk about all of our Financial Technology solutions, and I spend 5 minutes and I walk through with a prospect or a new client, they'll always stop me on Verafin and say, "Could you just talk about that again? How does that work? And I talk about our consortium data lake. I talk about the fact that we have 2,800 clients, 700 million accounts and how we do it and how it's cloud native and in fact, AI native. And really, the opportunity for Verafin continues to be large and global and one that we're really focused on in terms of growing upstream and then taking them into new markets.
And given Verafin's cloud-native architecture plus the consortium data set that it has, how are you embedding agentic AI into the workflow? What have you learned so far from some of the early usage and adoption that you're seeing? And what are some of the biggest client benefits?
So good question. So we have 2 agents that are live now on Verafin, and we spoke about this on Investor Day. We have the sanctions agent and an enhanced due diligence agent. And we're seeing incredible productivity gains that our clients are capturing value. And we actually -- when we go to clients, we show them the ROI calculator. We have an ROI calculator for clients, which is incredibly compelling and tangible in terms of what we're providing clients in terms of value. And then it allows us to capture some of that value and share in that value creation. And then off the back of that, there are 6 more agents that we have on our product road maps. So there's a robust product road map.
Our agents are being well received. Since Investor Day, we now have 500 clients on it, which would be a 40% increase just since Investor Day. So we're seeing real traction, uptick in our agentic workforce. We're seeing real productivity gains, real value that we're able to capture for our clients. And therefore, over the long run, I think there's a tremendous amount of value we'll be able to capture off that as well.
And AI touches many parts of the Nasdaq organization. So talk about where AI is driving some of the most tangible benefits so far and what you're seeing in terms of client demand, cost efficiency, how do you think about creating new products or even revenue streams over time with AI?
So I'll pick a couple. And we think about AI as on the business and in the product. On the business is focused on engineering and, what we call, client experience, which would otherwise be thought about as client success, professional services and client support. Just on the business for a second, we are seeing productivity gains across the entire product development life cycle.
We have developed agents and the master agents. So a series of agents, for example, for our Surveillance solution where everything from business requirements to turning that into technical, to QA, to be examining the results of QA and then that full life cycle of working through any exceptions, we're starting to build all that out. We have 4 agents in the Surveillance PDLC, we'll have 12 when we're done with it. And that just shows you the kind of productivity gains we can have across Surveillance. And what will that do is it's not just productivity, very importantly, it allows us to drain our backfill faster, which means we can deliver to clients faster. And it improves the quality of the software we're able to deliver, really, really important.
On the client success side or client experience side, we are deflecting tickets. So we're putting agents in place that allow us to address client questions, Level 1, Level 2, Level 3 type of questions that we'll get from clients. There's always a human in the loop or on the loop monitoring this. But over time, we think there's an ability to truncate the period of time between a client question and our ability to address that and then obviously, to scale that capability as we think about our platforms and as we think about our growth profile.
In the product, just a few examples, one in Surveillance, we launched Calibration Copilot. So when you set up alerts -- it's a little bit of a trial and error. When you set up your alerts, we now set up an agent that allows you to calibrate your alerts. So it's not a trial and error. And there's, if you will, a collective intelligence component to it and a compounding intelligence component to it because we're taking information from all of our surveillance clients to inform this agent, which reduces the amount of time to calibrate your alerts, and there's 2 things that come out of it. One is you have less false positives. Two is you're more accurate in identifying areas of market abuse.
Why is that important? Because when you're calibrating these alerts, your regulators may knock on your door and say, "Hey, you have all these alerts. Why do you have all these alerts?" And then you need to hire staff to look into all of these alerts. And if there -- if it's a 90% false positive rate, that's a tremendous amount of overhead on a bank, and your bank and every other bank would experience that. And then you think about that in the context of 23/5 markets. Think about that in the context of perpetual futures. Think about that in the context of prediction markets. And this is just like an overflow of how do I manage all of this? I need a surveillance solution, a market abuse solution that is powered through AI. So we're really, really excited about that.
And maybe the only other one is, and I kind of talked about it before, what we're doing with Axiom, really proud of that. I think, again, that's a full suite of agents, end-to-end workflow, managing that workflow for clients. On Calypso, just because I haven't mentioned that, one particular agent we've launched that has been very popular with our clients is Settle Guard. So it's a settlement failure predictor agent. So we'll take data, public data and some unique data and allow our clients to understand the potential for settlement failures in bilateral transactions and get ahead of that. And think about how important that is in a world where you're trying to manage collateral where settlement failure is a real cost to the business and being able to get in front of that, especially in the OTC bilateral world, is of value to our clients.
Great. Well, I'm afraid, with that, we're out of time. Please join me in thanking Tal Cohen. Thank you.
Thank you. Appreciate you having me.
Thank you.
Good to see you.
Yes. Bye.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Nasdaq — Morgan Stanley US Financials Conference 2026
Nasdaq positioniert sich als Technologie‑ und Plattformanbieter: 23/5‑Trading, Tokenisierung, AI‑gestützte FinTech‑Produkte sowie Marktführerschaft in Aktien und Optionen stehen im Fokus.
🎯 Kernbotschaft
- Kern: Nasdaq transformiert sich von einem klassischen Börsenbetreiber zu einem integrierten Technologie‑ und Plattformanbieter, der Märkte, Daten, Clearing, Tokenisierung und FinTech‑Software kombiniert, um stets verfügbare (always‑on) Kapitalmarktinfrastruktur zu liefern.
⚡ Strategische Highlights
- Marktstellung: Führende Position in US‑Aktien und Multi‑listed Optionen (~500 Basispunkte Vorsprung, starkes Wachstum bei Index‑Optionen +60% YoY).
- 23/5‑Plan: Go‑Live für erweitertes Handelsfenster am 6. Dezember; Erwartung von zusätzlichem Volumen und Umsatzhebeln in Data, Post‑Trade, Surveillance und Collateral‑Management (Calypso).
- FinTech & AI: FinTech‑Division (Axiom/Adenza, Calypso, Verafin) treibt 10–14% mittelfristiges Wachstum; Agenten/AI für Produktivitäts‑ und Produktnutzen bereits im Einsatz (Verafin‑Agents, Surveillance‑Copilot).
🆕 Neue Informationen
- Timing: Fusion‑Migration (Options‑Plattform) soll bis Ende Sommer abgeschlossen sein; Fusion bereits cloudbasiert erprobt.
- Produktlaunch: Binary‑Optionen (Ereignis‑/Vorhersagekontrakte) geplant, Ziel: Jahresende, Start im NDX‑Komplex.
- TAM‑Hinweis: Nasdaq bestätigt früher genanntes Marktpotenzial für Tokenisierung von 3–6 Mrd. USD als langfristige Chance.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Optionsrisiken: Nachhaltigkeit der 0DTE‑Nachfrage (Short‑dated Optionen) wurde diskutiert; zentrale Risiken sind Clearing/Margin‑Modelle beim OCC und Retail‑Education.
- 23/5‑Herausforderungen: Notwendig sind Abstimmung mit SIP/DTCC/OCC, Operational‑Readiness (Corporate Actions, Volatilitäts‑Guards) und technologische Resilienz für verkürzte Wartungsfenster.
- Tokenisierung vs. Perps: Perpetual‑Futures (Perps) aus Krypto sind 24/7 und hebelstark; Nasdaq sieht Perps und Optionen momentan eher komplementär und betont regulatorische Klärung als entscheidend.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Fazit: Nasdaq setzt konsequent auf Plattform‑Diversifikation: Markt‑führerschaft, 23/5, Tokenisierung und AI‑gestützte FinTech‑Produkte schaffen multiple Wachstumshebel. Wichtig bleiben regulatorische Abstimmungen, Infrastruktur‑Abhängigkeiten und die Umsetzung von Integrationen/Cloud‑Migrationsprojekten.
Nasdaq — Piper Sandler Global Exchange and Fintech Conference
1. Question Answer
All right. Next up, it's my pleasure to introduce Tal Cohen, President of Nasdaq. Tal leads the Market Services and Financial Technology divisions at Nasdaq. He's responsible for North American and European Market Services businesses as well. Also the company's portfolio of marketplace technology surveillance, risk management, regulatory reporting solutions. One of the central voices behind Nasdaq's always-on markets vision 24/7 trading, big topic here at this conference. So Tal, thanks so much for joining us.
Yes. Thanks for having me.
So I'll start off with a question on perps. Big news on Friday. CFTC approved Kalshi's Bitcoin perpetual futures contract to put some pressure on the exchange names here recently. So with perps seemingly on a path to becoming onshore in other asset classes, how is Nasdaq thinking about this? Is it an opportunity? Is it a threat? Is this overblown? What's your take?
Yes. And it's great going after David and hearing what he had to say on perps. So I think what came out of the CFTC, folks construed that and extrapolated that and said, okay, if you can do that for Bitcoin, maybe they'll provide approvals for equity-linked products. And I think that's the extrapolation that folks are making. And there's a couple of points I'd make there.
One is from a Nasdaq perspective, when we first looked at it, we were kind of surprised at the reaction you just talked about because we don't think it has an impact on our equities or options business, and I'll describe why. The first is options have great utility. It's hedging, risk management, income generation and obviously, you can express sentiment with options. And when we look at perps and our understanding of it, it's more kind of a linear exposure product. And you heard about the funding rate and you heard some of the things and some of the use cases for perps.
The second is, and this is an important one, is when we think about our index options franchise, we've invested in that to curate an ecosystem of institutional and retail investors. And as a result, we have great liquidity, great market depth, great market quality. And that's hard to replicate from a price discovery perspective when we continue to invest in our index options franchise.
And the third is, I just -- I would say that it's centrally cleared, it's scaled, it's well regulated, and it has strong risk management around it. So when you think about retail participation, we want retail and institutions to be in our markets for the long run, and we want that experience to be positive. If you take everything I just said in terms of the utility of the product, the scale that we have in that product, that product being essentially cleared and the economics that we have around it, it's pretty compelling.
And then I just would garner to say is like we're already pretty competitive with the futures market. So like Nasdaq's products compete with futures products that are highly levered, 13 to 17x leverage on the minis on the futures. So we're already in a competitive environment. And then again, I think these products are more akin in the way David was describing it to like a swap or CFD and maybe some off-exchange products that we see today.
The other thing I just want to weigh in on is just a process, and this is important to Nasdaq and I think to others as well. You need to balance innovation with a good regulatory process for things that are new and novel and complex. And what I mean by that, it needs to be an open collaborative industry consultation that whether you're the SEC or the CFTC, we want to see you engage in because when it's new and novel, we think the input from the industry is going to lead to better outcomes for investors. It's going to lead to better outcomes for issuers, investors and the markets in general. So that is one thing around the process, I would note.
And then the third is just in terms of just the opportunity. It's a massive opportunity for Nasdaq in that regulators are open for business. And they're willing to have conversations around innovation. So we're moving our markets to 23/5 in equities. We're extending trading hours and options. We're doing binary index options on the tokenization front. We got our filing approved. We announced the Nasdaq equity token. So we're really excited. We're embracing innovation. But at the same time, we're trying to do it in a responsible way that generates outcomes for investors and issuers that not only in the short term, but in the long run, look positive.
Maybe just to follow up on that. Something Terry Duffy has talked about is the leverage in perps and worries about the U.S. importing that leverage structure that you see in Europe and Asia into the U.S. and the stress that, that could put on U.S. capital markets and equity markets. Is that a concern to you at all? Or do you think that will be -- should be something that's addressed by regulators as we kind of go down this path?
That's why we have to have the open consultation process, which is there is -- and I think Terry spoke about this yesterday, and I've heard us speak about it more generally, which is there's leverage in the system today, whether it's 5x, 10x, 15x, but it isn't 100x, 200x. And people understand the products they're in and some of these leveraged products, and you heard about the funding rate and how that works, and that's an arbitrage mechanism, but it can also be used for a squeeze.
So it has to be an open consultation process. People have to understand that. And retail, in particular, when they're using these products as tactical products, we want to make sure the retail understands what they're getting into and what the auto liquidation mechanism that works on pro franchises, it's really important to understand how that works when you're at 100x leverage.
Okay. All right. So moving on, another very timely announcement recently on May 1, you implemented meaningful changes to the Nasdaq 100 methodology. You added the fast entry rule that lets top 40 IPOs into the index within 15 trading days. Can you just talk about what went into the decision to make these changes now? And is this primarily about index integrity or about competing more aggressively for the IPO listings in the ETF ecosystem?
Yes, great question. So just a context, because you asked me how we came to this decision. This process started for us in the fall of 2025, and we opened up a consultation process with the industry. So it was open and transparent and the methodology of the index, most importantly, is open and transparent. So we engaged the industry had a consultation process, and we actually took in their input and made some changes as a result of that, and I'll talk about what those were.
The second thing is we understood that other indexers were updating or modernizing their methodologies. And the reason was we all saw this, and it's not just this year, we've seen this coming for the better part of a year or 2 is market dynamics have changed. Companies are staying private longer, IPOs, you have larger companies with smaller floats. So market dynamics are just changing and evolving. So what do we want to do about that?
And then the third is, for those that might recall, we had some large switches last year that were Nasdaq 100 eligible. And then we also anticipated some of the larger IPOs. So all of that kind of went into the decision-making, and that's the context setting for the decisions we made. So the changes we made, and I want to talk about what it was and what it is. The first is we had an annual rebalance, and we went to a quarterly rebalance. Why did we do that? Because companies could be outside of our index for the better part of a year. If we didn't do that. So think about the great companies that are coming into our market being out of an index up to a year and not being able to access that pool of capital that is becoming more and more prevalent and important and think about investors' preferences on that.
The second, and you mentioned the free float adjustment, we had a free float adjustment that worked like this prior, where if you had 10% of your equity free float, we showed you at 100% market cap. That's how it worked. There's a minimum of 10%. And once you cross 10%, we showed you at 100%. What we've done is actually made it more in line with the liquidity in the market. So I think it's much more elegant with how it matches up against liquidity where the example is now if you have 5% of your equity free floating and say that represents $25 billion, we'll put a 3x multiple on that. So now we represent you at $75 billion, but not at your market cap. And so that's much more tied to what the liquidity and the underlying markets are. And once you hit 33%, which is much higher than the 10%, then we reflect you at 100%, right? So we do like a 3x on the free float up to 33% and at 33%, you go to 100%.
So if you think about it, it actually lines up with the liquidity and the trading in the market. And that was one of the suggestions. And by the way, great suggestions from the committee that we had. We said, should it be 5x committee and consultation process, they said, no, it should be 3. So we implemented that.
And then the last one is just the fast entry, the fast track rule. The way that works is really simple. If you're a top 40 Nasdaq company, so Nasdaq-listed nonfinancial company, and that means your market cap is about $120 billion, so a pretty big company. If you are, we're going to fast track you. And the reason we're doing that is if you have a company that large, investors and issuers, the preference there was to show it within the index and not wait, for example, up to a year.
And so we've done those 3 changes based on the consultation process. It's been generally well received, but there's been a lot of debate about what this means with respect to whether it's like SpaceX or other incoming IPOs. So we've just been really open about here's what we've done, here's why we think it benefits the markets. Here's how we think it plays out for investors. Here's the conversations we've had for issuers. But it isn't about an issuer. It's about changing market dynamics that we and other indexers have noticed over the last 2 to 3 years and anybody who's been in the market is seeing the same dynamic we have.
Sure. Sure. Zooming out, the macro picture this year has been volatile, but it seems recently to be trending in a more favorable direction. Capital markets activity seems to be picking up. From your seat overseeing financial technology and market services, what is the state of those businesses today? And how would you characterize the tone of conversations with issuers, clients, market participants?
Yes, there's a lot there. So just on the macro side for our markets, there's 4 things. There's corporate earnings, very constructive. Obviously, AI is a backdrop. The regulatory environment, constructive and retail engagement is high. So all of that has been really constructive as a buildup into the markets. And volatility has been generally well behaved. I mean there's been volatility intraday and in the markets, but if you're looking at the VIX as an indicator of that, it's been pretty well behaved. So that has been a really good backdrop.
And then from a market perspective, we're generating alpha in a high beta environment. I love our competitive positioning. We continue to invest in our markets, whether it's in the technology, the service side, what we offer in terms of features and functionality, I really love our competitive positioning, both in options and equities, and that's been showcased in whether it's like our revenue capture or our market share or just our engagement with our clients, which is most important.
Going to the financial technology side, ignoring just the macro backdrop we just talked about, there's 3 or 4 trends that I hear. So we have 3,800 clients across 6 continents. Tier 1 all the way to your smallest community banks. And let me share with you what they're telling us every single day we talk to them, whether it's in like Latin America, Southeast Asia.
There's 3 things going on in the environment that is top of mind to them. One is modernization transformation. And those words mean different things to different people, but everybody is thinking about modernization and transformation, whether it's going to the cloud, adopting new technologies like AI or simply automation.
The second is complexity. The increasing complexity in the global landscape where you have divergence, geoeconomic divergence, geopolitical divergence, regulatory divergence, complexity is increasing and our customers need solutions to help them manage that.
The third is just managing risk. If you're talking about like an always-on world, 24/7 with automation, the more granular, the more real time you can manage your risk, the more successful you can be in the businesses you run. That is an obvious statement, but our clients are struggling to figure out how to do that. And our solutions are unique in that they're all mission-critical solutions. They're both run the bank and change the bank solutions. And that makes us really, really unique in how we can come in and have those conversations.
So as a result of that, customer engagement has been great. It is -- the sales cycles have been strong. And you saw that in the first quarter, where we had 18% growth in financial technology. So really nothing has changed there, and we feel really good again about our positioning product by product.
Sure. So I want to double-click on always-on markets at Investor Day, you laid out kind of the vision for that. Adena, I think last year talked about 23/5 targeting that for 2026, back half of 2026. You spoke about it at Investor Day, too. But where are you today on that rollout? And when do you expect Nasdaq to go live with extended hours trading?
Yes. And I can't remember who coined always-on, but I feel like we were really early to the concept of always on. And so always-on has a few defining features in the innovation economy. And that's what you said. We think about 23/5 accelerated settlement, the mobility and the velocity of capital and collateral throughout the system and faster movement of money in securities. All of those things kind of come to end tokenization, of course, come together to form always-on.
And a couple of things we're doing. One is -- at the ground level, we have on our fintech side, an exciting opportunity with Calypso, which is a treasury and capital management or collateral solution. We serve 24 central banks. We serve a number of Tier 2s, Tier 3s and some Tier 1s. And everybody is talking to us about collateral management and optimizing for that in a 24/7, if you will, tokenized digital asset world. And so we have a real opportunity across collateral management. 23/5, we've announced in December 6 of this year. We're taking our equities markets to 23/5. We're extending trading hours in our options market, and then we have the approval for tokenization.
And on top of all that, what we're seeing is demand for solutions like surveillance. So as we go to 24/7, a lot of clients are coming to us and say, well, we need to survey the markets 24/7, how do we do that? From a trading perspective, because we're taking our markets to 23.5 and some of our markets to 24/7 ultimately, a lot of our market technology clients are coming to us and saying, you're highly regulated, you've taken your own technology there. How can you help us? And we service 130 institutions, exchanges and regulators across the globe. So it's a tremendous opportunity for us.
So when you combine all of that, always on, really, there's a flywheel with that across all of our businesses, including the businesses that I'm not part of, which is the data business and the index business.
Yes. So switching gears to the fintech business. The One Nasdaq cross-sell strategy, another term, I think you obviously coined was tracking ahead of plan last year. Pipeline mix is at about 15% and you're targeting $100 million of cross-sell revenues by 2027. So could you help us get a better sense for how that's come together? I think at Investor Day, you said you were already at $45 million there. And where are you seeing the most traction across Eclipse, Calypso, AxiomSL and the others?
Yes, great question. So on Investor Day, we talked about achieving that $100 million target. We are confident that we're on track to do that. And since then, we've seen real uptake, and I'll talk about that in a second. So the buildup to that is on Investor Day, as you said, we talked about the $45 million run rate, 43 clients signed. Since then, we also announced for Verafin, we had a Tier 1 bank. We shared that with the investment community. That was very well received. And our pipeline continues to showcase above 15% of our pipeline is cross-sell, and we've seen that quarter-over-quarter. So that's been a consistent trend, and it's building. So that gives us the confidence that we can achieve that.
In terms of our go-to-market strategy, where we've seen the real uptake is in a couple of places. One is Verafin with Tier 1 banks, global expansion, that's been really exciting for us to see. Two is, as Axiom, which is our regulatory compliance and reporting solution, goes down market, we're seeing real synergies with Verafin, which is really, really interesting, and that is opening up more discussions for us. And then we have Calypso and our trading and post-trade platforms. So we're able to go into financial market infrastructure operators and actually provide them with post-trade solutions for both exchange clearing and OTC clearing and help them with cross-margining and cross-collateralization. So that's been a door opener for us.
And then we have new products like the intelligence platform that we developed, which is really -- it's a data and analytics platform that's very, very modern. And when we go into a lot of clients and we're looking to replace a vendor, they'll say to us, do you have a data management solution? I can't just rip out my trade management solution. I need to have a data solution under that. Do you have that for us? We have that now. So the intelligence platform plus Calypso has formed a really, really nice, if you will, complementary set of capabilities for us.
And then on the surveillance side, I talked a little bit about surveillance and always on, but surveillance and trading have always gone together, and that's been a strong cross-sell opportunity for us. So we have a number of go-to-markets that we implement every quarter. We've been pretty successful. Customer reception has been strong. I just kind of noted a few there, and I think we'll continue to build on that. But it's really important to note one thing, which is that's just one part of our entire revenue growth algorithm. We have upsells, new logos. All of that comes together in terms of our revenue growth algorithm.
Sure. So I want to ask about AI. At Investor Day, you also announced a $100 million efficiency target that you were expecting to receive. I think AI had a lot to do with that. So from your seat, where are you actually getting operating leverage from AI today? And where do you think the next kind of inflection or acceleration is going to be in that area?
So we talk about AI in 2 areas. One is in the product. The second is on the business, and I think that's what you're referring to. In the product, let me just start there because we're seeing great traction with our clients there. A couple of highlights. Verafin since Investor Day now has 500 clients using its agentic workforce. That's up 40% since Investor Day. That's incredible. We've seen Axiom, which has a suite of agentic capabilities from Reg-Copilot to agents to workflow management, all of those, and we call it Reg Investigator, Reg Simplify, Reg Navigator, we have names for it. It's a workforce, if you will. We've seen great traction there. Because we're empowering our clients to take control of regulatory reporting and think just about the pace and intensity of regulatory change and having an end-to-end solution. It's also pushing more discussions on cloud and managed services for us. So it's not just what AI does for us. It's what AI does for us from a perspective of cloud and managed services.
And the third one to note is on surveillance. We recently launched what we call Calibration Copilot, which is basically how you set your alerts how do you calibrate your alerts. And what we're doing there is there's a collective intelligence or a compounding intelligence piece to it where across our entire client base, we serve most Tier 1s, we can share with you how to reduce false positive, be more accurate about your detections and help you instead of like that trial and error that most people go through around how do I set my alerts, we can actually use AI to help you set it correctly earlier and manage that through the process. Think about what that does for your conversations with regulators and your clients.
So all of that's been really good. On the business, because you just mentioned that, we have the $100 million run rate expense target for the end of 2027. This is about transforming Nasdaq from an engineering perspective and a client success perspective. Obviously, we have that in how in our coding, in our QA process, the whole PDLC process. If I could take you through it for one of our products, we have a, if you will, a collection of agents from business requirements all the way through QA that we've developed for one of our products, surveillance. And you kind of see the string of agents that are coordinated and orchestrated through a master agent. So we got a master agent up top, and we have all of these individual agents of like business requirements, QA, testing, all the way through the process that allows us to enhance the productivity of our developers.
But more importantly, it generates higher quality code and our cycle times have come down. So we're able to get into that backlog that everybody has, all of our products have a backlog. We're able to basically burn through that backlog faster, deliver higher quality code and have our engineers and our client success teams focus on higher-value activities. And we're kind of stringing that along through all of our products. So that's just a great example of how we're thinking about it across Nasdaq and how that really transform us beyond just the $100 million efficiency, there needs to be a benefit for you all.
All right. So I want to end on a big picture question. I think the last 10 years or so for Nasdaq, there's been a lot of focus on the non-exchange business. I think going forward, the Market Services business, there's a lot of exciting things going on. There's a lot of tailwinds for volumes. You have the Pattern Day trading rule today going away. You have AI trading agents. You have all these big IPOs that people think could boost option volumes by upwards of 10%. So -- as we move in that direction, 24/7 trading, tokenization, all the other things I mentioned, do you think market services will become a more meaningful driver of growth for Nasdaq in the next 10 years?
Yes. I'm not independent on that question. I'm a markets guy. So the markets are always going to be Nasdaq's foundational business. It gives us the credibility to go into financial technology and talk to our clients about their modernization efforts. So if you're a highly regulated institution that's trying to modernize, do you want to talk to somebody who just sells software or somebody that actually uses that software is highly regulated and is going on that journey as well. And that is incredible -- that establishes credibility when you walk in the door. And that's really important to us. And the foundational business is growing. It's been a great business for us. We love that business. We love it during volatile times. We love it during nonvolatile times because we kind of structured that business to be successful in different market environments.
And what I would say to you is we're investing in that business. That's the important thing to note is for 24/7, I'll give you one example we're really excited about. Some people might have heard me speak about this. We have a digital twin now that we've stood up, which is basically a replica of our production environment that we spin up through AI, and we spin it up in the cloud. We designed it through AI, and it's an exact replica of our trading environment.
What makes it special is we place agents on top of that. We give the agents personas. You are a retail broker, you are a high-frequency trader, you are a global bank, you are X, Y, Z. And then we have them inject orders into this environment. And so we're able to replicate extreme market conditions, raise conditions, edge conditions much faster. Why is that important? In a 24/7 world where if you have an issue, you don't have the downtime to actually remedy that issue or you need to stop the market, and that's a big deal anytime you stop a market or pause a market.
So our ability to have a much more robust simulation environment that's cost effective, that allows us to replicate all these different conditions, use AI for that and then also be able to offer that as a product through financial technology, that's the connective tissue right there for you. Then we can go to our clients and say, we can offer you this. And that's an incredible game changer for us in the way that we kind of communicate with our clients. So that is why that foundational business is so powerful and so important to us. And that's just one simple example of how we're using AI in our foundational businesses to drive a flywheel across our greater businesses.
All right. Well, I think we're out of time. But Tal, thanks so much for joining us.
Thank you. Appreciate it.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Nasdaq — Piper Sandler Global Exchange and Fintech Conference
Nasdaq diskutiert Regulierung, Produkt‑Innovation und die Umsetzung der "always‑on" Strategie als Wachstumstreiber für Märkte und FinTech.
🎯 Kernbotschaft
- Fokus: Nasdaq setzt auf Erweiterung der Handelszeiten (23/5), Tokenisierung und 24/7-fähige Infrastruktur als Wachstumstreiber für Markt‑ und FinTech‑Geschäft.
- Regulierung: Neue Produktformen (z.B. Perpetuals) sehen sie als Chance, verlangen aber offene, kollaborative Regulierung zur Risikosteuerung.
- Cross‑Sell/AI: Cross‑Selling im FinTech‑Portfolio wächst; KI soll sowohl Produktfunktionen als auch operative Effizienz (Ziel: $100M) beschleunigen.
🔝 Strategische Highlights
- Always‑on: Ziel ist 23/5 für Aktien und ausgeweitete Optionszeiten plus Tokenisierungs‑Genehmigungen; Infrastruktur und Surveillance‑Produkte werden parallel ausgebaut.
- Indices: Nasdaq‑100‑Methodik geändert: quartalsweise Rebalance, Free‑float‑Adjustierung (3x bis 33%) und Fast‑Entry für Top‑40 IPOs (Schnelle Aufnahme innerhalb 15 Handelstagen).
- FinTech‑Synergien: Pipeline ~15% Cross‑Sell, Ziel $100M Cross‑Sell‑Umsatz bis 2027; Produkte wie Calypso, Verafin, Axiom und ein neues Intelligence‑Layer treiben Upsell.
🆕 Neue Informationen
- Indexregeln: Quartalsrebalancing und die 3x Free‑float‑Multiplikatorregel sowie Fast‑Track für sehr große IPOs sind beschlossen und umgesetzt.
- Produkt‑Launches: Genehmigte Equity‑Token und erste Schritte zu erweiterten Handelszeiten; Digital‑Twin‑Testumgebung und KI‑Agenten zur Simulation extremer Marktbedingungen vorgestellt.
- Keine neue Guidance: Es gab keine aktualisierten Finanzprognosen; Wachstums‑ und Einsparziele (Cross‑Sell, $100M KI‑Effizienz) bleiben bestehen.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Perpetuals: Kritische Nachfrage zu Risiken (Leverage, Retail‑Schutz). Management sieht Perps als andersartige, stärker linear geprägte Produkte und fordert klare regulatorische Abwägungen.
- Index‑Änderungen: Analysten hoben Wettbewerb um ETF‑Flows hervor; Management erklärte Prozess, Impact auf Liquidität und rationale der schnellen Aufnahme großer IPOs.
- Always‑on‑Timing: Nachfrage nach präzisem Go‑Live für erweiterte Stunden blieb unbeantwortet; Management betonte Fortschritte (Tests, Genehmigungen) ohne konkretes Datum.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Implikation: Nasdaq positioniert sich operativ und regulatorisch als Vorreiter für verlängerte Handelszeiten, Tokenisierung und KI‑gestützte Produkte. Kurzfristig sind die Effekte auf Umsatz/Gewinn nicht neu quantifiziert; mittelfristig erhöhen sich Upsell‑Chancen im FinTech‑Portfolio und Marktservices bleiben zentraler Wachstumstreiber.
Nasdaq — 46th Annual William Blair Growth Stock Conference
1. Question Answer
Good morning, everyone. Why don't we go ahead and get started here. My name is Jeff Schmitt. I cover wealth management and capital market stocks here at William Blair.
I'd like to introduce NASDAQ, which has really transitioned into more of a technology company through the years with a much kind of better growth profile. We're pleased to have Adena Friedman here, who's the Chair and CEO, to discuss the business. And of course, before we begin, please go to our website williamblair.com, for a full list of disclosures. But with that, I'll open up to Adena.
All right. We're going to talk a little bit about Nasdaq today. I have a lot of slides. So we're going to fly a little bit, but I'm looking forward to having a great conversation with you this morning.
Fortunately, we did have an Investor Day in February. So a lot of these slides come from the Investor Day deck. So feel free to peruse the complete presentation that's on our website. But I want to talk a little bit about how we form our strategy and what is that -- how has that resulted in great results for us and also kind of reposition Nasdaq for the future.
So the first thing we do when we develop our strategy, and we go through this process every single year is we evaluate what are the trends that are going to define our industry over the next decade. And of course, we don't actually know, but we really do try to look out in time and say what are those durable trends that are redefining our sector, redefining our clients' experience and what technology trends are really coming in to redefine the business.
And over time, these are 4 durable trends that we've been re-underwriting every year that I've been the CEO that really kind of drive and form the basis of our strategy. Data is the new fuel to the industry and the economy. You may know that I ran the data business at Nasdaq for 9 years early in my career. So data is near and dear to my heart, but also we have used data as a foundation for every decision we've made.
The harnessing the power of technology. Technology is an unstoppable force, and it includes that unstoppable force in our industry. And because our industry is so data dependent, it means that technology comes into our industry very, very quickly. We tend to be a leading industry in adopting and adapting to new technologies. And the technologies that we've been focused on very consistently over the last 9 years has been the power of cloud, AI and blockchain. And as we look forward, we also would say that we're doing a lot of research now on what quantum computing and quantum networking can also deliver to the industry.
We also then have focused on the connectivity of the financial services, financial system. While we have -- we've been looking at all these technologies that are coming in, the globalization of the clientele, the rise of retail investing from a global perspective. And what we're seeing is that the connectivity and the technology that allows for the capital markets to be more global, more connected than ever with a broader investor base and more accessible to investors all over the world. That gives rise to new asset classes and new instruments that are coming in as well as the notion of always-on markets, which I'll talk about.
And then lastly, the growing risk and complexity of everything, but certainly in the industry and how our industry processes risk and complexity, how do we help them as a strategic partner in managing that risk and complexity in new ways, leveraging that great technology that's available to us.
So we have come to 3 pillars of our strategy. The first is to architect the world's most modern markets. We leverage technology, and we are constantly innovating in our technology to be the best market operator in the world, here in the United States across our equities and options markets in the Nordics, where we own and operate almost all the markets in the Nordics. But also we provide technology, and we power 130 markets and regulators around the world with our technology. And that is -- and so therefore, we are really the player and the provider that's really driving the industry forward in how technology can transform markets.
We also are powering the innovation economy. And that, of course, is we are very fortunate to have an incredible group and network of listed companies that come to Nasdaq, and those companies are the greatest innovators of our day, really redefining industry, redefining the economy. But we also -- we want to make those companies accessible to billions of investors. So we have a large and scaled and growing index business with over $900 billion of assets under management today tied to indexes that are underpinned by our listed companies. And we also provide a whole suite of solutions that allow corporates and investors to connect better together to make smarter asset allocation decisions through investment and to build out and manage their IR programs more successfully with our IR services.
And then the third pillar is building trust in the financial system. We believe very much that the pillar -- if we're thinking about the 3 key components of running a successful market in a durable market in a fair market, it's going to be liquidity, transparency and integrity. So we have really dedicated our time and energy and our technology towards driving that integrity across our markets, but we now also provide surveillance technology, regulatory reporting and anti-financial crime technology to hundreds or actually thousands of banks all over the world. And we're really proud of the fact that we can be that partner to really help our clients really manage risk and integrity across the financial system.
So what has that done to our business? Well, over the last 5 years, we've gone from $2.9 billion of revenue to $5.2 billion of revenue with a 13% revenue CAGR and a 14% ARR CAGR over that period of time. We've also really recalibrated our divisions. So more and more of our revenue is coming from more, I would say, stable and steady revenue from our solutions businesses with our trading business at 23% of our overall revenue base. Now of course, trading has also been a great growth pillar for us, but we have really focused on making sure we have predictable revenue streams to drive our business forward.
And as I said, we've had really strong revenue performance as well as our solutions revenue, that's everything other than our trading revenue has had 16% CAGR, and we've had a free cash flow CAGR of 17%. And our EPS CAGR of 11% over 5 years, but in recent years in 2025 and in the first quarter '26, it surpassed 20% as we've continued to really scale up and scale out our platform. And we're really pleased with the ongoing performance of our business and how we've been able to accelerate growth and overall performance.
And one of the great things about our business, it is a cash flow machine. So we've delivered $2.2 billion of cash flow in 2025 with a 17% cash flow CAGR and we have a 109% cash flow conversion within the company. So it's a relatively capital-light, high growth, high EPS and high cash flow business. And a lot of the software suite and software investors today do use this notion of the Rule of 40 to evaluate the quality of companies that are in the technology sector.
And when we look at Nasdaq, in 2025, we were a Rule of 70 company. When we also look at it in comparison to the S&P 500, there are only -- we're one of only 18 companies in the S&P 500 that can say that they're greater than a Rule of 60. So we are really -- we feel really proud of our outstanding financial performance that really is coming on the back of really delivering great things and great capabilities and great returns for our clients.
So now let's turn to our business divisions. As I talked about our 3 key pillars, we're almost organized around those pillars within our divisions. There's a little bit of overlap. But we have Market Services, which is our trading businesses, Capital Access Platforms, which serves corporates and investors; and then Financial Technology, which serves banks, brokers, regulators and exchanges. And we have some powerful flywheels that we have that cut across our divisions to deliver outcomes for our clients.
The first of which is our listings franchise and how that really kind of creates a flywheel across our trading and index businesses as well as then always-on markets as we move to modernize markets even further with always-on trading and how that's going to deliver new capabilities and growth across, frankly, all parts of our business, including index and our Fintech division.
And then these mission-critical solutions that we do deliver for our clientele, we did an acquisition in 2023 to support the growth of our fintech solutions. And we committed at that time to have $100 million of cross-sells in terms of cross-sell run rate revenue by the end of 2027. And at our Investor Day, we did say that we're at $45 million of that $100 million to date. So we're well underway in showing the power of bringing those mission-critical solutions together into a powerful platform.
So if we turn to our Market Services division at a glance, we make -- in 2025, we delivered $1.2 billion of revenue and had very strong growth in this business. And you can see over a 5-year period, it has had a 6% revenue CAGR. But one of the things that we really focused on accelerated in recent years was double-digit growth in 2025 and in the first quarter of 2026. We really focus long and hard on, number one, being the best at what we do. The most deterministic, the lowest latency, the most resilient, the highest capacity, and we deliver that at enormous scale.
We also really focus from a business perspective on how we develop long-term relationships with our trading clientele. We want to have -- we match market share with capture. We really focus on how are we bringing in sustainable order flow that is really value-added to our markets that can be -- that can bring in others that's kind of liquidity begets liquidity notion, but we don't chase share that we don't think is durable. So we really do focus on durable relationships, durable order flow and driving a capture rate that is best-in-class in our industry, including having a 70% higher capture rate in our equities business than our closest competitor.
So why is that? What is driving our ability to deliver that? Well our listings franchise. And we will talk a little bit more about the listings flywheel in a minute. But -- that listing franchise, we now are over half of industry volume is Nasdaq-listed companies. And for companies that list on Nasdaq, we have higher market share during the day. We have a relationship with them on the open and close and delivering the opening closing cross. And we think that it is also because of the quality of our markets, and we have great data to support that we have just an exceptional quality of our markets compared to our peers that, that, of course, then drives more companies to list on Nasdaq. So it's a great listing flywheel.
One really exciting thing that's happened this year is that as of Investor Day, we had higher market cap of our listed companies that are U.S. domiciled companies than our competitor down the street. But as of 2 weeks ago, we now have crossed over and we have more market cap listed on Nasdaq than our closest competitor has in the world. So we are very, very excited. I've been at Nasdaq for 33 years. So I can tell you that this is a big mark -- this is a big mark for us. So we're very excited about the fact that the listings and the companies that are shaping the future of the economy are partnered with Nasdaq.
As we look forward in our markets business, we are extremely focused on this notion of always-on markets. On December 6, we will be launching 23/5 trading on the Nasdaq Stock Market. Yes, we will still have a U.S. session and open at 9:30 and a close at 4:00. But then we will start a global session. And that global session will run for over the evening. There will be a 1-hour break between 8 and 9. But otherwise, it will be a continuous market for the global session.
The idea is today, outside of U.S. market hours, about a little over 10% of the trading is occurring outside of U.S. market hours. It's just occurring in the dark. So we want to bring it into the light. We want to introduce guardrails. We want to introduce critical infrastructure to make it so that this market can evolve and expand over time.
But by doing that, it also parlays to the benefit of other parts of our ecosystem, including our surveillance technology, our trade infrastructure technology called Calypso and Collateral Management, our index business and demand from international investors for that as well as the need for our corporate solutions, the need for corporates and investors to connect even better together.
So speaking of corporates and investors, I will talk for a minute about our Capital Access Platforms business -- check the time. So Capital Access Platforms is -- consists of our listings, our market data, our index business and some analytics solutions that really support corporates and investors in managing their lives in the public markets and the private markets. We had $2.1 billion of revenue, and our CAGR over the last 5 years has been 7% with a double-digit CAGR -- double-digit growth in 2025 and into 2026. And you can see that what we really focus on is also a very strong margin in this business. We've had an 800 basis point improvement in our margin in the last 5 years.
When we think about what's in this division, we have a suite of capabilities that I mentioned across the listings, Corporate Solutions, our indexes and our market data. And when we think about the flywheel of the innovation economy and how our -- this capital access platform is really designed to really power that innovation economy, we have these deep corporate relationships. We then deliver very interesting and thematic indexes that really underpin the innovation economy and other investor outcomes that people are looking for, and we make those globally accessible to billions of people around the world.
We leverage our gold standard data to also allow our clients to make smarter asset allocation decisions, get access to unique alternative data that might power their investment decisions and trading outcomes and make sure that we deliver unique IP in terms of helping corporates understand who are their investors, why are they changing, who should they target, but also helping investors look at and asset owners understand how should I think about allocating my assets to different asset managers, both in the public and private markets. And it's a very exciting and interesting flywheel has developed.
We also are bringing AI across our franchise, including in the CAP division. In eVestment, we have delivered this AI-ready data set that our clients are using to really, I would say, modernize their data management inside their own organizations within the asset managers. And what we've heard is that the data that we're delivering is actually 70% more token efficient as you're bringing this data into your organizations to manage your investment management decisions.
We also have IR Insights. 74% of our clients are using our AI-driven modules to be smarter about how they communicate with investors on things like sustainability, but how they reach investors and target investors. We also have Boardvantage, which is a board portal tool and 51% of our clients are leveraging board summarization capabilities and other AI features in that solution. And then in index, we're using AI to really drive index creation in more unique and more innovative ways and be able to accelerate our ability to bring new products to market.
Moving to financial technology. We have $1.9 billion of revenue there. We've had 11% adjusted growth year-over-year. And this is a newer division. So this division, many of the assets in the division did not exist in 2020. So we do not give you the 5-year view, but the 2-year view has been really, really substantial growth across everything in that division.
We have 3 subdivisions: Regulatory Tech, which is Regulatory Reporting and Surveillance. We have Capital Markets tech, which is Market Technology, giving our technology to other exchanges and regulators as well as Trade Management Services, which is connectivity and other services to support our markets. And then Calypso is a trade infrastructure technology suite.
And then we have Anti-Financial Crime with our Verafin solution and all of which have really strong growth vectors and a large clientele. We serve 3,800 clients around the world, and we're really proud of that. We have 2,800 clients in the United States leveraging our Verafin Anti-Financial Crime solution. And I bring that up because of the fact that it is an AI-ready. It's actually always been an AI-driven product, but it has been -- we've been able to amplify that tremendously since the dawn of Gen AI. So in our Verafin product, we are allowed in the United States to bring data together across banks to manage crime better on their behalf as a third-party provider.
So across 2,800 banks, we process over 1 billion up to 1.5 billion transactions a week where we can look at payor and payee data. We look at specific topologies of criminal behavior to make sure that we can route out criminal actors more effectively and efficiently, take down false positives and find more fraud and make sure that their AML programs are more effective.
Now with Gen AI, we're able to automate massive amounts of workflow for those clients so that they -- once they go from an alert to a regulatory report, that entire process can be automated. And we're working really, really well within -- with our clients to develop and deploy these at speed to really automate that part of the AML -- and I'm sorry, AFC experience for our clients.
With AxiomSL, we're using this to make sure that we're being much smarter in thinking about regulation that's coming out and how it's developing. We're also on the business doing a reg-to-code implementation of AI within our teams to be able to manage changes in regulation more effectively, and we have a whole suite of AI tools. Calypso, all about risk management. Can both algorithmic and Gen AI, can we manage risk more effectively and efficiently, collateral management being more efficient. And that just unlocks liquidity back into the financial system. And then, of course, surveillance is also a perfect use case for AI as we look for market manipulation inside our trading and other criminal behaviors inside of trading rooms and inside of markets around the world.
So I'm sure you guys are going to talk about AI all day, but I will say that we thought a lot about our platform and its readiness for the AI era. And we focus on 4 key assets inside our organization: We have our embedded client community, we have our gold standard data, we have our engineering excellence, and we have integrated client solutions. So let's start with our community. We serve 10,000 corporates, 5,000 institutional investors, 3,800 financial institutions and 135 markets and regulators around the world with our solutions. So it's a very scaled community that we're serving.
And when we apply gold standard data and we think about how that data, if we can bring it together effectively, we can deliver more value within our solutions and across our solutions to our clients. It's extremely exciting to think about the power of our data. We have built because we've been cloud-first for the last 12 years, we have moved every part of our infrastructure to cloud and our client-facing solutions into a cloud-native state. So we're either fully deployed in cloud or we're deploying our clients in cloud today. That allows us to have access and embedded data that delivers better value. So I mentioned in Verafin, eVestment is a similar one. It's a network effect product that -- where asset managers put their data in to make it so that they can expose themselves more effectively to asset owners and asset owners bring data in to make it so that they can make smarter asset allocation decisions.
In Calypso and in AxiomSL, we now are cloud native and how we're delivering, and we have more and more of our pipeline as well as more and more of our sales really driven into cloud-native versions of those products. It's very exciting, but you can see how scaled we are in the data that we offer and how we think about data strategically across the enterprise.
We then have incredible talent, and I'm sure many technologies -- technology companies have incredible talent. Our talent is built for hyper-resilient, hypersecure machine-to-machine capabilities at scale and speed. Think about hyper low latency with about 500 billion messages coming into our markets every day.
How do we process that with a 20 microsecond latency on order to trade? But that's an incredible engineering feat. But what that means we have that great embedded talent that we're now applying to all of our solutions in terms of moving everything into a hyper real-time basis. We understand machine-to-machine communications and how we can optimize that. We understand cloud and how we can optimize that. And we definitely are bringing all of those capabilities to everything we do across Nasdaq.
Now as we think about it from a client's perspective, what do they care about when they're thinking about choosing partners, especially partners in an AI era. The first thing is, do they have critical data that's going to serve me and deliver more value for me? Am I using that solution for something that is mission-critical, so where precision is absolutely critical to success. Do we have -- is that partner hyper secure and resilient and making sure it's always available, it's always on, it's always secure, but also where we can bring an immense amount of innovation into those solutions.
We also -- we look at the depth of our integration and connectivity with our clients, and that runs very, very deep down to their core, core systems in the depths of their organizations to extract data that they may not even be able to extract easily to put into these solutions to make it so they can manage risk better, manage financial crime, make sure that they can trade more effectively and efficiently.
And then we have an immense amount of domain expertise. And I would say domain expertise in our industry isn't just about scientific knowledge. It's really about judgment as to how this -- how the markets work, how they're connected, how you want to make sure these solutions are optimized for outcomes in a very complex global capital market ecosystem and making sure we can deliver and show them compelling ROIC.
We also price our products on an enterprise basis. The vast majority of our products are priced at an enterprise level. The only products that are not are really geared towards very small teams inside of organizations. So IR Insight and governance. We're talking between, I would say, anywhere between 3 and 30, maybe 40 people leverage those products within each organization. So we have a very broad clientele across those solutions. And we also have -- we really focus on contract duration as well.
So the last thing I would say about kind of how we think about our platform and delivering to our clients, we deliver against a very large serviceable addressable market of $38 billion, and it's growing 9% a year. And I think that -- and also, as we go and look at the TAM at $86 billion, that's important because the more that we can automate capabilities for our clients and take out manual workflows, the more the TAM becomes our SAM. And we are very focused on that across these 3 key pillars of growth for Nasdaq.
We have our Expand pillar, where we are expanding our current solutions to a broader clientele, opening up new markets around the world, cross-selling more of our solutions and making sure we're upselling land and expand across our enterprise clients. We want to evolve our platforms by making them more efficient and modernizing workflows, making sure that AI, the product road maps all have an AI-first orientation to them.
And then we also have some interesting and strategic partnerships we've developed because as a platform provider, we might find that we may not be the one to deliver the last mile solution, but with other strategic partners where we can leverage our relationships and our data to make it a win-win for both of us.
And then we're continuing to transform the markets, transform the client experience, also thinking about private and public markets and how that's symbiotic and the solutions and how we offer a lot of the cap solutions into the private market ecosystem. We also are focused on always-on markets and the convergence of asset classes and trading across the world.
So all of that has given us the confidence at Investor Day to increase our medium-term outlook for the business. We talk about medium-term outlook as being a 3- to 5-year growth projectile. And so within Capital Access Platforms, it's 6% to 10%; financial technology is 10% to 14%; and our total solutions revenue of 9% to 12% against our operating expense growth of 5% to 8%. We do not provide a medium-term outlook on our trading businesses just because it's less predictable, but we have seen really strong growth and expansion of those business -- of that business as well.
And when we -- when it comes down to it, then as a result of all of that and that great cash flow that I mentioned of $2.2 billion, so what do we -- how do we think about capital allocation? We want to continue to be that great growth company that we've become. And so we are continuing to drive organic growth and organic investments across our business, and we use something called a Horizon framework to make sure we're allocating towards growth and expansion and innovation.
So we look at all of our -- the return on invested capital of all of the capital we spend in product management and product development to make sure that we're driving towards a growth orientation in Horizon framework. We want to deliver and we are delivering -- we're actually this year crossing back into the 10% on the back of the acquisition we did 3 years ago. We're now back into a 10% enterprise ROIC. We have venture investments as well as potential bolt-on M&A that we consider on an occasional basis. But we are extremely focused on organic growth because we have so much -- so many growth vectors within our business. We have a leverage target of mid- to high 2s, and we obviously want to maintain our investment-grade rating.
And then we focus on share repurchases. We repurchased a little over $500 million worth of shares in the first quarter of the year, and we're continuing to see that as a core component of our capital allocation with our dividend of having a progressive dividend based on how our earnings grow over time.
So in summary, we really -- our vision is to be the trusted fabric of the world's financial system. I think we are really achieving that goal with our clients and the strategic orientation to our business. And we also want to be their transformation partner, and we're doing that across all 3 of those 3 key pillars of architecting the world's most modern markets, powering the innovation economy and building trust in the financial system. And we do this with financial discipline and execution discipline that's delivering great results for all of you, our shareholders.
So with that, I want to thank you very much for listening, and I hope you have a great day. Thank you.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Nasdaq — 46th Annual William Blair Growth Stock Conference
Nasdaq tritt klar als technologiegetriebene Kapitalmarktplattform auf: Cloud- und KI‑Fokus, Always‑On Markets, FinTech‑Wachstum und starke Cash‑Generierung.
🎯 Kernbotschaft
- Kern: Nasdaq hat sich in eine Plattform‑/Software‑Firma verwandelt: drei strategische Säulen — moderne Marktplattformen, Kapitalzugang (Listings/Indizes/Daten) und Finanztechnologie (Regulatory Tech, Anti‑Financial‑Crime) — mit Fokus auf Cloud, KI, Blockchain und Always‑On‑Trading.
⚡ Strategische Highlights
- Always‑On: Start von 23/5‑Trading am 6. Dezember; Ziel: Off‑hours‑Volumen reguliert ins Licht holen, Infrastruktur und Surveillance für globalen Handel bereitstellen.
- AI & Cloud: KI wird unternehmensweit integriert — Verafin (Anti‑Financial‑Crime), eVestment, IR‑ und Board‑Tools, Calypso/AxiomSL cloud‑native; Daten als „Goldstandard“ für Produkte.
- Wachstum & Kapital: $2,2 Mrd. FCF 2025, Rule‑of‑70, Cross‑sell‑Ziel $100M bis 2027 (akt. $45M), Q1‑Buybacks ~$500M, Zielhebel mid‑to‑high 2x, ROIC wieder ≈10%.
🔭 Neue Informationen
- Medium‑Term: Aktualisierte mittelfristige Zielspannen: Capital Access Platforms 6–10% CAGR, Financial Technology 10–14% CAGR, Total Solutions 9–12% CAGR; Operating Expense Wachstum 5–8%. Keine mittelfristige Trading‑Guidance.
- Meilensteine: Nasdaq übertraf jüngst Konkurrenten beim gelisteten Marktkapitalisierungsvolumen; 23/5‑Datum (6.12.) und Cross‑sell‑Fortschritt ($45M/ $100M) sind konkrete Neuigkeiten.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Fazit: Für Aktionäre ist Nasdaq ein wachstumsorientiertes, cashstarkes Technologieunternehmen mit wiederkehrenden, margenstarken Lösungen und aktiver Kapitalrückführung. Kurzfristige Risiken bleiben: Trading‑Volatilität, regulatorische Hürden und Implementationsrisiken bei Always‑On und AI‑Rollouts.
Nasdaq — Q1 2026 Earnings Call
1. Management Discussion
Good day, and thank you for standing by. Welcome to Nasdaq's First Quarter 2026 Results Conference Call. [Operator Instructions] Please be advised that today's conference is being recorded.
I would now like to hand the conference over to your first speaker, Ato Garrett, Senior Vice President and Investor Relations Officer. Please go ahead.
Good morning, everyone, and thank you for joining us today to discuss Nasdaq's First Quarter 2026 Financial Results. On the line are Adena Friedman, our Chair and Chief Executive Officer; Sarah Youngwood, our Chief Financial Officer; and other members of the management team. After our prepared remarks, we will open the line for Q&A. The press release and earnings presentation accompanying this call can be found on our Investor Relations website.
I would like to remind you that we will be making forward-looking statements on this call that involve risks. A summary of these risks is contained in our press release and a more complete description in our annual report on Form 10-K. We will discuss our financial performance on a non-GAAP basis, excluding the impact of acquisitions and divestitures as well as the impact of changes in FX rates. Definitions and reconciliations of U.S. GAAP to non-GAAP plus adjustments can be found in our earnings presentation as well as in a file located in the Financials section of our Investor Relations website at ir.nasdaq.com.
And with that, I will now turn the call over to Adena.
Thank you, Ato, and good morning, everyone. Today, I'll start with a review of our first quarter financial results, and we'll then review the operating performance across our divisions. I will then hand the call over to Sarah to walk through the financial results in more detail.
Nasdaq entered 2026 with strong momentum, and our first quarter performance reflects one of the strongest starts to a year in our company's history. We delivered the highest Q1 organic growth since 2021 across net revenue solutions revenue and operating income as well as our highest ever quarterly revenue growth in the Financial Technology division. The results this quarter demonstrate the breadth and depth of the client engagement we are experiencing across our platform, which is resulting in meaningful growth.
As we outlined at Investor Day, the power of our platform enables us to serve as a trusted transformation partner to our clients, underpinned by our embedded client community, deeply integrated solutions, gold standard data and engineering excellence. This is a dynamic moment for the world and for markets, underpinned by an accelerated pace of technological change, persistent geopolitical tensions and concerns about the stability of the private credit market as well as overall complexity across the global economy.
In the U.S., softer labor conditions and inflation pressures are offset by resilient spending from higher income households and continued capital deployment in AI. Investment in AI continues to be a meaningful driver of economic activity, especially in the United States through large-scale data center and infrastructure build-out. Within this overall environment, macroeconomic growth remains balanced and constructive in the U.S. and across other major economies.
Smart regulation is also starting to take shape across the capital markets and banking industry. And as a result, clients are moving forward with investments in the modernization of their core infrastructure. Within the banking sector, we're experiencing increasing demand for cloud-based mission-critical solutions that include AI features to support workflow automation. Within Capital Markets, we're experiencing demand for solutions and services related to the transition to always on markets and the tokenization of assets. As the industry addresses these trends, Nasdaq is well positioned to reinforce its role as the trusted fabric of the global financial system.
Turning to our financial results. In the first quarter, we delivered $1.4 billion in net revenue, a 13% year-over-year increase. Our overall annualized recurring revenue, or ARR, grew 12% year-over-year to $3.2 billion. Expenses were $608 million, up 8% year-over-year. Operating income was $799 million, up 17%, and we delivered 21% diluted EPS growth. Within our divisions, Capital access platforms generated 10% revenue growth and 7% ARR growth. Financial Technology delivered 18% revenue growth and 16% ARR growth. And Market Services delivered 10% net revenue growth.
As we move into divisional performance, I'll cover how our results reflect disciplined execution against our expand, evolve and transform growth framework from delivering on 1 Nasdaq across our core franchises to evolving our solutions with new innovations to transforming the business in key strategic areas.
Starting with capital access platforms, where I'll first discuss data and listings. In our U.S. listings franchise, we welcomed 15 new operating companies raising over $5 billion in proceeds during the quarter, including 7 of the top 10 IPOs. Early in the second quarter, we were pleased to welcome Arxis and Kailera Therapeutics, 2 of the biggest IPOs in Q2 so far. While the IPO environment has been uneven amid market volatility, issuer engagement remains strong. Companies in our pipeline continue to prepare for market entry. We see encouraging environment -- we are seeing an encouraging environment for improving IPO activity entering the second quarter, and we believe that we are well positioned to support that activity as momentum builds.
In our data business, we continue to deliver strong revenue growth, highlighted by 32% year-over-year growth of enterprise license agreements and continued momentum in Asia and the Middle East. Looking ahead, we see continued progress towards always-on markets, creating meaningful operations for our data business, enabling trading activity in regions where demand for Nasdaq's proprietary market data is already rising.
Our index franchise delivered $79 billion in net inflows over the last 12 months, including $6 billion in the quarter, exiting the quarter with ETP AUM of $836 billion. Our average AUM this quarter increased 32% year-over-year to reach a record of $877 million. Net inflows were modestly positive, impacted by sector rotation and a risk-off environment tied to market uncertainty in March. We view this impact as short-term tactical behavior and not representative of structural trends. Although we don't view early quarter flows as predictive, we are encouraged by the momentum we've seen to date in the second quarter with $15 billion of net ETP inflows as of April 20.
Our index performance has been underpinned by our success in product innovation. 46% of inflows were driven by product launches over the last 5 years and 25% were driven by launches over the last 3 years. Institutional adoption of our index products grew among annuity providers contributing to a 30% increase in insurance-related revenues.
International expansion was driven by strong demand from EMEA and APAC this quarter. This contributed to 19% of total ETP AUM coming from non-U.S. clients. We launched 31 new products in the quarter, including 12 international products and 11 in the institutional annuity space. We also launched the Nasdaq Private Capital indexes, a way for investors to benchmark private market investment allocations, an asset class that has historically lacked transparency.
We were also pleased to announce that we will expand access to the Nasdaq-100 later in the spring with 2 new carefully selected partners, BlackRock and State Street, while continuing to work closely with our long-standing partner, Invesco. The pricing terms related to the index license for these upcoming new U.S.-listed ETFs will be consistent with the QQQ pricing terms. We are excited to continue to grow and expand distribution of our flagship index to new investors across the U.S. and globally with all of our high-quality partners. For example, with Invesco, we continue to create new marquee products to address investors' evolving needs.
Recently, we expanded the Invesco QQQ innovation suite with the launch of the Invesco QQQ Equal Weight ETFs. Additionally, with the expanded partnerships with BlackRock and State Street, we look forward to working with them to make the Nasdaq 100 more accessible to their investor universe and to help drive additional institutional adoption.
Turning to workflow and insights. Revenue grew 6%, driven by continued strength in analytics. Analytics delivered solid revenue growth, underpinned by eVestment's strong performance, which benefits from powerful network effects and sustained demand in volatile markets. With an investment, we continue to expand the reach of our data assets to meet the evolving needs of our clients and to enhance the value that we bring to asset owners and asset managers, including in private markets.
This quarter, we integrated our data with Databricks to broaden entitled access to eVestment's comprehensive institutional investor data. Across analytics, we're leveraging our gold standard data assets to support our clients' AI strategy. The investment AI-ready data has been adopted by global asset managers, GPs and institutional investors representing over $9 trillion in assets under management. and helped drive a 29% year-over-year increase in Q1 bookings.
In Corporate Solutions, AI adoption is strong with 74% of IR Insight users and 51% of Boardvantage users leveraging our AI solutions. Overall, the corporate buying environment remains muted, driven by lower IPO activity compared to historical levels.
Turning to Financial Technology. We delivered record revenue growth of 18%, driven by sustained global demand for our mission-critical technologies. We continue to deliver on our One Nasdaq strategy with strong bookings performance for Q1 signing 64 new clients, 1 cross-sell and 85 upsells during the quarter. The division sustained compelling land and expand momentum, driving more than 50% year-over-year growth in ACV bookings. while supporting clients transition to cloud. Cloud-based solutions accounted for 80% of ACV bookings in the quarter.
I would like to call out a key expansion this year of an existing AxiomSL and Calypso Tier 1 bank client that brings our cloud, AI and on Nasdaq strategy to life. In Q1, we completed a significant renewal and expansion of AxiomSL driven by our ability to deliver cloud and AI-enabled regulatory solutions. Early in the second quarter, we expanded the relationship further with a cross-sell for Nasdaq Verafin, our cloud-based AI native financial crime management solution. The expansion of this relationship illustrates the power of our platform as we deliver innovative technology to address our clients' top regulatory and risk management needs.
Turning now to a review of the subdivisions, starting with financial crime management technology. Nasdaq Verafin delivered another strong quarter with 21% revenue growth across a growing client base of more than 2,800 clients representing nearly $12 trillion in collective assets. During the quarter, we signed 58 new SMB clients, driving a 24% year-over-year increase in ACV bookings from that client segment. In enterprise, we signed 2 renewals and 1 expansion with existing clients and early in the second quarter, we added further momentum with an enterprise upsell and a new Tier 1 client cross-sell that I mentioned a moment ago.
Nasdaq Verafin is evolving its platform through strategic partnerships, including our recently announced partnership with FIS. This agreement expands our ability to deliver leading AML and fraud solutions to FIS' banking and payments clients. We continue to lead through advanced AI-driven innovation. Our Agentic-AI workforce is now deployed by more than 500 clients, up 40% since Investor Day. Later this quarter, we will launch our new drug trafficking analytic, which embeds generative AI directly into our models and synthesizes open-source intelligence, social media, and third-party research to help clients more effectively detect potential drug trafficking activity.
Regulatory technology delivered sustained momentum supported by new capabilities introduced across our product suite as well as structural trends impacting the industry. These trends include the transition to always-on markets, sustained investment in infrastructure modernization and improving clarity of the regulatory environment.
Specific to AxiomSL, this momentum is translating into meaningful client expansion and new wins across regions as global institutions deepen their use of our regulatory reporting and capital management solutions. For instance, a large international bank significantly expanded its U.S. footprint with us, extending the use of our platform to support CCAR reporting. Another large bank expanded into cloud-based broker-dealer capital management and regulatory reporting, underscoring growing confidence in our cloud-enabled regulatory infrastructure. We also secured a new client in Europe for consolidated reporting across capital, liquidity and financial regulatory requirements, highlighting continued momentum across the continent.
We are realizing the benefits from investments we've made in our cloud capabilities as approximately 90% of AxiomSL ACV bookings in Q1 have been for cloud-based solutions. We're also experiencing strong interest in our AI solutions within AxiomSL, including Reg-Copilot, REG Simplify, RegNavigator and REG Investigator, the products we detailed during Investor Day. In surveillance, we delivered strong growth this quarter, supported by upsells and renewals, including a renewal of a global Tier 1 bank.
We are experiencing interest in our crypto surveillance services, both with new clients and upsell opportunities. We are also continuing to invest in our core product to sustain strong client engagement and demand. For example, we recently introduced our calibration copilot, an AI-powered tool that's enabling clients to optimize workflows, reduce false positives and increase accuracy of detection. In the second quarter, we will release our Gen AI platform extension, which connects news and market events to trade data. In beta, this capability has proven to be an effective solution for clients to uncover risks faster and more effectively.
Capital Markets Technology delivered an excellent quarter with strong demand driven by broad-based growth across the sub division. In trade management services, we had outstanding results, driven by robust demand and pricing increases that Sarah will address in her remarks. In Market Technology, we continue to experience momentum in our managed trading services business with a new cloud-hosted trading client for tokenized assets in addition to an expansion of services with several of our large clients.
We also continued progress on the rollout of our Eclipse product suite with 2 significant client implementations for trading and clearing completed in the first quarter. This progress demonstrates the strength and readiness of our modern cloud-enabled platform. Calypso, we delivered 4 new sales, including on cross-sell. One of these wins was a new cloud-based booking for an enterprise-wide derivatives platform with a large U.S. insurance company, supporting the company's broader technology transformation efforts.
Now turning to Market Services. The division delivered 10% organic net revenue growth driven by record volumes in our U.S. markets in both U.S. equity options and U.S. equities as well as elevated volumes in our European markets. We're experiencing strong industry-wide momentum and short-dated options and our market share and volumes align with our established leadership and equity options. We also continue to expand our opportunity within index options with revenue more than doubling year-over-year.
Looking ahead, we're excited to be leading the transition to always-on markets. With SEC approval to extend our market operations to 23-5, we are focused on expanding access, resiliency and continuity for global market participants with the projected launch of December 6, 2026. We are excited to set a new standard for how regulated markets operate in an increasingly global and digital economy.
In parallel, the FCC's approval of our proposal to enable the trading of tokenized securities allows us to enhance how investors access markets and how issuers connect with shareholders. We will continue to collaborate with DTCC and the industry to build the infrastructure needed to launch tokenized equities. Building on this foundation, we're advancing the Nasdaq equity token design that takes modernization a step further by putting issuers at the center of ownership rights. This approach will give issuers greater control over how their shares are represented and managed in tokenized form. As stated in our initial announcement, we expect to provide early benefits of the Nasdaq Token design in the first half of 2027.
Looking ahead, the broader forces shaping the global financial system, including rising complexity, investment in AI and the need for resilient trusted infrastructure continued to reinforce the role that Nasdaq plays at the center of the financial ecosystem. Supported by the scale of our platform and disciplined execution across our priorities, we remain confident in our ability to create durable value for clients as well as long-term value for our shareholders.
And with that, I'll turn the call over to Sarah to walk through our financial results in more detail.
Thank you, Adena, and good morning, everyone. In the first quarter of 2026, Nasdaq delivered exceptional results. headlined by solutions revenue growth of 14%, record financial technology revenue growth of 18% and diluted EPS growth of 21%. The strong performance in the quarter demonstrates the engine of profitable and durable growth we have created and the outstanding execution of our teams, particularly in the context of the volatile macro environment throughout the quarter.
Let's start with quarterly results on Slide 11. We reported net revenue of $1.4 billion, up 13% with solutions revenue of $1.1 billion, up 14%. Operating expense was $608 million, up 8%, leading to an operating margin of 57% and an EBITDA margin of 60%, both up 2 percentage points. This resulted in net income of $549 million and diluted EPS of $0.96, up 21%.
Slide 12 shows the drivers of our 13% net revenue growth for the quarter. We generated 10 percentage points of offer, driven by new and existing clients and product innovation. Meanwhile, beta factors contributed 3 percentage points of growth this quarter, driven by higher overall volumes in market services, onetime items in FinTech, representing just under 1 percentage point of beta and higher volumes in index derivatives.
Let's review division results starting on Slide 14. In capital access platforms, we delivered revenue of $565 million, up 10% with ARR growth of 7%. Data and listings revenue was up 9% in the quarter with ARR up 8%. Data revenue growth was strong and driven primarily by upsells and pricing. Listings revenue benefited from the improving IPO environment, pricing increases and a $2 million onetime benefit from prior period application fees partially offset by delisting and lower amortization of prior period initial listing fees, in line with our previous comments.
Index revenue was up 14% in the quarter, with ARR up 6%, driven by record average ETP AUM of $877 billion. The quarter's performance reflects Index's ability to deliver inputs in a volatile macro environment, including the Nasdaq-100 declining 6% in market performance in the first quarter. ETP AUM reflected $79 billion in net inflows over the last 12 months, including $6 billion in the first quarter. As Adena said, we are encouraged by the momentum of ETP inflows we are experiencing earlier in the second quarter with $15 billion of net inflows as of April 20.
Annual rent based growth was partially offset by a decline in volume-based revenue versus the prior year period, driven by continued mix shift in derivative volumes from higher-priced muni contracts to lower-priced micro and mini contracts due to higher retail volumes and a year-over-year decline in capture. Those factors were partially offset by record derivative volumes, up 9% in the quarter.
In Workflow and Insights, revenue was up 6% in the quarter with ARR growth also at 6%. The revenue increase was driven primarily by analytics, mainly investment and Datalink, with both businesses benefiting from strong sales momentum, client engagement to the platform's AI capabilities and demand for data to power AI. Corporate Solutions revenue was essentially flat, driven by the trends we have previously described. Quarterly operating margin for the division was 62%, up 2 percentage points versus the prior year period.
Moving to Financial Technology on Slide 15. The quarter reflected record revenue and ARR growth. Revenue was $517 million, up 18%, with ARR growth of 16%. Our business continues to experience strong demand across all fintech subdivisions and high levels of client engagement. We had very strong ACV bookings growth of more than 50% in the quarter versus the prior year period, setting a new first quarter bookings record as we executed on our land and expand strategy. 80% of those ACV bookings were cloud-based deals, reflecting our position as the trusted transformation partner to drive modernization for our clients.
The division signed new clients, 85 upsells and 1 cross-sell in the quarter with another cross-sell signed early in the second quarter. Gross sales continue to represent over 15% of the Financial Technology division pipeline with strength across all 3 subdivisions. Financial client management technology revenue grew 21% in the quarter. with AR growth of 17% and net revenue retention of 110%.
We signed 58 new SMB clients in the first quarter compared to 35% in the prior year period with a 24% year-over-year increase in ACV bookings from SMBs. In enterprise, we signed 1 expansion and 2 renewal deals during the quarter as well as 1 new Tier 1 cross-sell and on upsell early in the second quarter. As we discussed last quarter, the sequential revenue improvement in the fourth quarter was primarily driven by professional services fees related to SMB and enterprise client implementations. And as such, we did not expect to maintain those levels over the first half of 2026 based on the implementation timing for deals signed in the second half of 2025.
Regulatory Technologies delivered revenue growth of 12% and ARR growth of 13%. Revenue growth in the quarter reflects strong performance in surveillance and solid growth in AkzoMasel, driven by our successful sales execution as well as sequentially improved professional services revenue, consistent with our previous comments. Capital Markets Technology revenue grew 20% with AR growth of 18%. This quarter's exceptional performance reflects ongoing momentum and broad-based demand across Calypso, Market Technology and trade management services. Specifically, we had strong demand for data center services in trade management services.
A large increase in upfront revenue recognition versus a year ago related to on-prem Calypso deals signed and renewed in the quarter and 2 onetime items which were termination fees related to M&A in Market Tech operators, representing 4 percentage points of capital market tech revenue growth in the quarter. Financial Technology quarterly operating margin was 47%, up nearly 3 percentage points versus the prior year period.
Turning to Market Services on Slide 16. We had record net revenue of $317 million, up 10%. Growth was primarily driven by record market volumes in U.S. equities and U.S. options volumes increasing in European equities and strong volumes in Canadian equities due primarily to market volatility in commodities. We also continued to deliver alpha as reflected in strong revenue growth in index options elevated market share in U.S. equities and U.S. options, strong initial adoption of newly launched short-stated options products and elevated capture in European derivatives. This was partially offset by lower capture in U.S. equities and U.S. options driven by the strong volumes we mentioned in the quarter coming with a mix shift towards lower revenue capture order flow.
We continue to manage effectively the balance between capture and market share while maintaining our strong lead in U.S. equities capture and in U.S. options market share. Quarterly operating margin for the division was 63%, up 2 percentage points versus the prior year period.
Moving to expense on Slide 17. We had operating expense of $608 million in the first quarter, an increase of 8%, driven by investments in people and technology to support revenue and drive innovation and higher compensation costs related to delivering strong revenue performance. The first quarter operating margin was 57%, and the EBITDA margin was 60%, both up 2 percentage points versus the prior year period. We are updating our non-GAAP expense guidance for the year to a range of $2.485 billion to $2.545 billion from $2.455 billion to $2.535 billion. given the strong revenue performance we have experienced year-to-date.
Our updated guidance assumes an FX impact consistent with our previous expectations. Looking ahead, we expect a higher expense growth rate in the second quarter than the first quarter, driven in part by the timing of our annual compensation cycle consistent with the prior year. We maintain our 2026 non-GAAP tax rate guidance of 22.5% to 24.5%.
Turning to capital allocation on Slide 18. Nasdaq generated free cash flow of $629 million in the first quarter and $2.1 billion in free cash flow over the last 12 months at a conversion ratio of 12%. Without the impact of the timing of tax payments, the conversion ratio would have been 108%. We paid a dividend of $0.27 per share or $153 million in the quarter representing a 29% annualized payout ratio. As a reminder, we announced at Investor Day that our Board has approved an increase in our dividend by $0.04 per share to $0.31 per share going forward, which will be reflected in the June payment.
We ended the quarter with a gross leverage ratio of 2.8x within the mid- to high to target we established at Investor Day. We took advantage of market volatility and accelerated our share repurchases. In the first quarter, we repurchased $548 million as compared to a total of $616 million of repurchases in all of 2025. In combination with the dividend, Nasdaq returned over $700 million to shareholders in the first quarter.
In closing, Nasdaq delivered excellent results in a dynamic operating environment. reinforcing our track record of delivering profitable and durable growth across macro cycles. As we highlighted at our Investor Day in February, we are the trusted transformation partner to our clients as they navigate structural shifts in the financial markets and accelerate their AI journey. The exceptional solutions revenue growth and record financial technology performance we delivered in the first quarter are important proof points of the Nasdaq story. They give us the confidence that we are achieving our ambitious strategic objectives and generating long-term value for our investors.
With that, I'll open the call for Q&A.
[Operator Instructions] And I show our first question comes from the line of Bill Katz from TD Cowen.
2. Question Answer
So at the Investor Day, I thought you guys did a great job of just sort of debunking some of the concerns around Agentic AI and it seems like there's some really good stats here this morning as well to that score. So maybe a 2-part question. Number one, can you maybe step back and help us frame out the Agentic AI capabilities for the Nasdaq platform itself? And then secondly, can you unpack some of the growth that you saw in the first quarter from clients just in terms of where you see the greatest uptake around Agentic-AI adoption?
Bill, and when you say -- just so I can understand, when you say the Nasdaq platform itself, are you -- what do you mean? What are you referring to?
So your core business, like your expense structure, innovation, that kind of efficiencies, et cetera.
I just wanted to make sure. Okay, great. I just wanted to make sure we were on the same page. So thank you for the comments and the question. So as we mentioned at Investor Day, we do have an internal program to drive AI adoption within the operations of Nasdaq, and we say that's AI on the business. And we are focused in some key areas, and we have a program in place where we are striving to achieve $100 million of expense efficiencies by the end of 2027 and we also did mention that the majority of that will show up in 2027 because we also are making investments in AI to make sure that we can achieve those efficiencies.
And so as we are focused -- where we're focused is certainly on making sure we're automating key elements of the product development life cycle, making sure we're creating new automations and capabilities for our clients in the client success area in terms of client service, implementations and managing our client interactions as they're working with our systems and our products. And then also, we have other areas across our expert teams, too. We have automation and finance, in marketing, legal, HR, all of those areas have benefits that are coming in from the Gen AI capabilities that we see across the business. It's an exciting time. I have to tell you to understand and tap into the technology and the benefits it can provide.
If I were to highlight on product development, I think the most exciting part of that is our ability to speed up the ability to deliver new capabilities to clients. to use automation to really make sure that the code that we're delivering is really clean. It's fit for purpose. It's really and you can be more creative as a product team, if you know you can deliver things faster. So it's pretty exciting in terms of how we're thinking about the product road maps as well. So hopefully, that answers your question on that.
In terms of the areas where our clients are seeing the most benefit from our AI capabilities, anti-fincrime is a key area because we have so many ways to automate workflows associated with financial crime management in terms of there's a lot of manual work that goes into investigating potential actors to managing on the regulatory reports. And that -- all of that, we have automation tools around. We're now bringing some of those automation tools into the surveillance area and into the AxiomSL regulatory reporting areas. So we're also kind of building once deploying many in terms of the skills that we're learning from these deployments.
And then as we mentioned, AxiomSL, we have some clients that are signing up and going to our cloud-based solutions because we are only offering our AI capabilities through the cloud-based solutions, and they really like the automation that we can bring in from a regulatory reporting perspective. And then in CAP, we have AI deeply embedded in our Boardvantage tool to summarize Board documents and board and also Board agendas to make it so you can auto build board agenda in addition to an IR. So it's kind of everywhere. Some of the products we purposely charge for and some of the products are embedded in the products so that we work with our clients on thinking about the value that they're getting upon renewal.
And I share your next question comes from the line of Alexander Blostein from Goldman Sachs.
I was hoping we can double-click on trends you're seeing in fintech, in particular, in Capital Market stack. Sarah, you highlighted to a couple of drivers this quarter. But given the really strong momentum in ARR even sequentially, I was hoping you can give us a little more detail on where you're seeing the incremental uptake, particularly within cap markets as well as your view for the rest of the year within that segment.
Great. Thank you. So there -- as we mentioned, there's actually good momentum across all 3 elements of the Capital Markets Tech business. We start with trade management services where we offer connectivity services to our clients who trade within the Nasdaq exchanges. There, we're definitely seeing more and more interest in having -- bringing in more connectivity capabilities to make sure that they can manage the volumes in the markets, but also to drive new strategies that they want to execute within our markets.
And so that has been -- and also, as a reminder, we did expand our data center last year. So I think that -- 2 years ago, sorry. So we have more opportunity to offer capabilities to our clients now with the larger data center footprint that we have. But it does -- and we're working on some new innovations within the data center, too, in terms of making some investments in like cooling and other things to really continue to allow our clients to drive new strategies in the markets. So that's exciting. And as Sarah mentioned, and I think I did too, that we did have a pricing increase as well in that business this year.
With regard to Calypso, the key areas that we're really seeing -- we're seeing a lot of demand across the world for 1 thing. The second thing is collateral management, as you know, is one of our strongest modules within Calypso and we definitely are seeing really strong momentum in collateral management demand from our clients. And then I think that within -- and also international, it's really -- we have a lot of demand actually both, I think, domestically and internationally in Calypso. So in market technology, we definitely see a lot of trading opportunities with new asset classes, new areas of new markets that are coming up.
In addition to modernizing our core clientele, we have had really good success and bringing our clients into the next-generation trading and clearing solutions. And then also, we launched an intelligence suite, which we kind of allow our clients, we have it internally. But basically, a modern way for them to manage all their data within their infrastructure. And that's been a really great, I would say, add-on sale to our clients as they're thinking about how they leverage AI they're leveraging us to kind of help them modernize their data management infrastructure.
So those are the areas of demand, Alex, that we're really focused on, and it is driving good momentum. We don't give outlook kind of specifically we give long-term or medium- to long-term outlook. But we are definitely seeing really good demand and momentum across all 3 areas of fintech and Capital Markets day.
And our next question comes from the line of Dan Fannon from Jefferies.
I wanted to expand upon your comments on the strength in data. I think you've mentioned 24/5 and some of the growth internationally from clients. So I was hoping you could just expand a bit upon that and how you see that progressing as we think about the year.
Sure. Well, it's been interesting over the last really 5 to 6 years, we've seen a broad-based increase in demand internationally for Nasdaq's market data. And I think part of it is the fact that there's just more demand for the companies that are listed on Nasdaq and U.S. equities in general from global investors.
The second thing is that retail investors have really kind of grown and expanded around the world, and there's just more accessibility to the U.S. markets by retail investors. And so retail brokerage platforms around the world want to be able to provide real-time access to the market data from our markets. And so all of that has been driving kind of a longer-term trend of global expansion of data. We have though seen some acceleration of that in the last, I would say, a year, so it's not just in this quarter but over the last year, as 23/5 trading in U.S. equities is both there is some trading that already occurs in the dark today.
But as these firms are getting ready for 23/5 trading with lit markets like ours and central transparency, I think they're getting themselves ready to be able to offer those capabilities so they can trade in domestic hours and that is definitely driving more demand for enterprise license deals with our clients around the world.
And I share your next question in the queue comes from the line of Ben Budish from Barclays.
I wanted to ask about index revenues in the quarter they were down a bit sequentially when your volumes are quite good. Average AUM was up. I know there's a dynamic with the CME fee sort of resetting at the beginning of the year, but it looks like the volumes are quite strong. So I'm curious if there's anything else going on in the quarter, if there's any color on the timing of that fee reset and what that means for Q2.
So what we've experienced is a mix shift in futures. And I talked about that as the retail is driving more micro volumes and that at a lower capture than the mini. So that was the main driver. The volume in futures was actually good. And then there is a second, but let's say, smaller driver, which is in a little bit of a continued mix shift, and that's the story we've been telling in the ETP AUM as we go towards a bit more institutional.
And on the reset, I think that definitely, we achieved -- you're right that the fees -- the kind of sharing agreement resets of the year-over-year -- and we saw that we kind of had -- we've now gone to the higher tier as of the end of Q1. So that will come in -- start to come in at a higher level in Q2.
And I share our next question in the queue comes from the line of Owen Lau from Clear Street.
So far your tokenization strategy, could you please give us an updated time line on your tokenized trading capabilities? I know you have 23/5 trading going on, but what are the remaining hurdles you need to cross before you can execute the first 3?
Sure. Well, we are very active in working with DTCC and with the industry can make sure that we're doing this in lockstep and we're doing it in an organized way. I think that DCCC has significant efforts underway, and they have at least expressed an interest in trying to get to that first trade that you mentioned before the end of the year.
So that's, I think, the goal that they have and they're working collaboratively with us as well as with industry players to goes through the whole process, make sure that they're advancing their systems, doing some -- they're going to want to do test trades as they get further into the year and that allows us to be able to get to that, as you said, kind of first trade.
I would say though, it's likely that this will still be an early -- kind of an early phase by the end of the year to make sure that we're -- the end-to-end is working seamlessly. So it's going to be a little while, Owen, but it's -- I mean, we're doing a lot of work together and it's going well so far.
I show our next question comes from the line of Brian Bedell from Deutsche Bank.
Maybe just Adena, you talked about the impact of always on markets, helping data, but can you also talk about the potential impact across your fintech platform as the clients increasingly need to respond to always on, particularly in the Calypso and Capital Markets business. I know we talked about in the past the initial guidance from the Adenza businesses didn't contemplate crypto as much and that's already been a help. To what extent do you see this always on dynamic advancing growth in these businesses?
Yes. So I think that the areas that we're seeing -- we're having a lot of conversations with clients, and in some cases, already clients are signing up for expanded services I would say the first one is surveillance. So even without the established markets being there, they do want to be able to surveil activity, trading activity, if they are, in fact, offering it to clients during the during the international hours that exist today. So that's already driving demand in terms of surveillance clients. also our trading.
So our clients around the world who are other markets who are looking at how do they want to expand their trading hours and really kind of continue to modernize our infrastructure around trading that is driving more demand for our Eclipse trading platform because it is built to be able to support 24/7.
And then the third thing is in Calypso, as you mentioned, collateral management, risk management, capital management, just core trade infrastructure. While Calypso generally supports OTC instruments, there is just a move and desire to make sure that they are able to support collateral management across all their markets and they are connected into both clearing firms and clearing houses. And certainly, the U.S. markets move there. I think that, that's something that they're definitely seeing more demand for collateral management.
And then trade management services within Capital Markets Tech also as firms are thinking about how are they going to be support 23/5 markets themselves, and they want to come in and have more colocation capabilities that's also driving some demand. So those are areas that we are having active dialogue with clients as we prepare for 23/5.
And our next question comes from the line of Michael Cho from JPMorgan.
I just wanted to touch on the index business again. I think one of the benefits you cited in terms of licensing it to BlackRock and State Street is on access to new investors. And so I was wondering what kind of incremental investor segments do you think BlackRock and State Street might provide for Nasdaq?
And then just longer term, how are you thinking about the potential for AUM and product expansion from the index licensing versus any licensing fee changes that might M&A in the coming years. I'm just looking at the evolution of other flagship index providers who have been more susceptible to that than Nasdaq in the past.
Sure. So well, just to touch on the pricing point, just to make sure we're clear, with the new relationships that we have with BlackRock and State Street, the index pricing licensing terms are the same as for QQQ. So that's not changing our pricing paradigm. What we're really focused on with BlackRock and State Street is they have their own unique investor universe. So they have incredible distribution out into the institutional ecosystem as well as broad-based retail investor base. And they complement Invesco, who has been and continues to be an amazing partner to us.
So we're at this point where the Nasdaq-100 is really becoming a core component of an investment strategy. among asset owners, insurance companies. And we want to make sure that we can distribute it out through the channels that they usually use right? So they're not having to -- they can leverage the relationships they already have with BlackRock or State Street in order to get access to these products in a seamless way. And so it does feel like the right next step for us, in a way, a new chapter of growth and expansion for the Nasdaq-100 as we continue to execute on global growth, as well as institutional growth of that index.
It also -- we already do work with State Street and BlackRock and other product areas. So it just kind of continues to -- an evolution of our relationships there. to make sure that we can leverage the strength of their platforms for our flagship product, while we also work with them on new product expansion. In terms of just generally across the index business, we are very fortunate to have an index franchise that's really focused on innovation oriented and thematic indexes that we work really collaboratively with our partners. We use all of our marketing assets to be able to drive distribution and adoption of these products.
And I think the way that we partner with our clients allows us to have a fee base that we feel very confident that we're delivering great value to them, but also value to us. And we would expect that to continue as we launch other new products.
And our next question comes from the line of Elias Abboud from Bank of America.
Anthropic's new Mythos model is expected to post significant cybersecurity risks for financial institutions. So as one of the largest bank software vendors, I was wondering if you previewed Mythos and if you can speak to the extent to which the release poses risks or creates liability for Nasdaq. And then separately, does it create any new opportunities? Is bank cybersecurity an interesting adjacency for you? Or is that too far afield from your current business?
So I'll answer the second question first, which is that there are amazing cyber companies, many of which are listed on Nasdaq that provide very, very advanced cyber capabilities to us and to our bank clients. And we would expect that we will continue to partner with them and we'd expect the banks to continue to partner with them. And speaking of them, we have a lot of engagement with our cyber partners, with our hyperscaler partners with the banks and with the government on how new models are being introduced into the financial industry.
We're very careful in how we bring new models into Nasdaq. We do leverage Bedrock, which is AWS' AI platform infrastructure to support a lot of our AI infrastructure here at Nasdaq as well as we work with Microsoft and like Azure. So we have these great partners that help us make sure that we're protecting ourselves. We do a lot of extra production. And then we will test models extensively before we bring any new models into our infrastructure, we do a lot of testing of models.
So we're not going to just race forward with any new model and bring it in. We do a lot of work first to determine if it's got utility and then to do incredible IT security reviews on it. And then we'll bring it in and determine how it can be best used for our purposes. I also think as these new models come in, there obviously are going to be new protections that both the LLM providers, but also their partners will provide to make sure that they can be brought in securely.
And I show our next question comes from the line of Patrick Moley from Piper Sandler.
Big picture one for me on tokenization. You mentioned the equity token design, putting issuers at the center of ownership rights, governance, investor experience. So is tokenized settlement and 24/5 trading becomes a reality, Adena, I'm wondering if you see this fundamentally transforming the IPO process itself particularly as it relates to expanding global retail access and reducing some of the frictions and costs associated with traditional underwriting. And if so, does this represent any sort of structural opportunity that investors might not be Nasdaq's ability to grow the list.
Yes. So I think the first thing I'd say is there are multiple paths to the public markets today in terms of you can have a direct listing, you can have a SPAC combination, you can have an IPO. So there are choices. In terms of trading and organization changing, I mean, I do think that the nature of securities, I mean, the actual construct of the underlying CUSIP and the technological capabilities that provides are interesting and obviously allow for the free flow of capital allowed potentially for companies to have more direct interaction with investors over time.
But I also think that the IPO process or the go public process is a huge after taking to engage with both institutional and retail investors to make sure that you're unlocking that demand prior to the day that you enter the public markets. And there is value to that process. Whether it's through a direct listing or through an IPO or SPAC combination, that engagement with investors leading up to it, and in some -- certainly, the underwriting for new capital being raised and making sure that you're getting support in the stock in the first few days and weeks of trading, I think, is important.
But I can't say that I think that tokenization has an opportunity to unlock and expand investor reach during that process. It can improve engagement with retail investors as they're going through that process. But I'm not envisioning a fundamental change in the IPO process, I have to say. I think only time will tell if that's an opportunity.
And our next question comes from the line of Jeff Schmitt from William Blair.
You'd mentioned you're working on outcome-related options in Market Services. Would these be similar to prediction market products? And could you just provide some more detail on what you're doing there?
Yes, sure. Yes, they are -- essentially, you can call them outcome-oriented or event options. Think about them as -- and the first one that we are seeking approval from the SEC is an option on predicting the future performance of the Nasdaq 100. So it's some people call binary option, I guess, now, is it going to go up or down kind of thing. And so it is a way to bring the notion of our prediction market construct into a regulated market.
The nice thing is with our options business is it is fully overseen by the SEC, and we have a lot of regulatory controls in place. We're working with OCC, which is the clearing house to make sure that we think about the risk models around it and the margin models so that we can kind of introduce the notion of, what I would call, entry-level options into a marketplace that has a regulatory framework that's very well established. So it is our first effort in that area.
And I share our next question comes from the line of Ashish Sabadra from RBC Capital Markets.
Very strong ACV momentum in Verafin and you also talked about the Tier 1 plant signed in 2Q. My question was, can you talk about the pipeline for Tier 1, Tier 2 clients. And just a follow-up there would be, as we think about these implementations going live, is it fair for us to assume that we start getting the ARR growth back into the midterm range as we get into the back half of the year?
Great. Thank you. Well, actually, as Sarah had mentioned, with a lot of the signings that we had in the latter half of last year. So our momentum in enterprise signings really picked up as we went through last year, we had, I think, more than double -- it's not triple the number of signings last year versus the prior year. But a lot of it has happened in the second half. So -- and we don't recognize ARR in the clients until they're fully implemented. So we are still in implementation mode for a fair number of those clients in addition to obviously, anything we signed in the first quarter.
So we do anticipate that the benefits of those deals will start to flow in later in this year. I think the second thing is that our pipeline is very strong. We have amazing engagement across a wide range of clients either in POC where they're testing us or in contract negotiation or we're having really just good dialogue with them as you're thinking about modernizing their [ ASC ] capabilities. So the pipeline is strong. The activity and the signings have been very strong, and we're excited to start to show the benefit of that as we implement the clients.
And I show our next question comes from the line of Alex Kramm from UBS.
Just wanted to come back quickly on the capital markets disclosures that Sarah gave on those cancellations. So first of all, is that fully in the run rate? Or is that still coming out of I think you mentioned a 4% onetimer. So does that mean that maybe there's a 1% headwind to growth? Or maybe you can just size up what kind of headwind that is? And then overall, as we think longer term with the expectation that bank M&A may be picking up, do you expect to see more of these? Or do you think these are kind of like onetime events here or unusual events.
Yes. So I would say that the impact going forward is actually not very much that the 4 percentage points you have very correct, which is that is a positive this quarter which we have put on as described as M&A related. It's a of market operators, which is really different than bank M&A. And so we're not seeing very much of that happening. It just so happens that we had that hit this quarter. And those have been a long time in coming in terms of like our awareness of them. So we're not seeing a sequence of those as a trend at all.
And I think Sarah also, the termination fees are not commensurate with the actual ACV value. It's different. So the ACV value of these as they're going to come out of ARR is quite modest versus the termination fees that we received as a result of the changes.
And I share our last question in the queue comes from the line of Michael Cyprys from Morgan Stanley.
Just wanted to ask about 23/5 trading that's expected to launch. I heard you mentioned on December 6. I was hoping could update us on the steps that you're taking between now and then, how do you see this rolling out? What sort of milestones do you anticipate in the first year. We also hear some hesitation from certain market participants out there, some hesitation just around including around potentially limited liquidity in the overnight session. So I guess, just what sort of steps are you taking to address some of those concerns out there?
Sure. So in terms of -- I'll actually take the last question first. I would say anytime that you have change in the industry, there are people who are excited about it and people who get nervous about it. That's just -- I think that's actually quite healthy because you want to make sure that you're thinking through concerns as you're trying to progress the market. Today, if you look at the volumes that occur today.
So we operate from 4:00 a.m. to 8 p.m., our systems are open for trading during that period of time outside of our hours. So from 8 p.m. to 4 a.m. U.S. time, the -- there is about 2% of volumes is occurring today. So 2 percentage points of volume. So there is volume occurring outside the hours of operations for our business. So we are excited to be able to tap into that demand that market activity, but also to really use the infrastructure that we're putting in place and that the industry is putting in place to make sure we can grow that.
And so what we're doing is making sure that as we go forward, as of December not only is Nasdaq launching its venue, but the tape has announced that they're launching the consolidated tape to be -- make it so that all national best bid in offer and less sale will be available. Obviously, our market data will be available. And so you'll have a more market environment. You'll also have -- we also have MarketWatch, expanding our hours of Market Watch, expanding hours of our market operations team, our tech ops, our network ops, all of those organizations will be expanded to make sure we can we can support the clients that are coming in and trading across the globe.
And then we also will make sure that as we launch that we have a lot of investor education. We want to make sure that we're working with retail brokers and through the -- when we make a sale of our market data, we often work with them also on education and other things that they can do to promote and make sure that their investors are ready to be able to trade our securities. So it's a holistic effort, and we would expect over time, but I also would say it's an evolution, not a revolution to see expansion of investor interest across the globe to have the opportunity to trade in their home hours and to have liquidity throughout the 23-hour period.
I would point out that the Nasdaq futures, Nasdaq-100's futures trades 24/5 today. So the idea of being able to trade in the future, trade the ETFs and trade the underlying all in domestic hours for that -- for those stocks is exciting, but it is going to be offered to every stock across the U.S. equities market. So I see it as a natural next step here, but it will take time to make it so that there's a lot of penetration.
That concludes our Q&A session for today. I would now like to turn the conference back over to Adena Friedman, President and CEO, for closing remarks.
Great. Well, thank you very much. We are very pleased with the performance and momentum across Nasdaq as we execute our strategy to modernize markets power the innovation economy and build trust in the financial system. Thank you very much for joining the call, and have a great day.
This concludes today's conference call. Thank you for participating. You may now disconnect. Goodbye.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Nasdaq — Q1 2026 Earnings Call
Nasdaq — Q1 2026 Earnings Call
📊 Quartal auf einen Blick
- Umsatz: $1,4 Mrd (+13% YoY)
- ARR: Annualized Recurring Revenue (ARR) $3,2 Mrd (+12% YoY)
- Betriebsergebnis: $799 Mio (+17%); Aufwendungen $608 Mio (+8%)
- Ergebnis je Aktie: $0,96 (+21%)
- Margen: Operative Marge 57%, EBITDA-Marge 60% (je +2 Prozentpunkte)
💬 Was das Management sagt
- Plattformstrategie: Fokus auf „One Nasdaq“ – cross‑sell, cloud- und AI‑Funktionen treiben Land‑&‑Expand bei Bestandskunden.
- FinTech‑Momentum: Financial Technology: Rekordwachstum +18% Revenue, 80% der ACV‑Deals cloudbasiert; starke Bookings (>50% ACV‑Wachstum).
- Marktinnovation: Always‑on (23/5) Marktbetrieb geplant; Tokenisierung vorangetrieben, frühe Nutzenversprechen H1 2027.
🔭 Ausblick & Guidance
- Kostenführung: Non‑GAAP‑Aufwandsbandbreite aktualisiert auf $2,485–2,545 Mrd (vorher $2,455–2,535 Mrd); Q2 höhere Aufwandsdynamik erwartet (Jahreszyklus Vergütung).
- Steuern & Cash: Non‑GAAP Steuerquote 22.5–24.5%; FCF Q1 $629 Mio, 12% Conversion (bereinigt 108%).
- Kapitalrückfluss: Quartalsdividende steigt auf $0,31 (wirksam Juni); Rückkäufe Q1 $548 Mio; Bruttohebel 2,8x.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Agentic‑AI: Management erläuterte breite interne und Produkt‑Einsätze; Ziel von $100 Mio Effizienz bis Ende 2027; Agentic‑AI bei >500 Kunden im Einsatz.
- FinTech‑Pipeline: Starke Enterprise‑Signings; Umsatzwirkung verschiebt sich durch Implementierungs‑Timing in H2; Verafin‑Wachstum und SMB‑Bookings betont.
- 23/5 & Tokenisierung: Launch 23/5 geplant für 6. Dez 2026; Zusammenarbeit mit DTCC/Branchenpartnern, erste Trades als frühe Phase erwartet; Token‑Vorteile H1 2027 erwartet.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Fazit: Sehr starke operative Dynamik: hohes organisches Wachstum, robuste Margen und deutliches FinTech‑Momentum. Risiken bleiben in Implementierungs‑Timing, regulatorischer Einführung von 23/5 und Tokenisierungs‑Rollout. Kapitalrückfluss (Dividende + Rückkäufe) unterstreicht Aktienrückgabe an Aktionäre.
Nasdaq — BofA Securities 2026 Information & Business Services Conference
1. Question Answer
I'm Elias Abboud, Craig Siegenthaler and I cover U.S. exchanges here at BofA. And I'm pleased to be joined on stage by the CFO of Nasdaq, Sarah Youngwood.
With 4,500 companies on its exchange, Nasdaq is the largest listing venue in the United States. It is, of course, a leader in both stock and options trading. But since 2017, it has been in the midst of a strategic pivot to being a scaled technology and info services provider.
Today, nearly 80% of Nasdaq's revenue is from nontrading businesses. This includes indexing, data, corporate services, marketplace technology, regulatory reporting and financial crime management technology.
Sarah was appointed CFO in 2023. Before coming to Nasdaq, she was the CFO for UBS, where she played a key role in modernizing the bank's infrastructure and facilitating the acquisition of Credit Suisse. She also has 25 years of experience at JPMorgan, where she was -- she held senior roles in investment banking and Investor Relations and as the CFO of Chase and JPMorgan Chase's technology unit. Sarah, thank you for joining us.
Thanks for having me.
So Sarah, I think it's safe to say that AI will be the topic of the day. So let's start there. At the Investor Day, you went through many areas of the business where Nasdaq is using AI today. At this point, it seems like almost every Nasdaq product has an agentic worker. So my question is, what's next? How much runway is left? How much more is there for Nasdaq to do with AI?
Thank you. And yes, it is a very important topic. So what's very important for us is we started early. We did, as you say, put it really across our products. We are very well architected for it, and it's just starting. And so if I go through those points, we started early. We've talked about the cloud 12 years ago. Adena talked about data also 12 years ago, and then AI 10 years ago. So that's like a great foundation because we're not just getting started now in terms of like the foundation, but more in terms of the client adoption.
We've done it right. So when you think about what we've done, we've done it at scale in a resilient way, and we've done it with network effort and effect to actually deliver value to clients. So you remember that page, which many people have referred to in our Investor Day presentation where we talked about the gold standard data, the hyper resilience, the domain expertise, the connectivity, the ROIC to client and all of those elements together actually create our Gen AI differentiation.
So when you take all of that, you then put it in all of the products, you end up with a lot of differentiation, which enables you to earn the title of trusted transformation partner of our clients. And this is really an earned position, not something that you can actually want if you don't have it. And so when you take all of that, then you go like, is there more? And we think there's a lot more.
A stat that we used is that 89% of our clients have Gen AI somewhere in their infrastructure, but only 7% really have fully deployed Gen AI. So we're just at the beginning of helping our clients go through that journey.
And if you look at it in SAM, we have a $38 billion service addressable market that's growing at 9%. So again, tons of opportunities. And one of the things that I said at Investor Day is that, in fact, we think that, that SAM is going to continue to borrow from the TAM as a lot of our financial institutions clients use some of the spend that was dedicated to people towards vendor spend, i.e. working with people like Nasdaq.
So we feel very well positioned. We feel we have a right to win, and we are really excited about the path forward.
How are you monetizing AI use cases in your data business? Are you selling any data directly to the big LLMs like Gemini and ChatGPT and Claude?
So without being specific, about what we do with whom, we have a very long history of selling our data to intermediaries that then get it to the consumer. So you have our data, for example, in your Apple phone and in many, many other places. And we have already done that with an AI-powered search company.
The reason why we do that well is, first of all, because we have really a very long experience in doing so. We are not putting in place the controls, the parameters, the governance, the trackability now to prepare for Gen AI. So what we -- and Nelson talked about like we have a patrol, like we really have very good governance to make sure that we have controls around what governance, what usage and is trackable. And what's great is it's real-time data.
So once you have it, it's really valuable for a very, very short amount of time. And so you need to respect the contract in some ways because otherwise, we would stop having that contract. So it's something that's important and something that we do well and something that we're excited to continue to do and amplify.
Can you talk about what Gen AI has meant for your anti-financial crime unit? So this month, the World Economic Forum warned that AI is supercharging a global fraud crisis. What has that meant for demand?
Yes. So lots of problems, lots of demand. So you're mentioning an important report. We did our own view and analysis since 2023, we've seen 19% growth in the problem. So we had talked about $3.5 trillion. Now we're talking about $4.4 trillion of issues related to financial crime in the world. So we've got a lot that we can help to address, and we've been very well equipped to do that.
If you start 20 years ago, which is where Verafin started with a consortium approach, all in the cloud and all with AI. So like that's just like remarkable that they had that intuition 20 years ago. You end up today with over 2,760 banks with $11 trillion in assets with up to $1.8 billion in transactions per week. And you have data that ranges small banks and large banks. And actually, that's really the key because fosters are going to be mixed in their approach between the small banks and the large banks.
So having that scale, that variety is what gives us a very, very strong asset. And because it's consortium-based, you can't buy that data. There is no other way to get that data than to do business with Verafin, which means that we've had a lot of business done. 2,760, just since our acquisition, we've added 750 clients, included 22 on the enterprise front. And then we've put Gen AI because from AI, we had the data, I would say, very well organized to be able to do Gen AI. And we've been at the forefront of doing that, and therefore, we are continuing to catch the opportunities to help our clients.
Zooming out, you reiterated your mid-20s guide for AFC at the Investor Day. That's a business that's grown revenues, 22%, 2 years in a row. What gives you confidence in a reacceleration?
Yes. So when you look at it, I just talked about Gen AI. That's a component of it. And so when you're thinking about agentic AI, we've got 2 agentic workers that are already in the market. We've got 6 that are in design, and we are focused on continuing to accelerate that value for our clients. And so we have engagement with our clients, 350 clients engaging with us. We've got the ability to really work with them to identify the most important pain points, and where our workers are going to be most effective, efficient at reducing their costs, therefore, driving an ROIC and the ability to drive value. So that's the first thing. Gen AI.
Partnerships, you've heard from our partnership on BioCatch and on FIS. And then the growth in enterprise as well internationally. And so enterprise, I just mentioned 22 enterprise clients, and the acceleration is really what's going to be important here. We've got 9 of those that were last year, and that's 4x more both in terms of number and ACV, what we had the year before. And so it does take 9 to 12 months to come through the numbers. And so with a little bit of patience, you're going to start to see towards the end of the year, the impact of the signings that we had last year.
And then in international, we've got this POC that has been very fruitful with 30% less false positives. So again, that gives us a freehold in one part of Europe and then continuing in other places.
At Calypso, your #1 competitor is spreadsheets and proprietary software. Now with Gen AI, spreadsheets seem to have become a lot smarter and proprietary software a lot easier to build. What is the impact on Calypso's competitive positioning from Gen AI?
Yes. So if I take a step back, Calypso is across 250 clients and 60-plus countries and provides your pre-trade, trade, collateral management, treasury infrastructure. And that's a complex critical mission to solve. And we do a lot of things there, which basically puts us in a position where we believe actually that the more complicated it is, the better it is because yes, spreadsheets can be amplified. But if you are effectively implementing trade, capital markets are going to need data, data and insights, insights and connectivity.
And that data, sometimes resources from like 50 systems within the company. And then the connectivity is really across the entire markets in all of those countries. And it's because we have very deep understanding that's based on collective intelligence of the data sets that we're dealing with, that we're able to really fine-tune the risks that enables us to basically help our clients and what's important to them, which is add value to their business, add returns while managing the risks and the regulations.
What do you view as the biggest moats around that Calypso business?
Yes. So basically, back to what I was saying, it's the ability to have data lineage, into, call it, 50 -- up to 50 financial systems, then connectivity. And if you add to that, the intelligence. So that data is really not just taken as such and not even just lineage and calculated, but then it's helped to understand like a bond has characteristics, it can have credit characteristics.
Now all of those things are amplified by all of the value, the millions of data points that we have had over the years to help to drive the right decisions to help to do that within a risk appetite that is defined and to help to then also have that sometimes daily liquidity reporting back to the regulators. So it's one thing to have that collective intelligence. But in addition, it's embedded, it's system of record, and it's connected.
Let's talk about your oldest business.
Yes.
Cash equities, you had 31% year-over-year volume growth in 2025. In the past 20 years, that growth rate is surpassed only by the pandemic and the financial crisis. How much of that strength do you feel is driven by structural factors?
Yes. So I love the question. If I take a step back, Market Services last year was 17% growth. And in equities, not only do we have a fantastic structural growth, which is driven by retail. But we also have the ability to be ahead of competitors. And so we have 74% more capture than the #2 in 2025 in equities.
I felt pretty good about that. And why is that structural? What's structural about it is it did start wit's the pandemic and with people doing more on equities. But then the ecosystem has really built upon itself, and we've seen really very steady growth and also pretty sustainable growth as we went through, I wouldn't call them real cycles since the pandemic, but many cycles. And then you go towards the future and you look at 2035 which should come towards the end of this year or the second half at least.
And we are continuing to feed that demand because now you have equities participation from the rest of the world into the U.S. ecosystem. And when you look at where we are positioned with 52% of the trading volumes and 56% of the U.S.-domiciled companies on capital markets in the U.S., we are extremely well positioned continue to have that strong capture and that strong share in a growing environment.
You filed for regulatory approval for tokenized equities?
Yes.
What types of firms are demonstrating interest so far? And when do you expect a launch date?
Yes. So we're looking at -- and we did -- and we're very pleased to get the SEC approval for the 8 stocks. So you take the MAG7 and then you add Broadcom. And then in addition to that, we had the Bitcoin ETF that is traded on Nasdaq. So those are where we started, and we've started very intentionally with a group that's super liquid and where we can do it in a very responsible way. And what has been really great about that is that it has been a little bit over a month at this point. But when you look at the volumes we have had, those volumes have actually been additive.
So when you look at it over that short but relevant period of time, we've got net volume additivity. And I was talking about our lead in terms of like equities for capture. But in options, our lead versus the #2 is really on market share. We have a 5 percentage point lead in market share. And when you take that and you say, okay, but does that hold? In fact, in those very short-term options, we've seen a share that is at or above our regular market share of options, which is at that 5 percentage point lead.
Got it. And what does the product development road map look like from here? When should we expect more 0 DTE symbols, Tuesday, Thursday options?
Yes. So we are very intentional. We want to go slowly. We want to make sure that what we do is a very intentional, responsible. And therefore, we are going to make sure that we see the indicators that we want to see. And you're right. If we see those indicators, which are net additive volume, as I just mentioned, that is starting and good feedback from retail, from the SEC, from the other interactors in the market, then we are certainly open-minded to doing more, and it could take, as you said, the form of more symbols or Tuesday, Thursday.
Got it. And where do we stand on the tokenization of cash equities proposal?
Yes. So that is something which is brand new as we were just discussing before going on stage. And since Investor Day, i.e., just this week, we announced that we are going to help the issuers be at the center of the tokenization topic. And we think it's really important to put the issuer at the center. And so our -- we are announcing that we are going to have a tokenization form for equities that will enable the issuer to be in control of its ownership rights to connect with investors to have transparency and to have governance.
And what we're doing is taking a trend which has so far not been issuer-driven, and it's our role in the market to do 2 things: preserve integrity, liquidity, transparency and make sure that we do things that are consistent with regulation. That's the first part. Second part, doing it with the issuers at the center connected to the investors. And so we think it does exactly that, and it helps to connect the fiat world with the tokenized world, and we'll work with industry participants to make sure that we can add effectively services and leveraging the composability of the tokenization.
Got it. And can you refresh us on the listings backdrop? How big is the pipeline? Where does that stand?
Yes. So if you look at where we were a year ago, we had a very strong pipeline, and we already had actually a pretty active market. When you then -- and at that point, we were for the seventh year in a row, we're the lead in terms of the proceed raised. We had the largest IPO, and we also had the largest transfer. So we feel very good about the positioning as we enter.
Then we have a very strong pipeline. It's a very diverse pipeline also, both in terms of size, including some extraordinary companies that are thinking potentially of tapping the markets, but also in different industries. And so we feel really good on that, that pipeline is there and that the private capital that has been supporting the markets is very eager to catch opportunities in the public market. We've seen activity at this beginning of the year, although the activity is probably more to come than what we have seen, given some of the volatility that we have experienced.
And how much of the pipeline is software? Just so we can get a sense of the sensitivity around that recent AI-related sell-off in the software space?
Yes. So we think of it as a small part of the pipeline, call it, 10%. And so it's not like going to be material to Nasdaq. We obviously think that it's important for all of our issuers to be rightly valued for the value that they bring to their shareholders. But from a specific pipeline point of view or impact to the financials of Nasdaq, it's not material.
Got it. And bringing us to a close, Sarah, with another look toward the future, what opportunities get you most excited over the medium term?
Yes. So in some ways, we've talked about a really broad range of things, and I tend not to say I'm more excited about this than about that. What's really exciting to me. is that we have structural change on the horizon, whether it is the structural financial markets, whether it's Gen AI. And those 2 things are accelerants for a company like Nasdaq that is extremely well positioned to win in this environment.
We believe that because we are a trusted transformation partner, and we have positioned ourselves very intentionally so to be that trusted transformation partner, we are able to capitalize on those 2 vectors of growth, in that $38 billion SAM that I talked about, and have a growth of 9% to 12% in solutions. That's a growth that we've proven in 4 of the last 5 years and that we're very, very well positioned to execute. And once you have that durable growth, you add the financial discipline, which we believe is also very important, whether it's expense, whether it's free cash flow generation, whether it's capital allocation to add value to shareholders. And so I think that there's nothing better than adding value to shareholders.
Perfect. And thank you for joining us, Sarah. This has been great.
Excellent. Thank you, Eli.
Thanks so much.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Nasdaq — BofA Securities 2026 Information & Business Services Conference
🎯 Kernbotschaft
- Kern: Nasdaq stellt sich als technologie‑ und datengetriebener Dienstleister dar: ~80% der Umsätze stammen laut Vortrag aus Nicht‑Trading‑Geschäften. Ziel: als "trusted transformation partner" mit Gen‑AI‑Funktionalität Kunden beim Umstieg auf automatisierte, datengetriebene Prozesse zu begleiten.
⚡ Strategische Highlights
- Gen‑AI‑Roadmap: Nasdaq hat früh in Cloud, Daten und KI investiert; viele Produkte enthalten bereits agentische Worker, nur ~7% der Kunden haben Gen‑AI komplett ausgerollt.
- AFC/Verafin: Anti‑Financial‑Crime (AFC) skaliert über Verafin: 2.760 Banken, $11 Bio Assets abgedeckt; Gen‑AI reduziert False Positives (Beispiel: −30% in einem PoC).
- Tokenisierung & Listings: SEC‑Zulassung für erste 8 tokenisierte Aktien; Pilotvolumen additiv; starke Listings‑Pipeline, Software‑Deals nur ~10% des Pipelines.
🆕 Neue Informationen
- Konkretes: Management kündigte ein "issuer‑centric" Tokenization‑Framework an (Issuer kontrollieren Governance/Ownership). Genauer Launch‑Zeitpunkt nicht genannt; erste tokenisierte Symbole laufen bereits und zeigen additive Volumenwirkung.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Monetarisierung: Nachfrage, ob Daten direkt an große Large‑Language‑Model‑Anbieter (z.B. Gemini/ChatGPT) verkauft werden – Antwort: verkauft an Intermediäre, Governance/Trackability sind zentral, keine Kunden‑Namen genannt.
- Wachstumshebel AFC: Kritische Nachfrage zur Reaccelerierung: Management nennt Gen‑AI, Partnerschaften (BioCatch, FIS) und Enterprise‑Wins (22 Enterprise‑Kunden) als Treiber; Wirkung braucht 9–12 Monate.
- Wettbewerb Calypso: Frage nach Bedrohung durch intelligente Spreadsheets; Antwort: Komplexität und Daten‑/Konnektivitätsbedarf bleiben Moat, weil Calypso als System‑of‑Record eingebettet ist.
📌 Bottom Line
- Fazit: Das Management zeichnet ein klares Technologie‑Narrativ: Nasdaq verschiebt den Schwerpunkt weg vom reinen Marktplatz hin zu daten‑ und KI‑basierten Lösungen mit wachsendem, adressierbarem Markt ($38 Mrd SAM, 9% Wachstum). Für Aktionäre bedeutet das: strukturelles Wachstumspotenzial jenseits des Handels, aber Umsatzwirkung neuer Initiativen braucht Zeit und Proof‑Points (Client‑Adoption, regulatorische Signale, PoC‑Ergebnisse).
Nasdaq — 47th Annual Raymond James Institutional Investor Conference
1. Question Answer
Good morning, everybody. We'll go ahead and get started here. I am Patrick O'Shaughnessy, Capital Markets Technology analyst here at Raymond James. And presenting this morning, we have Nasdaq. And on their behalf, we have Chief Strategy Officer, Jeremy Skule. Format is just going to be a Q&A fireside chat. So with that, Jeremy, welcome.
Thank you. Good to see you.
So it's great to have you here. It's your first time attending the event. So maybe just to start out, can you share your background and your role with Nasdaq?
So I joined NASDAQ 14 years ago. I joined to basically turn around their brand and reputation at a particular moment, led marketing for them. I also rebuilt the marketing function, go-to-market strategy and the whole tech stack. From there, I took over the strategy function. We introduced a new strategic framework. We codified the vision and direction the company is going to move in, worked on some new capital allocation processes and procedures, targeting some new growth vectors and then about 1.5 years ago, added to the Verafin financial crime management team and had the fortunate opportunity to work with all the great people, part of that business, and I am Executive Chairman of the Financial Crime practice as well.
Lot of hats to wear.
It's a lot of hats. It's a lot of fun.
So Nasdaq refers to itself as the trusted fabric of the world's financial system. You're the Chief Strategy Officer. Can you talk about how that role for Nasdaq extends across the company's 3 segments?
Absolutely. So we talked about really 3 pillars. One is modernizing markets; two, driving the innovation economy; and three, building financial integrity and trust into the system. And so when you think about our 3 divisions of Capital Access Platforms, when you think about our scaled Financial Technology division and you think about our Market Services division, that is what we are doing and focused on to become the trusted fabric of the financial system. And all of that wraps up in an awesome $86 billion TAM that we are going after. And so it's a huge opportunity. The team is very focused around this concept of the trusted fabric and ensuring we deliver on that for our clients.
A recurring topic during last week's Investor Day was how the 3 segments operate as One Nasdaq and how that translates to flywheels throughout the organization. What are some of those examples?
Yes. So I'll give you some that we talked about at Investor Day, and I'll just give you some other anecdotes that I think are super interesting about how our business operates. So certainly, the listings business, 7 consecutive years of most capital raise than our competitor. We have the largest switch in history in Walmart. All of that fuels our trading business, our index business. When you have the most innovative companies that are part of your index, you tend to attract great capital flows, and we've certainly demonstrated that. Our mission-critical nature of our technology, the synergies that exist across the Fintech division and what we provide our clients. We now have some of the largest banks and brokers in the world asking us what more can you do for us? And so we have a scaled financial technology division that is delivering risk, financial crime, surveillance, et cetera, to all the banks.
And then third area is really what's coming in terms of 23/5 tokenization. Those represent phenomenal opportunities for us to bring new international participants into our markets to reduce fragmentation of liquidity around the globe and then also for our data business represents a significant opportunity to grow that franchise. The anecdotes of this, I would say, are interesting to me just in the way Nasdaq works.
So when you think about our Market Services and Trading business, it is a scaled Nordic business, and we also have a financial technology sales operation that is scaled in Europe. Those relationships have been instrumental in opening doors for our financial crime business to go into Europe. Similarly, when you talk about One Nasdaq, we are scaled financial crime business in North America with 2,700-plus clients. When our listings business wants to spend time with small to midsized banks that are listed on Nasdaq or possibly going to list or transfer to Nasdaq, we leverage the Verafin relationships to create scaled opportunities for our listings franchise. So that is how One Nasdaq works. It is really a phenomenal one approach to delivering for our clients.
Very interesting. A key goal for Nasdaq has been driving resilient growth that can persist across various macro cycles. Can you drill down a bit into how that manifests itself at Nasdaq?
Absolutely. So one of the things that I really appreciate about the Nasdaq platform is the balance of the business. So when you see volatility in the markets and you may see, okay, some extreme volatility could impact possibly a slowdown in corporate activity. But usually, during that time, we are seeing phenomenal performance on the trading side of the business. And so there's a balance there.
And then what we've realized in this amazing fintech business that we've established is mission-critical technologies are durable across cycles. And we saw that across Liberation Day, and we're seeing that today, too, that these are just businesses and products that people need and want regardless of macro cycles. And so we feel really good about the balance and durability of the model that we've built, and that's what gave us a lot of confidence to raise the medium-term outlook on solutions.
Nasdaq has some businesses that can be intensely competitive, listings, which you mentioned earlier, equities and options exchanges, even some areas probably within financial technology. Why is Nasdaq winning competitively pretty consistently throughout the organization?
Yes. I would say it starts with our people, like we love to compete. And over the last decade plus, as you know, Patrick, we've seen competitors come in on listings. We've seen competitors come in on trading of equities and options. We've seen emerging fintech start-ups. We've seen all of it, and we have had success through those competitive influxes. And it's just our people love to compete.
Our products are extremely competitive. And we feel really good when we look across and you see you've got a phenomenal market services business that has more organic opportunity in front of it than I've seen. You've got a fintech business where we've got -- I think it was 1/2 of our top 300 clients are only using one product. So phenomenal opportunity there. And when you look at the listings business, the index business and our data business, they are the envy of the industry. So we've got great people, great businesses and great assets to compete.
A big theme in the conference this year has been how software and service providers may or may not face a disruptive threat from AI. I think that was a topic that Nasdaq addressed quite well last week, pointing to several aspects of your businesses that create a competitive moat. Can you touch on some of those attributes that you think are most important?
Yes. I mean, for those of you that saw the Investor Day, we had sort of like 6 attributes and then where each product kind of fit on the scale of extremely differentiated to moderately differentiated. And when you look at our product portfolio, the vast majority are extremely differentiated products. And we spent a lot of time doing analysis on these products to make sure that we could come across as credible to our investors in this analysis. And when you look at, for instance, one of the attributes was gold source data. And when -- obviously, I work with the financial crime business quite closely, our consortium data set is unmatched. It's unparalleled. And it is really, really delivering a phenomenal work product to our clients.
So it's a give-get model. And the more clients we sign up, the better the algorithms get in rooting out fraud. So we've added 700-plus clients in the 5 years that we've owned Verafin, and the model has improved dramatically. So we feel really good about that set of golden source data, and there's other products. Then you talk about like -- I'm just going to give some examples, embedded workflow and embedded subject matter expertise. And when I think about Calypso, that is a product that is extremely embedded with our clients that we bring a tremendous amount of insights to a tremendous amount of know-how and that is embedded into the product.
And then the mission-critical nature of our technology. When you think about our market technology franchise, we are running and building capital market ecosystems all over the world. But I would say that's universal in terms of the nature of our technology franchise that we build. And then you talk about secure and resilience. Obviously, when you think about security that's critical to any exchange operation, and we are able to bring that level of exchange-grade security to all of our products. And then obviously, if you're delivering for your clients, you're delivering a high level of return on investment.
And we highlighted last week several examples of delivering extremely high levels of return on investment. But in that chart, we talked about 2x return on investment, and that was something that every product in our portfolio is delivering on and well above. So this is something we're extremely passionate about. We feel like we've got a product set that is, as you highlighted, Patrick, phenomenal attributes that insulate us from any AI threats. And in fact, as Adena talked about during her presentation, we started our AI journey almost a decade ago. So we are well versed in building this technology into our product road maps and understand what it takes to make sure that our products are protected.
And then again, as you kind of building off of that point, so you also spoke last week about how your cloud capabilities and your unique data position Nasdaq to drive innovation with AI itself. What are 2 or 3 areas where you're already monetizing AI?
Yes. So one that's near and dear to my heart is the agentic workforces that we've rolled out in our financial crime business. We rolled out an enhanced due diligence agentic workforce and a sanctioned screening workforce. We have seen phenomenal interest and uptick amongst our clients. Over 350 clients are already using the product. But it will be a process as people get comfortable using agentic workforces, as risk departments get comfortable bringing this technology into the institutions. But it has been a phenomenal, phenomenal reaction from the client base. And I think it also speaks volumes about the opportunity set when you have a scaled client base that trusts your products and services, how quickly you can scale new products and initiatives into that client base.
So that is a process that we started with sort of a freemium model where they get a certain amount of usage and then we'll move into charging separately, which will be new for the financial crime business. And then we're going to take that technology and we're going to look at our surveillance business, where we're processing 1 trillion transactions a day across 200-plus countries and say, okay, if we're going to leverage agentic across these workforces, how do we take what Verafin is doing and move it into our surveillance product areas. So there's a lot of opportunity for monetization in the future. And then just so everyone's aware, we hold regular product road map reviews at Nasdaq. And within those product reviews, we are looking at the road map and how we are embedding AI technology, how we are building agentic workforces into that product road map, so we stay competitive and are delivering products that deliver for our clients.
So the AI-driven market sell-up has led to Nasdaq being aggressive recently in its share repurchase efforts. But is it also perhaps making or providing some attractive valuations as you contemplate potential tuck-in acquisitions? And related to that, as you're looking at potential M&A, you guys have kind of rolled out large-scale M&A. Kind of what's a broad framework for how you are thinking about things?
Yes. So we are extremely focused on organic growth. We've got a $38 billion SAM that's growing quite nicely, and we feel really good about the opportunity on the organic growth front. And so that is the focus today. As we think about doing potential bolt-ons, considerations would include -- does it enhance our product? Does it deliver in something as we evaluate buy versus build, is this something that we definitely feel like we can't buy? Is it additive to our financial profile? Is it something that is a cultural fit within Nasdaq? So those are the things that we are going to look at as we look on bolt-on. But I would just say this, the organic path in front of us is very real and meaningful, and that tends to be the focus right now.
Makes sense. Tokenization and always-on markets were another key topic of your Investor Day. What's a realistic time line for 24/5 trading and tokenized equities to receive SEC approval and start gaining market adoption?
Yes. It's a great opportunity in front of us. And I think when you talk to people that have been in and around the markets, they will say this is a moment in time for sure where markets are fundamentally changing and evolving. We have said that -- we see this as a second half of 2026 opportunity for 23/5. Tokenization will also take time, but we are actively engaged. And what is unique, I think, in what Nasdaq can do is we can represent the entire market. We can represent issuers and investors and bring together solutions that are compelling to both. And so that's what we're focused on doing in a regulated environment. We see this as a big opportunity certainly for our data business. We see this as an opportunity for our trading business, and we see this as something that we can bring to our issuers as another consideration for them as well. But this will take time to evolve. It definitely will.
If I can just drill down on there real quick. So you said like it's an offering that you can provide to issuers as well. Is this something that issuers are coming to you right now and saying, "Hey, this is an opportunity that we want to have better dialogue with our investors?" Or is this kind of still kind of to be determined in terms of what their attitudes about it would be?
I would say it's -- they're curious, but it's to be determined what their attitudes will be. And we want to do this when and if we do this in an issuer-friendly way.
Makes sense. Another current event topic is event contracts. And it sounds like Nasdaq is looking to get into that space via binary options contracts. How do you think about the opportunity to build a competitive moat in that space as well as the potential revenue opportunity?
So it's interesting. So we are going to do this, as you saw in our filing in a very regulated way. And we got approval for our Nasdaq 100 options, which are European-style options, which are going to basically allow -- it's a very intuitive option for retail investors, allow them to bet directionally on the movement of a Nasdaq 100 and the like. So that is something that we're focused on and implementing. And so we're excited about that. But we want to do this in a regulated manner. We want to create safe guardrails for investors, retail and institutional. And so that is the mechanism in which you're going to see us operate. But it's a first step. It's a first step, and I think you'll see more from us on this front.
Speaking of your trading businesses, you spoke last week, again, at Investor Day about how retail is now responsible for around 1/4 of U.S. equities volume and maybe 45% or so of U.S. options volumes. I think it's a fascinating topic overall, what's your growth upside from here?
So we see it as durable. One of the things -- and Patrick, you know this better, but one of the things that I'm extremely proud of at Nasdaq is we took the time over the last 5 to 7 years to invest significantly in the capacity to handle and be ready for the opportunities that are present now. And the volume growth, whether it's options or equities has been phenomenal during that time period, and retail has been a big part of that.
We see it as a durable trend, especially as we innovate on the product front. And I would tell you that the -- as I said earlier, the Market Services franchise sees a lot of organic opportunity through product innovation, to continue to stay in front of it. So the growth has been phenomenal. Obviously, it's hard to tell. We don't make predictions on volumes and things of that nature, but it seems like a very structural trend that's changing. I'm curious, do you view it as that?
I think for the most part, yes. I think just the growth of the brokerage platforms and the number of accounts they have in their education and derivatives, in particular, I think, seems very structural.
And if you think about 23/5 and if you think about tokenization and how that could evolve over the years to come, it feels like it could continue.
Yes, I think that's fair.
Yes.
Beyond Market Services, Nasdaq is now targeting 9% to 12% annual revenue growth in your collective Solutions businesses. Underlying that is an outlook for 10% to 14% growth in financial technology. What drives your optimism that financial technology can continue to post double-digit growth over the next 3- to 5-year period?
Yes. It's a great question. We feel really good about the financial technology franchise. We are seeing phenomenal engagement with our clients on the product suite that's offered. As I mentioned earlier, we're getting questions from our clients about what more can you do for us. When you think about the 300-plus that only use one product -- or excuse me, half of the 300-plus that only use one product, there's an amazing, amazing upsell muscle that's available to us that we've already been exercising on. As we talked about at Investor Day, we're about $45 million into our $100 million target.
We see that as something that -- and that's on the cross-sell. And we see that's something that's certainly achievable and that we're going after. And when I think about each of the product areas, they're experiencing really good traction with their client base. And so I know that we are -- when I look at Verafin, we're at 22-plus enterprise clients. When I look at the upsell motion across 2025 in fintech, you're at 450-plus upsells across the fintech franchise. So you're just seeing the traction in these businesses that gives us the confidence that we can stay within that range in growth.
And also, we've had certainly some market cycles that we've had to weather over the last 2 years plus and to be able to move through those cycles and achieve what we've achieved gives us a lot of confidence that we're on the right path here in that business. And on the 9 to 12 solutions growth, I think we've got a lot of levers there that we can pull to get to be within that range. But I think people should understand we've been within that range for 4 of the last 5 years. So it's something that we feel really comfortable in achieving.
Yes. That's a really good point. And one of those businesses that's helped you deliver those results has been your Index business. And you expect your Index franchise to deliver high single-digit to mid-teens annual growth over that next 3- to 5-year period, which would actually be deceleration from what it's done in the prior period; 36% of inflows into linked ETFs in 2025 came from products launched during the last 5 years. I thought that was a really interesting statistic. I think a lot of people just think it's the cues. So what are some of the areas that you're having success within index?
And 54% of the AUM came from products in the last 5 years. So it's really -- I mean, I'm sure you all know this, it's a phenomenal growth business with really attractive margins. And I would say this, this is a team of people that are constantly innovating, constantly rolling out new products and our brand is enormously helpful in attracting assets. And so while we didn't put in our sort of attributes slide brand, but when you talk to each of the business and this one in particular, brand really matters.
And so we bring a lot of credibility and trust to that and people trust the quality and the precision of the work we do in the index franchise. And so product innovation is going to continue at pace, and that's what gives us a lot of confidence in the growth of the franchise. The Qs is without a doubt an amazing anchor and certainly, in my view, the envy of the industry. But the diversification of the AUM and product set is really phenomenal, and I would expect that to continue.
Makes sense. And then lastly for me, just as we finish up here, what are some of the key takeaways that you want to make sure people walk away with them today?
Yes. For me, when I joined Nasdaq, we traded at 7x earnings. And we have built a phenomenal franchise. We have a scaled financial technology division that's growing double digits with great margins. We have a market services franchise that has got more organic opportunity in front of it than I've seen before. And we have a data listing and index business that is the envy of the industry. So we have phenomenal assets that are highly engaged with our clients and that is delivering great value for shareholders. So having been here 14 years and seeing the evolution of this organization, I'm super proud of it. But I sit here today looking out and saying, I think there's more opportunity in front of Nasdaq than any time in my tenure. And so it's a quite exciting time to be a part of this franchise, and I think we're going to do great things in the years ahead.
All right. Terrific. Well, we will wrap it up there. There will be a breakout downstairs after this. Thanks, everybody, for joining us, and thank you Jeremy.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Nasdaq — 47th Annual Raymond James Institutional Investor Conference
📣 Kernbotschaft
- Takeaway: Nasdaq positioniert sich als "trusted fabric" des Finanzsystems mit Fokus auf drei Säulen: Modernisierung von Märkten, Förderung der Innovationsökonomie und Aufbau finanzieller Integrität.
- TAM: Management nennt ein adressierbares Marktpotenzial von $86 Mrd. (Total Addressable Market).
- Eventtyp: Fireside-Chat — strategische Einordnung und Produktfokus statt detaillierter Quartalskennzahlen.
🎯 Strategische Highlights
- One Nasdaq: Synergien zwischen Listings, Trading, Index/Data und Financial Technology sollen Flywheels erzeugen (z.B. Verafin‑Kunden nutzen Listing‑ und Sales‑Chancen).
- FinTech‑Wachstum: Ziel: Financial‑Technology‑Wachstum 10–14% p.a.; Cross‑sell‑Motion zeigt 450+ Upsells 2025 und $45M realisiert von $100M Cross‑sell‑Ziel.
- AI‑Monetarisierung: Agentic Workforces (financial crime) mit >350 Nutzern, Freemium‑Rollout geplant, später separate Gebühren; AI soll auf Surveillance und andere Produkte ausgeweitet werden.
🔭 Neue Informationen
- 23/5‑Zeitplan: Management nennt die zweite Hälfte 2026 als realistischen Zeitpunkt für 23/5‑Marktzeiten (regelungsabhängig); Tokenisierung wird länger dauern.
- Verafin‑Traction: In 5 Jahren 700+ neue Verafin‑Kunden; Nordamerika‑Footprint 2.700+ Kunden; robuste Daten‑Konsortialvorteile als Wettbewerbsschutz.
- M&A‑Rahmen: Fokus auf organisches Wachstum; Bolt‑ons nur bei klarer Produkt‑Ergänzung, Kultur‑Fit und finanzieller Additivität.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Wachstumsresilienz: Wie stabil ist Wachstum über Zyklen? Antwort: Balance zwischen volatiler Trading‑Performance und dauerhaften, mission‑critical FinTech‑Erlösen.
- AI‑Risiko/Chance: Kritische Nachfrage zur Wettbewerbsfähigkeit gegen AI; Management betont Gold‑source‑Daten, eingebettete Workflows und Security als Moat.
- Produktakzeptanz: Haben Issuer Interesse an Tokenisierung? Antwort: Issuer sind neugierig, Haltung noch unentschieden; Nasdaq will issuer‑freundliche Lösungen.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Implikation: Das Management liefert kein neues Finanzguidance‑Update, aber konkrete Timelines (23/5 H2 2026) und klare Monetarisierungspläne für AI. Für Aktionäre bedeutet das: hoher Fokus auf organisches Cross‑sell, klar priorisierte Produktinvestitionen und moderates M&A‑Interesse — erhöhtes optionales Upside, aber regulatorische und Adoptions‑Risiken bleiben.
Nasdaq — Morgan Stanley Technology
1. Question Answer
Great. So we're going to go ahead and get started. For important disclosures, please see the Morgan Stanley research disclosure website at morganstanley.com/researchdisclosures. If you have any questions, please reach out to your Morgan Stanley sales representative.
Good morning, everyone. I'm Mike Cyprys, lead analyst covering brokers, asset managers and exchanges for Morgan Stanley Research, and it's my pleasure to welcome Sarah Youngwood, the CFO of Nasdaq.
Thanks for having me.
Many of you know -- may know Nasdaq to be a global exchange operator in recent years, Nasdaq has been transforming the business through a series of acquisitions to become a technology and platform provider to serve corporates, investment managers and financial institutions as they navigate and interact with the global capital markets and the broader financial system. So we're thrilled to have Sarah with us here today to discuss the transformation and to dig in. So welcome, thanks for joining us.
Happy to be here.
Great. So let's kick off with your Investor Day last week, spanned over 4 hours digging in to all different parts of the business. AI was a major theme, a dominant theme. So just curious what takeaways you walked away with Sarah? And why raise your bar for the medium-term solutions revenue guide and create a higher bar? Why raise your guide?
Yes. So I'll start with the key messages. So we are a leading technology company that is a trusted fabric of the financial system, and we architect the world's most modern markets. We power the innovation economy. We built trust in the system, and what we've established at Investor Day is how we're positioned in this world, which is our position for transformation with AI, which is positioned for transformation in the financial system for -- being our clients' trusted financial partner.
So it's very important here that we have now realized the scale and the relevance to be that trusted financial partner because they'll need to choose how to go GenAI, and we believe their solution is going to be very much us. So that was the first point.
The second point that we've made is that, that transformation has also generated a very strong profile of durable growth. And we'll come back to that outlook that you're referring to. And in addition, to that durable growth that is established with cycles that is well positioned for growth vectors. We actually also have financial discipline. And that is expense, capital allocation, free cash flow. And so with those in place, we have the ability to add value for shareholders on a very sustainable basis. So those were some of the key messages.
Now to your question on why raise the bar? The first answer is because we've been doing that for the last 5 years. So you've seen us increase our medium-term outlook, and we have operated, of course, within our medium-term outlook for the last 5 years. In addition, we've actually operated within this new medium-term outlook of 9% to 12% for 4 out of the last 5 years.
Then we looked at the market opportunity, and we talked about a $38 billion SAM going at 9%, we did a small retrospective to show that actually, we've outperformed based on organic growth, what we had said 2 years ago. So hopefully, we have some credibility there. And that gives us an anchor that 9% at the bottom of that 9% to 12% range.
And then lastly, we think we're very well positioned as mission-critical with additional growth opportunities in cross-sell as well as digital assets and GenAI. So with all that, we feel that we're just getting started, and we definitely were very comfortable raising that medium-term outlook.
And the guidance raise was notable because I think it was the fourth time in 4 years that you have raised your guidance.
That's right. Fourth time In 5 years, but still really good.
The market has been a bit volatile at the start of the year, maybe a bit more than many had expected with AI disruption risk, across markets, taking up a lot of mind share yet Nasdaq continues to deliver with accelerating top line growth. So what do you see as some of the biggest misconceptions that you may want to correct?
Yes. So in the last few weeks, we've seen GenAI taking a very generalized view on the sector. And we spent a lot of time at Investor Day establishing the difference and how we think about the differentiation. So first of all, gold standard data, we spent a lot of time talking about data and everything that makes most of our products at the level of gold standard data, and we didn't use those words lightly. We really detailed what that meant.
And the second piece is being mission-critical, very important to how our clients effectively do the most important things through us and also connect to the financial system to us.
The third one is hyper-resilient. The regulated institutions turn to us as a regulated institution ourselves to understand what we are doing, and what they want is really for us to understand which we do, that the cost of error is extraordinarily important. And so that hyper-resilience is incredibly important.
Then we have tremendous innovation and we embed that, we engineer that into our system. So it's domain expertise and innovation both things coming into our systems and 450 patents, just like 1 example of that.
And the connectivity, very important we talked about. And then lastly, we have the -- return to our clients. At some point, if you have all of those things, it becomes really difficult to want to do something about it. But in addition, it's not worth it financially, then why would you? So those were some of the elements that differentiate us. We spent a lot of time with that.
The last one being the enhanced ROI...
Yes exactly. We have a 2x ROIC to our clients, which is very, very strong, if you think about the investments you have to make and whether it's a great investment. It's a tremendous investment. And then in addition to that, when you think about, do I want to renew? We have also a 2x net benefit versus net costs on an ongoing basis, which, again, makes every year that decision a very easy decision.
Now Nasdaq has been on a journey for a number of years now, transforming the business. Can you talk about maybe 2 or 3 of the biggest strategic choices that Nasdaq is making today to accelerate growth and the evolution as you look out?
Yes. So I was thinking through that, and the reality is that we are extraordinarily well positioned, thanks to decisions we made more than a decade ago. And actually, we're talking about GenAI today. And if we were making the decisions today, we would be late. I'd say 12 years ago, we decided to go to the cloud. 12 years ago, Adena Friedman, our CEO, became the CEO of the data business and realize the importance of data, both offensively and defensively. 10 years ago, we got started on AI. And all of the nomenclature and organization of the data, all of that skill set positions us extremely well for GenAI.
So now, of course, we are not sitting on those decisions from 10 years ago. In addition, we have an ROIC framework to prioritize internal organic investments. And we have talked at Investor Day about how we are doing things through a new growth framework, which is expand within our TAM or SAM, then evolve as we really evolve the technologies and the delivery to our clients within our SAM. So that's taking from the TAM and going into the SAM.
And then lastly, transform. And there are some important changes to the financial industry with tokenization with 23/5 private markets and of course, transforming the client experience through GenAI for our clients. And so the great news is that we were able to do that today, which is really growth-oriented because we have the foundation we laid 10 or more years ago.
So let's dig in a bit on that growth framework. We'll come back to the latter points on transform. But look, a key component of your strategy across the fintech business is to land and expand. So can we talk about where you're having some of the most success there without maybe getting overly granular, can you frame cross-sell in terms of the pipeline, attach rates, conversion timing?
Yes. So one of the things you guys always like, stats. So we started with telling you, 20% is the land. That's new clients. And then it is for fintech and then 80% is the expand and that would be upsells, cross-sells and everything else. So when you think about debt, we actually had 460-plus upsells, just last year in 2025.
And if I talk with upsells, that upsell can be very powerful, like 2 examples. One would be in India where Tal described that a large bank was taking us for 1 single implementation. And then we were able to give them the full coverage for an Indian bank. That was a 3x on the ACV. So upsell can be very powerful.
A second example would be Verafin. We talk with enterprise very much about lending with wire fraud. And in 2 cases already, we've been able to extend with ACH, and that multiply the ACH by 2. So that's the upsell. And then on cross-sell to your question, First of all, we've got this $100 million plus target, which we're very well positioned to achieve that year-end 2027 run rate.
And we have already 42 of them, $45 million of the target is already signed. And we have seen an acceleration. We have a nice graph in our Investor Day that shows really an exponential graph showing how we've delivered those 42 cross-sells.
In addition, we have a great pipeline as we have been talking for a while, it's important to maintain that pipeline. And so it's growing at 20%, and it represents 15% of our fintech pipeline. And then when you have all of that, you also think through, okay, what's my baseline. Well, we've got top 300 clients, which are the ones that really actually need more than 1 client, only half of them have more than 1 client -- more than 1 product.
So again, just a lot of opportunities to depend to cross sell to penetrate further.
Maybe we could dig in a bit on the sales initiative, sales team here. Maybe talk about how you're aligning incentives across the sales organization to avoid single product selling. It seems like there's a big opportunity of only half of your top 300 clients have more than 1 product. So more broadly, what adjustments have you made to the sales team and the approach over the last couple of years? And where might there be scope for further tweaks as you look out from here?
Yes. So as soon as we did the come AxiomSL and Calypso acquisition, we said, 1 sales team, and we started literally in that January with 1 sales team. That was very important. It's also 1 incentive framework. And that is very important because that incentive framework does give credit to the cross-sell and to driving that motion.
The other thing we've done is on the top accounts, which doesn't go as deep as the 300. But on the top accounts, we've done a One Nasdaq representative. So we've got the ability to look at it as 1 firm and to make sure we're hyper coordinated. And then to complement that, you've got the C-suite relationships on both sides at Nasdaq as well as at the client to make sure that we are very much listening to our clients and continue to do things that are important to our clients to drive that cross-sell has transformation partner that I talked about, which is really critical at this time because they are looking at the world out. Everybody needs to do something. And we feel and we're hearing from our clients that we're very well positioned to be the transformation partner, and that means taking more from us.
In the fourth quarter, your Verafin business launched 2 agentic workers. let's talk about that. Can you speak to some of the learnings you've had and what the client take-up has been on that? And more broadly, can you speak to some of your ambitions and aspirations for agentic AI at Nasdaq in the next 12 months versus if you look out over the next couple of years?
Yes. And so if you're looking at Verafin, we launched in the fourth quarter, our first agentic worker. We followed it within 2 months with our second one. And today, we have 6 that are already planned, in the road map. And that is really working with our clients, looking at the areas where efficiency can be most importantly achieved and actually starting to build that fleet of workers.
And we already have 350 clients that are working on a daily basis. with our 2 workers that are available. And so that's a very, very fast adoption for something that is pretty much brand new, and that helps to create for our clients, the ROIC case for them to be able, at some point when they are past the [ $3 billion ] period to actually pay additional upsell fees to be able to continue to have those workers.
So that has worked very well. We think it's very important for all the clientele, and that's also very powerful. So the small- and medium-sized banks are the ones that are the majority of those 350 that are currently engaging with it. And then it applies also to medium-sized banks and we're hearing very much from the large enterprise banks that this could be very interesting as an upsell for them. And you know that they are the ones who have the largest population that could be very much in target for those efficiency gains.
Great. And what would you say is one of the most compelling AI initiatives that maybe you're most excited about that investors may be underappreciating today.
So that's always the hard question. Which of my children do I prefer, in real life I have 3 but in this life, I have a lot of children. But I'm going to pick 1 that is, in fact, not Verafin because that's one that is quite appreciated by the market. But that also addresses fraud. In this case, Surveillance is addressing the trading fraud. What's really interesting about Surveillance is the scale of what it process, 1 trillion daily messages across 215 million marketplaces or data sources, including our clients' input.
And so then you take that and you normalize it, you consolidate it across our proprietary way of doing it, which we've established for a very long time. You add technology, including more recently, AI, that's where AI comes in. And suddenly, you were able to deliver on a daily basis 250,000 alerts. Then you've got the collective intelligence that starts working for you where clients actually give us feedback on those alerts, which then inform back the process and on what we are very fortunate is that we have the right contractually to evolve our understanding to improve the product and to train the alerting system with the data of our clients on an aggregated and anonymized basis.
So then when you have all of that, you end up with something that's very valuable, especially because this is a principle based type of regulation. So if you think about rules-based, you do this very specifically. But principle-based, it's like you, shouldn't do that kind of things. But it doesn't give you exactly the time. It doesn't give you the specifics. So it's very important to look through the learned experience of not just 1 client, but all of the clients and then apply GenAI through those signals to be able to actually derive conclusions and feed that feedback loop.
And so that's what we're doing with GenAI right now. That's what you couldn't do with 1 client data set, but we've become the standard of doing it and adding detection through all of the things I've described. And then lastly, we also are positioned to start doing some agentic workflows to then process those alerts even more efficiently. So that's an example. And again, I could spend a lot of time on all of our examples that I have a lot of passion for. So this one, we speak bit less.
Very helpful. Why don't we move on and talk about some of your other businesses and get to the transform element of the strategy? But first, let's talk about index. Nasdaq has an incredible brand and a set of listed companies, including many that are here at our TMT conference. And so just curious how you're thinking about some of the biggest opportunities to broaden monetization of your index business and how you're attacking this?
Yes. So this has been something which we've been continuing to do since our last Investor Day. So just for scale, 2025, we grew at 20%. Last 5 years, we were at 21% and we had in 2025, $99 billion of inflows, and that's on $882 billion of AUM in 2025. So it has become quite an important part of what we do. And we have 3 pillars of growth.
The first one is adding products, new capabilities for our clients. And so, we have added over 200 products in the last 2 years, which is 50% faster than the previous 2 years. If you think about that $99 billion of inflows that I have given you. Those new products are 36% of the $99 billion. So that new product capability is a very important part of how we are generating alpha.
The second pillar is international. And so here on we've been growing even faster than the 21% in the last 5 years. We've been growing at 34% in international. And it's not a small base anymore. And now it's $163 billion at the end of '25 in international AUM in the ETP AUMs. So this is very significant and it's really across the world in terms of geographies where we are operating.
Then you're looking at institutional. And again, you're recognizing those themes from not just this Investor Day, but 2 years ago, this has been something that we've been evolving in a very steady and very productive manner. And so institutional is a $700 billion opportunity where we've been gaining market share. We've been growing at 20%, and it's now $66 billion. So again, starting to become an important part of what we have.
While we're on Capital Access Platforms, which the index business is part of, when we talk about listings, you previously noted some optimism around a strong IPO pipeline for this year. So question is what needs to happen for that to translate into a sustained multiyear listing cycle. And then what implications might there be to IPO activity over time should tokenization of private companies gain traction?
So maybe a step back, in 2025, was the seventh year where we were the leading exchange in terms of proceeds raised. We also had the largest IPO once again. And we also had the largest transfer Walmart to our exchange, and so very well positioned.
The pipeline is very much there. So last year, we had 180 companies in the pipeline at the time of the year, 210 this year. What's going to be important is, of course, to have an environment, what is windows, pockets of stability where people can have confidence in actually going public. There is tremendous appetite both from the companies and their owners. for that to happen. And so we believe that with a little bit of stability, which today might be a difficult day to say that.
And we should be extremely well positioned on -- what's also very attractive about the pipeline that I referred to is that how broad it is. It's not 1 sector. It's AI, it's space. It's like -- many different types here, also different sizes of companies, including some of a very, very large scale, which we are very much ready for, should they come to market.
So those are the elements now in terms of like multiyear cycle, it's already difficult enough to talk about 1 year. But what really makes a difference to investors, and I think you would certainly agree with that as investors is, to have the performance of those who go continue to show that there is interest in the following ones.
So this is very much a virtuous cycle. And so we certainly, along with banks like Morgan Stanley, work to make sure that we strike the right balance to make sure that there is a great experience for both the sellers and the buyers in those processes.
So in terms of tokenization when you try to think about the liquidity, the depth, the transparency, the nano seconds at which we operate, there's nothing today that matches the depth of the public market. You're talking about $127 trillion versus $15 trillion for the private markets. And so tokenization can be additive to being a public company. But it's not a replacement. We're not seeing it as being a replacement for that.
So you don't see cause for if tokenization gains traction, private companies could stay private for longer and may not need to raise capital and go public?
What you need is the scale that I talked about, the $127 trillion, with the integrity, with the price discovery with the transparency. And so we actually are working on tokenization ourselves. And we talked about that at investor Day too, because we want to be part of it, and we think it's a very, very good technology that can be additive, but it can be added if you're making it part of the process of being a public company rather than not accessing that massive pool of liquidity through being a public company.
Great. Speaking of market structure, innovations, 1 of the other things that we have seen a lot of traction of late is the short-dated options that continue to grow across the index space, but you recently got regulatory approval and launched a set of short-dated options and select named stocks with Monday and Wednesday expiries that complement the Friday expiry. So questions here, what do we need to see for Tuesday, Thursday expiries to come online? What do we need to see for this to expand beyond, I think, in the initial 8 symbols. And then what are the considerations that you're taking into an account here, what may come first and what's been the feedback and action that you've seen?
Yes. So this is a space where we're being very intentional on we're being actually quite slow but intentionally. So we are being very resilient in the way we want to structure it. So we're starting with, as you said, 8 securities, the MAG 7, plus Broadcom plus IBIT, which is the Bitcoin BlackRock, ETF that is on our market Nasdaq. So if you take those, they're very, very liquid and they are a very good place where you can actually have 0DTE. Then we're watching it. And what we've observed for the approximately 1 month that it has been in place is actually that the volume, the net volume has been additive. So that's 1 of the things that's very important to watch.
The second thing is we are listening to the market participants' feedback, whether it's retail, whether it's the SEC, whether it's other participants. And it's all right now, very, very well received. So to see a need for Tuesday or Thursday or for additional securities, we would give it a bit more time to continue to see those additional volume. By the way, our market share has also been really interesting. We have a very large market share. We have a 5 percentage point versus the #2 in options. And in those 0DTE over the short period we've been observing it, we've actually had that or more in market share also.
So seeing that everything is operating as we intended that we're seeing net additions and that we are in volumes and that we're seeing a very orderly and good feedback from the market. It's going to be important to want to do more. And again, we would do it in this very slow intentional measured way.
Fair enough. One of the pillars under your Transform agenda, if you will, in terms of the growth initiatives is to expand market hours. So 23/5, you've outlined plans to enable 23/5 equity trading in the second half of this year, pending regulatory approval and industry alignment. So where are you seeing demand, to offer such extended hours, how might you size the volume opportunity compared to what you already do today in the pre-trade and as well as the after trade -- after hour session and talk about what the path looks like here?
Yes. So we think 23/5 is very much an exciting opportunity. You are seeing in our data already that there is great appetite coming from international players to participate in the U.S. markets. So if I go back to that set of $127 trillion that I gave you, half of that is in the U.S. So it's a really -- and the rest of the world is sharing in 16%, 16%, 3%, 4%, small numbers. And so the rest of the world would like to operate in their trading hours. And we're very fortunate to have that.
And now what we need to do is to see the volumes come in, is to make sure that we have the right liquidity, joined that session in other people's trading hours, and also the right operational framework. And so we're working with the industry to make sure that we put in place the guardrails to have all of that. And we expect the volumes to start probably slow because I think everybody is going to want to go in it in a measured way, but it could accelerate over time.
And it's 23, not 24.
We like 23/5. That doesn't mean that over time, it couldn't go to further than that. But again, back to as you do it, you want to do it with enough liquidity and you want to do it with enough operational maturity. So we think 23/5 is a very good place. And of course, we need to have regulatory approval and the other infrastructure market participants ready. We're going to be ready in the second half of this year.
So it's the operational resilience systems need a little bit of downtime, I suppose, for updates and other sort of things.
Yes. And also, I mean, so far, we are not seeing that much demand for the weekends. And so we want to make sure that liquidity there when it is open.
Fair enough. With the remaining couple of minutes we have left, when do we bring it all together across the market, solutions, fintech, capital allocation, how should investors think about Nasdaq's long-term growth algorithm the scope for margin expansion as the business continues to become more software data-centric and a platform company.
Yes. So if you start with this medium-term outlook, solutions, medium-term outlook that we started with, that 9% to 12% is very much founded in the macro topics that I talked about at the beginning. But if you go in it by division, we took Capital Access Platforms from 5% to 8% to 6% to 10%. And we just talked about 23/5 as a driver for data. That's certainly 1 of the accelerants but data in general has very strong structural growth associated.
And we also talked about index and index has a lot of alpha drivers, which are continuing to drive the Capital Access Platforms growth rate. In fintech, we talked about the upsell and cross-sell motions, which are extraordinarily important and we talked about GenAI. We touched on tokenization. There was more than what we touched upon there. When you take all of that and the critical nature of our solutions, we see the possibility over time to continue to grow within our 10% to 14% range.
Then Market Services, we've got a tremendous share. We've got a tremendous capture. We're balancing those 2 things. We have leadership versus the next competitor in both of those, and with that position, we are able to then create new areas of growth. And we talked about 0DTE being one of the examples, but Index option is a very important driver, too. So we're not just growing our pie. We have structural trends that are favoring that we have new opportunities to create alpha even in market services. So with that, we've got durable growth, and that is profitable growth.
You are 400 basis points of efficiencies. And we say 400 basis points, I'm talking about the last 2 years since Investor Day from 52% to 56% operating margin. And so now you have us at a rule of 70. So there are only 18 companies that are in S&P 500, and that are actually above the rule of 60. And so that is rule of 60 with scale of $5 billion of revenue or $2 billion of free cash flow and 8% growth. And we're 1 of 18 that belong to that very good group, and we are at 70, 12% and 58%, a 12% revenue growth and 58%. So then you take all of that and you add free cash flow, free cash flow conversion is at 109% on an absolute basis and related basis extraordinary. That enables us to do a lot with our capital allocation.
And we shared how much we've done, for example, in share repurchases of $500 million since the beginning of the year, the focus on organic growth and the possibility to add bolt-ons to the extent that it augmented organic growth. And certainly, you have a mix of growth investments, capital return to add sustainable value to shareholders.
Great. Well, I'm afraid we're out of time. It's very helpful. Appreciate your time, Sarah. Please join me in thanking Sarah Youngwood.
Thank you.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Nasdaq — Morgan Stanley Technology
📣 Kernbotschaft
- Positionierung: Nasdaq stellt sich als technologie‑ und datengetriebener Plattformanbieter der Kapitalmärkte dar, der sich mit GenAI, hoher Datenqualität und regulatorischer Resilienz als „trusted financial partner“ positioniert.
- Wachstum: Management hob die Anhebung des mittelfristigen Solutions‑Wachstumsrahmens auf 9–12% hervor und betont ROIC‑Disziplin, Cross‑sell‑Upside und Tokenisierung als Treiber.
🎯 Strategische Highlights
- AI & Daten: Betonung auf „gold‑standard“ Daten, 450 Patente, Einsatz von GenAI in Surveillance (1 Bio. tägliche Messages → ~250k Alerts) zur kollektiven Erkennung von Marktmissbrauch.
- Land‑&‑Expand: Modell: 20% Land (neue Kunden), 80% Expand; Ziel >$100M Cross‑sell Run‑Rate bis Ende 2027, bereits 42 Deals (~$45M) signiert; Pipeline wächst ~20%.
- Produkte & Märkte: Verafin‑Agentic‑Worker: 2 live, 350 Kunden aktiv, Roadmap auf 6; Indexgeschäft & International: starke Zuflüsse ($99bn inflows 2025; internationales ETP‑AUM $163bn).
🔭 Neue Informationen
- Guidance‑Upgrade: Mittelfristiger Solutions‑Rahmen formell erhöht (9–12%); Management betont, sie operierten bereits mehrfach innerhalb/über diesem Bereich.
- Markt‑Initiativen: Launch 0DTE‑Optionen auf 8 Symbole; erste Beobachtung: additive Volumina und Marktanteilsgewinne. 23/5‑Trading geplant H2 (regulatorische Zustimmung nötig).
- Cross‑sell‑Status: $45M von >$100M Ziel bereits abgeschlossen; Pipeline‑Anteil Fintech ~15%.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Guidance‑Rationale: Analyst hinterfragte, warum die Anhebung gerechtfertigt ist — Management nannte historische Outperformance, SAM‑Sizing ($38bn) und GenAI‑Cross‑sell als Begründung.
- Execution‑Risiken: Nachfrage zu Sales‑Anreizen und One‑Sales‑Team; Management beschreibt einheitliche Incentives und „One Nasdaq“ für Top‑Accounts, konkrete KPIs zum Timing blieben vage.
- Regulatorik & Volumen: 0DTE‑Ausweitung und 23/5 hängen an Marktfeedback und Regulierung; genaue Volumen‑Prognosen und Timing für breitere Einführung wurden nicht quantifiziert.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Implikation: Der Auftritt bestätigt den strategischen Übergang zu einem skalierbaren Software‑/Daten‑Plattformmodell mit erhöhtem mittelfristigem Ziel und mehreren wachstumsstarken Hebeln (GenAI, Cross‑sell, Index, erweiterte Handelszeiten). Kurzfristige Rendite hängt von regulatorischem Fortschritt (23/5, Produktfreigaben), IPO‑Window und der Execution beim Cross‑sell ab.
Nasdaq — Analyst/Investor Day - Nasdaq, Inc.
1. Management Discussion
Good morning, everyone. So I've spoken to many of you, but for those of you who I haven't met or had the chance to speak with yet, I'm Ato Garrett, Senior Vice President and Investor Relations Officer. So thank you for joining us here at Nasdaq's 2026 Investor Day.
And before we begin, just a quick reminder for everyone could take a look at your phones and other electronic devices and put them to silent.
Now before we begin, I do have to read a disclaimer. So I would like to remind you that certain statements in this presentation and during Q&A may relate to future events and expectations and constitute future forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Actual results may differ materially from these projections. Information concerning factors that could cause actual results to differ from other forward-looking statements is contained in our periodic reports filed with the SEC.
This presentation also contains non-GAAP financial measures. And you will find the applicable reconciliations included as a separate file posted to our IR website, together with complete management presentation slides from today. Please take a quick minute to review the safe harbor language on the screen now. I'm sure you've all read that quickly. All right, all right. And thank you again for joining our Investor Day.
And we're going to start our presentation today with an overview video of Nasdaq before you hear from our Chair and CEO, Adena Friedman. Thank you.
[Presentation]
All right. Well, that was a fun way to start the day. Well, good morning, everyone, and welcome to Nasdaq's Investor Day. Thank you all for being here, both in person and online as we spend the morning to talk to you about the power of the Nasdaq platform. We want to talk to you about our view of our vision, our strategy, our growth drivers and the execution priorities that are going to propel us forward into the future.
But before we do that, we want to talk about some of the themes that have underpinned our strategy over the last 9 years, starting with a speech that I gave 12 years ago when I first got back to Nasdaq. I'd run the data business for 9 years earlier in my career. So my first speech when I got back to Nasdaq was to a community of data professionals. And the title of my speech was Data is the New Fuel of the 21st Century.
Now 12 years ago, cloud technology was just starting to scale. And it was really unleashing the power of data because it was collapsing the cost of data storage and exponentially expanding compute capacity. But at that time, fewer than 12% of banks view cloud capabilities and cloud technology as the future foundation of their infrastructure. But there were some leading firms out there who had embraced cloud, and we're bringing data together in new ways with algorithmic AI to drive automated trading and investment decisions.
So my message to that community of data professionals was very clear. There's enormous power in the data that resides within the financial system. Data is the lifeblood of the financial system. It is a fact, I would say, that the financial industry is the most data forward industry in the world. But at the same time, with that, there's this unleashing of opportunity with these tools, there's also a risk that we had to manage. One bad drop of data could have huge ramifications across the markets.
So the data community, including Nasdaq, of course, we have to focus on resiliency, accuracy and security of that data to ensure that it truly can be unleashed in a safe and secure way to power the industry forward as technology was advancing.
Now that message 12 years later is just as important today as it was back then, if not more important. Now as the industry was moving forward, there are 3 technologies that we really have defined as being those that will transform the industry over time. And in fact, as part of our strategic framework, every single year, we ask ourselves the same question. What are the technology trends that are going to redefine the industry over the next 10 years? And 9 years ago and every year since then, there are 3 technologies that we've really focused on, although there are others that we've identified as well.
The most consistent though have been cloud, AI and blockchain. So 9 years ago, we started to accelerate our cloud efforts. We've been an early adopter of cloud, but we started bringing that technology across every one of our client-facing solutions and our markets as well as our internal operations to power our business forward.
With AI, we had just launched an AI team when I became CEO, but we've really started to scale the AI team and partner them with the business to create AI capabilities across our solutions in our markets, and we were able to accelerate that even further with the acquisition of Verafin. And with blockchain technology 9 years ago, we started experimenting with blockchain in our markets and started integrating digital asset capabilities into our market technology solutions.
So as these technologies are propagated across the industry, there are new themes that have emerged. And one of the most relevant themes is just the interconnectedness of the financial system today. Trading desks were suddenly starting to be merged, asset classes are converging, geographies, the world is becoming smaller. And really, the interconnectedness of the financial industry is quite different today than it was even a decade ago and certainly 20 years ago.
And so what does that mean? It means that our firms, our clients have new growth vectors, new ways to expand and drive value to their investors or to themselves. But at the same time, there's new risk and complexity that has come into the system.
The first is that there's been a convergence of markets and market structure. That creates regulatory complexity as our clients are going into new geographies, new asset classes, new ways of scaling their businesses. The second is that they have to think even harder about protecting themselves against very sophisticated bad actors. So that risk and complexity combined with the interconnectedness of markets and the financial system has really powered our strategy over the last 9 years, and we'll continue to power it into the future.
So what have we done over the last 9 years? Well, today, we sit fully scaled in cloud across our internal operations, our client solutions and our markets. We have scaled our AI team across our businesses and have integrated AI into our solutions, and you're going to hear a lot more about that today from our leaders who are really driving our product road maps with AI in really unique and powerful ways for our clients.
We have integrated blockchain and digital asset capabilities across our market technology solutions, and are now deploying that for our clients and we're ready for the next steps in terms of tokenizing equities of our markets and other markets around the world.
But they, our clients, are really focused on making sure that they have trusted partners as they manage their lives in this ever more complex and interconnected system. We, as a critical infrastructure provider, we are highly regulated. We stand in their shoes. And they, therefore, trust us to be their partners as they are transforming the business, and we are transforming with them.
So who are we today? Today, Nasdaq is the trusted fabric of the world's financial system. And we have 3 key pillars to our strategy. We architect the world's most modern markets. We power the innovation economy, and we build trust in the financial system. And as we have executed across this, we have really driven both the transformation of our business. We are a transformation to our partners and we have transformed our financial profile.
Back in 2020, so over the last 5 years, we've gone from $2.9 billion of revenue to $5.2 billion of revenue, a 13% revenue CAGR. And we have also generated an incredible and exceptional financial profile. With that $5.2 billion of revenue, we have a 56% operating margin, which has generated $2.2 billion in cash flow, 109% cash flow conversion, truly best-in-class in our industry and across the sector. And a really fun fact is that in 2025, we had $2.9 billion of operating income, whereas we only had generated $2.9 billion of revenue 5 years earlier.
And as we've gone further into the data and software space, we've also started to measure ourselves with that software metric of the rule of 40. In 2025, Nasdaq was a rule of 70 company. There are only 18 other companies in the S&P 500 that are a rule of 60 at scale, and we are one of them. And not only are we really in that, a great company within the S&P 500, but we also run well ahead of our peer groups in terms of across the software sectors and the data and information sectors.
And we have an enormous opportunity in front of us. We have a $38 billion SAM and an $86 billion TAM that powers our business, and both have strong growth vectors. And the growth of SAM could accelerate with AI as it pulls more of those manual workflows into an automated state. And that is one of the big opportunities that we see for Nasdaq. We are extremely well positioned to capture the SAM and the TAM with the markets we know, the clients we serve and the capabilities that power us forward.
So let's go further into those capabilities and those strengths. So we have our 3 key pillars of our platform, the trusted system, the innovation economy and modern markets. So we create the next generation of market infrastructure. We connect capital with opportunity by bringing data and analytics together to bring corporates and investors together in a more seamless way. And then we minimize risk and complexity with our regtech and other fintech solutions that really help our clients manage risk as they're going and managing their lives in the financial system.
And we bring 4 key strengths to our solutions every single day. The first is an embedded client community. The second is gold standard data that powers almost every solution across Nasdaq. We also have integrated client solutions that we've built that are fit for purpose and provide mission-critical capabilities to serve our clients. And it's underpinned by an amazing team with engineering excellence and a One Nasdaq culture.
So let's talk about each of those strengths, starting with our clients. Nasdaq serves almost every major constituent group in the entire financial industry at scale. We have 10,000 corporate clients, 5,000 asset managers and asset owners, 3,800 financial institutions and 135 markets and regulators, all of whom rely on Nasdaq for mission-critical capabilities to help power them forward. And we are their transformation partner. They're looking for precision and execution, absolutely, absolutely necessary. They're looking -- they know that their cost of failure is extremely high. So they want trusted partners who understand that resilience and security are paramount to anything that we offer them. They want to take the journey with us as we take it with them to power them into the future in a resilient, secure and modern way.
And we underpin that client community with this incredible intelligence platform. So Nasdaq has been working very over many years to modernize our data management and create an intelligence platform that really underpins the solutions that we offer our clients. And it starts with the data layer. We, of course, generate a lot of proprietary data within Nasdaq across our markets, our index businesses, and you'll hear more about this, but deeply embedded in the actual solutions that we offer, we have a lot of proprietary data that we've garnered to drive and to kind of underpin the logic and the capabilities of our solutions.
But we also bring in data from our clients in what we call contributory data, consortium data, those are 2 words that mean that we bring client data together across a solution and are able to drive intelligence and insights and capabilities within that solution because the data is brought together in a unique way. And that creates network effects within our solutions that drive better outcomes for our clients.
And then we also then go deeply embedded into our clients' internal operations to draw out certain client data that powers those risk management solutions, powers their trade operations, powers really critical components of their businesses, and they see us as a trusted partner to normalize that data through our orchestration layer to standardize it, to entitle it, to permission it to secure it and make it so that it is fit for purpose for the application layer that we then build to serve them in very specific needs across risk, across trading, across analytics, across investments. It's very, very, very exciting, what we are able to offer them with this modern capability.
And then on top of that, we have built an intelligence layer that we are going to hear about from our CTOs and from our businesses where we're really extracting more value out of the data by bringing data together in new ways to drive new insights and create predictive capabilities that really is kind of the next generation of what we're able to deliver to our clients. And that is, again, very exciting.
But we do all of this at tremendous scale. We bring in a trillion records into our surveillance solution every day. We process up to 1.8 billion banking transactions every week in our Verafin solution. We have 500 billion messages that flow through our markets every single day. And in our eVestment platform, we represent $90 trillion of assets under management with 110 funds and strategies -- I'm sorry, 110,000 funds and strategies that are within that platform.
So everything is at scale, everything is critical, and we're really, really proud to be able to serve our clients with great capabilities. So let's look at the core capabilities. So this slide represents the data and software solutions we offer our clients outside our markets, our indexes and our listings. These solutions represent about 40% of our revenue. And as we consider what is it that really makes them special, it starts with that gold standard data that cuts across the vast majority of our solutions.
We then provide mission-critical capabilities to our clients that allow them to get onto the field and stay on the field so that they can be successful. We deliver every solution in a hypersecure, hyper-resilient manner. We have depth of integration and connectivity with our clients that is really, really embedded across our platform and across the industry, and we have domain expertise engineered into these solutions that then ultimately, combined with everything, generates a very strong return on investment for our clients. And Sarah will provide you more details as to how we calculate that.
But we're really, really proud of everything that we do in a world where precision is absolutely critical. The cost of failure is very high and it is a highly, highly regulated business. So as we march into the next era, the era of AI, the question we have to ask, we have, first, we have an incredible team that underpins our business. And we have engineering excellence across network engineering, software engineering, data science, all of the key skills that we need to be able to be that transformation partner to our clients. We also have a great culture. We say we like to attract missionaries, not mercenaries to Nasdaq. We want people who are dedicated to the mission that we serve in our industry, and we want people to feel that they are here to build their careers.
And as a result, among our top executives, kind of our broader executive team, we have 13 years of average experience here at Nasdaq. And we bring in amazing talent every single year to drive the next generation of what we are creating, and we operate as One Nasdaq. We bring our capabilities across our 3 divisions to generate flywheels that drive our business forward because they drive client value. And you're going to hear about 3 flywheels today. One is in our listings business. By bringing in the most innovative companies in the world to Nasdaq, we are -- it provides benefits, tremendous benefits to our trading business, our data business. It then allows us to create these really unique index assets that drive incredible returns to shareholders that have grown and scaled and become a bigger and bigger part of our business, but also a bigger part of the investment landscape that then make it even more interesting for those great innovative companies to come list on Nasdaq.
In the regtech space in mission-critical solutions, we are the transformation partner across these solutions. But one of -- it starts the foundation of us being a critical infrastructure provider ourselves with the need for us to be -- we are highly regulated, we are highly resilient. And because we stand in the shoes of our clients, it changes the relationship we have with our clients. They see us as a partner. They see us as someone who can help them. They see us as someone who's really melded in with their mission. And that has really driven our cross-sells and upsells across our fintech solutions in really interesting and exciting and novel ways.
And then with the next generation of markets, 23/5 is our first step with tokenization of equities to create an Always-On market infrastructure for the future. And that will generate enormous flywheels across Nasdaq. It will open up access to new investors. It will drive that resilience in that market infrastructure across the world. It will make it so that we have more institutional engagements in other parts of the world, which then creates demand for our fintech solutions. And so that, again, is a new flywheel that we are really, really excited to talk about today.
So as we march into the future, we're ready to be that partner. The question that we always ask ourselves is, are clients ready? Because what's interesting is we have clients who are at very, very different stages of their own modernization journeys. And we are here to be their partner in every stage of that journey.
So the research that we've seen shows that 88% of our clients are -- really have started to use AI inside their organizations in some way, but only 7% of our clients have been able to generate AI capabilities at scale within their infrastructure. And the question is, what's holding them back? Well, the first one is a lack of confidence in securing the data and the outputs that the AI generates. The second is that they need to have a very clear return on investment in terms of their investments in AI. And they have not yet been able to generate that across every use case. And the third is just complexity, complexity within their own operations, complexity within their technology, complexity of the system that makes it harder for them to kind of bring that technology and harness it in a way that allows them to create value for themselves.
Their enterprise requirements are pretty high. So as I said before, precision is expected and the cost of failure is high. They want trusted partners for mission-critical capabilities with a strong return on investment. They want experts in secure, compliant and resilient infrastructure, and they want to be able to reduce complexity of their manual intensive workflows.
And Nasdaq is an incredibly well situated partner to serve their needs. We have authoritative data. We have a cloud-native and resilient platform. We have hyper focus on security. We have deep market expertise. We are built for speed and machine-to-machine capabilities, and we have trust with our clients. And that creates an opportunity for us to be that trusted transformation partner in their next leg of their journey into the world of AI.
And just as we are bringing AI across our solutions and to our clients, we're also implementing AI within Nasdaq to drive productivity and efficiency across our platform. Sarah will talk to you later today about our ambitions and our goals. And you'll hear more about what that means from our technology panel that comes right after me. But we are very excited to see AI. We call it AI on the business and AI in the products. Both of those are critically important to us, and we're very excited about the path forward.
So let's talk about that path forward. We have 3 key themes that you'll hear throughout the morning of how we're going to grow and expand our business. Well, the first one is expand. So the first theme is expand, the second is evolve and the third is transform. So in terms of expansion, we want to continue to drive our current solutions across more clients and geographies. That will underpin achieving or exceeding the $100 million in run rate revenue by the end of 2027 that comes from cross-sells. And Tal will provide you more details on our progress there.
It also -- we have so many of our solutions that are just tapping into these new markets, whether it's our data or index business. Our index business is really focused on driving institutional adoption and geographic reach. And all of those things are really sit squarely inside our expand pillar.
Within evolve, it's about creating new capabilities within our products to bring more of the TAM into the SAM. So automate those workflows inside our platform, create AI capabilities that make our clients more efficient so that we can be a bigger and better partner to them as they are managing their lives and driving more automation across their businesses. It's very, very exciting, and you're going to hear some really exceptional examples of how we're doing that today, leveraging AI, but we also have other ways to expand our capabilities, too, that you're also going to hear about.
And then the last one is transform. We are here to be a transformation partner, and we're here to transform the industry, transforming the industry with Always-On markets, starting with 23/5 trading and tokenization, bringing public market capabilities into the private markets to drive transparency, liquidity and integrity and then also continue to transform our client experience with AI over the longer term.
And as we execute across our growth pillars and as we bring this incredible platform to our clients, we're very excited to be able to raise our medium-term outlook on our solutions business again. It is the fourth time in 5 years that we're raising our outlook, and we're so excited and confident about our path forward and what we can do to drive more and new value to our clients that then, of course, benefits us and benefits our shareholders.
In addition to these great solutions businesses that are going to power us forward, we also have a lot of growth drivers within our markets business, and you're going to hear about that further today. First, just the power of being in exceptional markets and what that does in terms of our ability to manage our competitive positioning, our pricing and other things that really drive value. But then we have our proprietary index products. We have the 23/5 trading and tokenization and other innovations that we're bringing across the markets to grow and expand our presence around the world.
So together, across our solutions businesses, across our markets, we are extremely excited about our path forward and our future as we execute our strategy and serve our clients.
So as you leave here today, I'm hoping that you come away with 3 key messages. First, the fact is we have this incredible platform to win. So the first is that we are the trusted fabric of the world's financial system, and we have a powerful differentiated platform that allows us to operate in different market environments. We are our clients' transformation partner, and we have deeply integrated solutions underpinned by gold standard data that drives unique benefit to our clients and unique capabilities that we can deliver to our clients today and into the future. And we have an exceptional financial profile with financial strength and disciplined execution that should create long-term value for our clients and long-term shareholder value and compounding value to all of you.
So we cannot wait to continue the conversation. You're going to hear next from one of our clients. We have several test testimonials. The first is from Penny Pennington, the CEO of Edward Jones. She's going to talk about the power and the value of the partnership that Edward Jones has with Nasdaq.
And then we'll have Brad Peterson, our Global CTO, come up on the stage and have a panel discussion with our technology experts across Nasdaq.
So thanks again for joining us. I cannot wait to have this morning together. Thank you very much.
[Presentation]
Thank you, Adena, and welcome to the technology panel. On the panel today, we have Brenda Hoffmann, who runs our market services and fintech technology organization. And Hazel Dalton, who is running the Verafin technology organization. If you were here 2 years ago, you might have recognized them because they run our technology panel that time.
We have -- so welcome back. We have Don Beery, who's a long-term veteran of Nasdaq, running our global technology operations and infrastructure. But Don took a new job last year. So he's head of accelerating our AI innovation and implementation, working directly for Adena and with all of us.
Angie Ruan, she's a returnee to Nasdaq. So she had a stint as a technology executive at Chime. And while they were private, they're now a Nasdaq-listed company. And she's been back for 2 years running the Capital Access Platform Technology group.
So this panel represents all of the architects and builders who are building the platform, the Nasdaq platform that Adena referenced. So we're representing them. Let's do a great job. We've coordinated our -- we picked 3 technologies, and Adena talked about 3 technologies and we do look at a dozen technologies. We always refresh them. We picked these 3 for a reason because you'll see they go together quite well. But also, they have had significant material impacts to Nasdaq's business and to our strategy.
And it's well chronicled. The first one, so we call these our 3 technology vectors. We'll be referring to those, and we'll talk a little bit about each one. The first one, though is well chronicled, our leadership in cloud. We pioneered being able to store with our regulators, store regulated data in the public cloud. And we went on from there and moved all of our products and our internal systems, but the final frontier was really moving our markets to the cloud. And Verafin was not part of Nasdaq yet, but you are a cloud-native company, and we'll talk a little bit about that.
The second one, we haven't talked publicly about as much, which is data and our intelligence layer. And this is an investment that started actually by the same people who pioneered moving the data, the regulated data to the cloud. They're still with us today. They're still added today, and we first did this internally for our Market Services business and really got the scale out of all those messages Adena talked about. So it's been going on at the same time. And here, we've unlocked -- we've used this layer to unlock the value of the data that was really in products. So we've got tremendous value there. It's also how we create data consortia. And it's a great meeting place. If you think about the neutral meeting place, the cloud turned out to be -- before, if you wanted to share data, you had to figure out whose data center do you punch through their security firewalls. This is a great neutral zone. It allowed us to do that. And finally, it was the -- it prepared us for AI. It turns out both of these, and that's why they go so well together, are prerequisites for really unlocking the full value of AI, so we're well positioned there.
The third and final technology vector is AI. And Nasdaq formed an AI team 10 years ago, and we were motivated by the improvements in AI computer vision. And then we were further inspired when Google open-sourced Bird for language processing. And it's still -- it had rudimentary improvements, but it was -- the T is transformer, which is the invention that led to the ChatGPT moment. That's the same T in ChatGPT.
So we were -- of course, the world changed and everything is accelerated in November of 2022. But we really saw that the next phase of this, it's -- we've all been using these consumer search and answer chatbots, that enterprise agentic AI is very different. And it happens to be -- it happens that it need and require the same skills and capabilities that we perfected moving our markets to the cloud. So if you think about it, low latency, chatbots really have to be optimized. They are not performing when you're building autonomous enterprise agents that you're counting on. Second one is scale performance. Third one is world-class security. So think about it, you want to know where these agents are, what they're doing.
And then the other one is resiliency. We're now talking not about getting answers but about doing real work. So you want to make sure they're coming to work every day. You want to make sure that the last one is quality. And of course, that's chronicle the quality, you really have to engineer to get good quality. And so there's a lot of improvement there. So we're well positioned from the work we've done moving our markets to the cloud, we have the talent to thrive in this environment.
So what we're going to do is Adena talked about our first part of the last vector is going to be on the business. So how are we using AI to improve Nasdaq. And Don and all of us and the leaders are prioritizing so we get the most benefit as soon accelerated because the world is -- continues to go faster and faster and the capabilities improve every day.
So first off is how we build our products. And that is a big population, and it also our PDLC, we're applying it to get benefit there. The second one is really client success and support. And then ultimately, we'll get the whole business will -- every function will benefit from this.
The second area is in our products. So every Nasdaq product has an AI opportunities in their road map. We're talking about 2, but the business leaders are going to be talking about many more during their presentations.
So since the last one, Brenda, you're up first. You've been very busy having you. And so let's talk about modernization of our markets and moving to the cloud.
Absolutely. So since last time you were here with us, we have moved 3 more of our options markets to our Fusion platform. And for those of you who may not know what the Fusion platform is, this is our modern, state-of-the-art, most performant technology that we have, and we've built it for our markets. And we now have 7 of our 8 options markets running on that platform. We have 1 more to go this summer. And when we finish that this summer, it's going to mark a major milestone in our journey to have all of our markets running on the platform. So it's really great.
And if you think about the platform, and you're wondering why did Nasdaq choose the most challenging and difficult markets to take to the cloud first, why did we do that? And the answer is, from an engineering perspective, everything Adena said and Brad said, our organization is geared around excellence, engineering and to solve the most difficult problems. First, it allows us now to have a platform that we can use for any market anywhere in the world because of those performance metrics.
And our clients, let's talk about them. They really love the platform, not only for the best-in-class performance metrics that it has, 19 microsecond latency, and it's processing millions of messages a second. But why they like it is every market that's on the platform, their experience with connecting to it, writing to it, writing their algorithms, machine to machine to us, it's the same experience. So the clients like the consistency and standardization of how they connect to our markets. So it's been really great.
And that technology finally, and Kevin will talk to it later today, Kevin Kennedy, is it also has allowed us to capture the growth in the last 2 years. So the markets have performed really nicely.
Yes, great progress. So Don, I said you're a veteran. So let's talk about how important the cloud is to preparing us for AI. And Don was chosen because we really want to put AI into our core. We don't want to put this into the periphery of our business. We want to put it into the core because that's where the value is going to go. So I think you were the perfect candidate to lead this.
Thanks, Brad. So as part of the leadership in our 12-year journey to go to the cloud, I can share with you all that. Before you can realize the true value of AI, you have to be in the cloud. And we all remember that financial services was slow to adopt cloud technology, right? So they were looking for a trusted technology leader, one that was deep into financial services. And of course, that was Nasdaq. We were the trailblazer. And Brenda, we were focusing on outcomes, right? So we want to build a cloud platform low latency, reliability, but it had to be able to survive failure even to the region it was connected to.
And that gives us our Nasdaq cloud platform. It's built on Nasdaq operational excellence, which means it's national infrastructure grade. Every day, it delivers low latency matching and supports the billions of messages that are proprietary protocol. And now with the rise of AI, we're reaping the benefits of our early decisions to move our markets, our markets intelligence platforms to the cloud. So our early leadership in cloud is one of the reasons we're leaders in AI.
Brenda, I think we also have an update when we first were here, or 2 years ago when we were here, we just bought Calypso and AxiomSL, they were in the early stages of moving from on-prem to the cloud. So maybe give us an update on the progress you've made there, but let's broaden it to all the fintech products.
Absolutely. So when we think about our fintech products, we have been accelerating, accelerating and accelerating. No product in our fintech product suite has been left behind as it relates to us migrating to the cloud.
So let me start, 2 years ago when we were here we were talking about taking our AxiomSL and our Calypso engineering teams, and we were integrating them into our Nasdaq engineering teams. And we completed that. And Calypso now, in addition to its Oracle Cloud offering, we built an AWS cloud offering for Calypso, and we are starting to take our clients there.
For AxiomSL, we have advanced there and accelerated there. We have 80% of all of our new clients in the last 2 years are choosing and going to our cloud platform. Our NTS, which is our Nasdaq Trade Surveillance System has made significant progress in the last 2 years. We have 79% of 182 clients. So it's almost 80% of our 182 clients are running on the cloud platform. So that's huge, that's a huge progression in the last 2 years.
And then finally, for our market tech products, we call those our Eqlipse products. That's our trading, clearing and custody systems. All 3 of those products are cloud enabled, and we expect to have 11 clients running on those cloud platforms by the end of this year. So we've made some great progress. And it demonstrates, again, to everything Adena said, we have the expertise, we have the experience, we have the know-how. And we are our clients' trusted transformational partner. They are selecting us to take them to the cloud. So it's been really great.
We went there first. So they know we can do it. So Hazel, I'd like to invite you in. So how has the cloud set you up? And love to talk also about that -- we're moving to our second vector now, the strategic data consortium that you -- or consortia that you've built.
Nasdaq Verafin is really proud of the foundation that we've built in the cloud. We have been fighting financial crime for nearly 2 decades, and we pioneered our move to the cloud in 2011. That gives us 15 years of deep experience with cloud technologies and with that normalization specific to financial crime management, allowing us to build out our consortium data set.
Today, our highly scalable platform hosts just over 2,760 clients from community banks and credit unions to Tier1s, Tier 2s and G-SIBs. The sheer scale of our data consortium is impressive. Our clients collectively represent $11 trillion in assets, and our platform analyzes up to 1.8 billion transactions weekly to detect illicit activity and stop fraud in real time. These numbers really show how we've grown and evolved. Our cloud-first approach and the scale of our data has been key to differentiating Nasdaq Verafin as a leader in our space.
So how has that, the data consortium fit in?
We've built a unique, labeled financial crime data set, our consortium data set from across our client network. We believe that the quantity and the quality of this data set is what allows us to effectively train our AI and machine learning models. And this data set is key to unlocking advanced AI technology for our clients. By analyzing patterns in the data, we are able to detect risk insights, reduce false positives and improve our true fraud detection rates.
In practice, this means that our clients spend less time chasing false alerts and more time stopping real threats. We've created a true network effect. Every new data source. Every new client, every new integration makes our system smarter and more performant. And that provides a tangible ROI for our clients that Stephanie is going to tell you about later today.
Yes, as it grows, it gets better. I love that. So Angie, since you've been back, and we put the different groups together into cap. You saw the opportunity to build the data and intelligence layer as well there. So tell us about that.
Yes. As Hazel talked about the Verafin's consortium data, I'm very proud to say that Capital Access Platform also operate with one of the richest data ecosystem in the industry. It starts with our own [ '19 ] exchange, and thank you, Brenda, for sharing the data with us. And index data, the alternative data and institutional investment data that asset allocators relies on each day. It's probably utilized by some of you, and thank you for coming.
We have 30,000 public market strategy and 80,000 private market funds. It represents more than 90 trillion in institution assets. It's a remarkable footprint. Well, let me tell you, the real power isn't just the data itself. It's how we integrate the data and our business together through the entire division and turn them into shared intelligence, which you call it the intelligent layer that Adena and Brad all kind of talked about. This is an enterprise strategy across and all of you guys building this all together.
So it is an engine that unify the data and sew it together and turn them into shared intelligence across the entire division. It's one thing is that it's a reflection of the high demand of actually our data by our clients who are embracing AI. Another thing, I'm proud to say it is a reflection of the engineering excellence for builders and architects like us here.
It starts with the data discovery and data governance, foundational capability for the data platform. And we also have other critical services. We standardize the entire data pipeline. We ingest normalized process and publish them into the trusted governed data sets, and we eliminated the multiple data pipeline and ensure a consistent data center across the entire division. We have AI service, data enrichment, classification service and turned around the data into product ready insights. All of this capability together drives efficiency, quality, and even growth, may not be obvious, but even growth.
Well, I like the growth side. So why don't you tell us more about the growth.
There's a flywheel effect when we combine the data sharing and expertise together through this platform. And let me give you a recent example. We just launched the Nasdaq first private market index, and our platform securely shared with permission and governed and standardized the eVestment private market data to the index expertise. So index people can discover and know what kind of data have and put it into the index. Not only the buildup of this index is a lot faster, but also ensure the high quality of index.
So this type of sharing of data across different multiple business and [ created ] the new innovation, and we call it a growth story. I'm really proud to say this is just one of many stories.
Thank you, Angie. Thank you. So Brenda, you have differentiated data or, as we're saying, gold standard data. So it tells us about the data that comes off our systems.
Sure. So as you know, and as you're hearing from everybody, we have just a ton of data. And in our fintech products, the data used to be stand-alone and locked within those products. So we took a platform approach to unlocking that data. And we did that by extending our platform layer that we use for our market services to our -- to these fintech products. So now all of the data is unlocked. And of course, it's in that data layer in a secured protected permission encrypted way. And it is allowing us now to enhance our products while we evolve them with AI. So very powerful.
So we're going to move to our final vector, the AI section and start with AI. Don, you're going to lead us off with AI on the business.
All right. So with 12 years of sustained investment in cloud computing, machine learning and AI, this team has built an engineering organization that's truly ahead of the industry. And there's a saying, you take a picture yourself with your circle of friends because your friends are amongst the strongest influences of your future. If you take a picture of Nasdaq, you're going to find the 5 of us standing shoulder to shoulder with cloud and AI leaders, innovators, start-ups. And together, we're inventing and innovating this new agentic infrastructure. And these relationships give us access to cutting-edge technology and these great AI thinkers, but it's our shared vision that allows us to build future proof, best-in-class products.
And so what we're doing for our engineers because there's a lot of rapid engineering going on is we've built the Nasdaq Gen AI platform. It's a secure, foundational scalable platform that provides a consistent way of kind of framework to protect our data and then there's engineering to it. And I'll give some examples.
Agent registration, giving your agent an identity for authentication and authorization. That way you can manage and audit your agents. Observability, so you can see agent health, data health, AI behavior. Kill switch, so you can pause, kill or roll back a unique agent or a fleet of agents that are part of a common deployment. And this is just a sample of the governance that's important to deploying national infrastructure level of agents.
But I think when we talk about product development life cycle, the PDLC, within Nasdaq, we're reimagining all of these processes. We're not trying to do the same thing faster through automation. We're fundamentally looking at development, operations and all of our processes with an AI-driven mindset.
So in your old job, give us an example. I think you were working on that. That's part of why you were enlisted here.
Yes. So wherever there's a process, there is an opportunity for AI. And whenever there's a long or a complicated process, there's just more opportunity for AI.
So in my previous role, there are teams of engineers that are studying complex screens and running challenging technology platforms. But now with systems in the cloud, we're reimagining these processes with AI. We're tying together systems and data, and we're deploying this year hundreds of agents globally to thousands of agents by the end of 2027. And these agents will not look at screens. They're going to listen to signals from our systems and infrastructure. They're going to react real time. They're going to collaborate with one another. They're going to extend our availability and reliability. And ultimately, this is going to unlock an immense value for Nasdaq and our customers. And Sarah is going to hit on that later in her presentation. But there are a lot of projects. Brenda, you're working on a lot of projects across a lot of businesses, and I think you should share one of yours.
Yes, sure. Thanks, Don. So yes, I'll share one example. And as Don said, we're doing a lot of work across all of our products. All of our products use a product development life cycle approach to how we build them. So one of the products that I thought would be good to take you through is our Nasdaq Trade Surveillance product. It has 200 different alert types, and that platform is being fed by 239 global markets. So if you think about that, every time one of those global markets changes one little teeny element in their data that we receive into our platform, from an engineering perspective, we need to assess that change, we need to look at that change, understand the impact of that data element change on the 200 alerts that the platform is cranking on.
So to do that with the engineering team, we challenged that engineering team last year, and we said, can you look at your product development life cycle, you engineers, and reimagine it with AI in it. And so that was last year. They came back around the end of last year and they came back with 12 different agent types that they could put in their process. And we deployed 4 of them, and we've been running 4 of the 12 and they are around requirements. So every time something is changing somewhere, we have requirement agents looking at that, working in the process. And then the other 3 are around testing. So test creators, test validators, test analyzers. And those agents are in the process doing that work with the engineers.
So we have 4 of the 12 deployed. And with that, we are seeing approximately 20% reduction in cycle time, higher productivity and the engineers are now able to look at the next agents we want to look at, but also about doing higher value work in the product. So we are -- the engineers are really excited about this. And Angie and Hazel and I are sharing across our teams and working together on how we're going to move forward with all of these.
So Angie, I know you want to share some thoughts as well.
Yes. Thanks, Brenda. Agentic engineering have been really a game changer for us. We have switched from more mundane tasks into the creative engineering or the system engineering, like Brenda talked about, looking the whole system altogether. I just want to double-click on what you were saying. We're sharing -- partnering shoulder by shoulder, like that, partnering shoulder by shoulder together with you all, sharing in this phase of the transformation, it's really a power of us to make that as enterprise grade. In autonomous world, engineering excellence becomes even more critical, yes.
And let's switch to the last section, which is in our products where it's even higher stakes because we're delivering out to our customers.
So Angie, why don't you start with your example?
Earlier, you probably heard me talk about our differentiated set, incredible. And our power of the platform that drives the flywheel effect. We see AI as the accelerator of the flywheel. Let me give you one example of eVestment, and one of our products, we call it AI-ready data and for our client. And I'm not sure if any of you guys are using it, but let me explain.
For institution investor, for our clients, they have to make complex investment decision, and they rely on our eVestment data as their trusted source. And as everybody trying to embrace AI, guess what, they want to embrace AI, they want to use our data and their own first-party data to do the AI analysis and do take -- ask the machine to get help on this analysis.
However, they struggled in the past, right? They struggled because the data are unstructured, some of the data are unstructured, the charts, PDFs and management comment, it's easy for a human to interpret, but it's harder for machine. The reason behind this, even with the latest large language model, the default AI [indiscernible], we break the content or the unstructured content into odd places. And the AI will -- will not get the right answer.
So we took this problem head on. So first, we invented a new data transformation mechanism, and it is patent pending. And second, we leverage our platform to build an agent. And for each document, the unstructured document, we leverage the agent to automatically transform the unstructured, messy content into clean, context aware AI-ready data that is more reliable for AI reasoning, meaning they're more reliable for AI to read. The human can read, but now AI can read.
So the result has been remarkable. We have seen more than 50% relevant answer and 70% more token efficient. What's this token efficient is actually AI compute efficient cost, so 70%. So when our clients getting this data, integrating into their system, what they are getting, high accuracy, lower cost on their compute and far better experience when they're doing AI. Since the launch of this product late last year, we have seen really strong early adoption from the largest asset managers in the world. In fact, they were reaching out to us. "Hey, can you help on AI efficiencies?" And they believe embracing AI for them is an accelerator for their business, an accelerator for their business. And of course, it is a growth for our business. One client said, the bar has been raised for a meaningful impact on our productivity and data coverage. Again, this is just one of our examples.
And quality, again, is so important. Hazel, we're going to finish with you, and you've got some exciting things to talk about the agentic workforce. So I'll let you go and just tremendous progress there.
So as you know, Brad, Nasdaq Verafin has been an AI-driven business since day 1. And that means we have 20 years of experience, more than 20 years of experience taking a data-driven approach to applying AI to anti-financial crime. We have a deep understanding of the financial crime landscape. And just as importantly, we have a deep understanding of the unique needs and workflows of our clients.
In 2025, based on that foundation, we launched the Agentic AI Workforce, designed to target rising operational costs and manual repetitive tasks and compliance workflows. It's a truly transformative new technology and product offering for Nasdaq Verafin.
So what is the Agentic AI Workforce? It's a suite of workers designed to use the advanced reasoning capabilities available in the latest large language models to complete analysis, document results, even make decisions, just as a human analyst would. Instead of countless hours completing manual repetitive tasks, our clients are able to focus on deeper investigations, strategic analysis and proactive risk management. It's a fundamental shift from repetitive, reactive workflows to an intelligence-led approach to financial crime.
We're not just bringing our clients better tools. We are providing our clients with entire AI empowered teams that work alongside human analysts to dramatically improve outcomes in the anti-financial crime programs. We've seen strong adoption of our first 2 agentic workers, the agentic enhanced due diligence analysts and the agentic sanctions analysts. And we're excited to work with our clients in 2026 to work to prioritize our road map into the end of this year and beyond. I'm also excited to continue working with Brenda to bring these technologies to the Nasdaq trade surveillance product for the benefit of even more Nasdaq clients. Nasdaq, with our deep domain expertise and our background in working with AI is uniquely positioned to lead the AI evolution and bring this revolutionary technology to market.
Thank you, Hazel. So you can see that these 3 technology vectors are driving our strategy and our ambitions with the cloud, our leadership in the cloud, we've got an agility and the ability to scale the data, and the intelligence layer has allowed us to unlock data that was previously in our products and then the ability to create these incredible data consortiums. And finally, the preparedness for AI. And we mentioned our Gen AI platform, which is allowing us to embed agentic AI in both our products and our operations.
So as you think about the acceleration of investment that you've got the hyperscalers and the big AI labs continue to invest at unprecedented amounts, there's a forecast that says that AI inference and agentic AI is going to overtake training as the majority compute power for AI. So we see that as a great opportunity. We believe this is the next phase. And we're ready to innovate, to lead and to shape how you build agentic and the trust of that in our industry.
So you can see from the panel up here, you've heard all of this is done with great professional pride, engineering excellence and from a culture of operational excellence. So thank you.
We're going to queue up a client video from Franklin Templeton, and then you're going to hear from Nelson Griggs about capital access platforms.
[Presentation]
Well, good morning. It is certainly wonderful to have not 1 but 2 client testimonials for CAP before I even start. I'm thrilled today to talk to you about 3 areas that underpin our confidence for the CAP division to continue to deliver to our shareholders long-term durable growth. That's going to be how we power the innovation economy. I'll then move into how we are expanding, evolving and transforming our division. And lastly, I'll be discussing how that translates into our medium-term revenue outlook for the division.
So let's get started with our financials. In 2025, we delivered $2.1 billion in revenue, and that came from our 3 reporting segments of Data and Listings, Index, and Workflow and Insights. We had $1.3 billion in ARR, and that's growing at an annual rate of 5% -- or 7%, sorry, over the last 5 years. It's important to note that the vast majority of index revenue is not included in the ARR number.
Over the last 5 years, we've had 11% annual growth for the division. And this has been very consistent, and I think speaks to the durability of our revenue that we are delivering that has come during a pandemic, election cycle and extreme market volatility.
In 2025, we achieved a 60% operating margin, and that is 800 basis points higher than just 5 years ago. And so we have very strong expense discipline in the division. We also invest for the future. Primarily, I'll highlight today index, our global expansion and as well as that, our AI capabilities that we're investing in.
So now let's take a look at the solutions that power this innovation economy. It was truly wonderful to hear from Penny, from Edward Jones talking about the fact that they see us as having a history of trust and innovation, talk a lot about our domain expertise. The data division is truly firing in all cylinders, and I'll talk about that quite a bit today.
In listings, we saw some momentum pick up in 2025, and we're very encouraged about the pipeline we have for 2026. So we're optimistic about the work -- sorry, the Data and Listings segment.
When we look at Workflow and Insights, in corporate solutions, we are delivering governance solutions, IR as well as sustainability solutions to our clients. In analytics, it combines eVestment, Data Link, Nasdaq Fund Network and Nasdaq Fund Secondaries, and we're seeing particular momentum in eVestment as well as Data Link.
To round out the wheel here, our index business. The Nasdaq 100 is truly becoming a core growth asset for investors across the world. And that's driving significant AUM growth for our entire index portfolio, which in turn is generating more trading activity in the derivatives area as well as demand for our index data.
And the markets these solutions are operating in are large and they're growing. So today, we are penetrating 7% of our TAM, 22% of our $10 billion SAM, and that SAM is growing at a rate of 7% over the last 5 years. We're obviously focused every day about how we take greater SAM penetration, and we're seeing those opportunities, again, in index, in data, Data Link, eVestment. We're also looking at areas where we're going to bring more of the TAM into the SAM and long term, grow the TAM.
So you heard about this a lot on the last technology panel, but I'm going to go a little deeper. And [ Andy ] did a wonderful job of setting this up, but the CAP intelligence layer is truly our advantage in the AI world.
So the platform is a unified intelligence layer. It normalizes, it links and enriches all of our gold standard data. We have embedded institutional grade security, governance, entitlement and traceability of the data, so we make sure that data is properly used both internally and externally by our clients.
So the model takes the gold standard data, gold standard data you're seeing coming from not only our internal engines, but also our consortia data, and it brings that data in one time. And through permissions, we're able to use that data across our entire product portfolio.
One of the most important aspects of this, though, is the sophisticated areas that we bring this data to clients. This includes low latency feeds. We have a rich catalog of APIs and most recently, embedded MCP servers to deliver AI-ready data to our clients. This is truly, truly differentiated for our data business. So the important part of this, this is not a data lake, it is truly an intelligence layer we have embedded our domain expertise, the AI-ready data for our clients, but also AI workflows as we build products. So our entire team is so excited about this capability because what we're seeing is near 100% reusability of our data across our product portfolio.
We're bringing more product to market more quickly and the quality of that product continues to get better and better through AI technologies. And we believe that this is the foundation to us leading in an AI world.
Another real big enabler for the division is our communities. Adena highlighted that the mission of CAP is to connect capital to opportunity. And the clients that we do that across the world is very scaled. We have 5,000 asset owner and asset manager clients, 10,000 corporate clients, thousands of data clients, and that data is being used by billions of end users to make informed decisions on a daily basis. So having strong communities helps build our brand, it helps us build trust, it creates stickiness with our clients, and also gives us access to do more with our clients and engage with our pipeline.
So to put that in practice, with corporates every day, we are helping them gain visibility in the marketplace, engage with their investors through our corporate services and truly have world-class governance. We then think about the investment community that the corporates care so much about, we're helping that investment community through eVestment, making informed decisions every day. They're using our data on a daily basis to again make these informed decisions, and we are truly bringing world-class index products to the marketplace that also our corporates rely on.
So throughout any given week, and even a month, year, we're having -- continuing to have advanced thought leaderships who will bring the portfolio -- the personas together to learn from each other and really connect and convene these communities. And now we're seeing more opportunity than ever with the advancements in private markets, Always-On markets that Adena talked about and obviously, advanced technologies. So our communities are really powerful enabler for the division.
Now I want to turn to our flywheel. So at the top of the flywheel is how we're attracting the most innovative companies in the world to list on Nasdaq. We strengthen their performance in the public markets through our corporate services. We provide them the deepest liquidity pool in the world with the best trade execution, and this is a true partnership with our market services team, and Tal, you'll hear more about later today. And the deep liquidity pool provides us very rich trading that in turn gives us data to monetize throughout the world. That data gives us rich IP to create these indexes we're talking about. And now we're leading in enabled Nasdaq 100 options that Kevin Kennedy, who runs U.S. Transaction Services, will spend a lot of time talking about today. The growth of that business is truly fantastic.
So this flywheel is really driving the innovation economy. And for CAP, it provides these deep, deep corporate relationships. For the last 7 years, we've won the listing race, raising more capital on Nasdaq than any other U.S. market. This gold standard data that the engine produces is growing tremendously, and let's us monetize that throughout the world. And our index business is just a true juggernaut. So this unique IP, we get off this engine, this flywheel let us create more and more indices that are attracting more and more AUM to that business.
So our flywheel is truly special. At the top of the house, though, and I'll have a little extra enthusiasm here because I started in this business 25 years ago. But this chart here shows that U.S. domiciled market cap in the U.S. and our growth here in market share growth is truly phenomenal. 20 years ago, we were at 20%, roughly 20% market share. Today, we're at an astounding 50% -- 56% market share of U.S. domiciled market cap on Nasdaq. That growth is truly fantastic. And we are winning this race by having a world-leading brand, the deepest liquidity pool, these corporate services help our clients succeed, amazing index products, and it really is a true One Nasdaq effort to bring clients to marketplace.
And on the right-hand slide, we'll brag a bit more here. We have 8 of the top 10 companies by market cap in the world, 8 of the top 10. When we look at our switch business, we have brought over $4 trillion in market cap from the New York Stock Exchange, 25% of the Nasdaq 100 is comprised of switches. And over the last 7 years, we've led the market in the U.S. here with capital raised on our -- on the Nasdaq market. And over the last 3, we've had the largest IPO of the year. So this business is very well positioned. We are excited about the 2026 pipeline. We can't control market volatility, but the pipeline is probably as diverse as I have seen in many years. So again, we're optimistic.
But it's not just the U.S. where we lead. We have an amazing listing franchise in Europe. We are truly the envy of the European markets when it comes to listing activity. And you'll hear more about the trading quality from Tal when he speaks. The reason why this is the envy in Europe, it's actually growing. We've had an 87% growth rate in the number of listed clients in this marketplace over the last 20 years. Last year, more capital was raised in the Nordics in any other European market, 3 of the top 5 listings occurred on this market. And what's unique about it is not only the fact that it's a very deep liquidity pool, large, large expansion investor reach. But the economy in the Nordics is probably as close to the U.S., you can get in all of Europe with a very rich innovation culture, a very rich equity culture, and that's driving this liquidity and then driving these listings to our marketplace.
So the combination of our U.S. listing and European listing franchise, I think really speaks to where we sit at the heart of this innovation economy. And I could not leave this section without pounding this one a bit more about our flywheel and talk about the large exchange transfer in history.
Last December, Walmart switched to Nasdaq. That relationship started before the listing analysis. So they were a data client with their OnePay JV solution and their U.S. brokerage operations. They were using our corporate services to engage with investors. And then when they did the analysis, they really saw the power of the Nasdaq 100. They did an exhaustive review on trade quality and saw that we had the deepest liquidity pool and best trade execution, and came to the conclusion over time, this will lower their cost of capital. And I'd say the icing on the cake, but actually was super important was they wanted to partner with a technology forward exchange that was powering the innovation economy much like they are doing for their clientele. So this was a real big Nasdaq one effort we call it. But we bring that to our clients, our listed clients every single day across our entire opportunity set.
So now I'm going to move on to how we are driving growth with inside the division across the 3 pillars that you've heard about: expand, evolve and transform. In expand, we'll dive in a bit more to the data and index business. In evolve, I'll spend a bit more time on our AI capabilities and how we're driving results for our clients. And lastly, in transform, opportunities that we see in the private market space as well as Always-On markets and market modernization.
All right. So let's start with expand. In expand, I've talked about the data business, but as mentioned, it's truly, truly firing on all cylinders. When we look at the above return growth rates for the data listing business, this has been a big driver of that, and we see continued momentum. You saw in the video with Edward Jones, we take a real strategic approach to our clients, to us about how they use our data to grow their business, and we're seen as a wonderful partner in that. And I did talk about obviously, the intelligence layer. The key in that is the frictionless delivery of our data to our clients, this expertise we have in machine-to-machine intelligence delivery.
So in addition to that, we have 3 key drivers that we're excited about for the growth of this business. When we think about retail, and Kevin Kennedy will talk more about these trends. We believe the change in retail investment is a structural change. According to a recent JPMorgan study, in 2019, 10% of U.S. trading activity was retail-driven. Today, that's north of 25% on a daily basis. And we're very well positioned here with the proliferation of growth of retail investment portals, retail trading venues. We are going to continue to capture more and more activity through the growth in retail.
Last Investor Day, I talked about our plans around geographic expansion and also our enterprise licenses. So under geographic expansion, we have been very strong in the APAC region for years with our data growth. But now we've seen overall the data from international, the revenue from international expansion grew to 9% over the last 2 years. But last year, it actually accelerated to double digits. An area I had highlighted was the Middle East. We're going to focus on our sales and marketing there as well as other select geographies. And we've had success throughout the last 2 years in the Middle East. But this last Q4, and this will dovetail well into the enterprise licenses, we signed one of the largest financial institutions in Saudi Arabia to an enterprise license. When you start to do that in a region, you get this [ fomo ] effect, and it really enables us to find more and more clients like that. So we are very excited about our opportunities and data to grow our international revenue.
And under enterprise licenses, here's where I'm going to refer back to Penny at Edward Jones. She talked about how we are providing a more simplified infrastructure at a reduced cost. So the move to enterprise licenses for this business is truly a win-win. Our clients are getting benefit. But for Nasdaq, these are premium priced products, and they have more [indiscernible] revenue streams. So we're very focused on transferring more and more of our clients to enterprise licenses. So across the data businesses, ability to continue to drive this excellence across the very part of the clients, the combination of retail, geographic expansion and enterprise licenses gives us very, very strong confidence in this business to execute.
And now I'm going to turn to our index franchise, which has grown in revenue, 155% and over the last 5 years. I want to turn to the chart here and describe the revenue mix between AUM and non-AUM businesses. Last year, the part of the chart that shows our AUM growth, that is now over 70% of the AUM or the revenue growth of the business or the revenue mix. So we look at that revenue mix in a strong constructive market, we do see the asset piece having a larger portion of the revenue. But in a less constructive market, we would imagine that would move back to the more trading side of the business and the mix would shift a bit.
And this, again, speaks to really the durability of this business. And I want to highlight 2022 when the Nasdaq 100 was down 33%, but the index business still reported 6% revenue growth. So this mix is truly fantastic and again, it creates a very durable, durable business for us. And last year, we had $99 billion in flows to the business. We launched 122 new products. I'll talk more about that in a few sections coming up. And we ended the year with a record $882 billion in ETP AUM. So these are very strong alpha drivers to the business that we're getting more and more conviction in.
And why are we? Well, last Investor Day, we highlighted 3 accelerants. They're still intact today but have added new opportunities for us. So one is we're focused on how we're modernizing the platform. This platform calculates tens of millions of index calculations daily and is bringing an enormous amount of data. And the goal here is perfection. You need to get these calculations right. So having a modern scale platform is critical, but now we've embedded AI capabilities into the workflows. So this is a true enhancement for us to not only be more effective as we bring in this data more efficient, but also as we create new products.
So as I mentioned in the previous slide, we had 122 new products last year. And at our last earnings call, we highlighted that 36% of our flows in 2005 came from products that were just created in the last 5 years. So overall, that 122, if I take a 2-year look back, that number is 238 new products in market focused primarily on the institutional market as well as international, and that is double the amount of products we put in market the 2 years prior. So we're becoming very efficient on not only putting more product in market, but the right products in market.
And when we think about the institutional sector, we talked a lot about at last Investor Day, our focus on penetrating the insurance space that we estimate has about $700 billion in assets under management. And today, we are growing and taking market share there. We represent $66 billion, and the 20% growth rate over the last 5 years is accelerating. But as we have built out that sales team, our capabilities, more products, we realize there's other opportunities in the institutional space, particularly as the Nasdaq 100 continues to be seen as a core growth asset around the world. So we've been looking at expanding our distribution partners, expanding our product set to really penetrate institutional market more and more. And we're very excited about the results so far.
And lastly, what is critical to this business is our international expansion. The revenue coming from our international clients has grown 34% in the last 5 years. On the previous chart, I showed the business growing at 21%. So the international expansion is a true accelerant for us. And what separates how Nasdaq goes to market is we are not a supermarket. Clients cannot come to us or distributors can't say, "Hey, we want to use Nasdaq 100." We really analyze markets and find the 1, 2 or 3, depending on the size of the market, best partners we can scale and grow over time with a broad portfolio set.
So this is really the early stages of this as well, too. The team, I think, of our index group is absolutely world class, and they're focused on how we have the most modern platforms, leverages AI capabilities, how we continue to put more product, the right product to market. We have enormous opportunity to penetrate the insurance -- the institutional space as well as insurance, and then thinking about how we do this globally. So again, from the data business, the index business, we think we're well prepared to expand in CAP.
A great case study here for us is BlackRock because it really hits on all of these vectors, how we're innovating with the client, how we're focused on the institutional market and how we think about international expansion. So BlackRock is a part of Nasdaq across many different businesses, but an index, they're a long-standing partner with our -- and our largest European partner with the Nasdaq 100. They recently launched the Nasdaq Top 30, the Nasdaq Next 70, and options-based products, and these are all targeted at the institutional client set. And we just expanded with a new long-term partnership agreement with BlackRock to do more to invest in our current product set in market, but also expand with new products for the institutional space.
So now I'm going to turn to how we are evolving the business. And again, the market technology platform, the technology platform did a wonderful job setting this up. But we believe we are very well positioned to succeed in an AI world. I'm going to talk about this in terms of our product set. If we think about a combination of market data, Data Link and eVestment, our opportunity is the gold standard data we've been talking about that is truly mission-critical to our clients' decisions. So this is where we have the opportunity to incorporate value-based pricing.
So our teams are absolutely amazing at how they think about distributing, monetizing and protecting our data. So I think the Franklin Templeton video really said it all when they say, we want -- and Rich said, we want a clean, scrubbed data for AI use. And that's what we do. That's what our intelligence layer does. One thing I want to highlight in this business is that there's a lot of discussion about if you turn your data over these models, do you lose control of it. And we have had to control the use of our data, monitor the use of our data since the advent of the Internet. We're awesome at this.
So we actually have a tool in market called Patrol we developed 4 years ago that's AI-enabled. It's really understanding how our clients are using our data to make sure it conforms to contractual standards. It is so good that many exchanges actually licensed this technology from us. So we're very comfortable with the way we are distributing data, how our clients are using that data and how Nasdaq, in turn, will be able to monetize that and again, use value-based pricing.
Looking at our Corporate Solutions, there's 2 products I'll talk about, Boardvantage and IR. In the governance space, Boardvantage is a product that secures our clients' most viable data board material. It is the most conservative buyer in the marketplace. They are focused on security and control. So what they like to see out of us that we're delivering to market today, and I'll share some examples, is really helping them with critical workflow using AI tools, and we are a leader in how we're doing that with our clients today.
In the Investor Relations services, we're helping really clients do 2 things, understand our shareholder base today and target new shareholders. And we are the most scaled provider at doing this. We have 2 products. We have the advisory product as well as the desktop, and it's about a 60-40 revenue mix. In advisory, we actually have some very rich gold standard data. We have a 25-year database attracting shareholder movements in custodial banks. We can't do our job without that.
In addition, we have really the largest CRM tool, tracking hundreds of thousands of investor meetings throughout a given year that helps us with tracking flows. So the combination of those 2 have us to be really a world leader in how we're helping our clients with understanding their shareholder base, and that's where this domain expertise comes into play. And we have -- a lot of that data is incorporated into our desktop. And again, we're helping clients there with critical workflows. So how we tie that in a story together with them, it's really our scale, our domain expertise, coupled with gold standard data. And getting back to governance, it's all about this hyper resilient security. Obviously, all of our products are secured. There's nothing that is more secure than Board data.
Okay. Now moving on to index. This is talked a lot about how you can create an index using AI, and we are certainly doing that. We are going to make our index business better and better by ingesting more data more easily with AI tooling as well as create a new product, but you're never going to have an index business if you do not have brand, distribution and partnership. And that's what we have built over the last 30 years at Nasdaq. It's very easy to create an index, calculate an index, but you're not going to get to market without these capabilities. So we're world leading in that.
So we're very comfortable about our ability to not only be offensive, but also defensive in an AI world. And I'll give you a few examples here. And Angie covered this one amazingly well. When we think about the data assets, and they're really combined together. We have market data, Data Link and eVestment. This is the example we gave, and this is what Rich from Franklin Templeton talked about, we are well ahead of the game here in delivering high-quality data ready for AI use in their machines. And the kind of the utilization we're seeing here and the results we're seeing across the client base, we've been in the market now for the last 6, 9 months with this, is a 70% reduction in compute costs. That is real value.
And they're also seeing the data to be 50% more available to them, searchable. And when Rich talked about the need to have an information edge, this is what he's talking about. So not only are the opportunities within eVestment to grow this, but also our market data business is across the board. So we're very excited about the opportunity to expand our client usage and leveraging AI to do that.
In Corporate Solutions, the 2 products I talked about today, we've been in market with AI tools for our IR clients for the last 2 years, 74% of our clients are using that on a daily basis. And in governance, again, a little slower uptake, but it's growing pretty rapidly, 47% are using our AI services there. And this is where our focus on things like summarization, what's my next best move, completing these critical workflows and really helping the clients be more efficient and effective, and always comes with a lot of domain expertise.
And I did talk a lot about this index for us, AI is about the data ingestion and creating new products. We continue to see opportunities in the early results of using AI to create products more efficiently that 238 new products in the last 2 years is going to continue to grow for us in areas we're very focused on in institutional and international growth.
Okay. So now we're going to move on to how we're transforming the business, and these are 2 areas we're excited about in private market as well as the advent of Always-On markets and market modernization. When we think about transforming, the pie chart here is something that you're all fairly familiar with, but the growth of private market assets. Now the public markets are still massive and enormous at $127 trillion, and it has been growing over the last 20 years at a 6% annual growth rate.
Now when you look at private markets, they are about a $15 trillion market, but growing at roughly 13%. So we're seeing a lot of growth there. And as, again, Rich talked about at Franklin Templeton, it is a multi-asset, multi-strategy world. So our ability in this marketplace to capture growth is what we do best, trusted data, how we help our clients discover that data and do diligence on it, and we have a new opportunity in performance benchmarking.
So the asset that's key to us is really eVestment. eVestment is this incredible contributory data set where asset owners and asset managers come to meet electronically to make informed decisions and really drive their business, find that information edge. The database here was built over 20 years ago and has a rich history of data that's contributory from our clients.
So we started in the public market space. As Angie mentioned, we have 30,000 funds that we capture data on. In the last really year, 2 years, we have dramatically expanded the private market data set. We have 80,000 private market funds in the system. 30% of our new sales last year in eVestment came with a private market component. That's double what it was a year before. So our clients are looking for one provider that can help them in both the public and private markets. With eVestment, we are so well positioned to do that. And then you layer on our AI capabilities and leverage that data together, we think we have tremendous opportunity to be a real, real player in the private market space.
Now the data in eVestment sits in that intelligence layer, and our index team recently launched the private market indices for accurate benchmarking. So private market data is very dispersed. It's hard to trust, and we have a very strong opportunity to play a leadership role in the benchmarking world, and I think we're just starting in this area. We're super excited about what we're seeing in terms of the results. And last year, data business is distributing more and more private market [ edge ] to their clients, and the headline here is the Nasdaq private market is the leader in corporate liquidity, secondary liquidity, and we're leveraging that data set in our data business, what we call Tape D data.
So with a case study, when LSEG recently went through a fairly exhaustive review with their encumbered providers of private market data, they chose an enterprise license for the entire eVestment suite. So they're using our data for all their global workstations, the Nasdaq funds area, LP, benchmarking insights. It really is the full suite. And what I love about this slide here, it's really cool when you sign an enterprise client, and they want to do the press release. They love our brand here. It's true validation in the marketplace. That 30% sales coming with private market components last year is only going to grow for us. So you'll see us with the modern technology, the modern ability to capture private market data, having a real opportunity to talk more and more about this as the years to come with you.
Okay. So now moving to what Adena had talked about, Always-On. Always-On is the next -- is really the kind of the future of market modernization. And you'll hear a lot from Kevin Kennedy. You'll hear a lot about -- from him talking about the 23/5 access and how they're building that. You also hear from Roland Chai talking about our plans for tokenization. And although they are building that, we are a true partner in this because it's very impactful for our businesses. 23/5 opens up new TAM for us for our data, our data requirements around the world, particularly coming from Asia Pacific. And when we think about tokenization, we believe we're having a lot of conversations with our partners here, how this will drive new adoption for index products.
And when you think about our issuers, we believe Nasdaq has an amazing opportunity to be issuer, thoughtful, bringing along in the journey here and how they take advantage of a tokenized world to find new investor pools, particularly around retail on an international basis. We also think there's a great opportunity to reduce some friction in the marketplace that exists, primarily on the proxy process. So that's a very laborious, expensive process for all issuers, and tokenization has a real role over time to help them really kind of achieve better results here and be more efficient and have us help them do that.
Okay. So now I want to turn to our outlook. And we're excited to tell you today that we're raising our medium-term organic growth outlook to 6% to 10% for the division. There are some puts and takes in here. Within Workflow, we are monitoring the growth to reflect our recent performance, and clearly less of an opportunity in sustainability solutions. We are also seeing momentum in the analytics businesses. We are raising our outlook for Data and Listings on the strength and predictability of our data business that I had talked about. And lastly, we're raising our Index range. And that's really come from our confidence in these alpha drivers that I talked about today.
So in summary, CAP is so well positioned to continue to drive this innovation economy. We're very focused on capturing new opportunities as we think about expanding our business, particularly in data and index, how AI is playing a massive role to enable our clients to be more successful in our leadership in AI. And lastly, we're positioned to help our clients in transformative trend areas such as private market and Always-On and market modernization. And of course, we're excited to tell you that we're raising our medium-term outlook.
So thanks for your time. We really appreciate spending time with you this morning, and I also get to tell you, you have a break now. We have a 10-minute break before we come back for our next session. Thank you.
[Break]
And we're going to continue our Investor Day presentation with a video from eToro before you hear from Market Services from Tal Cohen, Kevin Kennedy and Roland. Thank you.
[Presentation]
Good morning, everyone. I'm excited to have Kevin Kennedy and Roland Chai join me to present our Market Services. Quick note on Roland, in addition to his responsibilities of running European markets, we've asked them to lead digital assets. And that's exciting for us, given his expertise and experience in post trade and his global expertise in terms of how this works. So you'll hear a little bit more about that.
All right. Let's get started by taking a look at the financial profile of the division. On the left, we highlight how we've capitalized on our scale to generate durable revenue growth and impressive operating margins. We hold leadership positions across U.S. multi-listed options and Nordic equities, along with running the single largest U.S. equities exchange. We've driven over 66% growth in compounded annual growth in our proprietary index options business over the past 5 years through investments in product and distribution. And our revenue capture for U.S. equities is 70% higher than our closest competitor. And that's because we've been better at capitalizing on structural trends such as the shift from active to passive investing to grow our closing costs, and we successfully monetized product innovations such as Dynamic M-ELO, which is the Midpoint Extended Life Order, first AI-enabled order type approved by the SEC, and we're really proud of that.
Now let's talk a little bit about how the flywheel with listings that Nelson mentioned really plays a key role in powering our performance. Going from left to right, you'll note that Nasdaq listed companies now account for over half of the average daily trading volume and represent 56% of market capitalization for U.S. domiciled companies. That's thanks in large part to our success in attracting high-quality IPOs and switches.
Now when we combine these 2 trends with superior market quality in the form of deeper liquidity and tighter spreads, it enables us to win market share. Here, we show how our superior market quality for companies that comprise the Nasdaq 100 directly drives our strong on-exchange market share. Now our Nordic markets have also outperformed their peers. And as Nelson mentioned, the secret is out. Our Nordic markets are truly the envy of Europe.
Our success is attributable to strong household participation, which is the highest in Europe and amongst the highest globally, a large and engaged pension system that supports the long-term growth in national industries and capital markets. A constructive tax regime that encourages investing and financial inclusion and a culture that supports innovation and entrepreneurs. As a result, we operate the most attractive capital raising and secondary trading environment across all of Europe.
As evidenced by the Verisure IPO in Sweden just last year, which at the time, was the largest IPO in Europe in over 3 years, a great proof point to share with larger issuers. And we're building on our success and our leadership position by investing in strengthening our over-the-counter capabilities and growing our addressable market.
Now I'm going to have Kevin and Roland join me in just a moment, and they're going to talk to you about how we're expanding and evolving our leading and differentiated options business, and how we're transforming by unlocking the potential of 23/5 markets and by leading the way on tokenization, both of which are foundational to an Always-On market.
But we're going to start with Kevin in sharing just why our option business is so special. Kevin?
So listening to Tal, one thing should be clear. What powers and drives market services and enables us to expand, evolve and transform is the leadership, leadership that is deeply rooted here at Nasdaq in scalable growth, operational excellence and consistent execution.
When I say operational excellence and consistent execution, that doesn't happen by accident. You heard from Don Beery in his former role, who's head of Global Technology Infrastructure, and have a trusted partner that you heard from, Brenda Hoffmann, it's that leadership and their teams that enable our business and market services to have the scalable growth.
So when we now look at the results, because this isn't just hyperbole. Let's think about the results from 2025. In U.S. equity options, leadership market share of 500 basis point lead, 500 basis points over our nearest competitor. Nelson mentioned it, Tal mentioned it, U.S. equities, the largest pool of liquidity on the Nasdaq stock market. Highest share, highest volume traded and highest capture by 70%.
Now this business benefits from structural talents as well. But the differentiator for us and what enables us to continue to perform exceptionally and compoundedly is we have strong talent, strong talent paired with an operating and disciplined flywheel. And flywheel is so important to Nasdaq overall. And specifically, from my perspective, in the Market Services business, it is what allows us to have these incredible results year in and year out.
Today, we're going to focus on expand, evolve and transform. And I'll do it through 3 key parts of the businesses within Market Services. Equity Options and how that market is expanding; Index Options where our franchise is expanding dramatically and evolving; and then lastly, I'll discuss a little bit about 23/5, how it's leading to an Always-On market.
This really is about expand when I think about Equity Options and we highlight that. We've been the leader and participation is growing, who is trading options, when they're trading, what they're trading. And one clear example is at the end of January, our filing for what we call -- what we filed with short-term options, it's also called 0DTE. We -- on a very measured and deliberate and I think responsible way, we took the 8 largest companies plus the IBIT options, the Bitcoin options that are listed by BlackRock on our exchange, and added Mondays and Wednesdays.
And what we've seen, and it's just been about a month, but we've seen they're additive to volume. So even as volume is leading one [ exploration ] and coming maybe a little more short term, it's still additive to volume. And our market share in the short-term options is a little bit elevated. We're already elevated at the start of this year from where we've been, but we're also elevated in 0DTE or short-term options.
So let's talk about the growth in retail and institutional. There's been incredible growth in the last 5 or 6 years in options. And if you think back, just since COVID, it was prior to COVID that stock commissions went to 0. Options commissions didn't go to 0. They went lower, though. And then that's where we saw the big uptick. What used to be since COVID was 25 to 35, now it's pretty stable. It's in that 40 to 45 range, and we're also seeing stability in institutional growth. And the institutional growth is coming, one clear example is assets under management for embedded exchange traded products. So think of an exchange-traded product, they're using options to gain yield and then they spread that income out in dividends in their exchange traded product. We're seeing both of that growth.
So I'm really happy that it's a balanced growth story in options. But what does this mean for Nasdaq? Well, what it means is last year, we traded 16.3 million contracts a day. Just 6 or 7 years ago, the entire industry was only trading 16 million to 17 million contracts a day. And this year, we're already -- we, at Nasdaq, are already trading 19 million contracts a day. But this is not just about defending market share. We want to be the leaders in market share, but we want to expand the participation and by leading it, we will have great benefits for our shareholders and our clients.
Now we're going to talk a bit about expand and then we'll evolve into evolve. Great story here, very confident we can continue this. And this is not just a continuation. We believe we can accelerate our index options franchise. Five years ago, 12,000 contracts. We invested in it. We built out a sales team. Last year, 80,000 contracts. This year, already averaging 100,000 contracts. 45% growth from 12,000 to 80,000, 45%. But now look at revenue, 66% growth. The high notional value of the index as well as complex orders, electronic flex, we have a lot of levers to extract maximum value for our shareholders out of that index complex.
But now we need to invest behind the momentum. We need to amplify our commercial message, and we're doing that. And we are expanding our sales coverage. We built out the sales team 5 years ago, but now we're expanding it significantly. But this, this is not the destination. This is just the starting point. But when you have a starting point, you then have to have the next phase. So the next phase is an evolution for us. And what we want to do is we want to increase institutional adoption of the Nasdaq 100 Index. And we also want to expand the product set.
So on the institutional side, we're getting great feedback from clients, from our sales team, and they're using it more as a core risk management tool. So it's great to see that progress. And when I think of the progress we're making, so much of it happens because of what I have the luxury, my team has the luxury of working with our Capital Access Platform team in the index products. And we get to collaborate with that team within here at Nasdaq. We sit in a really good space with them. We collaborate daily on product design, institutional standards and index construction, all to make sure that we meet and align on standards from day 1 when we build out new products or we make changes to our products.
But with that, we're seeing more liquidity as we get more interest, spreads are getting tighter but you have to continue to invest in that. And we're doing that. We're investing in business analytics and business insights. Now as far as product expansion, we do have a filing with -- on Bitcoin index options. We're just -- we're working with the regulator to get to that, get that finished. And we're also working with the regulator on filing event options, some are called binaries, some are called prediction markets. But ours are going to be very focused on the Nasdaq 100 index to start and just broaden the participation and reach of the Nasdaq 100 index that we have.
We also have a micro index. So a micro index, we have NDX, and just as an example, we have XND, which is the same as Nasdaq 100, it's just a lower price point. It's 1/100th of the Nasdaq 100. But all in this platform, exceptionally strong, scalable. This momentum, it's real. The runway is expanding and the opportunity is significant for us, another significant opportunity. And I'm going to touch on this and then Roland will talk about it a little bit, too, is using 23/5, the expansion to 23/5 towards an Always-On.
And you may sit there and you may say, well, I think things are trading 24 hours a day now, why do you need Nasdaq? We need to bring industrial-grade infrastructure and industrial grade protections for investors. And if we do that, that's our opportunity. We can transform and reshape these markets in the way that the Nasdaq trusted fabric that we believe we are, we bring to investors and traders and clients. We sit at the center of this.
So you heard Nelson and Tal both say, well, the Nasdaq stock market is great. Well, half of the volume today is in Nasdaq listed companies, and it's growing. So it's our responsibility and our opportunity to do it in the right way with industrial-grade protections. And that will also open up and unlock opportunities for new investors in our own listed companies. So as we bring things like regulatory surveillance, transparency in the Securities Information Processor, which we call SIP, and as we bring trading curves and just industrial-grade infrastructure, we think we're going to unlock -- we don't think, we're going to unlock new revenue streams, not just trading, but connectivity, market data and eventually financial technology.
I do want to leave you with one observation before I hand it over to Roland. I've had the luxury of doing this for about 4 decades, and I've seen some remarkable cycles. With conviction, I sit here and I tell you, this is the most consequential time in the markets, maybe ever. And being positioned at Nasdaq, my team has never been more engaged, Nasdaq has never been more engaged and there's so much opportunity for here. We can control bringing safety and trust in this, and it's a tremendous opportunity.
So with that, I want to hand it over to Roland, who will go through our tokenization and digital assets expansion.
Thank you very much, Kevin. I'm excited to be here today to talk to you about how we take the industrial liquid market architecture of Always-On that Kevin has described and how extending that to digital assets is going to be transformational.
So why is tokenization and why are digital assets important? So I've had the great privilege of working across the globe from Sydney to London to Hong Kong and great Nordic markets and the U.S. markets, and working on market structure and post trade problems with our clients in terms of trade processing workflows, settlement workflows and asset life cycle workflows. There is an incredible potential for digital assets to transform the inefficiencies and the issues and the complexity of those workflows. So we see tokenization as being a vehicle for that.
In the last 2 years since the last Investor Day, we've seen accelerating growth of digital networks, accelerating growth of digital markets. However, there's been market structure issues with those. So fundamentally, we see inefficient price discovery. We see fragmented liquidity. And also, we see in the proliferation of tokens, a disconnect between the great -- the issuers and the great companies that we have in our public markets today and their investors. And also, these markets are running on parallel rails. They are not integrated into our deep liquid markets.
So tokenization, in our view, accelerates our vision of more intelligent markets. And we are uniquely positioned to lead that with our incredible platform and global liquidity platform. But let's talk about why that is. When we look at distributed ledger or blockchain technology, putting securities or digital assets onto a distributed ledger and ensuring that they're programmable means that those assets become able to take rules and automate workflows. They're able to be mobile and they're able to be transferable on near instantaneous transferability with verifiable audit trials.
So we see intelligent markets as an environment where going from 12 hours a day, 5 days a week to 24/7, Always-On markets of having digital networks and digital assets seamlessly interact with our traditional deep pools of liquidity and our capital, financial capital markets. What that means for financial institution is that capital that is locked up for collateral and margining requirements becomes mobile and is unlocked. For institutional investors, they have more transparency, more direct control over their assets. And when we look at post-trade processing, inefficiencies in trade processing and settlement workflows, tokenization and program assets can radically simplify these processes. So we see benefits from both investors, institutions and sell side and buy side.
Automation of core processes and data flows and security markets will unlock and maximize asset utility. That will, in turn, result in more liquidity in the system and that can be put back to work in the system. So we see Nasdaq as leading in a unique position and leading that transformation.
So how do we look at this practically? At the moment, we see -- and we've had a long history of working with these markets. We see potential market opportunity of $3 billion to $6 billion. And as Adena had mentioned before, we've been using blockchain technology a long time, and we're already capturing some of this, and it's rapidly expanding.
So we've had a long history of connecting pools of risk capital with entrepreneurs in an innovation economy. We've also had a long history of working with 135 marketplaces around the world in modernizing markets. And we do that at scale with trust, integrity and resilience. So you'll hear later on, Magnus will talk about how from 2024, which worked with the Chilean Central Bank to tokenize their sovereign government bonds in order to connect to a new distribution network on digital rails with new pools of investors. As Nelson mentioned, we have enormous data that comes through those digital markets and the demand for index-linked products is already increasing. And we have been supplying our ultra-low latency trading engines and market infrastructure to native digital market companies.
So going back to it, how are we going to capture that value in an expanding market opportunity. We're going to do it in 3 ways. So number one, delivering our Always-On global liquidity platform digital assets ecosystem will bring resilient industrial guardrails to digital networks. And that will increase demand for risk management, collateral and regtech solutions and market surveillance.
Secondly, we believe that raising the standard of tokenization, maturing it to the level of utility that securities in the market have right now means that asset owners can use those in their trading, asset workflows and collateral management workflows on digital rails, and that unlocks quite a lot of capital potential and expanding demand for high-quality assets around the globe.
Thirdly, we believe that we want to connect these markets, having siloed markets or digital networks on parallel tracks with our deep financial markets, it's not our vision of the future, and we believe embedding tokenization into institutional capital markets unlock significant benefits for all stakeholders in the market. But this scale adoption needs to happen at scale.
So when we bring it back to it, we see that Nasdaq has the opportunity to embed its One Nasdaq platform, and that leads to expanding horizons. By having tokenized solutions and our Always-On architecture, there's an incredible flywheel there that gives us opportunities to expand listings, data, trading and financial solutions technology.
So from left to right, as we discussed, exchange-grades, guardrails and surveillance in an Always-On environment will be needed by our clients to manage their critical workflows.
Secondly, global access, connecting investors and issuers to new pools of capital and also a new generation of investors on digital networks is extremely powerful. And as mentioned, 135 markets and regulators around the world are all partnering with us as transformation partners to see how they can leverage digital networks, how they overcome the challenges and how they can bridge and modernize their infrastructure and their platforms to do that.
Thirdly, the Nasdaq ecosystem. We see demand fueling for data, issuers being able to enrich their engagement with their investors in a way that they've never been able to do before. We see demand for technology solutions, the 3,800 financial institutions that we have will all need solutions across regulatory surveillance, anti-financial crime and also collateral optimization.
So in summary, we believe that intelligent markets and tokenization in digital assets isn't about changing what's good about our deep liquid markets. It's about making them more connected to global pools of capital, making them more efficient, unlocking capital and making them more intelligent.
So to summarize, I'll invite Tal back on so he can pull together how this all operates in the vision. Thank you very much.
Thank you, Roland. It's easy to understand after listening to Kevin and Roland why we love running in the best markets in the world and why we're so bullish on our future prospects. And that's because we're leaning into structural trends that are growing asset classes we're leaders in. We're investing in exciting initiatives that are leveraging unique assets such as the Nasdaq 100 and the flywheel with listing that you've heard about. And by modernizing markets and leading that, we're going to consistently generate strong results in the future on a durable basis.
With that, thank you, and I'm now going to welcome in the next testimonial. You're going to hear from Darryl White, the CEO of Bank of Montreal, and he's going to talk about how their partnership with Nasdaq fuels their success. Thank you.
[Presentation]
I truly can't think of a better testimonial [indiscernible] Financial Technology. Hello again. I'm going to present on Financial Technology, and I'm going to be joined by my colleague Stephanie Champion, Ed Probst and Magnus Haglind. So let's get started.
Again, let's get started with the financial profile of the division. As you can see on the right, we operate 3 highly scaled subdivisions under Financial Technology. On the left, you'll note the unique financial profile of the division. We generate strong recurring revenue growth and impressive operating margins. Our strong net retention underscores the scalable growth potential of the division and our solutions continue to earn and gain global recognition.
In the 2026 Chartis RiskTech100 rankings, Verafin, Axiom and Surveillance were all recognized as undisputed category leaders. These awards, amongst others, we've received showcase the strength and the quality of our portfolio.
Before looking ahead, I want to take a step back and share a few key accomplishments since our last Investor Day. We fully and successfully integrated Axiom and Calypso. We've established a unified operating model that enables us to scale and powers our cross-sell. We've applied our expertise to accelerate cloud adoption by 25% with particular progress for Axiom and Calypso. We've leveraged our brand and our partners to expand into 13 new markets. We've deepened our partnership with AWS and entered into new ones, as you've heard today, with BioCatch to catalyze future growth. And we've launched new capabilities that have grown our addressable market. As a result, we strengthened the competitive positioning of each and every single one of our Financial Technology products.
And that's exciting because in addition to tapping into these new growth vectors that are expanding our total addressable market, the structural trends that Adena mentioned earlier today are growing our total addressable market at 7%. And when you combine those structural trends with evolving client needs, they serve as a catalyst for our clients to convert operational spend into technology spend. And that is why our serviceable addressable market is growing faster than the TAM at 9%. And when you consider our relatively low SAM penetration across our broad client base, we have an attractive and capitally efficient land and expand opportunity in front of us.
Now while leaning into these structural trends is essential to growing our addressable market, we really bring it to life what it means to be the trusted fabric by serving over 3,800 of the most consequential financial institutions globally. That includes all of the global systemically important banks. We power more than 135 markets and regulators, including over half of the world's largest exchanges. We're a leader in helping over 2,700 small and medium banks and more recently, enterprise institutions fight financial crime. And we have a growing and impressive community of central banks who rely on our collateral management and treasury solutions.
And we're applying One Nasdaq to unlock the full potential of this community by establishing teams whose sole focus is on solving more of our customers' problems and making it easier to navigate our solutions, by cultivating deep and strong relationships with executives in the C-suite to be their strategic partner. And by bringing our clients together to share and compare emerging challenges and opportunities, we're positioning Nasdaq as a trusted partner of choice.
Now looking ahead, our growth is anchored in the 3 key themes we shared today, and you've heard a lot about that. We're expanding our platform by leveraging One Nasdaq to grow our client communities. We're evolving and strengthening our capabilities that empower our customers to solve their toughest operational challenges. And to be their trusted transformation partner, we're going to help them manage an Always-On financial system and derive better outcomes with AI.
Now let's dive into deep, and I'm going to start with expand. And over the next few slides, I'm going to share with you our growth algorithm, starting with our land and expand. We've enhanced our client acquisition capabilities by leveraging our trusted brand and strategic partners to open doors in attractive growth markets and with key customer segments. A few notable highlights from 2025 that really underscore our progress, Calypso signed 4 new central banks, Axiom signed its first mid-market client. That win validated our ability to streamline our offering to serve smaller banks, meeting them where they are, while providing them with the flexibility to grow as they scale.
And we're also fueling our upsell and product adoption, which accounts for a majority of our growth, given the size and the scale of our customer community by investing in initiatives that extend and deepen our capabilities where we have a strong right to win. A few notable highlights from 2025 include Axiom's expansion with an Indian Bank. We landed that bank with a single financial reporting requirement. That bank now takes a full reserve bank of India reporting package, a 3x increase in annual contract value, but just as importantly, a great proof point for us to share with other Indian banks in a key growth market for us.
And Verafin continues to move up market. Great example of that is we signed a [indiscernible] bank just this past year and expanded with them. We landed them with wire fraud. We expanded into ACH fraud, resulting in a 2x increase in ACV. But just as importantly, again, a proof point that we've been able to replicate consistently with enterprise clients, really exciting.
Now let's talk about another important element of our growth algorithm, which is cross-selling. Following the acquisition of Axiom and Calypso, we've been able to secure $45 million in run rate revenue from cross-sell deals won, while tripling the run rate revenue and doubling the number of cross-sell deals won year-over-year. That momentum puts us on track to meet and exceed our $100 million plus run rate revenue target by the end of 2027.
Importantly, our success spans the full breadth of our portfolio. We've been able to successfully cross-sell each and every one of financial technology products. And key metrics support continued success. Our cross-sell pipeline has grown by over 20% year-over-year and now represents over 15% of our total pipeline. And approximately half of our top 300 clients take one Financial Technology solution, providing us with ample headroom to deepen product adoption and penetration in this key client cohort. These metrics and the success to date reinforce our confidence in the scalability of our cross-sell strategy.
Now let's take a look at how we put this into motion. Here, we lay out how we've deepened and expanded our share of wallet with a global enterprise bank, and I'll walk you through it. Prior to the acquisition of Axiom and Calypso, they were a surveillance client. Through the acquisition, they became Calypso and Axiom clients, providing us with a strong foundation. Since then, we've secured a 7-year extension at Calypso and upsell of Axiom and importantly, a cross-sell of Verafin. They are now clients of all 3 subdivisions. Now looking ahead, we're already in conversations with them to migrate them on to Calypso Cloud and upsell them AI services across all of our solutions, really exciting. As a result, we expect to increase ACV by up to 50% in the near term and have the potential to grow it by over 2x over the long term.
But importantly, what I want to share with you is why we've been successful, and there's two main reasons. One is we've been able to establish deep and enduring relationships across the C-suite. They now see us as a strategic partner. And secondly, they trust in our products and the investments we're making in our products will help them stay one step ahead of the competition. Importantly, this -- the reason for our success is highly repeatable across our customer base. As you heard from Adena and others today, our customers are looking for strategic partners that understand what it means to serve highly regulated institutions.
Now let's take a look at how we're evolving by unifying the rich and high-fidelity data that we have across financial technology. As Brenda mentioned earlier today, we process and enrich and transform through our products, an enormous amount of data. To unlock the power of that data, we've built a native, a cloud-native and modern intelligence layer. And we're feeding it with all of the data that resides in all of our financial technology solutions, establishing a single source of truth. And we're doing it with the highest commitment to data privacy and security.
As you can see here, our intelligence layer unifies the rich data embedded in our system of record solutions. By unifying that data, we're elevating our collective intelligence and semantic understanding of our client community. And we're connecting the workflow and analytic capabilities that exist within each of our products and across our products, really powerful. We started by integrating market technology in Calypso, and early results and client feedback have been compelling. We've been able to demonstrate deeper cross product insights that have led to new cross-sells between market technology and Calypso, and it's become a launch pad for new reporting and analytics services we intend to offer our customers.
Ultimately, the intelligence layer delivers a richer platform experiences and takes our AI capabilities to the next level by enabling us to offer deeper personalization, smarter, more connected agentic solutions, all while preserving enterprise-grade security and safeguards.
We're really excited about how this new capability positions us as our clients' trusted transformation partner. And as our clients' trusted transformation partner, we're building next-generation AI capabilities that power our embedded workflow solutions. And we're leading the way on helping our clients manage the rise of an Always-On financial system.
On AI, we're confident in our ability to demonstrate durable value and drive better client outcomes across 3 dimensions. Our financial technology solutions are harnessing the proprietary mission-critical data that reside in our solutions to help clients proactively manage risk, optimize capital and strengthen resilience. Great example of that is with Calypso, and you'll hear a little bit about that in the subdivisions as well. We developed [ settle guard, ] an AI capability that predicts settlement failure, enabling our clients to proactively prevent counterparty failure, an issue that cost the industry billions per year. Our deep and diverse client community enables us to deliver collective intelligence at scale, a powerful differentiator for both Surveillance and Verafin as we use consortium data to conduct more effective and efficient detection of market abuse and financial crime that any single institution can do on its own.
Lastly, our domain expertise and deep understanding of our client community enables us to build context powered AI that simplifies and optimizes complex workflows. Two great examples. Axiom is demystifying complex workflows by providing near instantaneous and accurate interpretations of new and changing regulations, reducing the time to comply and minimizing the risk of noncompliance. Verafin is reducing resource-intensive work and accelerating decision-making capabilities through its agentic solutions. You heard a little bit about that on the tech panel. You'll hear more about that during the subdivision presentations.
Now I'd like to turn to why an Always-On financial system is such a unique opportunity for Nasdaq. And I'm going to build on some of the comments that Roland, Kevin, Nelson and Adena spoke about earlier. Always-On is a defining feature of the innovation economy. It spans 23/5 markets, accelerated settlement cycles, enhanced collateral mobility and the faster movement of money in securities. These advancements have the potential to improve capital efficiency, remove friction and reduce risk.
But in order to achieve that, our clients are going to demand infrastructure that is more scalable, secure and resilient. And in Nasdaq, we feel like we're really well positioned to capture this opportunity across all of Nasdaq. And that's because our market technology solutions are the most performant and resilient globally. We're already a leading provider of institutional-grade trading, post-trade and surveillance technology to the crypto industry. Calypso offers best-in-class collateral management and importantly, real-time risk management, which is essential for operating under this new environment.
We have market-leading solutions that protect the integrity of the financial system in Surveillance and Verafin because trust leads to adoption and adoption leads to growth, and that's the key. And finally, regulators are undoubtedly going to demand more granular and real-time reporting capabilities. Axiom's modern data management and analytic capabilities allow our clients to comply with confidence against these future obligations.
Finally, I just want to share and reiterate. We're really excited about taking our U.S. equity markets to 23/5 trading, which is subject to regulatory approval, along with Calypso's upcoming support for tokenized collateral because both of them will further strengthen our position as the trusted fabric of this next-generation ecosystem and market infrastructure. And it also advances our ambitions as a platform company. So with that, I'm going to invite Stephanie Champion onto the stage, who's going to talk more about financial crime management. Thank you.
Great. Thank you, Tal, and welcome, everybody. I'm Stephanie Champion, and I am the Head of Nasdaq Verafin. And today, I'm excited to share how our financial crime management technology platform is driving innovation, growth and client outcomes at scale.
Five years ago, we became Nasdaq Verafin, and we set our sights on advancing our reach into Tier 1, Tier 2 banks and international markets, all with the goal of advancing our vision of becoming the world's most effective crime fighting network. And the results are clear. We've grown our client community to over 2,760 financial institutions. which makes up over $11 trillion in collective assets. So we've grown our client community, our platform and our unique data consortium set to support clients at scale, now processing up to 1.8 transactions per week.
Now our success is really jumping off our ability to drive growth across all client segments as we enter new markets, but also continue to drive growth in our mature markets. Nasdaq Verafin now supports 22 enterprise clients. That means 22 enterprise clients are now leveraging a Nasdaq Verafin solution, fueling that flywheel as we land and expand and leverage a One Nasdaq cross-sell approach. Just last year, we signed our first proof of concept with a European Tier 1 bank, and we developed a deep pipeline of engagement across banks in Europe and new regions.
We did this all while maintaining our leadership position in the North American SMB market, and we also added 742 new SMB clients to our client community.
Now with innovators in this space, we continue to evolve our platform to ensure our clients can remain ahead of evolving financial crime threats in an ever-changing and complex operating environment. Now financially, we have delivered on results as we've grown our business and operated at scale. As of 2025, we've reached $329 million in annual recurring revenue with an ARR growth rate of 23% since the time of acquisition. And with a 25% revenue CAGR, Verafin has delivered an incredibly strong performance, and we are well positioned for our next phase of growth as a global organization.
Now the foundation of our success is our commitment to innovation in the fight against financial crime. And in the last year, we've executed well on our partnership and product strategies, developing new capabilities and new revenue streams like our BioCatch partnership solution and our agentic AI workforce. Now our financial crime platform is underpinned by our unique consortium data set. And as Hazel mentioned earlier, this data set is unmatched in the industry. Based on decades of pioneering innovation, cloud experience and deep, deep domain expertise, our platform and our consortium data set is purpose-built to fight financial crime.
It's that consortium data set that is our true competitive advantage, and it creates a network effect. Each client who joins the network in a give-to-get model, meaning all clients benefit from the growth of the consortium data set. That rich data delivers network-level insights into financial crime threats. And as it grows, it improves the performance of our models, driving deeper benefit and value across our client community. It's that strong return on investment that drives retention and referenceability across peers, fueling growth as we enter new markets and new geographies.
Let's talk about that benefit. For one of our clients, this is from a midsized bank, by leveraging our consortium-based wire fraud solution, we delivered a 17x return on investment over a 3-year period. And as the consortium data set grew, so did the performance of our models, and we were able to increase efficiency with lower false positives and increase effectiveness by increasing our ability to catch true fraud by value by 20 percentage points. Jumping off the success.
We are aligned around our 3 key strategies to drive our next phase of growth. First, we'll continue to expand into enterprise markets and new regions with new and differentiated solutions and leveraging a One Nasdaq cross-sell strategy. We will also continue to evolve our financial crime platform with new capabilities while we also build an ecosystem of strategic partners, all while we revolutionize crime fighting with AI and industry-leading solutions that are really transforming how our clients work.
We've had tremendous success landing with our enterprise customers with our consortium-based wire fraud solution. And in this space, we've delivered a 40% reduction in false positives for a 10x or greater return on investment for our largest clients like Bank of Montreal, we've heard from earlier. We see a tremendous opportunity here to continue to expand with our set of differentiated solutions. And with 360 opportunities available in the North American enterprise market, and 17% engaged or already in our pipeline, we are positioned well to increase our share of wallet and drive growth across Tier 1 and Tier 2 institutions in North America.
Now it's this proven consortium-based payment solution that is the tip of the spear as we look to expand into Europe. I mentioned earlier, we signed our first proof of concept with a European Tier 1 bank. We delivered 30% reduction in false positives over cross-border payments. Now this was very much in line with the bank's goals of reducing false positives, but also customer friction at the time of payments.
Now as we look to accelerate our growth into international markets, our One Nasdaq approach is going to be a key enabler. Leveraging our broader international reach and our international expansion, as Tal mentioned earlier, we are positioned for success for faster go-to-market as we expand across Europe and other regions. Now as we expand into new regions, we are also evolving our platform with an ecosystem of strategic partners.
Our BioCatch partnership is off to a tremendously successful start since we signed just late last year, and our clients truly see the benefit of integrating their behavioral intelligence risk scores into our financial crime platform. And we've got lots of opportunity here for more product integrations and more go-to-market activities. This month, we also signed our latest partnership with FIS, bringing Nasdaq Verafin's leading AML and fraud solutions to FIS banking and payment customers. This is not only a new growth opportunity, but an opportunity for Nasdaq Verafin to bring our real-time data integrations across wire, ACH and check to new and existing clients.
Now our clients trust Nasdaq Verafin to deliver the most innovative solutions in the fight against financial crime. And with 20 years of AI experience, we developed our Agentic AI workforce for a step change in efficiency. We've automated away the most resource-intensive workflows for our clients, and that's why adoption has been so incredibly strong. In just a few short months, we have over 350 clients leveraging our agentic workers in their daily workflows. One of our clients reported they are now 4x more productive, leveraging our sanctions agentic agents in their sanctions process.
As Hazel mentioned, we're not simply giving our clients new tools. We are giving them an entire AI-powered team for a step change in how they work. With 2 agents already in production and 6 more on our product road map, our Agentic AI workforce is a game changer in the fight against financial crime. As we look ahead, we have conviction we will deliver growth in the mid-20s in the medium term with our focus on innovation and acceleration across our 3 growth pillars.
We will continue to expand into enterprise banks and international markets with new and differentiated solutions and leveraging a One Nasdaq cross-sell approach. We will continue to evolve our financial crime platform. with new capabilities and develop our ecosystem of strategic partners, all while we transform crime fighting with AI and consortium-based solutions to help our customers stay ahead of financial crime.
Thank you for your time today. With that, I'm going to pass it over to Ed.
Okay. Good morning. My name is Ed Probst. And over the next 10 minutes, I'm going to take you through regulatory technology. I'm the Head of Regulatory Technology. and we're going to go through the metrics, the product and the strategy.
In 2025, we closed the year with $407 million in recurring revenue, 12% ARR growth on a global and diversified business. We've seen significant expansion across geographies, client segments and asset classes. And as you heard from Brenda earlier today, we've seen significant uptick in demand for our cloud, something we laid out as a key objective just 2 years ago at Investor Day. And more recently, we are seeing sincere interest in our AI-enabled services and managed services.
Our market-leading suite of regulatory solutions solve some of our customers' most complex challenges in an ever-increasing web of global and local regulations across regulatory reporting, risk and surveillance. By leveraging our modern and data-driven platforms, we enable our customers to comply with confidence while improving efficiencies. We do so by unlocking the power of our consortium insights and deep transparency into the data that resides on our platforms. And by providing a common architecture across customer workflows, we drive productivity up and cost down.
Here in RegTech, we harmonize the world of regulation into a globally consistent framework that is proprietary, unique in the market and battle-tested by the world's most sophisticated institutions. I'd like to share with you 2 recent wins that highlight these unique capabilities. In 2025, the CFTC selected Nasdaq Surveillance. That was a momentous win for us, not only because of the role the CFTC plays here domestically and internationally, but also because of the evolving agreement the CFTC has in digital assets.
Now they selected Nasdaq for 4 key reasons. First, they wanted a true cross-asset platform covering commodities, derivatives, crypto, binaries, et cetera. Secondly, they wanted proven experience and the tooling necessary for regulators to run their mission-critical obligations. Thirdly, they wanted expertise and delivered product in the most complex areas of surveillance like cross product and cross market. And lastly, and perhaps most importantly, a credible and robust road map in AI.
The second case study is a G-SIB bank that selected Nasdaq's AxiomSL in 2025 for global regulatory and risk reporting on Red Cloud. Now this client was able to replace multiple internal and vendor systems with one strategic end-to-end platform. This enables the customer to not only comply with the accuracy required for regulatory capital calculation reporting, but also unlock capital for growth by optimizing the results.
They as well selected Nasdaq for 4 key reasons. Firstly, they wanted one global platform, not a different solution in various regions they operate in the different countries. Secondly, an end-to-end set of capabilities, not just the reporting, not just data management, not just the series of engines in the middle, not just the workflow and gage, but a comprehensive platform all in one. They also wanted embedded regulatory intelligence and artificial intelligence in the platform. And finally, a scalable and robust platform that can perform with the intense volumes powered by an AWS backbone that we deliver. These 2 clients conducted a rigorous market scan and selected Nasdaq.
And as you heard today and consistent in RegTech, our growth strategy is driven in tangible demand across these 3 pillars. We are going to expand by increasing wallet share with our existing customers across geographies, asset classes, and we've taken our platform to new customer segments.
As you heard from Tal today, we're really excited about our expansion in 2025. We built and deployed our first mid-market solution for AxiomSL, proving we can solve challenges across customer segments. We're going to evolve our customer experience as well with differentiated analytics powered by consortium insights. As I mentioned, we are the aggregator of the collective intelligence of the regulatory community. We consume this information, we distill it, we find it and publish it back to our customers in the form of software solutions.
One great example of that is how we handle cross product and cross market. As mentioned, one of the most sophisticated areas in surveillance. We built and maintain a consortium database. that customers contribute to and is a function of an analysis that we do internally, and we publish that back to our customers, a true give-to-get model. Another good example of how we've evolved our customers is one of our largest customers was struggling to manage their end-to-end workflow. It was just taking too long.
By moving to RedCloud, we reduced their end-to-end run times by 75% while maintaining full granularity, transparency and accuracy, 100% reconciliation. And lastly, transform. We are the agents of change in our industry. Our data is unique. Our platforms are modern and scalable, and our clients have adopted our cloud. And that is the basis on which we've built a robust road map of agentic AI and agentic workers.
Now I'd like to take a step and look at this growth algorithm for Axiom. Since the acquisition of Axiom in 2023, as mentioned, we've greatly expanded our portfolio and our reach, covering 174 regulators. We've increased our portfolio of regulatory reports by over 20% and that has fueled growth. We've also invested in our cloud platform, made it more scalable and more resilient and 80% of customers selecting AxiomSL have chosen RedCloud. And with all these proven capabilities and with the credibility of Nasdaq around the world, we've done one of the hardest things to do in the regulatory compliance space. We've landed 8 beachhead wins in new countries, fueling growth for the future.
We know it's the hardest thing to achieve to win the hearts and minds of local regulated financial institutions. And what we've built is truly unique and differentiated in the market. One platform that consumes the regulatory content of 174 regulators around the world. We consolidate this into the gold standard data set that computes things like an IFRS compliant balance sheet, a GAAP compliant balance sheet, credit risk, market risk, operational risk, liquidity risk, shareholding disclosures and many, many more capabilities.
We automatically generate over 6,000 regulatory reports. We submit those to the regulators. We collect the feedback. We power the end-to-end workflow. This is not just a reporting tool. This is a strategic capability that enables our customers to do just so much, exactly like the G-SIB case study I highlighted earlier was illustrating. And this is the very foundation we need to unlock the real power of AI.
In 2025, we built and deployed 4 new AI capabilities on AxiomSL. The first is the Reg Investigator, an autonomous workflow that asks the questions our customers should be asking, collects the feedback, learns and gets smarter and smarter. We deployed the Reg Co-Pilot, which makes sense of the complex world of regulation across geographies, across languages and connects the regulation deeply to our platform so customers can connect the regulation to the data, to the rules.
The Reg Simplify capability brings enhanced lineage and controls, asks the questions and answers the questions that your regulators and auditors are asking. And finally, the Reg Navigator, which is we like to call the CFO's best friend. It's governance in the AI era, bringing together the end-to-end process. These capabilities are the foundation necessary to tap into a truly agentic workflow that can reimagine regulatory compliance.
And we've taken a very similar approach when it comes to surveillance. As Adena mentioned, we consume over 1 trillion messages a day across all of our venues. We consolidate this into our proprietary standard across asset classes. We generate over 250,000 alerts on a daily basis, and our customers interact with those alerts, making them smarter and building the signals that power the detection of the future.
Now let's talk about how this enables AI. We leverage this gold source data that we've created with all the customer feedback. We connect it with generative AI-driven insights, which rationalize the world of news and insights and analyst reports. We create this comprehensive data set. We allow our customers to calibrate leveraging AI, which adjusts their idiosyncratic trading strategies and their portfolios.
And then finally, we run our rules-based, rigorous regulatory compliant detection and AI-based anomaly detection to create a comprehensive surface to attack market abuse. We're confident these capabilities are what is critically necessary to truly unlock once again the agentic workflow that will ensure the integrity of the financial system for years to come. So we've never been more excited about the future of RegTech.
The future is very bright. There's incredible capabilities coming forward for our customers and to benefit for Nasdaq. We are confident in our ability to deliver high single to low double-digit growth.
Thank you. And on that note, I will pass it to my colleague, Magnus Haglind, to take you through capital markets.
Good morning, everyone. My name is Magnus Haglind, and I have the pleasure to lead our Capital Markets Technology business. And every day, our solutions underpin the functioning of the world's capital markets. It ensures that the markets open at the right time, ensures that they operate resilient and allow institutions and investors to engage with strength and with confidence.
Our platforms, they match billions of orders, they safe keep trillions of assets and they support the collateral movements that mobilize hundreds of billions of value every day. These platforms are not just supporting systems, they are the operating fabric of modern capital markets. Capital Market Technology is a global franchise that is built on 3 resilient product lines. In 2025, we generated $1.1 billion in total revenue, underpinned by a very robust and highly diversified ARR base.
We are super excited about the strong and solid ARR growth capacity of this business. That is further reinforced by the fact that we have very, very strong relationships with our clients that, in many cases, spans decades. And that reflects both our clients' trust and long-standing confidence in our solutions, but also our sustained ability to evolve alongside the industry as a transformation partner.
So what we deliver sits at the core of how global capital markets operate. They are mission-critical platforms deeply embedded into every client's architecture. It orchestrates multiparty workflows going across the institutions. And the design of these solutions are anchored in the regulated trust frameworks that has been evolving over decades. In market tech, we bring the solutions that help market operators to modernize core infrastructure and prepare for an always-on operating model.
And here, we draw on all the expertise and experience we have from Nasdaq as a scaled market operator. Our trade management services business, here, we provide low latency connectivity, high-performance APIs and data center services to all participants that want to co-locate close to our Nasdaq markets. Here, we serve the most demanding trading firms on the planet. And as velocity and data intensity continue to grow, also the demand for power and capacity do the same, and we have nearly doubled the capacity since the pandemic.
Calypso is our end-to-end trade management, risk, treasury and collateral management platform, and it's used by almost 250 institutions in 68 countries. It acts as the authoritative system of records that manage hundreds of billions of assets. And it allows institutions to maximize business outcomes and returns while staying within their trading, regulatory and risk mandates. And taken all together, our experiences and the solutions position us as a great long-term transformation partner to the industry.
So how do we then invest in the portfolio? At the highest level, it's structured across expand, evolve and transform. We expand by increasing the markets, the workflows and the asset classes that are supported by our platforms. And as clients consolidate their solutions into fewer, more trusted vendors and providers, we are well placed to expand the positions with them. We also evolved by embedding intelligence directly into these mission-critical system of records. And our intelligence layer works as a trusted AI-ready layer that unifies data sets without compromising security or sovereignty.
We transform by building the next generation of market infrastructure, including bringing pioneering liquid cooling capabilities into our colocation facility that helps the trading firms to bring even more compute and run AI inference close to our markets. We're also advancing the use of distributed ledger technology to solve real industry problems, and I'm going to talk more about that later.
These priorities are not just stand-alone initiatives. Together, these horizons, expand, evolve and transform helps us to strengthen today's market, but at the same time, building the foundation for tomorrow's. And so let me illustrate how that looks across the portfolio. We are 2 years into the Calypso acquisition and the product suite has become a core asset of our portfolio. We have introduced a comprehensive road map that supports both near-term enhancements and long-term expansion.
And since the acquisition, demand has remained very strong across all the segments and markets we serve, driven by the core capabilities of the platform, but also accelerated based on the industry modernization we have seen in, for example, Latin America and the Middle East. And as you can see here on the slide, our existing clients are also increasingly adopting more modules, which reinforce the strength of our platform strategy.
We're also very encouraged by the growing adoption of our managed services and cloud. Clients are increasingly using RegCloud to simplify operations and improve agility, which also helps them to focus their investment on differentiated value generation. We also see firsthand how modernization is expanding relationships with market operators across the globe as they are navigating complexity and accelerating change. Here, our operator experience from the Nasdaq market in the U.S. and in the Nordics is a real differentiator.
And in partnership with AWS, we have developed a transformation blueprint that enables clients to modernize with greater confidence and lower risk. And this blueprint combines the experience and the capabilities of our platforms, cloud architecture, operational excellence and change management. And the momentum here is truly real. We're working with several early adopters across the market tech community, and these engagements are truly helping us to expand the relationship with our clients and become strategic operating partners. A great example of this is Grupo BMV in Mexico. And we have had a long-standing relationship with them over many years around market surveillance.
And that has now evolved into a fully managed 5-product solution that across their full trade life cycle. And this is a very, very powerful proof point how modernization drives sustained revenue expansion, deeper client penetration and more importantly, also amplifies the client impact and the long-term value creation that we can provide.
Moving on then to the enhanced horizon. The capital market runs on data and the ability to convert data into insights is what drives trading performance and risk precision. But capital markets don't run on intelligence alone. It requires connectivity, multiparty workflow orchestration, created reference data, and that is where our platforms play a very, very critical role. And building on the role as system of records, our platforms, as I said, sit in the center of our clients' architectures, connecting tens of different market ecosystems and a multitude of upstream and downstream systems within each institutions, sometimes more than 50 in total.
And the web of interconnectivity also extends to a wide network of counterparties, each with distinct risk and credit profile that needs to be managed. A key strength of the platform here lies in the data fidelity, captured in our proprietary data models that we have developed over decades. One example from Calypso that illustrates that is when you have one trade progressing through their trade life cycle in the system, the transactional data is enriched and created with risk, treasury, collateral information to form a truly unique data set that consists of hundreds of millions of data points.
The intelligence layer amplifies the impact of this data and the transformation of high-fidelity operational data into trusted intelligence as the platform scales across a client's full and entire architecture. For our clients, the price of a bond is not just a number. It's a very complex decision tree across regulatory, accounting and risk at every branch in that tree. The comprehensive curated data sets embedded in our platforms capture this complexity and gives us a unique opportunity to bring AI directly into these mission-critical workflows. And our clients are ready for that. They want practical high-impact AI solutions deployed in a controlled and safe way that minimize operational risk.
And we develop these solutions side-by-side with our clients with a very clear focus on outcomes in 3 fields: risk reduction, improved decision-making and prevention of costly exception handling. A great example is Celgard that Tal earlier talked about within the Calypso suite that helps to reduce sediment failures. And this product, we developed in close collaboration with clients focused on solving a clear and very big problem for them. More of these practical examples of AI solutions are part of our product road map. And the client trust, the institutional expertise and the high fidelity data position us well to lead the next wave of AI-driven transformation.
Moving then on to the third horizon, transform. And as we heard from Roland and Tal and earlier, it's a big shift in industry now around digital assets. We're moving from experimentation to production-grade market infrastructure. And institutions, they are not asking if this matters, it's more about how do we scale and how do we scale this architecture and infrastructure in a safe way. And that is exactly where we play. Our platforms already support digital native issuance of new asset classes. And last year alone, we enabled $24 billion of digitized governance and corporate bond issuance in Chile.
Looking ahead, one of the most attractive near-term opportunities is around collateral tokenization. It's a very practical use case with clear economic value. mobilizing assets quicker and improve collateral efficiency. And we're moving now from innovation to production, and we focused on the outcomes and not experimentation. And as these markets expand, we expect a hybrid model where traditional and digital assets will coexist.
The winners will be those who can manage liquidity, risk and collateral seamlessly across both worlds. Here, Calypso, with our very advanced capabilities around treasury and collateral management will play a great role and support that transition. So we're at a pivotal moment for the industry and the investments we are doing in platforms, intelligence and infrastructure position capital markets technology well to play an even broader and central role in how markets transform and grow. We're not just keeping pace with change, we are shaping what comes next. So consistent what we have communicated earlier, this position us for high single to low double-digit growth over the medium term.
Thank you for the attention. And with that, I would like to hand back to Tal.
Thank you, Magnus. All right. What you've heard from Stephanie, Ed and Magnus are a few things today. The passion we have for advancing our products, the passion we have for serving our clients and solving their toughest problems and that we're really well positioned to deliver strong and consistent growth. And the way we're going to do that is we're going to continue to leverage our deep and diverse client communities on One Nasdaq to deliver collective intelligence and scale.
The proprietary and consortium data that resides in and across our system of record solutions enable us to offer unique insights and help clients manage the ever-increasing risk and complexity that they're dealing with, which enables them to realize real meaningful productivity gains.
And then finally, we have decades I mean, really decades of embedded intelligence in our mission-critical solutions that allow us to deliver differentiated AI capabilities that then deliver better client outcomes. As a result, we're confident in our ability to deliver on our medium-term outlook of 10% to 14% revenue growth while moving up in that range over time.
With that, I'm going to thank you, and I'm going to take us into a 10-minute break because you guys deserve it. Thank you.
[Break]
All right. Welcome back from that break, and thanks again for joining us here at the 2026 Investor Day. We're happy to welcome you back with another client testimonial this time featuring some comments about our partnership with Goldman Sachs ahead of going into our last presentation of the day with our CFO, Sarah Youngwood. Thanks again.
[Presentation]
It's great to see everyone, and thanks for coming [indiscernible] You've head from Adena, from our clients, how we are positioned trial. We architect the world's most modern markets. We power the innovation economy, and we build trust in the financial system. And now I want to reinforce how we've built a financial foundation to support that vision and to deliver its benefits to shareholders.
We have undertaken a fundamental business transformation and have become a leading technology company that powers the world's economies. We have scale and relevance to be the trusted financial partner of our clients. That transformation has also created an engine of profitable and durable growth. And we have a track record through cycles and are positioned to capitalize on growth vectors. And that growth is combined with financial discipline. And by financial discipline, we're talking about expense, free cash flow and capital allocation and a capital allocation that combines growth investments and capital return to add value to shareholders. So we are very proud of the progress we have made since our last Investor Day and very excited about the opportunities ahead.
So I'm going to start with our fundamental business transformation. Before I recap the transformation, its results. We are delivering profitable growth at scale. We are a $5.2 billion revenue company with over 3/4 of our revenue in solutions. We partner with clients at the bottom in 130 countries, North America, Europe, but also Asia, Latin America and the rest of the world. We have an exceptional financial profile, and you see that in 5-year CAGRs of 11% for diluted EPS and 17% for free cash flow.
As you think about our transformation, the headline is that our strategy is working, and you can see it in the numbers. we have evolved our revenue mix by 10 percentage points that is growing solutions revenue from 66% to 76%. That strategy shift has had clear financial outcomes. You can look at the bottom at the CAGRs since 2020, 13% for net revenue, 16% for solutions revenue and 14% for ARR. What's remarkable is the acceleration. In 2020, our medium-term outlook was 5% to 7%. 2024 '25, 8% to 11%. We've achieved this acceleration through organic growth as well as thoughtful M&A, which has enhanced our product portfolio and our financial profile.
So we're going to look at that M&A execution, starting with Verafin. Verafin was 5 years ago in terms of the acquisition. And in those 5 years, we have tripled the revenue from $107 million to $330 million. That is a 25% CAGR. When we acquired Verafin, its entire client base was small and medium-sized businesses, banks. Unifying it with Nasdaq, we've been able to sign 22 enterprise deals. Goldman Sachs, Citi, BMO, to name a few.
Overall, we have added 760-plus new clients. That is a 38% increase in client counts. And we've done that while maintaining a very strong net revenue retention above 110% and this very special culture that you have felt when you heard from those leaders, that culture of innovation. We've also delevered 2.9x gross leverage within 5 quarters, and we were accretive to EPS within a year. Today, Verafin is a juggernaut in anti-financial crime with over 2,760 clients and $11 trillion in collective assets.
We are also expanding the capabilities of Verafin to drive incremental growth, whether it is product development like agentic AI and that workforce we're talking about as well as partnerships like FIS or BioCatch. In combination with Verafin, we have added AxiomSL and Calypso, as you know. And that gives us the scale and the relevance to be the trusted financial partner, trusted transformation partner across risk, compliance, treasury and trading ops.
By integrating AxiomSL and Calypso within Nasdaq, we are better together, whether it's cloud adoption with 53% of the new clients of AxiomSL and Calypso being in cloud or the Calypso Cloud that we just launched with AWS. Our domain expertise and our geographic footprint have enabled us to bring new capabilities like digital assets as well as new geographies, 15 new geographies. And we had strong sales execution with landmark deals.
So now if we look at this acquisition through the metrics, there is so much to be proud of. We are on track or exceeding on all the objectives that we had set at the time of the acquisition. So we'll start with cross-sell revenue, and we are on track for the $100 million plus run rate by year-end 2027.
And Tal has talked to you about 42 cross-sell, $45 million of the target and the acceleration we are seeing. On efficiencies, we targeted $80 million run rate expense synergies within 24 months. We actioned the full $80 million in less than 12 months. And then we upped it to $140 million, and we delivered $160 million plus in expense efficiencies action by year-end 2025. This was also accretive within 18 months, 6 months ahead. And on leverage, 2.9x for year-end 2025, while growing the dividend and doing $850 million in share repurchases.
I'd like to round out our discussion on M&A with an update on our strategic holders' ownership. Thoma Bravo has fully exited their position. As you may have seen, Investor AB has recently acquired additional shares of Nasdaq, confirming their long-term interest in Nasdaq and its continued success. We have also confirmed with Borse Dubai that they remain a long-term holder. We look forward to the continued partnership with both Investor AB and Borse Dubai, and we're thrilled to have on our Board Johan Pogby, representing Investor AB, Issa Kim, representing Borse Dubai and Holden Spate from Thoma Bravo, who remains on our Board.
I'll put a vote on this transformation and I'm going to actually repeat something that Adena already said because I think it bears repeating. In 2020, we had $2.9 billion in net revenue. That number is still relevant today, except that now it is our operating income. Our operating margin, 51%, growing by 500 basis points in the period to 56%.
And I'll finish the section where I started. EPS at a CAGR of 11% while executing 2 acquisitions and EPS growth was 24% in 2025. We are delivering for our clients and our shareholders, and that is reflected in our exceptional financial performance. Exceptional. I don't usually use that word lightly. But in the software sector, there is a benchmark. That's the Rule of 40, which is revenue growth plus EBITDA margin.
We are 1 of 18 companies in the S&P 500 that score above 60 on the Rule of 40 with revenue growth above 8% and at scale with revenue above $5 billion and free cash flow above $2 billion. So that performance stands on its own. I quite like the 70 on the right. But on a relative basis, we are also outperforming our peers in software, in full services and diversified financials.
So now let's move on to driving resilient growth. And I'm going to start with the opportunity. It's a significant growth opportunity. Today, we have a SAM of $38 billion and a TAM of $86 billion. Two years ago, you may remember me on the same podium talking to you about a SAM of $31 billion that was going to grow at 8%. You all really good at math. So you know that 2 years of 8% on $31 billion is less than $38 billion. And the difference is organic expansion, new partnership, digital assets, new products.
In the next 5 years, we project our TAM to grow at 6% CAGR and our SAM to grow at 9% CAGR. And as financial institutions adopt AI and Gen AI, we think that we're going to see an accelerated growth from the TAM into the SAM as some of their own internal costs are redirected towards blended spend. So we see a significant SAM growth and a very great right to win.
So now we've established a market opportunity, and I'm going to talk about our drivers of growth since our last Investor Day. In the last 2 years, we've had a CAGR of 10%. And you see in the middle, 7% for the alpha factors. Back to the acceleration I was talking about, in 2025, the Alpha contribution was 170 basis points higher than in 2024. that comes from existing client base at 5%. Our strong retention is driving lower churn of 2% and then new clients cross-sell and other innovation at 4%. Market Services had a market share and capture that were flat.
But if you think about it, maintaining those high levels in a strong volume environment, which you see in the 3% of beta is an accomplishment by the team. In this dynamic ecosystem, we balanced market share and capture across equities and options, and we had significant outperformance versus our peers. In U.S. equities, 74% higher capture than the #2. in 2025. In U.S. options, a 5 percentage point lead versus the #2 in market share since 2025. So you've already seen this from Adena. The growth results from staying ahead in innovation.
Gen AI is reshaping how we and our clients work. And we've all walked you through our differentiation on Gen AI. I will walk you through the financial implications for Nasdaq and how our clients benefit. Our contracts are mostly enterprise pricing based on scale and value. Only 4% of our software and data product revenue is seat-based that is IR Insight and Boardvantage, but they are relatively insulated from Gen AI disruption because Gen AI is unlikely to reduce the size of boards, senior management or IR teams. And we've put Gen AI into these solutions with a 74% AI engagement for IR Insight and 47% for Boardvantage.
Adding value to clients is extraordinarily important. And having that compelling ROIC to client is core to our revenue growth model. We measure it extensively, whether it's POCs or whether it's to drive net retention. And if you look at the value we add to our clients through the lens of our own investment framework, the one that I presented 2 years ago, still in appendix, it hasn't changed. The ROIC, which is the net benefits versus the investments meets or exceeds 2x over 3 years. In many cases, and you've heard some examples, materially higher. That makes all of our products and investment decisions H1 for our clients.
In addition, as you think about the renewal, we have a 2x in-year benefits versus in-year cost. So that is ongoing strong value for our clients. So we've looked at the market opportunity, the sources of revenue growth and how we engage with our clients. So I'm going to wrap up this growth section with our solutions medium-term outlook. We are again increasing our solutions revenue medium-term outlook from 8% to 11% to 9% to 12%.
In the last 5 years, we've operated within our respective medium-term outlooks. And in 4 of the last 5 years, we have operated within this revised medium-term outlook of 9% to 12%. We have the confidence in our ability to achieve the outlook. That confidence is anchored in everything you have heard today. The SAM growth of 9% with GenAI upside from Adena, our strategy and our vision, from our technology leaders, our innovation and culture of excellence and from our business leaders, the value we provide to clients, our engagement with clients and how we are going to grow across expand, evolve and transform.
Now let's get into the details of the 9% to 12%. We are increasing the CA medium-term revenue outlook from 5% to 8% to 6% to 10%. We are reaffirming the fintech medium-term revenue outlook at 10% to 14% with over time, the ability to grow higher within the range. That is because of the mission-critical nature of our solutions, the momentum of our One Nasdaq strategy, including the cross-sales, Gen AI and digital assets opportunities. For 2026, we expect our solutions revenue to be within the updated medium-term outlook range. We are reiterating the comments we made on the last earnings call, and we have strong momentum and engagement with our clients with sales time lines in line with our expectations.
So now let's go to financial execution. Let's start with expense. Our business transformation has also created tremendous operating leverage, and you're seeing 400 basis points since our last Investor Day. That was just 2 years ago. Our non-GAAP organic operating expense was at 6.5% CAGR in the last 2 years. If you look at the component, inflation and structural expense at 3.5%, acquisition expense at 0.6%, and that will persist in 2026 and '27 before tailing off in 2028.
Our efficiency initiatives, a 3% benefit to expense growth as most of the $160 million of actions are in the run rate. then revenue growth and investments drive the majority of our expense growth at 3% and 2.5%, respectively. For revenue-related growth, it's about unit economics, and we are investing on a sustainable basis. You've heard a lot about that. But that is why we are where we are today, and that is what will continue to preserve our leadership.
We are also importantly, reaffirming our operating expense medium-term outlook at 5% to 8%. That is great discipline in the context of the solutions medium-term outlook at 9% to 12%. Our expense medium-term outlook is rooted in discipline and amplified by the Gen AI productivity opportunity we see. We are launching a new AI productivity program. By year-end 2027, we target to have actioned $100 million in run rate efficiencies. This will continue to support our growth through reinvestments.
And over time, we have an expense and operating leverage benefit. In 2026, it will be a small benefit and more meaningful starting in 2027. We see compelling efficiency and effectiveness coming from Gen AI on the business. We talked about some of the examples, PDLC, client success, driving operational scale and automation -- it's a starting point, a disciplined way to capture value today while we continue to build the capabilities.
So now let's move to capital allocation, starting with its foundation in free cash flow. Free cash flow and free cash flow generation are the backbone of our capital allocation framework, $2.2 billion, one of my favorite numbers in the presentation. And that's a 2025 number. And it has been growing at a CAGR of 17% since 2020. And the free cash flow conversion on the other side of the slide, absolute basis, 109%. That is tremendous. And we've also outperformed our 4 major peer groups.
So what's great about that $2.2 billion and growing free cash flow is that it can support shareholder value in multiple ways. First, on growth investment. We are focused on organic growth, and we are prioritizing our investments through our Horizon framework, which I have described before and which is again in appendix. We have a 10% plus enterprise ROIC target. We also do, as you know, venture investments, and we may consider to augment our organic growth potential bolt-on M&A.
On leverage, we are establishing a target gross leverage of mid- to high 2s. That gives us the flexibility to optimize our capital structure efficiency and support our current ratings. Our corporate philosophy is to maintain an investment-grade rating. On share repurchases, the Board has approved an increase to our share repurchase authorization to $3 billion. We are committed to offset employee dilution. And in terms of opportunistic share repurchases, in 2026, we have already repurchased $500 million. That includes accelerating when we saw the dislocation in our stock. Just for context, last year, 2025 was $616 million total for share repurchases were just in February.
Finally, the dividend. We will expand our dividend progressively as we grow earnings and free cash flow. And our Board has approved an increase in our dividend by $0.04 to $0.31 per share that will be reflected in the June '26 payment. I am so fortunate to serve as the CFO of Nasdaq, working alongside this incredible leadership team and an incredible group of employees. We have reinforced our position as a leading technology platform and the trusted fabric of the financial system.
In a world of profound change, on the horizon, whether it is a structural shift in the financial markets or the rapid rise in AI, we are ready to continue to drive innovation and growth. We have intentionally positioned ourselves as our clients' trusted transformation partner while executing with consistent operational excellence to deliver sustainable growth, financial discipline and long-term value to shareholders. We have an incredible path in front of us, and we are just getting started.
So with that, I'd like to invite Adena and the leadership team back on stage. We're going to take questions from the audience, and Ato is going to moderate our session. Thank you.
All right. Thank you again for joining us. We have eager bunch of questions in there already. So just a couple of format things for the question-and-answer section. We do have runners in the crowd. So please do hold your question until we do have a microphone over to you and then feel free to ask your question. And we're going to start up here with Alex Kramm from UBS. So wait for the mic and here we are.
2. Question Answer
That's what happens when you sit in the first row. Sorry that I -- there are so many questions, but I'm going to start, of course, with the Debbie Downer question because the one thing you didn't really touch upon today and the one area that you lowered your targets today was in the Workflow and Insights. So understand that you didn't spend a lot of time on it, but certainly would love to understand how we -- how you're looking at these businesses today.
I mean even in some of the slides, it certainly didn't compare as well in terms of the industry position of them. So a, is there any real initiatives that you can talk about how to maybe get some of the IR and governance solutions to maybe do better or any market backdrop that could help those businesses? Or if they're really dragging down the growth of the overall franchise, do you still think you're the right owners of these businesses? So just a little bit more update on those.
Sure. Well, I'm going to start and hand that right over to Nelson. So just to remind everyone, the Workflow and Insights businesses include our analytics businesses, which are investment, Data Link, the Nasdaq Fund Network and Nasdaq Fund Secondaries and as well as the Corporate Solutions businesses with our IR and Government Solutions. So I just want to remind everyone.
I think the general view that you probably saw here, we have a lot of momentum across our analytics businesses. I think the challenge area has been more in the Corporate Solutions businesses. And I would say that it's definitely been a market backdrop issue. So I'm going to hand it over to Nelson to talk a little bit more about that, but also how well positioned they are for the clients and for what we provide to them.
Yes. It really has been a market backdrop situation. If you look at the IPO market from, let's say, 2022, '23 and '24 and really the softness there, we had a lot fewer public companies to work with. So that is the area we're focused on it. We are very scaled in both, and we think we've delivered the best products in the marketplace. So as we do see the IPO market pick up, we have more activity. We have more potential to work with our clients. We do believe the products are truly best in market. So it's really how do we ignite the growth there again.
But as Adena said, that whole segment, just really awesome opportunity across investment, and we're seeing some great growth out of the data and data link products. So I think the whole segment, I look at how we get that growth rate back up within corporates, we do need to see a more constructive IPO market.
Yes. And I think one of the other areas that you also mentioned, Nelson earlier, is that part of the product suite is in the sustainability sector. And that's where we've seen also, I would say, a backdrop -- a demand backdrop that's changed. We're having good success in Europe and continuing to drive those solutions. We're investing in the solutions to make sure they're very fit for purpose for the markets that we're serving. But the demand orientation of this business has shifted in the last few years also.
I would also say when we show you the slides around kind of looking at each of our solutions, it's important to recognize that the Corporate Solutions businesses are really well positioned for what they do. But not all -- as you saw, there was like that limited versus not relevant. And it's because like, for instance, for our governance solutions, we are the keeper of board materials, but we're not creating gold standard data inside of Board Vantage.
We are creating a very secure and resilient solution to allow them to consume that content, their own content. And then we're putting AI capabilities on to create board summarizations and other capabilities within that content set. But it's just -- that's kind of an example where it's just not relevant to that particular product.
And one more quick comment is the Investor Relations business is super critical to the listing business. So the success in that win rate, it is a flywheel. It's imperative when you go in the pitches and have Investor Relations experts in the room, it really matters.
Yes. So we have that analytics business and the software business. What's on that page is the software part of the business, but the overall business within IR is a very strategic asset to us.
We can go to Mike Cyprys in the middle.
Great. I appreciate all that. Just a question on tokenization. I think you had outlined a $4 billion to $6 billion market opportunity for tokenization. I was hoping you might be able to elaborate on what's comprised in that figure, how you see that ramping? And if Nasdaq is successful in penetrating that, I guess, what might that look like? What portion of that opportunity might you be able to penetrate relative to the penetration of your SAM today?
Okay. I'm going to start with Sarah and then you can pass it on to Tal if that helps.
Yes. So if you start with what is in the $38 billion of the SAM, it's about $1.5 billion. And so that's in today's numbers. So that is part of the $3 billion to $6 billion that you would see by 2030. So those are some of the things we are already doing, for example, serving the digital asset industry. Maybe I'll pass it to you for some color.
Great question. So just on framing, again, that's a 2030 number, 3 to 6, and it incorporates all the opportunities across Nasdaq. So trading, financial technology, data index, just to frame the opportunity. And then let me just address it within the context of what we've been sharing today, which is always on. And in always on, we've talked about 4 opportunities. One is 235 markets. We see that as an enabler. Of course, we're going to grow on that. We think we're really well positioned.
Our tokenization filing really well positions us there. I talked about or Magnus talked about tokenized collateral for Calypso. Collateral management is incredibly important when it comes to tokenization to unlock the promise of tokenization, which is let's reduce risk, let's free up that capital. And by the way, when we free up that capital, we can put it back into work in the markets. And that's where you get that, if you will, knock-on effect and the flywheel effect. The third thing we talked about, and Magnus mentioned it in his presentation, is post-trade. We're selling post-trade solutions that enable tokenization.
And so it's not just happening here. It's happening across the globe. And if you think about the community of financial infrastructure that we serve, that we're providing post-trade solutions to, that could be really interesting in terms of the community we create and tokenized collateral capabilities that they have. Then finally, on what Nelson mentioned, it's not just about financial technology and trading.
Longer term, I think there is the opportunity to provide solutions that solve pain points and deepen our relationships with issuers. You talked a little bit about proxy, and we're thinking about that, and we're thinking about how to work with partners around that. So I think it's incredibly powerful. It's a long-term trend. These are some of the things that we're doing right now. And I think if we do these things well, we'll unlock greater opportunity going forward.
We can go to Dan Fannon at Jefferies at the back.
Just wanted to follow up on 2035. What's a reasonable time period for that to happen? And then outside of just velocity and more trading, what are the other revenue streams that we should think about kind of coming off of that incremental volume and user base?
Sure. actually, I'll turn it back to you, Tal.
Yes. So I'm going to take your 2-part question there. In terms of just timing for '25, we've said we're going to be operational and technically ready in the second half of this year. Brendan and team have done a great job of making sure, and this is really important that our operational excellence and the resiliency we bring to core trading hours today, we can replicate that for 235. So that's number one.
Number two, on that first part of your question is we need to work with the industry. We need to work with the SEC. We need to make sure all the utility in that infrastructure, whether it's DTCC, the SIP, the TRF are ready. In conversations with clients, retail very excited. Institutions apprehensive about what this means to them. So what we've said to them is we're going to preserve the sanctity of our open and our close in the way that they trade and think about how they look at benchmarks and their algorithms and how they look at the trading day.
So we've been working with the industry very closely. We actually have a working group with the industry to make sure that we're understanding their concerns, their needs on operational excellence, anything that has to do with corporate actions. And then also, there are rules like Reg NMS and SEI that do not apply right now to after hours, and we have to figure out if they should. So that's the first part of it. But we're -- from a Nasdaq perspective, we're excited. We're ready. And by the way, we provide technology to a lot of others that are running 24/5 markets.
I'll just chime in on that. Our data business is already deeply engaged with our clients on that. I think it's more reflective in a '27 opportunity, but that gave us also some confidence to raise the outlook for that reporting segment. Our international clients care deeply, and it's an opportunity for us.
And I was just going to add to that, it is an opportunity for us to do 3 things. One, data, we're working very closely with Nelson's team on unlocking the power of our data, financial technology. we do it ourselves. We can power other exchanges. Others will think about that. And then over time, we're going to unlock latent demand in 2035 because right now, there isn't the transparency, the integrity and the trust in those markets. They fall down, they don't work. The price discovery mechanism is not what it should be. So I think over time, we're going to actually open up that opportunity. But there's an opportunity across the full flywheel as Nelson mentioned.
All right. We have Bill Katz here in the front.
Thank you very much. Great presentation. So one of the testimonials had Franklin Resources on there, and their CEO recently indicated that mission-critical applications are now under the next sort of level of assault. And then clients sort of arguing that complexity alone is not enough relative to pace of change in AI. You've done a tremendous job today sort of, I think, talking through the enterprise level and the complexity and the layers of the business. What are you hearing from your larger users here as the AI cycle times are accelerating, the cost is going down and then the durability of the business going forward? Because I think that's the real question for the stock.
Yes, absolutely. So first, I'm going to start and then I'm going to actually allow Tal to give you an example on the same with Nielsen. And I think that -- I think Brad and the technology team did a great job of talking about what it really takes to build out enterprise-level AI capabilities. Our clients are incredibly highly regulated as are we. So we understand the fact that you have to do this at a scale and at a level of precision that really can carry us forward. And so that's, I think, really important to recognize.
And so our clients are going to be looking for partners who understand that and can be able to deliver that. I think we've invested years in our ability to be able to get to the point where we have the scale Gen AI platform that really is the -- think of that as kind of the operating layer within Nasdaq for both our on the business and in the product deployment of AI. So we really do partner across the business to be able to deploy it at that scale. And in terms of clients, they're actually turning to us as that transformation partner. We're actually leading them down the road.
So certainly, as you heard from the anti-fincrime business, we have this great team of clients that work with us to say, what are the highest pain points, what are the areas they want to work on the most. And we only launched our Gen AI agent, the agentic workforce in the fourth quarter of 2025, and we already have 350 clients using that, which means they've gone through their own internal committees. They've been able to -- we've been able to demonstrate industrial-grade capability to them, and they're using those solutions as a way, and that we're just getting started.
But Tal, you also have a good example of a client with AxiomSL that's probably worth mentioning.
Yes, it's a great one, actually. And it's one that we're seeing that is, again, repeatable across our customer base. So in Axiom, we have what we would describe as a power user. That power user is on-prem. So you're using a great deal of Axiom's capabilities, but they're on-prem. Ed and team did a great job of showcasing and demonstrating the capabilities that we have with AI. You saw the full suite. So Navigator, Simplify, Investigator, we demoed that full suite. And the CEO said, well, I have to have that. That's going to give me productivity gains. It's super compelling, reduces complexity in a way that's meaningful for me.
And we said, well, you need to go to cloud to get it. And they said, done. And so now we actually have used AI to convert somebody from on-prem to cloud, and now we're also going to provide managed services on top of that. And they're going to take the full suite of AI capabilities, and we're going to explicitly charge for that full suite of capabilities. So it's a great example that we go in, we're not just solving a point-to-point problem across reg tech.
We're saying, here's a suite. here's a package of solutions that enable you to see real productivity gains, real ROI. This is how you can consume it, and this is how we can manage those service for you over time. And there's -- in this client, there's going to be a doubling of ACV as a result of that. So that's just a great use case, but it is not in isolation. This is something that we're consistently seeing with our clients. And remember, Axiom serves large complex clients. So this is an opportunity for us to go into that base of customers and present like I just said...
I think a couple of other things to think about. I know Nelson, do you want to talk about the AI-ready data and other things that you guys are doing. And then I'll I have a feeling grad.
Well, I'll steal one of shinies behind. Our clients in data are coming to us to ask how we can help them. And it really was actually the Franklin Templeton video where the client said they want clean AI-ready data to drive alpha and make decisions. So that encompasses our entire data franchise, gold standard data that's mission-critical. So just I can go client by client, but that really is what they're asking us for.
And just really getting back to Corporate Solutions a bit when you think about the governance platform and what's the differentiated, how we have to look at product by product, that is the company's most sensitive data. They are not putting that in learning models ever. So you look at -- they are looking for critical workflows to be completed, and these are small ACV clients for us. So really have power to drive their efficiencies through AI. So I think the important world of AI to us is going product by product, what's offensive, what's defensive, what the client is asking for, what are they ready for. And I think we're just really well positioned across the entire portfolio to do that.
Yes. Brad, any comments you have?
Yes. So maybe 3. So one thing is you heard we're very early on in these tech trends. And as an incumbent, you want to be ready. So we're in a very competitive environment. We don't mind competing. And so that's the one thing is are you tuned into what's coming? And complexity is one element that could be -- and the tools are getting much better, but complexity is only one element of that. So as you heard, we have been on our front foot with this.
The second thing is I have a dual role. I'm the other one. I'm the customer on the other end. So is my supplier giving me a reason to look and take on something -- something is complex and highly integrated. That's not a very attractive project to tackle with a new disruptor that has never done a major integration. So you look at it and you go, complexity is not enough to move. I also have to -- my partner is a vendor, not a partner and gives me a reason to even look.
So those are all the things you do every day in a competitive environment. And -- but I think the most important is just our position of we never sit on our laurels. We are always looking, and we're trying to make opportunities out of them, but aware of the defensive nature we have to take.
Yes. And I think as we've been looking at across everything that we do, the first thing is we were so happy that we have been investing as much as we have over the last decade because as soon as AI came on to the scene, we started playing offense. And I think that's really, really important. We didn't have to say and go, oh my gosh, we have to rewrite our solutions into cloud so that we can play offense. We had already done that. We'd already built an AI team. They were already partnering with our business.
We already had AI road maps for our products, but we've accelerated that. We have product road maps that cover multiple years so that we also understand at the architectural level, the platform level, at the application level, how are we bringing this technology across each of the products. And we do those product reviews on a regular basis. So it is very much a discipline within Nasdaq to make sure we're modernizing and staying ahead of what these technology trends are. And we do that with everyone here at Nasdaq.
The last thing I would say is we do have very special data. And I do want to point out, we have a lot of proprietary data that we create that is ours to deliver. We also have the ability to -- we've built out proprietary data within our platforms for years of operating those platforms that is truly unique, whether that's in Calypso, in AMSL, surveillance, in IR Insight. I mean these are like deeply embedded data capabilities that have built out over many, many years of experience, which really define the algorithmic capabilities that we're delivering to our clients.
And that then we can put AI on and make that even smarter. And then we have network effects across the data in our contributory data lakes and source data that is at scale. So I think all of that has been really foundational to being ready for this moment. As I mentioned earlier, I ran the data business for 9 years at Nasdaq. In fact, Nasdaq was the first exchange to create a data business, and that was in 2000. And so we -- I was the first leader of the data business. And it was like a whole new capability that we were building out, a way to monetize the outcomes of our trading engines in ways that no one else in the industry really considered -- and we have then carried that forward ever since then.
So I can tell you that data is at the center of every organic and inorganic decision we make here. It really has been and it will continue to be because we see it as such a powerful enabler of the industry. So that is a commitment that we've made as kind of foundational to our strategy, and it does create the foundation for all of our solutions. And that's why we're so ready for this moment.
I know our analysts always have questions, but any investors that are out there as well. All right. We'll go on maybe Eli in the back.
Great. Adena, you talked about how you're embedding these agentic workers into almost every product, it seems like. I was hoping you could talk more about the economics of those agentic workers. I know the compute costs for generative AI can be quite significant. Are those extra costs contemplated by your existing licensing agreements? Do clients need to be upsold in additional models to get access to those workers? How do you ensure you're recouping that value?
Yes. So we have, I think, that certain elements of what we're doing, we're embedding inside the capabilities that we're already offering under the pricing agreements we already have. Certain elements of those capabilities, we're pricing distinctly for those modules, and we're upselling our clients into those modules. Everything we think about is making sure that we're delivering a return and we're getting a return. So if we're having to invest in order to be able to drive that, then we're going to make sure that we get a return on our investment as our clients get a return on their investment.
But I also want to say there's one other capability that we haven't really focused on that I think it's one of the great capabilities we have inside of Nasdaq, which is data optimization. So in cloud, and we've been able to demonstrate that every acquisition we've made, we've made them vastly more efficient in leveraging cloud data and kind of putting their data in cloud and managing their cloud and data because data at rest is one thing, but data and motion in the cloud is variable. And we have done a superb job.
And we're talking 500 billion messages we're managing in our markets every single day, and we do that at scale with -- in AWS. And we actually -- all of that data flows into our AWS intelligence layer, and we have an incredibly efficient way of doing that. And so whenever we've acquired another business, we've taken them and made them vastly more efficient in how they manage data ingress, egress. That allows us then to think about that token efficiency, which is, again, we've applied that expertise as we've been bringing these models in.
And that's why the investment in AI-ready data is so much more token efficient because we have these great embedded experts. That expertise actually, it's interesting, sits both in the operations team and Brendan's team, but it's a core capability we bring across every team. So that's, again, like a one Nasdaq way of working.
Maybe I'll say something else. So there's a lot of things that are going to help us continue to drive that cost down. The good news is it has been coming down significantly. But when you think about domains as they narrow, there -- you don't need some of the heft you get from these models. So there's the opportunity to -- with domain specific, you can get way lower cost. So that's another opportunity. The overall trend is down.
And then I would say just what we've looked at, the automation itself has great ROI. So we've been putting this in for years. Most of our AI products have incredible ROI. So it is -- machines run 7x24 and they can do a lot of things. And as the capability keeps going and the cost goes down, there's a crossover point for way more automation. So we're pretty -- we're looking at going -- all those 3 things come together to look promising.
I just want to say one more thing, which is our Gen AI platform allows us to be essentially model neutral. So we can evaluate every model, every sort of like new version of the model that comes in, we do test against it. We actually retest all of our solutions against new models that are coming in and new versions so that we know can we deploy this model, this new version of the model or something different to be able to solve the problem better.
So you should know that we are model agnostic in the way that we've built our Gen AI platform so that allows us to be as efficient and effective as possible and fit for purpose for each one because we actually are using different models for different solutions based on their capabilities and efficiency.
I'm going to go to Ben.
Ben Budish from Barclays. Maybe one for Sarah on the expense side. So it's a 2-parter. So in terms of the expected actions expense savings by the end of '27, how many of those are sort of like normal efficiencies versus like actual implementation of AI that's going to displace work that's done elsewhere? And then as we think about like your sort of cycle guidance, it's 3 to 5 years, I think the way you described this last time was there's like a range of revenues and OpEx growth targets, and they can kind of move with each other.
As you're using more AI internally, is it -- do you think about the possibility? Or how do you think about the possibility of revenue growth like continuing to outpace like -- could revenue growth be at the high end while OpEx stays at the low end or maybe you would reinvest that? But is that -- how do you think about those potential outcomes?
Yes. So in terms of the first question, this is a Gen AI productivity program. There might be some AI. There might be some other automation because part of the solutions are not purely just Gen AI. You actually have lots of choices, but it's very much AI. This is not a location strategy or something else that we may have done in the past. That doesn't mean that we wouldn't do that, but that is not included in the $100 million that we have talked about.
To address your second point, this is definitely an accelerant over time. Remember that this is actually a program that doesn't have a restructuring cost. And that also speaks to the point that we've been investing since 12 years ago. And therefore, we don't need to do things like that. And even in the first year in 2026, I said there will be a small benefit. So that's actually quite powerful. And -- but I said there would be more '27 and after. And so that helps very much.
And we do have the ability to do what we've done in the past, which is either to yield that to benefit of expense or to reinvest that either for more expense benefits or for growth and really to support the growth of our products, which is why we are here today and how we are going to continue to maintain our leadership. So we are very excited because this is a really nice way to get us started with Gen AI productivity. And we do think that it's very tangible right now when you talk to Don and to the rest of the team.
I think Owen, I think you're raising your hand, Owen Lau.
It's a good presentation. I want to ask about capital return actually. Do you have a new target right now, mid- to high 2x gross leverage. You were at, I think, 2.9x at the end of last year. As you grow your adjusted EBITDA, I think your leverage will come down naturally. It doesn't look like you need to spend more capital to pay down debt. So is it fair to say that Nasdaq will be more aggressive on buyback? Do you have any aspirational goal of total payout ratio like 70% to 80%, which is consistent with other information services companies?
I think I gave you a pretty good proof point of the fact that we love our stock price. We loved it, by the way, at the beginning of the year. And...
We don't like the stock price now, but we definitely see a lot of value. We don't like the stock price.
That is totally true. But in the meanwhile, as a buyer of the stock, we've been very aggressive. And so we have a lot of appetite for share repurchases, and we did also at the beginning of the year. You saw that actually in the 10-K when we published the variable ASR, which was the second time in a row that we did that programmatic repurchase to be sure that we were doing that. So we are not giving a specific target, but you're seeing us in action.
Yes. I mean I would just say we obviously have great flexibility with the $2.2 billion plus growing cash flow. And what we want to continue to do, as Sarah mentioned, is that progressive dividend. You're right that our EBITDA growth will continue to support bringing the leverage down. We do have a bond that's coming due in June. We may choose to repay that. We may choose to decide that we'll roll that. It kind of depends on the environment. We definitely see a lot of opportunity with buybacks, and it's a great use of capital as we look at the return characteristics on that.
But I also want to say we want to -- we also -- we've always made sure that we have that like that real progressive dividend, the discipline for rebuying back any sort of employee shares the ability to do that opportunistic buyback and also to look at how do we optimize the return of our business over time. So we don't -- that's not a specific target like that is not something that we've actually even talked about internally because we're just starting to kind of bring in the buybacks kind of and really kind of amp up that.
So I just want you to know that's something that we want to continue to be able to have some flexibility around while we are doing a lot of share buybacks right now.
We can go to Mike Cho.
I just wanted to go back on the AI conversation. Clearly, Nasdaq is well positioned, has been positioning for 2 or 3 decades now in the data business. But just from a client perspective. I think, Adena, you mentioned some nuances in terms of the pace of client adoption different across the board. Clearly, Nasdaq has a whole suite of various solutions.
So I was just wondering, either from a client segment perspective or Nasdaq solution perspective, are there areas where clients or solutions are maybe a little bit more forward leaning in terms of AI adoption? And maybe are there some areas that are maybe a little less forward leaning when we think about the pace of AI adoption for clients?
Yes. I think I'm going to hand that to Tal because I think he's got the most on-the-ground understanding of how we're engaging with clients. But I can add to it, but go for it.
Yes. I take a step back and I'm going to call back for some of the things we said today. But we're giving our clients more reasons to do business with us because of the way we're investing in our products. That's first and foremost. When we go out to our clients and we have conversations with our clients, we're showing them how we're actively investing in our products and our AI road map. That's really important.
The second thing is our products are really good at what they do. I mean that's really true. And so we're solving, like we said, complex problems, but they're really good and our clients trust us. So that's the foundation. So now as I kind of go across our client base, what we see is this is for the most part, there's forward-leading clients that are, if you will, the new age banks that we deal with, they will absolutely be forward leaning. And we serve a lot of them, the new banks of the world, we serve the Revoluts of the world. Those clients love us. We love them. They're great clients. They're forward leaning. They take a number of our solutions. That would be an example of somebody that is also pushing with us when it comes to AI.
When it comes to some of our other client cohorts like the Tier 1s, I think what Nelson and others have said is very true, like the first question we get is like, how do you secure this data? Who's watching it? Who's touching it? I need to know that I trust you. That's why we use the word or the term strategic partner because the first thing they want to know is what we're doing with the data, what we're doing with everything that they're providing us. And then there's this whole discussion around the intelligence that's embedded in our platform that isn't in the public domain.
It's not in specs. It's in our products. So that's what we hear from Tier 1s. And then more globally, when we go to financially systemic important infrastructure, they're still pretty conservative. They're pretty conservative. They want -- they still want to talk to us about resilience, and they still want to talk to us about security and operational excellence. So those conversations are still outgoing and ongoing. sorry. But other than that, I would say we're pretty front-footed with our clients across all of our products.
Verafin is probably having the most advanced conversations with respect to their clients because they are cloud native, AI native. They have a digital worker suite out there. They have a couple of them out there. The ROIs and what we're seeing in the POCs are really compelling. And so that's been a great proof point, and they're pushing that. For other clients, we are really leading the journey for most of our clients, except for the kind of the cohort I shared with you earlier.
Yes. I mean, as I mentioned, we have 3,800 financial institutions. And even within the institutional clients, too, first, you have to make sure that they really understand how we're leveraging the AI, and they do a lot of diligence, and that's great. We love it when they do diligence because I think that we shine in that kind of environment.
I think the second thing is different parts of the world are also more forward-leaning than other parts of the world. And what's really great about the way we can deliver our solutions is we, of course, want to give our clients the most advanced capabilities all the time. But there are clients who are on-prem, and they feel comfortable that way. And so with some of our solutions, we have -- certain of our solutions are cloud only. Some of our solutions, we are willing to continue to deliver that on-prem, but we're moving them towards cloud.
And then we're moving them into the AI era. And so it really kind of depends on, I would say, size, geography and how advanced they are in their internal operations. But we meet them where they are and then we carry them forward into the future. And we love that role for us. I mean we really do. It's -- I feel like it allows us to be that really deep partner that they're looking for.
One other great point. One observation for you. Australia, very forward leaning. So sometimes what we see is literally a group of banks that are forward-leaning in a particular country, very different than what we might see in, say, Japan. versus Australia. So that's another way that we kind of look at our core.
Yes. And yes, different conversations, but great relationships no matter where we are.
One more question?
Yes.
Great. I'm going to go to Brian Bedell.
Brian Bedell Deutsche Bank. Yes, I have a 3-parter, but it's all related. Don't worry. And great presentation today, by the way, really super, super helpful. Thanks for doing this. The question is on retail. So you've outlined a structural growth in retail. Obviously, a lot of the initiatives during the day tend to be more institutionally focused. So can you talk about, first, do you see that structural growth in retail persisting? going forward. How you plan on leveraging that growth in retail? Is that more of an institutional sale relationship to those retail providers?
And then on Reg NMS 24/7, do you think -- right now, it does not apply to 24/7. Do you think it will apply to '24, if you could speculate on that? And then lastly, just any interest in getting involved in prediction markets or binary options or something?
Okay. Great. I actually going to ask Nelson to start on the retail brokerage community and kind of what you're seeing in terms of the demand and also new brokers that are coming in new solutions. And then Tal, I'm going to transfer to you on the market side.
Yes. Well, I headlined that as one of the key growth drivers for the data business, and it certainly is something that we feel is secular. We see new clients coming online all the time. they're very progressive thing about how they want to use the data and how they want to leverage our brand to help them engage with their clients. So we do think that is structural. That's a partnership we have with Kevin, looking at that all the time and how we market to those clients. It also is a big obviously driver for the index business as we're seeing that attraction to the Nasdaq company.
So I think you have this headline of Nasdaq list the companies that want to be in, the activity is picking up. It's structural, and we're engaging across them, really data and index and really seeing some of the wealth channels grow for some of our other products and how that impacts the investment when we think about the family offices, et cetera. So it's all an enabler for us, and we're really excited about the growth.
Yes. And so before I tell you go, just on retail brokerage community, I would just say the rise of what people are calling super apps is something that is obviously accruing to our benefit because it means that they're engaging with retail investors in new ways. And the first thing that they look for is what are the types of investments we want to make in Nasdaq-listed companies and just equities in general is a very, very high-value opportunity for them to get engaged in. So that's great.
The second thing is we are a B2B2C company. So we engage the institutional clients and the institutional clients gauge the ultimate retail investors, and that's kind of how we've designed our business. But now as we go into the market side and 24/7 and Reg NMS, go for it.
Yes. I'm just trying to remember the 3 part of it.
That was a good one.
So I would say on prediction mortgage. Yes. I'm going to try to get it all. So on retail, 235 is an enabler for sure. A lot of foreign retail, so we didn't necessarily just speak about that, but there's a lot of foreign retail and it's unidirectional coming into the U.S. They want to invest in all the great companies that we have here. So we're trying to embrace that through 2035. That's important to note. In our options markets, we're trying to be very responsible with how we're handling it.
And I think a little bit of what Adena said with respect to the option markets with short-dated options, early innings there. We're just trying to make sure that the products we put in the market enable it to be a tool where people can hedge risk, manage risk, take express market sentiment in the right way. And that's what we've done so far. But that's allowed us to, if you will, in the B2BC example, really leverage that.
Okay. Then your second question was just 24/7 and Reg NMS. So we're excited about what this new administration at the SEC is thinking about because if they go down the direction of loosening parts of Reg NMS, we think that provides us with more flexibility, more flexibility to innovate, more flexibility to do different things and it frees us up to serve our customers in a better way and get paid for some of the premium products that we have in the marketplace. So I think we love the conversations that are going on with the SEC. We're embracing it. We're already putting plans in place around how we might be able to take advantage of that.
Prediction markets. Okay. So today, prediction markets, mostly retail or really all retail, a lot of sports gambling, a little bit of crypto, a little bit of politics, right? So the way we're looking at it, and you heard Kevin talk about this, is we're thinking about using our exchange assets. We're highly regulated, transparent. There's the integrity.
Most importantly, there's a great connectivity we have with the institutional community, and it's part of a larger complex. As you think about these types of products as part of a larger complex, we can use that to put in the market events contracts in our options marketplace with all the belts and braces that we have today, work with other partners to create that complex, bring in the institutional part of the ecosystem to make it much more robust and much more sustainable because what you see is a lot of trading, but not of open interest. in the prediction markets, right?
The lack of open interest tells you there's not a lot of real demand, like long-term demand. This is momentary, right? It's happening at the moment. And so what we're going to try to build is, if you will, curate that open interest through the products that we would put into our marketplace and have as a larger complex. That's the interesting opportunity, but we're going to need to have conversations with the SEC and others.
Yes. Yes. So we're looking at kind of think of it as like financial event contracts, right, so that we -- and we start with what we know best in terms of the equities, I think that Kevin actually mentioned the Nasdaq 100 being one of those where we can kind of create options that are specific around that. That allows us to kind of play in the world we know really well, but deliver new capabilities to investors and be a door opener to investors with simplified prediction type options that allow them to kind of come in almost an entry-level way for them to get engaged in markets and financial contracts with kind of binary outcomes.
And so we're excited about engaging with the SEC to deliver that, but we do start to engage with the SEC on that. We're going over time. That's fine.
Thank you. Just to switch to your fastest-growing business, Verafin, just one quick one. I think you had that slide with the pie chart, the 360 enterprise potential clients. I think 22 you have and then you had that 11%, I guess it's 40%, right, in the pipeline. I don't know what pipeline means, but a, can you talk about this a little bit more? And then b, it's been 5 years. And maybe I'm just an Excel jockey, but it seems like you should be further along. I mean, I remember talking to you in 2021 about, hey, you have all these great relationships. Some of these banks are listed on Nasdaq. So why has this not gone faster in particular, given all the good results that you're showing in the marketplace?
Yes. So I'll start with the second part of that question, and then I'm going to ask you to kind of qualify the pie chart. So in terms of our progress in the enterprise clients, which is banks with $50 billion of assets or more is how we're defining enterprise clients. I think when we actually -- when we acquired Verafin, we said it was going to take 3 years to land our first client. We landed our first client, I think, after 2. But it does take a while.
I mean a lot of you work for these large institutions. It's not an instant decision for them to come in. And frankly, trust -- they have to trust you with their data. They have to understand the value of the franchise. We have to prove out the value, which we do through these proof of concepts. And then they start to go through the contracting process. And the contracting process in some of these banks is rather long. But what's really great is, first, we've created a master services agreement now that spans across all of our fintech solutions. So therefore, as they're taking more products, it's a faster time to contract.
The second thing is that we now have 22 clients. And that obviously allows us to go faster. We had tripled the number of signings last year as we had the year before. So we are definitely showing acceleration in our ability to land these clients. And then we're starting to get those expansion contracts. I think we mentioned a couple of them where we actually are expanding our relationships now because once we can prove value, we can get to the next contract. That contract takes about half the time and then it is also -- at least that it's proving out so far, and it's allowing us to demonstrate more and more value to our clients.
So I would say that I always think that every single client to take our product is so much better than everyone else's. But it's just that process of engagement of going through it, especially with a very risk-averse clientele, just means that you have to go through that process. And I think that the team is doing a great job. We're also using all of Nasdaq now to get them through that contracting process as quickly as possible. So do you want to go through the pie target?
So when you go through the pie, I actually really love that pie because I love that we haven't even touched the great majority of the opportunities because that gives you a really good basis for continuing to put on this medium-term outlook for a long term. And so in some ways, we have delivered 25% CAGR for the last 5 years, and we have barely touched the pie. We have a really nice pipeline that is much larger than what we have already delivered.
It does take a time to deliver from the time it enters the pipeline to the time it signed and then the time to value, but that hasn't changed. That was always the case when we bought this asset given the type of data that it is touching. But once you have it, it's incredibly sticky, has extraordinarily good ROIC, and we're progressing nicely, and we have this immense pie of opportunity.
Yes. And in terms of the pipeline, it's a high-quality pipeline. I mean we're not just going to say we have one conversation. So they're moving themselves through the pipeline and think about that as a high level of engagement, but in different stages of that engagement.
Christian, do you have a question? Great. Just last question, [ Nikila ]?
I was hoping you could talk a little bit more about the strategy for NDX options. It feels like that's a product we're hearing a lot more about lately. Specifically, how many retail brokers have lit up those products? And then I also think you gave us a revenue number for NDX options for the first time today. I was surprised to see that the fee rate appears to be at about the same price point as Cboe's SPX. How do you think about striking the right balance between capturing value and building a critical mass of liquidity?
And I know it's a lot, but just one more. There's -- I know there's a rival kind of between S&P and your indexing business. But is it out of the question for Nasdaq to maybe make a run for the S&P index options license when that comes up for renewal, given this new product.
Well, I'm going to take that last question first and then hand it over to Tal. The first thing I would say is we don't actually have a rival with S&P. We do address different things. We have clients who take obviously multiple indexes. The license multiple indexes, they invest in multiple indexes. Honestly, we have a great relationship with S&P. So it's not at all a rival REIT. It's just a matter of us growing and expanding with our return characteristics and our thematic indices and our special sauce, and they do the same with theirs. So I just want to say the index is a little different. In terms of the trading, though, I think that it's really great to talk about the index options business and how it's growing.
Yes. And there's like another 3-parter on that one. so let me try to make sure I got all of them, but let me know if I missed anything. So number one, we love the proprietary index option business, and we've been investing in it for the last 4 or 5 years actively. And the way we've been investing in it, just to give you a little color is we've been investing in the product and in the distribution. So working with retail brokers, working with the ecosystem to expand distribution.
And you saw a little of that in what Kevin presented today when we talked about ETP AUM, and now they're incorporating options into ETPs. And a lot of that is Nasdaq-based products. Some of the most successful launches on the ETP side have been with Nasdaq index options behind that product. So that's been something that's been ongoing. Now in terms of where we are, we are averaging in terms of just like the number of contracts a day, we're probably 115 to 120 contracts -- 120,000 contracts a day. That's just the starting point. We are literally early innings on that.
And we think we can further accelerate that by some of the partnerships that we're talking to retail brokers about. So that could be a big part of our growth. The other part of it, and there's a 2-parter there, is international. We need to do more globally to introduce the Nasdaq 100 because all the names in the Nasdaq 100 are the most popular relevant names in the world. So we need to work with Nelson's team and others to do that. And then finally, on the index side, we're working with Nelson's team to unlock institutional demand. just because his team has great relationships with institutions. So we're going to try to unlock some of that institutional demand that we know are there, give them tools, give them more exposure, help them understand how to invest in our products.
The other part of your question, I just want to make sure I got this right. You said it was more expensive. Well, so that's interesting because Kevin and I talk about this all the time. We're actually, I think, cheaper and maybe slightly cheaper on a notional value because you got to remember the notional value of NDX. It's a pretty expensive contract, right? And that's why Kevin talked about XMD. So I think on a basis point, so basis points is the best way to look at it. I think we're slightly cheaper actually. So it could even be more attractive, if you will, against other similar products in S&P.
So we've always actually thought we've actually had pricing room in NDX, to be honest. So we feel really good about retail distribution, working with the index team. The pricing of the product has not been a problem for us at all. In fact, we've raised it over the last couple of years, and we've seen demand just grow. And so all of those factors are why we're just really excited and continue to invest in that business.
All right. Well, thank you very much for joining us for the Q&A session. And we'll turn it back over to Adena for closing remarks.
Great. Well, I think you all are going to stay here for 1 second. So thank you all so much for joining us. Thank you for honestly braving the weather because some of you did come in during snow. It's not beautiful outside. But thank you so much for spending the morning with us. Hopefully, you really did get a sense of the power of our platform, the deep relationships we have with our clients, the power of our data and the fit-for-purpose solutions we offer our clientele to carry them into the future. And I want to thank you.
Now we get to have lunch together. So for those who can stay for lunch, our team will also stay for lunch, and we look forward to continuing our engagement. Thank you.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Nasdaq — Analyst/Investor Day - Nasdaq, Inc.
Nasdaq — Analyst/Investor Day - Nasdaq, Inc.
📣 Kernbotschaft
- Kern: Nasdaq positioniert sich als "trusted fabric" und wandelt sich zum Plattform‑Technologieanbieter: konsequenter Fokus auf Cloud, Generative AI und Tokenisierung. Drei strategische Säulen—moderne Märkte, Capital Access (Daten & Indizes) und Financial Technology—tragen ein hohes Margen‑ und Cash‑Profil (FCF $2,2bn), dazu $38bn SAM / $86bn TAM und angehobene mittelfristige Ziele.
🎯 Strategische Highlights
- Cloud & Märkte: Migration auf Fusion‑Plattform fast abgeschlossen (7/8 Optionsmärkte live, letzter Markt diesen Sommer); Standardisierung senkt Latenz und Betriebskomplexität.
- KI & Agenten: Nasdaq Gen‑AI‑Plattform mit Governance (Agent‑Registry, Kill‑Switch) wird intern und in Produkten ausgerollt; Ziel: Hunderte Agenten 2026, tausende bis 2027; Verafin-Agentic‑Workforce bereits bei Kunden in Produktion.
- Tokenisierung: 23/5‑Roadmap und Tokenisierungs‑Piloten vorangetrieben; Fokus auf tokenisierte Sicherheiten und nahtlose Integration in bestehende Liquiditätspools.
🔭 Neue Informationen
- Guidance: Management hob mittelfristige Ziele an — Solutions auf ~9–12% Wachstum, CAP‑Division auf ~6–10% (jeweils mittelfristig); Market Services zielt auf ~10–14%.
- Finanzen & Effizienz: $160m Kostensyrnergien realisiert, $45m Cross‑sell Run‑Rate erreicht (Ziel >$100m bis Ende 2027), Aktienrückkaufsermächtigung auf $3bn, Dividende erhöht.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Workflow‑Schwäche: Analysten hoben die schwächere Performance von Corporate Solutions/IR hervor; Management führt es vor allem auf ein schwaches IPO‑Umfeld zurück.
- Tokenisierung & Timing: Nachfrage nach Details zur TAM‑Aufschlüsselung, Zeitplan für 23/5‑Markt und regulatorische Hürden (Reg‑NMS/SEC‑Abstimmungen).
- KI‑Ökonomie: Fragen zu Kosten für Generative AI, Preismodell für agentische Worker und wie Compute‑Kosten an Kunden weitergegeben bzw. monetarisiert werden.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Fazit: Investor Day bestätigt die Strategie‑Transformation: starke operative Kennzahlen, konkrete Produkt‑Roadmaps (Cloud, AI, Tokenisierung) und erhöhte mittelfristige Zielgrößen. Positiv für Aktionäre, solange Management Execution (Wachstum bei Workflow/IR, regulatorische Klärung für 23/5/tokenization) und die Kommerzialisierung von AI‑Produkten wie geplant gelingt.
Nasdaq — Q4 2025 Earnings Call
1. Management Discussion
Good day, and thank you for standing by. Welcome to the Nasdaq Fourth Quarter 2025 Results Call. [Operator Instructions] Please be advised that today's conference is being recorded. I would now like to hand the conference over to your first speaker, Ato Garrett, Senior Vice President and Investor Relations Officer. Please go ahead.
Good morning, everyone, and thank you for joining us today to discuss Nasdaq's fourth quarter and full year 2025 financial results. On the line are Adena Friedman, our Chair and Chief Executive Officer; Sarah Youngwood, our Chief Financial Officer; and other members of the management team. After prepared remarks, we will open the line for Q&A.
The press release and earnings presentation accompanying this call can be found on our Investor Relations website. I would like to remind you that we'll be making forward-looking statements on this call that involve risks. A summary view of risk is contained in our press release and a more complete description on our annual report on Form 10-K. We will discuss our financial performance on a non-GAAP basis, excluding the impact of divestitures and the impact of changes of FX. Full year comparisons also exclude the previously announced onetime revenue benefit and index during the first quarter of 2024. Definitions and reconciliations of U.S. GAAP to non-GAAP plus adjustments can be found in our earnings presentation as well as been a file located in the Financials section of our Investor Relations website at ir.nasdaq.com.
And with that, I will now turn the call over to Adena.
Thank you, Ato, and good morning, everyone. Today, I will start with an overview of our fourth quarter and full year 2025 financial and operational performance. I will then discuss our strategic priorities and outlook for 2026 before handing the call to Sarah to walk through the financial results in more detail. 2025 was an excellent year for Nasdaq as we delivered strong organic growth and accelerated innovation across our business. Our team executed exceptionally well, demonstrating the resilience of our platform in a complex operating environment, defined by volatile trading dynamics, sustained geopolitical tension and an ever-changing regulatory landscape. It was also a year of significant milestones for the company. For the first time in our history, we surpassed $5 billion in annual net revenue and $4 billion in solutions revenue. Our Index franchise reached new heights, delivering record average AUM, a second consecutive year of record inflows and the highest number of new index products introduced in our history.
Market Services delivered record revenues for U.S. equities and U.S. options. We delivered industry-leading new listings performance and a record $1.2 trillion in listing transfers, the strongest year ever for our switch program.
In Financial Technology, we strongly delivered against our cross-sell commitments, deepening our client relationships, and we are now proud to call every GSIB and Nasdaq client. Our Financial Crime Management Technology business pioneered innovative approaches to fight crime and introduce our new agentic-AI workforce, a suite of agentic workers that automate key client workflows. We also formed a new partnership with BioCatch to bring additional intelligence and effectiveness to our solutions. These accomplishments reflect not only the breadth of our platform, but the momentum behind it as we enter 2026 with more opportunity than ever.
For the full year, we delivered net revenues of $5.2 billion, an increase of 12%. Our solutions revenue grew 11% to $4 billion to the range -- at the top end of the range of our medium-term outlook. ARR ended the year at $3.1 billion, an increase of 10% year-over-year. Our operating income was $2.9 billion, up 16%, and we delivered 24% diluted EPS growth.
Our fourth quarter net revenue was $1.4 billion, up 13% year-over-year with Solutions revenue of $1.1 billion, up 12% year-over-year. Expenses in the fourth quarter were $609 million, up 8% year-over-year. Operating income was $783 million in the quarter, up 16%, and we delivered 27% diluted EPS growth. Our performance was anchored in the strategic pillars of integrate, innovate and accelerate, which enabled our teams to execute with clarity and focus. Within our integrate priority, we overachieved our expanded efficiency program net expense target with over $160 million in cost reduction actions as of year-end. We ended the year with gross leverage of 2.9x, outperforming our previous expectation of reaching 3x leverage by the end of the year.
In recognition of our strengthening balance sheet, both Moody's and S&P upgraded Nasdaq's senior unsecured debt ratings in 2025 to BAA1 and BBB+, respectively.
Within our Innovate priority, we executed across several key initiatives. We embedded AI across our business and have begun rolling out new AI-enabled products with strong client reception. For example, we've seen enthusiastic engagement from Nasdaq Verafin clients for our agentic AI workforce that we launched at the end of Q3. The first agentic worker we introduced, our AgenticSanctions analyst, has strong early use among our clients. Continuing the momentum this month, we launched our second worker, the agentic-enhanced due diligence analysts. We look forward to expanding this offering with additional agentic workers planned for 2026.
In Market Services earlier in 2025, we announced plans to bring 23/5 trading to the Nasdaq stock market, and we will be ready to launch this capability in the second half of '26, subject to regulatory approval. Further, we're driving industry efforts to realize the potential of digital assets across multiple initiatives, including our proposed approach to trade tokenized securities, which prioritizes issuer choice, investor protection and capital efficiency.
Lastly, within our Accelerate priority, our One Nasdaq strategy continued to deliver strong results, driving 25 cross-sell wins across Financial Technology in the year for a total of 42 cross-sells since the Adenza acquisition closed. At the end of the fourth quarter, cross-sells accounted for over 15% of Financial Technology sales pipeline, and we remain on track to surpass $100 million in run rate revenue from cross-sells by the end of 2027. This program culminated in net revenue growth of 12% and solutions growth of 11%, at the top of the range of our medium-term outlook.
Turning to our strategic and operational highlights for 2025. I'll begin with Capital Access platforms where we delivered 10% revenue growth for the year, driven by record index inflows, new IPOs and strong bookings growth, particularly in data and analytics. Our listings business had the strongest IPO year since 2021. We secured 3 of the 5 top IPOs of 2025, including Medline, the largest IPO of the year. It was our second -- our seventh straight year as the leading U.S. exchange by proceeds raised, with eligible operating companies raising over $24 billion, including over $10 billion in the fourth quarter alone.
In our Nordic markets, we also welcomed the largest IPO in Europe, Verisure. In Europe, we continued to benefit from increased international focus on the Nordics where the equity markets have consistently outperformed the rest of the region. The strength of these markets attracted 5 new ETP issuers who has [ 84 ] new exchange traded products across the Nordics in 2025.
We also made strong progress on our Switch program in 2025, and reinforced by Walmart's historic transfer to Nasdaq, the largest exchange switch ever completed. This milestone capped a year -- a record year for transfers, including Shopify, Kimberly-Clark and Thomson Reuters. In total, operating company switches in 2025 represented more than $1.2 trillion of market cap, bringing the 10-year total to $3.1 trillion.
This quarter, we're introducing an updated listings win rate methodology that better reflects the pathways through which operating companies can list on Nasdaq, including a traditional IPO, a direct listing and a SPAC combination. Under this new methodology, our win rate was 72% for the full year 2025. This metric also accounts for our newly approved listing qualifications that raise our minimum standards. We've included details on Page 20 -- sorry, on Page 21 of our earnings presentation.
Looking ahead to 2026, we see signs of accelerating capital markets activity further supported by recent Fed cuts and a very healthy pipeline of late-stage private companies. Based on the current market dynamics, we look forward to an active new issuance here.
Our data business delivered robust growth in 2025 as clients across the ecosystem utilized our data more than ever to navigate the financial markets. Our growth was driven by new enterprise license agreements, which increased 24% year-over-year, and our international expansion efforts, including signing an agreement with one of the largest banks in Saudi Arabia. Our growth was also driven by higher use of our data products across our client base.
Our Index franchise remains an exceptional growth engine, delivering tremendous performance and innovation. We achieved a record $99 billion in net inflows over the last 12 months, including a record $35 billion in the fourth quarter and exited the year with ETP AUM of $882 billion, an all-time high. In Index, we delivered our new product strategy -- we delivered on our new product strategy, launching 122 new products in 2025, including 60 international products and 32 in the institutional insurance annuity space.
Within Workflow and Insights, our Analytics and Corporate Solutions businesses continue to advance through product innovation and strategic partnerships. In Analytics, the investment -- the investment business delivered robust performance, supported by our strong network effects with platform usage up 10% year-over-year, driven by increased use of research workflows.
We continue to build powerful partnerships, including with Juniper Square and LSEG, reinforcing our strategy to embed Nasdaq's investment data and investment workflows across both public and private markets.
In Corporate Solutions, investments in AI-powered features and tools as well as deep client engagement supported new sales efforts in our governance and Nasdaq [indiscernible] solutions. These tools also support our retention improvement across the portfolio.
Turning next to our Financial Technology division. In 2025, FinTech delivered strong financial results with 11% revenue growth. Financial Crime Management technology grew 22% over the year, including 24% growth in the fourth quarter. Regulatory technology delivered 10% growth for the year, including 12% growth in the fourth quarter, and capital markets technology grew 9% over the year and in the fourth quarter.
With more than 3,800 clients now including all of the GSIBs, the division has established itself as a leading modern technology partner, helping institutions address complex risks, critical regulatory reporting, and the modernization of trading infrastructure. In Financial Crime Management Technology, we continued strong sales execution during the year, adding 255 new SMB clients and 6 new enterprise clients. a combined 23% total client growth over the prior year. In Enterprise, 5 of the 6 new client signings were cross-sells and we completed 3 expansion deals with existing enterprise clients for a total of 9 enterprise deals. This underscores our ability to deepen client relationships through our One Nasdaq approach.
In regulatory technology, our [indiscernible] team broadened our product portfolio to meet evolving regulatory demands supporting geographic expansion into Saudi Arabia, India and France. Additionally, we deepened our partnership with Revolut after they consolidated their U.K. and European regulatory reporting on to our cloud managed platform this quarter. We also signed a significant cross-sell to a global Tier 1 bank for an enterprise cloud deployment, demonstrating the scale of our solutions and the trust we've established across our platform. In our solutions -- sorry, in our surveillance business, we drove strong client growth, including an agreement with CFTC, which selected Nasdaq to replace its legacy surveillance system.
Overall, in 2025, our surveillance team signed 26 new clients across securities exchanges, crypto trading venues, market participants and regulators to strengthen their protections across rapidly evolving markets.
In Capital Markets Tech, we delivered a strong year driven by durable demand for market modernization solutions. We continue to strengthen our relationships with central banks, ending the year with 24 total Central Bank clients, including 3 new central bank clients signed this quarter.
Calisto experienced increased adoption from global banks and asset managers transitioning from legacy on-prem environments to cloud hosted trading risk and treasury solutions. We're seeing early momentum Eclipse's fully managed service offering on AWS, which drove additional upsells and a major cross-sell into a leading market infrastructure operator during the quarter.
In Market Technology, our managed service offering demonstrated strong momentum with growth across multiple solutions. And in the fourth quarter, we signed a major financial market infrastructure client for a multiproduct cloud-based deployment based on the Eclipse platform, highlighting our ability to provide integrated end-to-end solutions. Turning to Market Services. We achieved record annual net revenue of $1.2 billion, up 17% year-over-year fueled by elevated volumes in the U.S. equities and U.S. equity options as well as robust performance in European cash equities and equity derivatives. Our teams continue to execute well, capturing opportunities in value-added products and extending our competitive positioning in both U.S. and European markets.
Specifically, in the fourth quarter, our index options revenue more than doubled year-over-year for the second consecutive quarter. We grew market share in European equities, and we delivered strong USP plant revenue.
Nasdaq's Closing Cross also set a new notional value record during the Triple which event in December with $233 billion traded. Our success in 2025 reflects our ability to execute with discipline, innovate with purpose and meet our clients' evolving needs. We've used the start of this year to meet with clients across the globe, including on the ground at Davos, listening closely to their priorities and pressure points. Those conversations have reinforced our view of the industry's priorities to manage risk advanced market structure and innovate with AI, strengthening our conviction and the durability of our diversified business offerings.
Looking ahead to 2026, Nasdaq is well positioned to build on our strong foundation and deliver durable growth. Our platform is built on 3 core strengths: first, an embedded client community that connects us to real world needs and builds trust that accelerates adoption; second, gold source data that delivers unique client value, powering intelligence and advanced workloads; and third, engineering excellence that delivers speed, resilience and interoperability at scale, enabling innovation and global deployment. Along with our deep industry expertise, these foundational layers work together to create a differentiated platform that delivers outcomes that matter to our clients.
Our platform strongly positions us to take advantage of key growth areas, especially in the age of AI. Sustained investment from leading technology firms and AI firms is continuing to reshape the economic landscape, making digital infrastructure and data-driven innovation, the key drivers of business investment and real growth.
By architecting the world's most modern markets, by powering the innovation economy and by building trust in the financial system, we're not just responding to the change, we're shaping it. We look forward to updating you on our progress on these priorities at Investor Day next month.
And with that, I'll turn the call over to Sarah.
Thank you, Adena, and good morning, everyone. We closed 2025 with strong momentum following an excellent year for Nasdaq. We delivered over $5 billion in annual revenue for the first time, reflecting strength across the business and performance that met or exceeded our outlook expectations in every division. We had 10% ARR growth in the year. Solutions now represents 76% of total net revenue at over $4 billion, underscoring the deliberate shift of our business mix. We coupled that growth with disciplined execution, expanding operating and EBITDA margin by 2 points, reducing gross leverage to 2.9x and delivering free cash flow conversion of 109%, while continuing to invest to support long-term growth.
Let's start with annual results on Slide 11. Net revenue of $5.2 billion was up 12%, with Solutions revenue of $4.0 billion, up 11%. Operating expense was $2.3 billion, up 7%, in part, driven by our strong top line growth, yielding a 56% operating margin and 58% EBITDA margin.
Full year net income was $2.0 billion, with the [indiscernible] of $3.48, up 24%.
Turning to quarterly results on Slide 12. We reported net revenue of $1.4 billion, up 13%, with Solutions revenue up 12%. Operating expense was $609 million, up 8%, leading to an operating margin of 56% and EBITDA margin of 59%, both up 2 points compared to the prior year quarter.
Net income was $554 million with diluted EPS of $0.96, up 27%.
Slide 13 shows the drivers of our 12% net revenue growth for the year and 13% net revenue growth for the quarter. We generated over 8 percentage points of alpha for the quarter and for the year, 170 basis point improvement in [indiscernible] 2024. The drivers were consistent for both alpha and beta. Our power was driven by new and existing clients, low churn and product innovation, beta was driven by elevated volumes in Market Services and higher valuations in NASDAQ indices.
As shown on Slide 14, we achieved 10% ARR growth for the year. This represents a 2 percentage point improvement versus the prior year period and includes 12% in fintech. Total SaaS revenue grew 13% in the quarter, including 19% SaaS growth in fintech. SaaS continued to represent a consistent share of ARR at 38%, in line with the prior year quarter.
Let's review division results, starting on Slide 15. In Capital Access Platforms, we delivered quarterly revenue of $572 million, up 12%, with annual revenue of $2.1 billion, up 10%, both were driven by 9% [indiscernible]. ARR growth ended the year, up 7%. Data and listings revenue was up 7% in the quarter, with ARR up 8%. Data revenue growth was driven by upsells, usage and new sales.
Listings benefited from the improving IPO environment. Growth for new listings and pricing was partially offset by the revenue headwind from prior year delisting and lower amortization of prior year period initial listing fees, both of which were in line with our previous expectations.
Looking ahead to 2026, we expect an approximately $9 million year-over-year headwind in each quarter from delistings in the previous year, the impact from new purposed changes to listing standards and the amortization roll-off of prior period initial listing fees.
Index revenue was up 23% in the quarter. We had net inflows of $99 billion over the last 12 months, a second consecutive quarterly record, including a record $35 billion in the fourth quarter. Beta drivers were flat with approximately 70% coming from ETP AUM appreciation from market performance and the remaining portion coming from strong year-over-year growth in derivatives contract volumes. Overall, Index delivered a 36% increase in average ETP AUM, which reached a record $860 billion in the fourth quarter. As a reminder, at the start of 2026, our contracted rate associated with trading of derivative contracts reset.
Holding volumes in capture constant, we expect the sequential revenue impact in 1Q '26, similar to what we saw in 1Q '25. The rate will increase once we cross the specific revenue threshold, which will likely occur sometime early in the second quarter.
In Workflow and Insights, revenue was up 4% in the quarter, with ARR growth also at 4%. The revenue increase was primarily driven by analytics, mainly Investment and Datalink, with both seeing strong booking growth as well as benefiting from the expansion into new products in Data link. Corporate Solutions delivered modest revenue growth.
Quarterly operating margin for the division was 59%, up 100 basis points versus the prior year quarter. The annual operating margin for the division was 60%, up 150 basis points versus the prior year.
Moving to Financial Technology on Slide 16. Revenue in the quarter was $498 million, up 12% with annual revenue of $1.85 billion, up 11%. ARR growth ended the year up 12%. The quarterly results reflect strong performance across all 3 Fintech subdivisions. We signed 129 new clients, 143 upsells and 12 cross-sells in the quarter, bringing the annual total to 291 new clients, 462 upsells and 25 cross-sell.
Cross-sells continue to represent over 15% of the Financial Technology divisions pipeline.
Financial Client Management Technology revenue grew 24% in the quarter, with ARR growth of 18%. We signed 119 new SME clients in the fourth quarter, bringing the annual total in the client segment to 255. Net revenue retention was 112%, reflecting strong client engagement. We also had continued momentum with enterprise clients with 3 new signings in the quarter, bringing our total to 9 enterprise deals for the year. In 2025, we signed 4x the number of enterprise deals at 4x the ACV compared to 2024, with ACV concentrated in the second half of the year.
The sequential revenue improvement in the fourth quarter was primarily driven by professional services fees related to SMB and enterprise clients implementation. We do not expect to maintain these levels over the first half of 2026 based on the implementation timing for deals signed in the second half of 2025. As a reminder, as we grow our Enterprise business, we expect to see increased quarterly variability in revenue growth impact from Enterprise [indiscernible].
Regulatory Technology had quarterly revenue growth and ARR of 12%. Revenue growth in the quarter reflects strong performance across both AxiomSL [indiscernible], driven by our successful sales execution as well as sequentially improved professional services revenue, consistent with our previous comments. Capital Markets Technologies had quarterly revenue growth of 9% and ARR growth of 11%, with the difference driven by professional services fees.
Financial Technology quarterly operating margin was 48%, down 100 basis points versus the prior year quarter, and annual operating margin was 47%, in line with the previous year. We are well positioned in 2026 for continued growth and expansion of the financial technology business.
Before I wrap up on FinTech, let me provide an update on the 2025 performance of the combination of AxiomSL and Calypso. ARR growth was 13%, including the ramp of 2 deals. Adenza also had healthy subscription revenue growth of 12%, partially offset by lower professional services, including the implementation delays related to client readiness, which we referenced earlier this year.
Going forward, we will continue to report Calypso and AxiomSL within their respective service division and will no longer disclose Adenza-specific revenue or ARR performance.
Turning to Market Services on Slide 17. We had net revenue of $311 million in the quarter, a quarterly record, reflecting growth of 14%. For the year, we had net revenue of $1.2 million, an annual record, reflecting growth of 17%. Growth in the quarter was driven by record industry volumes in U.S. equities and options as well as our ability to consistently deliver alpha as reflected in index options revenue more than doubling for the second straight quarter, driven by improving volumes and capture, elevated market share in European equities and higher U.S. tape plan revenue versus the prior year quarter, which had abnormally low growth share.
The growth was partially offset by lower capture in U.S. options with 2 drivers. The options regulatory fee, OR, allows us to recoup a portion of OR at most all our regulatory expense throughout the year. The fee that we collect is reflected as a component of our options capture rate. Given the strong volume and share performance of our options market in 2025, our regulatory expenses were mostly recovered during the first 3 quarters of the year, resulting in lower OR and thus a lower net options capture rate in the fourth quarter. Separately, the strong volumes we mentioned in the quarter came with a mix shift towards lower revenue quarter.
Other revenue within Market Services also reflected record revenue in our Canadian equity business as well as higher capture in European equity derivatives. Market Services quarterly and annual operating margins were both at 64% and both up over 5 percentage points due to higher revenue.
Moving to expenses on Slide 18. We had operating expenses of $2.331 billion for 2025, an increase of 7%, driven by strong revenue performance both in employee compensation and strong investments in people and technology to support revenue and drive innovation and growth. For the fourth quarter, we had operating expenses of $609 million, up 8%, driven by similar factors. Fourth quarter operating margin was 56% and EBITDA margin was 59%, both up 2 percentage points versus the prior year period.
We are introducing our 2026 non-GAAP operating expense guidance of $2.455 billion to $2.535 billion. This reflects a non-GAAP organic growth rate of 7% at the midpoint, which includes the in-year benefit of net synergies actioned under our expanded cost program, a $25 million net decline due to divestiture and a small acquisition and a nearly $20 million increase from FX as well as a strong level of investments in growth and innovation, including AI, both in our products and on our business, which we'll discuss in more detail at Investor Day.
Our effective tax rate in 4Q '25 of 21.2% reflects the impact of a few discrete items. This resulted in a 2025 full year tax rate of 22.4%, slightly below the 2025 tax rate guidance. For 2026, we expect a non-GAAP tax rate going back to a range of 22.5% to 24.5% due to the absence of onetime items and the expiration of certain benefits.
Turning to capital allocation on Slide 19. Nasdaq generated free cash flow of approximately $2.2 billion in 2025, including $537 million in the fourth quarter. The year reflected a conversion ratio of 1.09%. In 2025, we paid dividends of $1.05 per share, totaling $601 million. Fourth quarter dividend payments of $153 million represented $0.27 per share and a 31% annualized payout ratio. We paid down $826 million of debt in the year, including $100 million in the fourth quarter through a successful tender offer to end the year with a gross leverage ratio of 2.9x, beating our expectation of 3.0x.
In the fourth quarter, we repurchased 3.2 million shares for $286 million, bringing full year repurchases to 7.2 million shares or $616 million in 2025.
As I wrap up, I want to thank the full Nasdaq team for an outstanding year of execution, and I am proud of our accomplishments. I am more confident than ever in our growth story and our ability to deliver even more value to our clients and shareholders in 2026 and beyond.
With that, I'll open the call for Q&A.
[Operator Instructions] And I show our first question in the queue comes from the line of Patrick Moley from Piper Sandler.
2. Question Answer
So you recently received SEC approval for expanded options expirations in some of the MAG 7 names, your Monday, Wednesday, Friday now. So could you talk about just your expectation for what this now means for the options market overall, how Nasdaq stands to benefit? And any expectation you have about what this could mean for just market volumes in general?
And then as a second part to that, if we do see this lead to a proliferation of 0 DT trading in single stock options, I'm curious whether you think this will be a tailwind for your index option franchise, given the weighting of some of these MAG 7 names is greater in your indices relative to a competitor like the S&P 500 and could be viewed as a more accurate hedging tool for this type of new market activity that we could see?
Thanks, Patrick. Yes. So first, we're really pleased that we are able to launch this, and our clients are also very happy that they have more choice in terms of being able to manage risk more precisely and more accurately as they are managing their capital in the market. And we are definitely seeing early uptick that's really exciting. So we see this -- the world is changing very quickly. I think that giving our clients more opportunity to manage risk in a shorter-dated way, allows them to be able to address changes in the marketplace, change in the environment in a much more precise way. And we think that this is a trend that will continue to drive both volumes in the markets, but also participation in the markets from institutional players has an opportunity to expand that. So we're very pleased with it.
We are focused on the stocks we've already launched, and we want to continue to be very mindful of the liquidity characteristics of the companies that we're introducing into this framework because I think that's really important in terms of being able to manage risk successfully. But we are very excited to continue to expand it over time, and we'll certainly provide you updates as we see the volumes come into the market. It's only been live for a week, so we have some room to go in terms of being able to understand the effect on our markets.
And our next question comes from the line of Jeff Schmitt from William Blair.
You've seen really strong growth in equity options volumes in the second half year and in the quarter, even though comparisons have been tough, volatility has come down from the first half. Is that just being driven by retail strength? Do you see a structural shift there? And is that carried over into '26?
Yes. So you're right that we have seen very nice continued growth in the volumes within the equities and equity options markets. And I think that, in both cases, it's actually really a broadening out of the investor base, both in retail for the equities markets and in retail and institutional in the options market. And it is, I think, a reflective of a structural shift in terms of the interest that that investors have in public equities, which is terrific. I also think that the other thing that we have also seen is a real increase in equity options on the ETF options overlay. So they're more -- there's a lot more AUM coming into ETFs with an options overlay, which then, of course, brings more institutional engagement into the options market. And so that's also been a driver, I would say, a structural shift and a structural change in the drivers of the options markets in particular.
But just that level of engagement also just continues to drive our interest in expanding the market. So as we go later into 2026, we're really excited to be able to, hopefully, pending SEC approval, launch 23/5 trading for in the Nasdaq stock market and start to really broaden the investor base even further around the world. So it's an exciting time to be in the markets business, no doubt about it.
And our next question comes from the line of Michael Cho from JPMorgan.
I just wanted to touch on the data and listing segment. Adena, you called out some large wins in the quarter and in the year. And certainly pointed to maybe accelerating new listings activity ahead. Maybe I was just wondering if you could just unpack your comments around the pipeline and the pace expectations a little bit. And I guess is there anything to consider for this segment into -- I guess, into 2026 relative to the low single-digit medium-term guide that's out there now?
Great. Well, thanks, Michael. Yes, we definitely had momentum in general for new issuances really started to build up as we went through 2025. we did unfortunately have an interruption to that with the government shutdown. So we actually saw some issuance -- some issuers who really wanted to tap the public markets in the fourth quarter now really focusing on the first and second quarter of 2026. But that also -- and then we have a lot of active dialogue with companies, late-stage private companies looking to tap the public markets.
We also see that there's a lot of investor interest in the public markets. One -- I was actually -- I was at a meeting in Davos with a lot of asset managers and pensions, and one of the things that we heard was that there really is a premium value to liquidity right now because the environment around us is so dynamic that the ability to have liquid assets that they can invest in and have the opportunity to be able to invest in these growth assets in liquid state is something that's really more and more interesting to both the pensions and to asset managers.
So we're excited about the fact that there's risk capital available, that their companies ready to go, and now we just need to make sure that we can execute on them, and I think that's pretty exciting. It also obviously accrues to the benefit of our Index business. And then with switches, companies that are coming from on New York to Nasdaq, we continue to be able to demonstrate a differentiated value proposition that we're very excited to have more companies join us here at Nasdaq.
And our next question comes from the line of Dan Fannon from Jefferies.
I wanted to follow up on the financial crime management outlook. 24% in the fourth quarter, I think you talked about some professional fees. I wanted to understand a bit better momentum into next year and tracking more towards the medium-term guide of mid-20s growth?
Yes. So I think that Sarah gave you some good information around how we see the development of the sales. The fact that in the enterprise deals, a lot the ACV was back-weighted in the year, it does take longer to implement those those clients. So that also -- and we don't bring that into our ARR until they're fully implemented and live. So that, I think, kind of gives you a sense of how we're thinking about the year progressing for enterprise deals.
And then on professional services fees, as we are engaging both with a lot of SMB clients, we had a really great sales year for SMB clients in addition to the enterprise deals where there is a, I would say, more effort involved with implementing those clients. We will see a little bit more variability quarter-to-quarter in revenues as we manage our professional services revenues with those implementations. And that's some of what you saw in the fourth quarter. So with that, I think that kind of the building momentum -- we're just so happy we have 9 new clients in the -- or 9 new deals, including actually 3 upsells. Like that's a new muscle also for the fintech -- for the Financial Crime Management team to to be a modular provider of capabilities to these enterprise clients.
So I have to tell you, we're really, really excited about both what we've been able to do in '25, but also the pipeline of opportunity in '26.
And our next question comes from the line of Eli Abboud from Bank of America.
Did you made some comments at the CFTC joint roundtable a few months back, kind of lamenting how difficult it is for Nasdaq to own an ETF. I was wondering if you could expand more on those comments. If the rules do indeed change at the SEC, is there an opportunity for Nasdaq to do M&A in the off-exchange space? Or do you think Nasdaq can compete organically with these off-exchange venues?
Well, first, we are very encouraged by the fact that the SEC is focused on providing more innovation opportunities in the securities markets. And we really like to be a holistic provider to our clients. But we have been really limited in the way that we've been able to offer our solutions to clients. The exchange rules are very, very codified and it makes it very difficult to be an innovator within the confines of the exchange rules. So allowing us to have the flexibility to have an ETF as part of our solution set to our clients and being able to tap into more of the off-exchange trading is a real interest of ours.
We do see that the SEC, we believe that they're going to provide a more flexible framework for that. And we're -- as we continue to engage with them, we will be excited to see ways for us to get involved in that space going forward.
And I show our next question comes from the line of Simon Clinch from Rothschild & Co Redburn.
I was wondering if I could just change tack -- in terms of -- you've already achieved beat the leverage target you said. As we look ahead in terms of capital allocation then, you've made comments before that sort of transformational deals are kind of I guess, maybe off the table is not the right word, but yes, they're not really on the agenda at the moment. So I was wondering if you could talk about the pipeline of sort of opportunistic deals you have? How you balance that with the potential for buyback because you're going to have a lot of capital coming your way, and against that, the sort of the general range of leverage that you're willing to operate in?
Thanks, Simon. So indeed, $2.2 billion of free cash flow and 109% of free cash flow conversion, we're very proud of those numbers, and that gives us a lot of ability to have multiple things we can do. We are focused on organic growth and are supporting on our organic growth. We are also continuing to have a progressive dividend. And you've seen us do some share repurchases, some debt repurchases and that is something which we are very interested in continuing to do. And of course, we will continue to evaluate bolt-ons, especially with a deal versus buy approach.
And I show our next question comes from the line of Brian Bedell from Deutsche Bank.
Great. Maybe just ring back on fintech and the medium-term growth targets. You've had great acceleration in the upsells and new clients just in 4Q relative even the '25 pace. And I know you talked about some like implementation lags and headwinds coming into '26. But if you think about the full year, given that momentum and the secular trends that you're talking about, should we think of potentially an acceleration of RegTech and Cap Markets revenue growth higher -- towards the higher end of those ranges or at least acceleration on a full year basis in '26 versus '25 just based on that comment? I know it's early, of course, but just wanted to get some color around that.
Sure. Well, I think first, just to remember, our fourth quarter is always our largest sales quarter for fintech. And so it's wonderful to see, but it is also a pretty cyclical element of the business in terms of having a majority -- not majority, but a large portion of sales occur in the fourth quarter. I think that as we -- you are right, we do have good momentum in the business. We have -- we feel very good about the client engagements. And we've been -- we had a -- particularly -- I mean if I look at it, like every part of the fintech business had a strong sales here in different ways. The upsells in certain areas were just really remarkable and the new sales in other areas were great. So -- and when we look at the pipeline, we continue to have really strong engagement across the world with our clients and potential clients.
So I'm not going to give you outlook -- specific outlook for '26, but I just want to say that we're really pleased with the ongoing performance of the business, the way that we're engaging customers and the opportunity set in front of us. It's critical for us to continue to innovate, and we are doing that at scale. We're doing that with our clients. It's a really exciting time in that business as well.
And I show our next question comes from the line of Alex Kramm from UBS.
This may be a little bit of a random topic. But Adena, I would be curious if you can talk a little bit about what's going on in proxy these days? I mean you've talked about on some of the prior calls already, and there's clearly a lot of things happening on the advisory side. But you guys had an OpEd in November as well talking or even complaining about the rising cost of even the processing side of that and maybe even suggesting like there should be better solutions, maybe involving blockchain. So just wondering, given that this is a pretty sizable market today with one large player, do you think there is a role for Nasdaq? Do you have any ambitions and anything you can share that you may be doing to help you and you listed clients?
Yes. Great. Thanks, Alex. The focus we've been having on proxy is definitely on policy reform or regulatory reform as well as modernization of the proxy infrastructure. And so I can just say, when we engage on that topic, we are engaging on behalf of our listed clients and really reflecting their experience and what they feel is one of the bigger pain plans to being a public company. If we want more companies to be public, we have to find ways to make the path to being public less onerous and less of a big leap. And so our engagement on proxy has primarily been both with the regulators and with the established providers to make it so that we can streamline the technology. I think there's actually -- I don't know if you've done a proxy [indiscernible] lately, but I have to say the new app that they've delivered that [indiscernible] delivers for a proxy voting is actually quite good and easy to use. So making sure we're modernizing that, making sure we're also focusing on the plumbing, the proxy plumbing because we have so much more retail investment in the markets. We need to engage those retail investors. There's also pass-through voting that's been developed now among the institutions and that also needs to have a process and technology that underpins it, in addition to having changes in the proxy process at the regulatory level so that companies can operate -- spend their time operating their businesses and not dealing with proxy. So that's the focus we have, Alex. It's not so much as a business opportunity.
And I show our next question comes from the line of Michael Sypes from Morgan Stanley.
Just wanted to ask around the proposal you have out there to tokenize equity securities. Just curious how you envision that integrating with existing infrastructure? How your proposal, how you guys think about it being different from others that you're seeing out there in the marketplace or other proposals out there? And just more broadly, how you see the potential to ultimately migrate towards fully on chain environment? What hurdles would need to be overcome, what the time frame and path might look like?
Okay. Great. Well, that's a big question. So I would say -- I would start by saying the purpose of our regulatory filing to introduce tokenized equities is to actually make sure it is, in fact, integrated into the infrastructure that exists. We have the deepest, most liquid markets in the world. They operate at enormous scale. We manage 3 million to 5 million messages a second depending on equities and options markets. We managed -- honestly, we have, in any given day, somewhere in the range of 80 billion to 100 billion messages that flow through our systems. And we provide latency of less than 20 microseconds on an average basis. So it is a remarkable business and the resiliency of what we've created is so important to maintain. So as we've been thinking about and driving tokenization, it is a good technology. It is something that can, over time, kind of transform the ability to move money around the world can transform the ability to manage collateral in a much more flexible way can allow retail investors more access to more markets.
So it's an exciting technology, but our approach has always been, let's make sure we focus on investor protection, focus on issuer choice, focus on having the integrity of the markets be retained while bringing this technology in. So our tokenization filing is meant to be working with the infrastructure providers like DTCC, other transfer agencies, other providers, all of our market participants to allow for an equity to be tokenized at the QSIP, to allow the investor to have a choice as to whether they want the stock to settle in a tokenized form or a traditional form, to allow for fungibility and interoperability. And we are engaging with DTCC and with other key players to make this a reality.
And we will also look for other innovations. I mean there was a lot of innovation in the space where we want to make sure we're addressing investor needs and issuer needs, but also recognizing the role we play in the industry and how we try to bring the proper protections through as we bring this technology into the market.
And I show our next question comes from the line of Alexander Blostein from Goldman Sachs.
Great. I was hoping you could expand on the sort of M&A discussion that Sarah hit on a little bit earlier. When you kind of zoom out, it feels like there's a lot of development in new markets, whether it's sort of digital assets and new technologies, obviously, with AI, et cetera. As you sort of progress and you're obviously very far in integrating AxiomSL and Calypso now, and over the last, call it, 12 to 18 months, it was very clear, you preferred organic growth, but now that perhaps the balance sheet is in a better capacity space and you're further along and integrating. How are you thinking about M&A broadly? Is organic growth still the primary focus for the firm for the next, call it, couple of years?
Yes. So thanks, Alex. As Sarah mentioned, we are really focused on organic growth and innovation and engagement with our clients. And -- but as she also mentioned, we have a lot of great ways to use this great capital that we make every year. So -- and we'll continue to evaluate potential bolt-on acquisitions in kind of a build versus buy orientation. But if you were to ask our team, the organic growth path and the opportunities we have in front of us are just -- are really tremendous. So we're keeping the team focused on that.
And I show our next question comes from the line of Ashish Sabadra from RBC Capital Markets.
Adena, can you share your views on the prediction markets? Your peers have announced partnership investment or organic investments in production market, does Nasdaq has aspirations to get into the prediction markets as well?
Sure. Thank you. Well, 1 thing I've said pretty consistently is we really like to operate in regulated markets, and we operate best when the markets provide like clear rules of the road. And I think that the production market space is very dynamic and the regulatory environment is still not really settled. And so we're certainly focused on what kind of benefits they can offer to investors, the risks that they introduce and things like that to say, does this fit within our risk tolerance, does it fit within the regulatory mandate that we have? Do we feel confident in our ability to be successful in making sure that we can deliver for investors and deliver a great experience, but also have their proper investor protections that we really look for when we did make decisions to operate markets.
One of the things that we have been evaluating is within the options business, the potential for us to have event options within the options business so that we can have it within a regulated market. And the other thing is that we do provide technology to the prediction markets, and we also have -- can provide data distribution and other things to support prediction markets through other parts of our business.
And I show our next question comes from the line of Owen Lau from Clear Street.
I want to go back to the tokenization topic. And how do you think about the risk of splitting liquidity between on chain and traditional [indiscernible]? And also the competition between tokenized equities and the issuance of blockchain native token, a little bit technical, but...
Thank you. So we definitely have a real I think, I would say, a mandate to be the provider that focuses on bringing liquidity together. I mean that's really our -- a big core function of ours is to drive transparency, liquidity and integrity across the markets that we operate. So we do actually care a lot about making sure that investors have a complete view of the trading of any sort of equity whether it's in tokenized form or not, that they have a complete understanding of the risks and benefits of whatever they're trading. So if it's a full equity versus synthetic equity, making sure they understand those differences and the risks that they bring. And then also allowing for issuers to have a complete understanding of the trading of their stock. That is one of the core tenets, frankly, of the national market system, and it's something that I think we feel it's important to preserve.
We have been -- we have obviously been engaging very closely with the SEC and with legislators to understand kind of the changes that they're trying to seek to open up the aperture to innovation with tokenized equities. And we did see some guidance come from the SEC last night around that topic of tokenized equities, which we're pleased to have an understanding of the framework that we should be operating within so that we can make sure that we're bringing the right experience to investors and maintaining that issue of choice as to how their stock trades and the transparency that they have.
So it's a very dynamic time, Owen, and it's something where we have a lot of engagement with our clients and in Washington to make sure we're creating a sustainable path forward for bringing tokenization to the equities markets.
In terms of blockchain native, that's a harder thing to do in the equity space. I just have to say, like to have blockchain native trading of equities at the scale we have, with the message traffic we have, with the determinism, the speed, the latency, I would have to say that's a -- the technology is out there to be able to support the level of -- kind of the level of trading that occurs in the equities markets. And the other thing we have to think about is capital efficiency, too, in making sure that there's a lot of netting that happens in the equities markets to make it so it's an affordable trading environment for the market participants. And so we have to think about how do you persist that efficiency as we're bringing tokenization into the market as well.
And I show our last question in the queue comes from the line of Benjamin Budish from Barclays.
Maybe just to round out the discussion on tokenization. You've talked about some of the benefits, capital efficiencies, creating access to new products around-the-clock trading. If you kind of look forward, say, like 5 years and assume a lot of the market sort of migrates to tokenized trading, how do you think about the end benefits to Nasdaq? Do you think there could be a material uplift in trading activity because of these capital efficiencies around the cloud trading? Do you see internal cost saves? Or does it come down to the same -- if everybody is trading on blockchain is just to come down to the same competitive factors, liquidity, debt to market, that kind of thing? It'd be great to get your thoughts there.
Yes. I mean I think that if we think about the evolution of markets and bringing new technologies to market, anything you can do to drive more capital efficiency opens up the ability for more people to participate. Now how you bring capital efficiency into tokenized equities is a really, really important question that I don't think we have a perfect answer to at this point. But I do think that that's important. The one area that we are focused on is with capital efficiency is collateral movement. There's a lot of [indiscernible] all that's kind of trapped inside of clearinghouses and clearing brokers because of the fact that there's friction to kind of converting that into something that can move and move across. And in fact, one of the conversations I've been having -- we've been having with some of the critical infrastructure providers is how do they manage the netting and the capital obligations and margining in these new -- across newer market hours because the traditional payment rails are not designed for 24/5. So leveraging the tokenization and digital assets, digital capital to allow for collateral to move more efficiently, we see as a real opportunity. And in 5 years, if that's something where money is just moving consistently across the world in a tokenized form that allows for more capital efficiency, we see that as opening the aperture.
The other thing about 24/5 trading is just -- does it increase the addressable market? It's hard to know, right? We've seen a small amount of trading occurring when our systems are not open today. But we are making a long-term bet that we can open the aperture and increase the addressable market in terms of investors who have access to our markets during their waking hours. And then, of course, it also means that we have an opportunity to provide more services -- fintech services to our clients, whether that's surveillance, trade operation -- or trade infrastructure, regulatory reporting, things where, as institutional engagement grows and expands around the world, we hope to be a partner to them across our fintech solutions as well.
This concludes our Q&A session. At this time, I would like to turn the conference back to Adena Friedman, President and CEO, for closing remarks.
All right. Well, before we close, I want to remind everyone that we have a schedule -- we have scheduled our 2026 Investor Day for Wednesday, February 25. We hope to see you all there, either in person or virtually, and we look forward to sharing our vision with you. Thank you all for joining, and have a great day. Thank you.
Thank you. This concludes today's conference call. Thank you for participating. You may now disconnect.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Nasdaq — Q4 2025 Earnings Call
Nasdaq — Q4 2025 Earnings Call
📊 Quartal auf einen Blick
- Netto‑Umsatz (FY): $5,2 Mrd. (+12% YoY)
- Solutions: $4,0 Mrd. (+11% YoY)
- ARR: $3,1 Mrd. (+10% YoY; ARR = Annual Recurring Revenue)
- Q4‑Umsatz: $1,4 Mrd. (+13% YoY)
- Q4 EPS: $0,96 (+27% YoY)
🎯 Was das Management sagt
- AI‑Einführung: Rollout einer "agentic‑AI"-Workforce für Financial Crime Management; erste Workers live, weitere für 2026 geplant.
- Markterweiterung: Plan für 23/5‑Handel an Nasdaq in H2‑2026 (genehmigungsabhängig) und aktive Tokenisierungsinitiative zur Integration in bestehende Infrastruktur.
- One Nasdaq / Cross‑Sell: 25 Cross‑sell‑Wins in 2025; Ziel: >$100M Run‑Rate aus Cross‑sells bis Ende 2027.
🔭 Ausblick & Guidance
- Opex‑Guidance: 2026 non‑GAAP OpEx $2,455–2,535 Mrd. (≈7% organisches Wachstum am Midpoint).
- Steuern: 2026 non‑GAAP Steuersatz erwartet 22,5–24,5%.
- Bekannte Kopf‑winde: ~ $9 Mio. QoQ Headwind pro Quartal 2026 aus Delistings, Listing‑Standardänderungen und Amortisations‑Roll‑off.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Options‑Ausweitung: Diskussion zu MWF‑(Mon/Mit/Fr)‑Expirations und 0DTE; Management sieht frühe Volumensteigerung und möglichen Index‑Franchise‑Tailwind, noch zu früh für definitive Quantifizierung.
- Tokenisierung: Fokus auf Integration mit bestehender Infrastruktur, Investorenschutz, Interoperabilität; SEC‑Leitlinien wurden erwähnt, Implementierung bleibt regulatorisch abhängig.
- FinTech‑Momentum: Starkes Vertrags‑/Upsell‑Momentum, aber erhöhte Quarter‑to‑Quarter‑Volatilität wegen Professional‑Services‑Implementationen und ARR‑Timing.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Kernaussage: Starkes operatives Jahr: erstmals >$5 Mrd. Umsatz, klare ARR‑Wachstumsstory, verbesserte Margen und Schuldenabbau (Bruttohebel 2,9x). Wachstumstreiber (Index‑Inflows, FinTech‑Cross‑sells, AI‑Produkte) sind sichtbar; Risiken bleiben in Implementierungs‑Timing, regulatorischer Genehmigung (23/5, Tokenisierung) und kurzfristigen Delisting‑Effekten.
Nasdaq — Goldman Sachs 2025 U.S. Financial Services Conference
1. Management Discussion
The following session is not open to the press.
2. Question Answer
Okay. Great. We'll get started with our next session. Thank you, everybody. Thank you for joining us. It's my pleasure to welcome Sarah Youngwood, CFO of Nasdaq.
Over the course of 2025, NASDAQ continued to deliver on multiple fronts sustaining a double-digit organic revenue growth, driving positive operating leverage and returning capital to shareholders, with capital markets showing an improvement over the course of the year, Nasdaq is entering 2026 on a strong footing. Lots to discuss during our next 30 minutes or so. So why don't we just jump right into it? Sarah, thanks so much for being here. Always great to spend time with you. I would love to start with just the priorities for next year. You guys are coming off of a -- clearly, a solid year for Nasdaq in 2025, just to put some numbers around that solutions revenue tracking up 10% year-over-year, so well within your 8% to 11% growth target. We've seen really healthy volumes, perhaps that's outside of your control, but that's been helpful. Really good expense management and progress on deleveraging. So at a high level, how are you thinking about starting with solutions growth into 2026 and maybe which of the businesses are showing the most growth momentum?
So first of all, we do love all of our businesses. So if you take a step back, we're a rule of 60 business. Rule of 60 means we both have strong growth, and you mentioned the solutions revenue growth at 10%, and that was not just 1 quarter, but every single quarter this year, we've been able to hit that and our total revenue growth was also double digit every single quarter this year. And on top of that, we've had very good operating leverage and we've been able to have both our operating margin and our EBITDA margin up 2 percentage points year-on-year. So, so far, so good.
Looking now to the year ahead or to the years ahead when we look at where that momentum is coming from. What I want to say is actually, it's coming from all places, which is a very good thing. And so if I can give you some example, we've got index, which has three legs of growth, both in terms of the new products, in terms of international and in terms of institutional, that has been a big driver of alpha-generated growth. We also have Verafin, which also has three pillars and that is the persistent strategy and execution with the SMB. And then you have the momentum, which I'm sure we'll come back to in terms of enterprise. And this year is really a year where that momentum is accelerating. And then you've got what we are doing in terms of international, which is just getting started, but it's very promising. So another area which we feel great about.
Investment, which we sometimes don't talk as much about, but which is really very well established and used by many of you in terms of the database information that it provides to help you drive our finance strategies. And now we're adding privates. And since the beginning of 2025, I would now more than doubled the data on private, which is now sitting above 60,000 funds. So very relevant and very complementary to what we already have there.
And then Gen AI, and I'm sure we'll talk about that again. But that is also fueling many of our products and of the growth that we have.
And I don't want to steal any thunder from the Investor Day coming up. But I do want to talk about AI for a couple of minutes here. So the way you described it, it's a bit of a 2-track strategy, both in products as well as on the business. So maybe we can unpack both of them separately.
On the product side, maybe talk about how you think about greater AI utilization could impact kind of that 8% to 11% revenue growth within solutions. Where do you see the biggest opportunities to accelerate revenue growth on the back of AI and just sort of the wider adoption there?
That's great. So we have great confidence in our medium-term outlook for solutions at edge to 11%. And certainly, Gen AI is a part of it. And the reason why we have that confidence is because our clients are seeing that our data is unique, in many cases, mooted and they turn to us for innovation.
I'm just going to give you some examples, and I can't be exhaustive. Otherwise, we will take the whole fireside chat here, but more at Investor Day. So for example, if you take Verafin in Financial Client Management, we now have our first digital worker, that is an agentic worker. This is in sanctions. So we have, based on our testing the ability to have 4 out of 5 of the screened alerts that basically do not need to be reviewed by a human. And that tool is in the hands of 150 customers. And we are coming on now with the next agent by the end of this year or beginning of next year, which will be enhanced due diligence. And the more we add those digital workers there more we give a great ROIC to our client for them to get past the free volume trial and into the paid contracts. So that is really an important change for us that we're going in that direction in Financial Client Management, and this is just starting.
In terms of the piece that I just described, it's complementary to what you already know about, which is that we've got 1,500 clients that are already using the Copilot. That one is the one that helps the human, but a human is still in the loop. And so they got used to it through the Copilot and now they are moving some parts of the process into full agent.
If you go outside of financial client management, we were talking, for example, about the capital access platforms with the eVestment. But now if you look at Boardvantage also in Capital Access Platforms, that's the Board platform. And we have over 30% of our clients, which is a large number, 1,100 plus clients that are using the summarization tools and the Gen AI tools that we have put inside the product. So again, those are not just concepts they are adopted.
A bit more recent. We have a POC in surveillance, where we're using the Gen AI capabilities to really greatly improve the product, and we had a successful POC. And so those are the type of things we do. And so when I'm a client and I think about it from the point of view of the client, I'm seeing scale. We have 3,800 clients, 110 regulators we deal with. I'm seeing a lot of innovation. I am seeing data that's mooted contributed, that's not only embedded in workflows, but that is also adding connectivity layers and therefore, those drive decisions by our clients to actually adopt our tools.
And to be clear, a lot of this has been rolled out in kind of a free no-cost trial phase and you're saying that's going to become a revenue opportunity over time that?
Yes. So for the Copilot, it's -- we are making them part of the net retention but for the agents, that is after a free volume trials that becomes the payment part.
Got it. Interesting. Okay. And what about on the business side of things. So obviously, I'd imagine some of this is going to be used internally as well to make you guys also more efficient and produce savings that could be either redeployed or kind of let that drop down to the bottom line. So any way to frame and quantify what that looks like and how much in savings you guys are the business today from some of the AI initiatives?
So we will speak more about it at Investor Day. But for Paul, what we have today, we have -- first of all, if you go back to what we've already done, when we increased the $80 million synergies program to become $140 million, we said part of it is actually expanded what we did as part of an acquisition synergies opportunity into an efficiency program for all of the parts, not just what we did in the context of an acquisition.
We also said at that point, we are starting to embed Gen AI actual savings in the program. So that program is not entirely Gen AI, but has a component where we have been able to deliver according to our expectation, the portion of Gen AI that we wanted to deliver. So that is already contributing to the expense story that we have. And that will increase. And we believe that there are tons of use cases whether you are -- I mean -- the biggest opportunities are going to be in the client success as well as implementation as well as in the work to code is what we call. We have a lot of regulatory regulation that we have to read an update and translating that easily into code. That works very well. And then, of course, the technology organization is using it by the finance organization, the legal organization, the HR organization, literally, there was not a place on Nasdaq, which is not very focused on changing the way we operate to leverage those excellent tools.
Great. Let's pivot to another import topic. I do want to spend a couple of minutes on tokenization and Stablecoins. It's come up in almost every discussion, whether it's relevant or not for whatever it's worth. For you guys, actually it is quite relevant, so let's talk about it.
So you guys -- I guess 2-part questions. First, I would love to get your perspective on just the evolution of the digital asset ecosystem and the role in Nasdaq would play in that, including how do you see the commercial model for some of the traditional venues evolving? And then more specifically, maybe you can hit also on the filing you guys did with the SEC to enable trading of tokenized equities and ETFs and how is that progressing?
A lot to unpack. So the first thing I would say is if you go back to the mandate of NASDAQ, we're here to promote capital formation with integrity, transparency and liquidity as our pillars. And it's actually incredibly relevant today when you try to think about what could happen and how we can be very intentional about driving innovation and all of the benefits that we already have with the U.S. capital markets being extraordinarily high integrity, liquid, great protections for investors great liquidity pools, great depth. And all of those things were behind the logic of all of the activities that we have.
So we do believe that it's incredibly important though to embrace innovation and that tokenization will happen, and therefore, driving it in a way where it becomes optionality in addition to what we have rather than instead of what we have. And so the proposal that we have filed follows those principles. And effectively will give the opportunity to the investors at the time of the trade to choose whether they want to settle in traditional form or in tokenized form.
And what's interesting about that is that it can use all of the attributes of the security. The security itself does not change. And you don't break the liquidity pool, you don't break all of the characteristics of the market, which enable you to have volume, speed while actually benefiting of the technology, which we believe is very useful because you've got much better collateral mobility. You've got capital efficiency.
And in a world where you're trying to think about the velocity, this is a very good framework to affect that. And so we believe capital efficiency, mobility, velocity and ability to give innovators as well as investors, choices is going to be implemented, but that there is no reason to do that at the cost of equal access of liquidity, of integrity and especially breaking the size of the liquidity pool.
Got it. away from the trading side, Calypso is another area where you guys are spending time on that. So maybe it's worthwhile just touching on that as well. I guess, Calypso has been enhanced to kind of integrate on chain capabilities for some of the more dynamic collateral mobility across different asset classes. How could tokenization reshape collateral management revenue pool for Nasdaq over time there?
And at the same time, you could envision a scenario where there will be just less need for collateral in the ecosystem if things become more efficient. Why has that not been a negative potentially for that business?
So what we think is going to happen is you still are going to have a hybrid world, where you've got now the integration of the digital assets into the real economy. And so if you take a bank's balance sheet, you end up now needing to have a place where all of those assets and liabilities meet and are treated in the same way so that you can now optimize your collateral.
And so what we're doing is Calypso is our capital markets part of our platform, we trade, trade post-trade collateral management, treasury management. And so instead of having this done for traditional assets and then something else done for tokens and then something else needing to do the bridge, we can actually be already the traditional asset one. And then we can integrate and we've done a POC on the Canton network to show that you can actually do collateral management on a digital asset network and the POC was very successful, we did that with Canton and with DTCC. And so if you show that, then the banks naturally can use a solution which is already embedded in their infrastructure, where if they don't have it can take that solution to connect the two things. And you asked about, is it going to be relevant to still do collateral management in a world of immediate everything.
Well, we think that you're going to have different forms of cash, different form of, for example, Stablecoin, different form of capital, a different form of liabilities different forms of assets. And we are probably not going to end up in a world where 100% of everything ends up being tokenized. And so the value that we provide is the ability to do the optimization because it becomes more and more important to do so when you're competing with this immediate framework, but it enables the rest of the assets to be part of the story.
So we believe that as the banks embrace it, we will be very well positioned, and we are spending a bunch of time in making sure that we have effective really digital assets ready infrastructure, whether it's the one we just described or whether it's other parts of capital markets where we can provide the capital markets infrastructure for the digital asset payers themselves or surveillance because all of those pieces become needed around. We also have our Eclipse product, some digital assets already part of the framework so that the players are able to use our technology to build what they want around this digital space.
Got it. Understood. Okay. Another area of innovation has been around 24 hour trading. Nasdaq aims to launch our trading on Nasdaq markets in, I think, second half of 2026, if I'm not mistaken. So really kind of looking to broaden the global investor access, I think Asia in particular, is a focus there for you guys. How are these plans progressing? Is that still sort of the time line? And maybe you can help us frame potential revenue uplift, both on the trading side, but also knock-on effect on data and connectivity that might have on your franchise?
Yes. So yes, second half of 2026. So first of all, there needs to be on the approval so that we can all go forward, then there is some technology uplift for us and for example, DTCC and others that needs to happen. But all of that should be able to happen between now in the second half of 2026.
Once it starts, I will say the first most meaningful part is probably the amount of trading that changes I think that will be gradual, although if we are able to now extend the U.S. capital markets to be in the daylight of investors, all over the world that continues to increase the relevance of this wonderful market that has that depth integrity liquidity that we talked about.
So we are seeing -- actually one of the first impact of it is the rest of the world, preparing for it and buying data. And that's starting to happen now. You have seen some good results from our data business and 24/5 is one of the supportive trend because we have a very high quality, very differentiated data offering that can serve them so that they can be ready to trade in their hours in the U.S. market. So that's one of the elements.
But then over time, and especially now when you combine that with the fact that you haven't broken the liquidity pool, you've got the tokenization you start really seeing the potential for additional opportunities for the trading businesses over time.
Yes. That's great. Now we'll stay tuned for that. Okay. Let's turn to Page 2, a couple of other businesses. I'd love to talk to you about Red Tech and Capital Markets Tech. We could probably combine them. But if you would like to break it up, we could do that as well.
Despite some of the headwinds from slower sales cycles, really in the beginning of the year, there was a liberation day disruption. Implementation revenues early in the year created some tough comp dynamics as well for really both of these businesses. But the reality, it's still growing 9% to 10% year-to-date. So really nice results.
Maybe unpack the sources of growth between new sales and pricing increases because I, do you think price was part of that growth? And more importantly, what are some of the leading indicators on how we should think about '26 revenue outlook for both of them?
So If I go back to our revenue formula, I will say in those two businesses, we certainly have some pricing impacts, but it's a lot of upsells and then some new clients that generates the growth formula as a like general statement.
So if you look at it now in more detail, in Capital Market Tech, we had, first of all, trade management services, which did have some pricing, which also had an increase in volume because we had a larger data center and more power that came online -- and in Market Tech, we also had several new clients and upsells that contributed to that.
And then Calypso, we had, I believe, 39 upsells and four new clients. So quite a lot and also a contribution from an upfront as part of -- this is like the third quarter. So a little bit of everything really and that was a little bit of a theme of my first answer, which was I'm going to give you some examples, but what's working is that a lot of things are working. And that's very reassuring as a CFO.
When you look at it for Red Tech, you also have and we talked about it through the digital assets conversation? But our main business and also Gen AI surveillance has really been refreshed and doing very well this year with -- I mentioned now a new Gen AI contribution to the platform as well as the adaptation of the offering across different asset classes and geographies.
So that has done very well. AxiomSL whereas there was at the beginning of the year, I will say the a little bit of like pause for a second. We have seen great continued execution and momentum. And now we are seeing signs from the government that they are going back into not full regulation but smart regulation. We do expect that there will be a Basel III end game probably at some point in the beginning of the year. And any type of clarity as we got, for example, for SLR are what enables our clients to do more with us. And we've been also able as cross-sell to go down market with the AxiomSL offering as well as to sign like we announced in the third quarter, a very large international client, which took a cloud solution. So that's a showcase of the type of mandates that we're able to secure for that offering.
I got you. Yes. No, I guess, a change in regulation, either direction probably prompts more.
I mean, exactly any change is change?
Yes, I hear you. All right. Anti-financial Client, Verafin, that was one of the points you made in the beginning of our conversation as far as like businesses that are showing lots of momentum into 2026. You've clearly made very good progress there, going upmarket to Tier 1, Tier 2 banks. I think, with more than 3x more kind of enterprise signings year-to-date versus '24. So really good momentum. Help us walk us through how that sort of translates into revenue momentum into next year? And then maybe you could also speak to the pipeline broadly along with the partnership with BioCatch that you announced, which could further accelerate things.
So when we look at it, we have the three tenants that I mentioned. So the first one is you've got those 2,700 small- and medium-sized banks that use us as their platform. And those are the core, we call it core. And those core banks have continued to drive the net retention that we have, which has been 111, 112, but very strong net retention, which really shows you a good -- and here pricing and upsell go very much together. And when I talked about the Copilot, for example, we didn't charge separately for it, but to be able to drive that type of net retention, and you need to have a lot of innovation that you provide to your clients.
Then you add to that now what we discussed as the Agentic workers as well as BioCatch, which BioCatch is -- they look at your device behavior, so the way you hold your iPhone, do you bring it to your ear to take a wiring instruction if it's fraud, do you type with the left-hand particular variety, all of those different 3,000 behaviors end up being analyzed. And if you combine this in the moment, behavioral science with our data on 2,700 banks that represent over $10 trillion of total assets, you end up having extraordinary good information to make the right decision to prevent the fraud.
So not surprisingly, 2,700 banks are quite interested in, A, what we have to start with, and B, being able to see in the same workflow now this behavioral data without having to have a different system because you're dealing with real time information. So you need it in the workflow, and that's the partnership that we were able to secure with BioCatch. So you've got this first engine, which is driving the current activity and which has good areas of continued persistent growth.
Then you have the 3x that you just mentioned, which is enterprises signing, including Goldman Sachs, thank you very much. And we do appreciate the ability to use the name because it's a good one. So we had 3x the number of deals in enterprise for financial client management year-to-date than we had in all of last year. So acceleration, clearly, of the momentum with great names and other great names that we don't have the authorization to share. And initially, the first leg in the time to value, which is about 9 to 12 months, you first see professional services revenue -- so that doesn't count in your ARR, it counts in your total revenue, and that starts to accelerate a bit. And then at some point, you get to the end of the 9 to 12 months, and you're fully implemented and you're now into the subscription revenue, which is also the ARR.
That's going to be the pattern. And in the meanwhile, we also have a pipeline of other ones that we're continuing to bring to market.
And then the third leg, international is just starting, but we have a POC, which is successful. And now we need to translate that into our first contract in Europe. And then we get to that time to value and the same story as I just mentioned for enterprise.
So it's just starting. BioCatch can also be helpful. We have some joint marketing efforts that have started in some geographies. But we really see that those three legs of the enterprise and then international supplemented by the partnerships that we've put in place and Gen AI really give us a good breadth for our growth.
Yes. It sounds like it's progressing really nicely. So I'm going a little bit of reserve order here. So I want to talk about index, which is actually, I think, was one of the first things you started with when you talked about 2026. So also lots of nice momentum. And the thing that stood out to us is 93 new launches year-to-date and really growing the proportion of inflows from non-NDX products. That's been important. So how much of the index revenue base is non-NDX today I don't know if you can help us frame that a bit? And where do you see, I guess, the evolution of that noncore part of the business evolving over the next few years?
Yes. So I'll give you some data. So first of all, like to calibrate this is now about, call it, $800 million in revenue, $800 billion in ETP AUM. And we've greatly diversified from the time when it was not to say just the queue because the queue is super, super important, the super queue, but we now have a full suite of products.
Of the $91 billion of LTM inflows, $17 billion last quarter, we had 38% that were in non-NDX products. So that's actually really a good proportion. We also have now about $150 billion international like I'm hitting on like the legs of growth. And that $150 billion was growing, I would say, even higher than the core. So we've been very satisfied to be able to progress that from very little to $150 billion over time.
And then institutional, when you hear us talking about our products, last quarter, we had 7 institutional out of 27 and you had also seven, I believe, the quarter before. And so that enables us to capture really a different distribution. And so overall, this has been a business where we told you at Investor Day 2 years ago, we've got those 3 avenues of growth. And we are executing, I would say, methodically in each of them. And that's driving what has been tremendous growth and tremendous growth that has been really alpha generated in a supportive beta environment, but more than half is alpha every single quarter this year.
Yes. No, that's great. Okay. Pivoting a little bit to the -- some of the cyclical things. One of the things we talked a much about over the course of the last day is obviously a much healthy IPO environment. You guys probably have a couple of things to say about that. But talk to us a little bit about what that looks like what your pipelines look like. Obviously, not all of that translated into revenues immediately. But hopefully, we sort of turned the corner on the pace of growth in your listings business in general. So what does that kind of outlook look like for you for '26? .
So we've had a good year so far on really the most productive year since 2021 and more to come. More to come this year and more to come next year. And we see a level of engagement, and of course, you are all well positioned to have a view on that. That is persistent. We've seen that there is a good level of execution that has met, I would say, the sales and the buy in those. We feel that we're very well positioned. We have a very strong pipeline, and there are some very large deals, which have been, I would say, on the sidelines for a long time, which are now thinking that 2026 could be the one.
Got it. Great. All right. A couple of minutes on the clock. I would love to get your perspective on capital management. So a little more CFO-related questions as well here. Deleveraging has been a really important part of the story. You guys have done a great job with that. I think you're basically at your target of around 3x, so nice progress there. What are your expectations for share repurchases now that you probably are close to, if not where you want to be from a leverage perspective, buybacks over the next kind of 12 to 18 months, how are you thinking about the capital allocation generally?
So what you've heard from us is the focus on organic growth, but also a very strong free cash flow story. So very proud of the rule of 60 and of the operating leverage that we have, and that translates into our free cash flow being above 100%, 110% last quarter, and that's about $2 billion of free cash flow after we have fully funded our very strong level of organic growth. And so now what do we do with that?
Start with the progressive dividend. We've been very predictable in that progressive dividend. We've always done the repurchases associated with the employee dilution. You've seen us doing more than that. And whether it's the ASR that we did in the fourth quarter announced in the last 10-Q, whether it is some debt tenders that we were also able to do beyond the maturities that we had seen, we've been able to really do opportunistically a little bit of all. And then in terms of beyond that, we certainly would look at bolt-ons to the extent that it makes sense in a build versus buy situation.
Got it. Okay. Well, I think we're at time. So I think we'll leave it there. Sarah, thank you so much. Really appreciate you making the time to be with us today.
Thank you.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Nasdaq — Goldman Sachs 2025 U.S. Financial Services Conference
📊 Kernbotschaft
- Takeaway: Nasdaq präsentiert sich als diversifiziertes, wachstumsstarkes Unternehmen: fortgesetzte zweistellige organische Umsatzdynamik (Rule of 60), breite Produktadoption von Gen‑AI (Copilot + agentische Worker) und aktive Vorstöße in Tokenisierung sowie 24‑Stunden‑Trading. Wachstumstreiber sind Index‑Produkte, Verafin (Anti‑Fraud) und Capital/Market Tech.
🎯 Strategische Highlights
- Gen AI: Zwei‑Spur‑Ansatz: Copilot (1.500 Kunden) als Assistenz, agentische Worker (z. B. Sanktions‑Screening bei 150 Kunden) wandern aus Gratisphasen in bezahlte Verträge.
- Tokenisierung: Filing zur Wahl zwischen traditioneller oder tokenisierter Abwicklung; Fokus auf Kapital‑Effizienz und Erhalt von Liquiditätspools.
- Internationale Expansion & Produkte: Indexgeschäft diversifiziert (≈$800M Umsatzbasis, ≈$800bn ETP AUM; $150bn international) plus Ausbau von Calypso für digitale Kollateralflüsse.
🔭 Neue Informationen
- Konkretes: Private‑Datenbestand mehr als verdoppelt (>60.000 Fonds). Agentic‑Worker reduzieren nach POC bis zu 80% der manuellen Reviews in Sanktions‑Screening. 24‑Stunden‑Trading Ziel: 2. HJ 2026 (genehmigungs‑ und Tech‑abhängig).
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- AI‑Monetarisierung: gefragt wurde, wie stark Gen‑AI das 8–11% Solutions‑Wachstumsziel beschleunigt. Management nennt robuste Pipeline, quantifiziert Kürze nur für einzelne POCs und verweist auf Investor Day für Details.
- Tokenisierung & Regulierung: Nachfrage zum SEC‑Filing und Marktstruktur‑Folgen; Antwort betont optionales Modell und Erhalt der Liquidität, wenige Details zum Zeitplan der SEC‑Entscheidung.
- 24/5‑Trading: Analysten wollten Umsatzhebel für Trading, Daten und Konnektivität; Management sieht initial Datenverkäufe als erstes Signal, Umsatzwirkung als graduell und abhängig von Zulassungen.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Implikation: Nasdaq zeigt mehrere, miteinander verzahnte Wachstumshebel (AI‑Adoption, Index‑Diversifikation, Digital Assets, 24h‑Trading). Starke Free‑Cash‑Flow‑Position erlaubt Dividende, Rückkäufe und selektive M&A. Risiken: regulatorische Genehmigungen, Timing bei Kommerzialisierung von AI‑Agenten und Infrastruktur‑Upgrades für 24/5.
Nasdaq — UBS Global Technology and AI Conference 2025
1. Question Answer
All right. Looks like we're back on for everybody in the room, just to introduce myself again, Alex Kramm, Senior Research Analyst at UBS, covering exchanges and business services. And since I just said exchanges, we actually are delighted to have an exchange here today, although that may be a misnomer, but we'll get to that in a minute. But Sarah Youngwood, CFO of Nasdaq, here for the first time at this conference. Thanks for being here.
Thanks, Alex.
So look, let's just dive right in, and I usually like to start these very big picture. So look, Nasdaq has been a company in transition for a while. A lot of people when they hear Nasdaq, as I just mentioned, they think about an equities exchange, but you find yourself here the tech and AI conference. So why don't you tell the audience briefly, where the company is today and what your vision for the next decade or so will be?
Sure. No, that's great. And I appreciate the question. Indeed, we like calling ourselves a technology platform company at this point. We've made technology decisions and investments that have put us on that path. And if you look at it first by the numbers, you would say we are there. So 80% approximately of our revenue is solutions revenue. We're a rule of 60-plus business. This is a good conference because I don't need to explain what that means.
And we are to the $2.4 billion that we were at 2017 when Adena, our CEO, became the CEO, that actually is larger than that in EBITDA. So we've grown quite nicely. This year, we have had double-digit revenue growth for the 3 quarters we have reported, double-digit solutions revenue growth as well as 9% ARR each of those 3 quarters, and I'm sure we'll come back to that. And so those are the numbers.
How have we done that? We've done that with 3 pillars, which have remained our core. The first pillar is you know us as architecting modern markets, and that's what we do. At this point, 135 markets are operating by us, 19 of which we own. But in that delta, you can think of that as a software business, so we provide software exchange in a box. Because we also know how to exchange hundreds of billions of messages each day, we have proven ourselves as a very high-tech technology platform that does very difficult things, which enables them to translate that into other things.
We power innovation. We've got 20% of the world's market cap on Nasdaq. We've got almost 50% of the U.S. market cap on Nasdaq. And we also have a little index called Nasdaq 100 and other indexes, which together represent $800 billion of AUM. In 2017, that was like $100 billion. So it was really not a business at that time. But we've really diversified into that as well as data products around innovation.
And then the last one is trust. And that's the one where we've done more of the investments to start the gears. And we already had the connectivity and the trust of financial institutions. They asked us if we could do more for them, especially in the things they don't want to do themselves like regulatory and compliance. And that's what we've done, including Financial Crime Management, surveillance, capital markets tech, RegTech, all of those softwares that we provide to help the trust in the system. So when you take all of that, we like the transitions we have made, and we feel we have the pieces in place with a very large sum of $31 billion, TAM of $79 billion.
All right. Well, that was a lot. So let's dig a little bit deeper into this. So for most investors, I think the focus of the last year, maybe a couple of years even, has been on the fintech segment. Again, we're at a tech conference, so it makes sense to start there. But that's really the combination of Adenza, Verafin, those 2 acquisitions over the last few years and then your legacy technology business that you already had.
So it's been 2 years, I think, pretty much since the Adenza closed. You've been here for almost that long, right? So can you just talk about how you think you've done against what you thought at the time, what you've learned maybe and what gets you excited in 2026, most importantly?
No, that's great. So we -- I'm usually a French tough grader, but I would give us a really good grade. If you look at what we have told you 2 years ago when we closed, we have delivered everything and more. The first thing was leverage. Deleveraging was very important, and you've seen us achieving 3.2x 16 months ahead of schedule, and we're on our path to 3.0 at the end of this year. And it has been really a steady drumbeat of accelerated deleveraging.
We've also been able to achieve the synergies and overachieve on the synergies. So we announced $80 million to be achieved over 2 years of actions. And that $80 million was actually achieved in 1 year, at which point we upped the program to $140 million. And last quarter, which is 2 quarters before the end of the program, we were already at $150 million. So I would again say on efficiencies, we've done extremely well. We're, of course, fully integrated from all of the systems and team's point of view.
And then the last one, which is very important to the rationale and to the future is the cross-sell. The rationale of putting those things together is strong. We're seeing that in this cross-sell. We announced $100 million of cross-sells by year-end 2027, and we are executing well. Towards that, 15% of our pipeline is actually in cross-sell. And what we had explained at the time of the acquisition is if you have 10% or more on average of your cross-sell consistently in the pipeline, then that gives you the path to your $100 million plus. So you've seen us replenishing the pipeline as we execute and sign deals, and we have been fairly consistently in the last few quarters around the 15% mark, and happy to be there.
So excited about seeing the reaction of our clients, seeing that we can do more for our clients and also excited to see that the Adenza businesses are doing well, but the Nasdaq businesses that are under the same leadership are also doing very well. So it's really not either/or but both that have been firing in for us.
Good. So let's turn this a little bit more near term. So there's a lot of focus, you mentioned it before, on ARR growth. And I think there's an expectation that ARR accelerates into year-end, at least that's what we're modeling. So hopefully, I heard you correct there. So sitting here in early December at a public event, anything you can point to that gives you more or less confidence in that outlook that we're all looking for?
So what we gave, first of all, just the facts we have reported 9% each of the 3 quarters in ARR. That 9% was driven by the fintech piece, but also with a nice contribution coming from the Capital Access Platform piece.
When you look towards the comments that we have given last quarter as it relates to this quarter as well as the beginning of next year, we have said we have very strong signings in enterprise in the Financial Crime Management business. That should translate into revenue starting in the fourth quarter with the beginning of it being professional services fees and ARR and subscription to come thereafter.
We've also talked about the AxiomSL professional services fees, which had been a bit slower and which were set to restart starting in the fourth quarter and going. We haven't made any particular comments on the ARR, but we have benefited from, I would say, good momentum, but we will want to make sure that we leave the time to the business to translate that into the acceleration as those professional services fees become subscription revenue.
Fair enough. Now digging into fintech a little bit deeper. Let's start actually with AxiomSL. I remember earlier this year, I did a fireside chat like this with Adena, which is Nasdaq's CEO for everybody who's not aware at our Miami Financials Conference in February. And at that point, we were somewhat concerned post election that there may be more deregulation of financial services coming and how could that impact your business there. It's been, again, almost a year since then. So maybe you can talk about what you've seen on that front and how the business should be positioned against that -- those trends.
Yes. So to back up, AxiomSL is the #1 regulatory software that's used by all of the large banks for their requirements and that not only does the data lineage, but also delivers it to 55 regulators across the world. It's a great, great, great software. And what you talked about with Adena, which made sense at the time, was at a time when nobody knows where regulation is, surely, that has to have an impact on the regulatory software.
I will say we were very glad to see that the administration gave the signals that there were going to be pros simplification of regulation, but not deregulation. SLR was their first piece of regulation that they changed, which is a good help to the capital requirements of banks. And anything that's good for the banks is good for us. We advocate on behalf of the banks. We don't have like a big sales process around SLR per se. But the fact that the administration had done something that made sense to our clients was very promising to the tone and to the level of engagement and conversations we were able to have with our clients.
The next big one would be Basel III end game. There is an expectation that we could see something beginning of next year. Obviously, that time line will be driven by the regulators. But the banks are across the world, continuing to make the investments in our software, we're seeing good momentum, which is why we had talked about that acceleration in professional services fees that was starting in the fourth quarter.
Okay. Perfect. And then again, going kind of business by business here in fintech, Verafin, which is still your highest growth business. But it's been a little bit softer this year, again, marginally, but it's all about the margin. So maybe you can talk about what's been weighing on that and how some of the solutions there and some of the new initiatives are kind of taking hold, larger banks, international and how that could drive acceleration in particular into next year again?
Yes. So Financial Crime Management is a $3 trillion problem for the world. And we have had a tremendous platform. We believe that we are the #1 solution in that domain. What makes a difference is that we have 2,700 banks, which gave us under the Patriot Act, their data. So it's a contributory model. And so 2,700 banks represent now $10 trillion in assets, and we've been able to have that moted data set, which we can serve in workflows and tremendously add value to banks.
So the business has done extremely well, has executed extremely well. What you're referring to is the fact that our enterprise strategy is nascent and therefore, has a sales cycle that's fairly elongated as well as a time to value that is fairly elongated. So before we go there, you've got a core, which is the small and medium-sized banks, which has been persistent in its contribution to our growth. And that has been there, has been steady.
And then you have a sort of a timing of when those deals are signed, and we did sign 6 deals this year, including Goldman Sachs, which enabled us to use their brand. And we had Citi, which we had announced 2 years ago. So those are the type of names that take our products. But if you take those 6 deals, it's twice the ACV, it's 3x the number of deals in 3 quarters versus what we had in the full year last year, tremendous momentum, very meaningful that we're accelerating in enterprise, but yet, as I mentioned earlier, that starts in professional services fees starting in the fourth quarter, and then it comes into your subscription and your full revenue opportunity.
And then international, again, even more nascent. We have a POC that we believe will work very well with one of the large European banks. And if we start to unlock international, we have massive growth opportunity. So we love the execution. We love the business. We're doing a lot in gen AI, in partnerships like BioCatch to feed the business, and we're executing well in international as well as in enterprises.
All right. Great. And then lastly, on fintech, there's still the capital markets business. There are a lot of potential change here. So blockchain, tokenization, regulatory changes and so forth. So look, how do the various businesses in there, Calypso, for example, fit with all of that? And what gives you confidence in your medium-term outlook of, I believe, it's high single digits or low double digits?
Yes. So if you're placing yourself in capital markets world, you're seeing a convergence of trends that are accelerating, whether it's tokenization, whether it's the 24/5 or 24/7. And all of those changes require infrastructure. So that is good for us since we provide infrastructure to banks in those regards.
We are also helping to drive the dialogue towards what we believe is the right regulatory framework for that change. So for example, on tokenization of equity, we believe that there is a place for that to happen. But what's important is to maintain the excellent characteristics of the U.S. capital market. It's the deepest, largest, highest integrity, transparent capital market in the world.
And the last thing you want to do is to break the liquidity pools. And if you tokenize equity, how can you do that without breaking the liquidity pools. And we put forth a proposal with the SEC, which we believe has a lot of merit that does just that. So you can trade in -- on the regular rails and with all of the attached protections and depth.
But then as you settle, you give an instruction, for example, to DTCC of settlement in traditional form or in tokenized form. And if you do that, then you have both the benefits of all of the characteristics that I just described of the U.S. capital markets and the depth of execution, but you also have the ability to benefit from mobility, from the ability to move those tokenized equity into your different wallets. You can get more optimization around them. For example, the collateral management can be very efficient. You can have speed.
And so we believe that there are benefits. We are building our technology platform to be able to be digital assets ready. For example, we have on Calypso collateral management partnerships to put a POC on the Canton, and that has worked, and now we are building that. So we are very much embracing it, but not to the detriment of the strength of the existing ecosystem.
Makes a lot of sense. All right. Then moving on to some of the other businesses, maybe starting with listings. Clearly, IPO markets have improved a lot in 2025. A lot of people very happy about that, obviously. And then the outlook, I think, for 2026, I think Adena mentioned even on the last call, is very, very robust, too. So can you just talk about what you're seeing right now and then how that will impact your listings business actually from a revenue perspective next year because it usually takes a while for those IPOs to really move through the flywheel, let's put this way.
Yes, that's right. So we are seeing a sustained level of pipeline of engagement and of desire both from the sellers and the buyers for those IPOs to happen. So at this point, we believe that there is a real need for that to happen, but also desire for it to happen. We've seen $6 billion of executed deals last quarter and $14 billion for the year. So that was a good level of engagement. We have a very good pipeline, both continuing into finalizing this year. So even though we are into December, we are still seeing deals that can happen on this side of the year, but with a good pipeline for next year.
Next year, of course, you've got the first quarter, but we're seeing a good cadence of people who are targeting different parts of the year. We do think that if you look at the performance of the deals that have happened in general, it has been promising for both the sellers and the buyers. If you look at the queue of people who want to go, it's very strong. It's also very strong in size. And we are seeing a volatility that has now really reduced very much.
So whereas you have a very high volume, you actually have a low volatility. The rates are most likely not going up, which is also helpful to capital markets. So when you look at all of those signals, you are seeing a reason for it to continue. And then you did mention it. It does amortize over 3 years. So it's not a high effect right away, but it's a good forward trend that then has leveraged into the rest of the organization, both in Capital Access Platform as well as and in Market Services.
To kind of get to that for a minute, I think the Workflow and Insights business can benefit over time, but right now is a bit of a soft spot across -- I think if you look at the whole business, maybe that's the business that's been the softness of everybody -- of everything. So look, what would it eventually take to achieve, I think, high single digit to low double digits in that business, which is what you've laid out? So how do you think about those targets in general?
Yes. So I would separate in Workflow and Insights, Workflow, which is some of the corporate services, which have actually been fairly correlated to the IPO environment and with a lag. So that translation has taken some time to happen, and they are really at the very low end of the growth profiles that we have.
In terms of the Insights pit, which is Data Link as well as eVestment, those are good businesses that have been growing very nicely. EVestment is also a data contributory model, which is -- which many of you probably use and which is invaluable. We've added also privates and so good innovation there. So we would say we are investing in those businesses, and there is a difference between the 2 pieces of it in terms of the time to returning to higher growth.
Good. And then maybe finishing on the solutions side of the businesses, quickly on the index business, which clearly has been a great growth story. But a lot of it has also been beta because markets, in particular, the Nasdaq-listed companies, a lot of them are here today, have been doing very well. So maybe you can talk about the alpha component a little bit as well. What are you really doing to drive new product and flows in that business? And how can that add over time?
So we have been at double-digit growth very consistently. And the double-digit growth has been more than 50% alpha to calibrate. So in its own right, last quarter, for example, we gave 9% of Alpha, 13% in total. So yes, there is better, but it's that outperformance even beyond our -- if you're looking at us as an 8% to 11% solutions business, it's the outperformance that is better, but the performance is alpha.
And how are we doing that? We're doing that alpha performance through a diversification. So we've got $91 billion of last 12 months inflows that we had last quarter and 38% of that came from products that were invented in the last 5 years. We also have international that has been a very good strategy for us. And at this point, we've been able to grow that in the 40s percent and that's now on a base that's close to $150 billion. And so it's not growing very fast because it's on a small base. It's on a very large base. So that's also very interesting.
And then the last piece of the strategy is institutional. It's an $800 billion opportunity where we have a 7% market share. We can certainly have much more than that. So you've seen us in the last 3 quarters announcing 27 products, annuity type of products, and that's on top of the full year of '24 being also at 27 annuity products. And so you're seeing an acceleration there, and that's also translating in revenue. And so you're seeing the 3 pillars that we talked about at Investor Day being new products, international, institutional, being exactly how we're delivering with very good investments in technology and marketing to support this very high-growth.
Great. And then since we haven't spoken at all about the trading business, we should get -- go there at least for one question. It's still an important part of the company. It's around maybe a little bit more than 20% of revenues and very, very high margin. Equities and equity options volumes have been really, really strong this year. That certainly helped financial results. So how do you think -- and I know it's a crystal ball question, but how do you think about the sustainability of the growth? And what can you actually do if volumes start running against you, it could happen.
Yes. So what's interesting is to observe the transition between the type of volume we had in the first half of the year, which was high volatility, high volume. And as opposed to the second half of the year, which has been low volatility, high volumes, much more sustainable. And retail, we believe, has been a very strong contributor, but people right after COVID said, "Is there a retail bubble?" I will say it has been a long time since COVID. And retail has continued to expand.
We've been able to go through small cycles, and we've seen the persistency. We've seen the sophistication. And we, Nasdaq, are very well positioned. We've been playing for revenue as opposed to either share or capture, but we are very much [Technical Difficulty] has been a double-digit contributor for us. And whereas I don't have a crystal ball, I would say that we will continue -- we are not seeing any signals that those trends towards 24/5, strong retail, or a tokenization would actually do anything else, but continue to support the high level of volumes that we're seeing even without volatility.
Let's all hope for that. Great. And then with 3-or-so minutes left, a couple of, I guess, CFO questions. Let's start on expenses first. So historically, exchanges have been viewed as very fixed cost businesses, a lot of operating leverage. Is that still a good way to think about Nasdaq? Or how do you now, in your role, balance top line growth with expense growth and margin expansion ultimately?
So again, technology company. And we have the privilege of having tremendous free cash flow. And that free cash flow enables us to fully fund our investments, organic investments. We have an organic path that needs to be well invested in, and that's exactly what we do. We have a horizon framework where we do defense, we do cash flow, we do R&D. And we do that, I would say, with a lot of rigor and discipline.
We also deliver efficiencies. We talked about the efficiency program around the Adenza transaction, which we overachieved. So we're very good at delivering those goods. And that enables us to do both things, support a very high volume of revenue with volume related with investments and then offset a portion of our structural expense with efficiencies and therefore, deliver margin -- operating margin to our shareholders. So it's a balance, but we're certainly making sure that we can privilege the revenue growth while delivering operating margin.
Great. And then maybe finally, to finish up here, capital allocation, clearly, you mentioned at the beginning, I think, on the first question, you've done a great job delivering -- deleveraging, sorry, quicker than expected. So where to from here? So you've stepped up buybacks a little bit recently. You clearly, though, have a history of M&A and fintech, which is now one of your segments, can mean a lot of different things and a lot of different end markets, so -- and those are changing all the time. So what are you looking to do to make sure Nasdaq is really positioned to keep on being successful?
Yes. So we start with -- once we have fully funded those organic investments, we still have, call it, $2 billion of free cash flow, which does enable us to do more than one thing. And so the first thing that we've always done is having an organic strategy, and that's before the $2 billion. The second is a progressive dividend. The third becomes delevering versus share repurchase. And that gives us a lot of optionality. And we've been, I would say, very thoughtful about balancing those 2 and delivering a lot of value to our shareholders.
In terms of M&A, as I have mentioned, our focus is organic. That doesn't mean that we couldn't look at an add-on if that made sense in a buy versus build discussion. But we continue to see a lot of opportunity around the platform that we have today on an organic basis.
Fair enough. With that, we're actually out of time. Sarah, thank you very much for making the long trip to Scottsdale. Hope to have you back, and I'll see you at the Investor Day early next year.
Excellent.
Thank you. 30 minutes, not a lot of time.
On the dot.
No, you did it very well. Thank you.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Nasdaq — UBS Global Technology and AI Conference 2025
🎯 Kernbotschaft
- Positionierung: Nasdaq hat sich als Technologieplattform neu aufgestellt: rund 80% Solutions-Umsatz, Fokus auf wiederkehrende Geschäftsmodelle und "Rule of 60+" (Wachstum vs. Margenkennzahl).
- Drei Säulen: Modern Markets (Exchange-Software & Betrieb), Index-/Datenprodukte zur Innovationsvermarktung und Trust-Lösungen (RegTech, Financial Crime Management).
- Execution: Integration von Adenza/Verafin läuft, Pipeline-gestützte Cross-Sell-Strategie (Ziel: $100M bis 2027) und vorgezogene Deleveraging-Maßnahmen.
⚡ Strategische Highlights
- Synergien: Übererfüllte Synergieziele nach Adenza: ursprünglich $80M, Programm hochgesetzt und zuletzt $150M erreicht.
- Bilanz & Cash: Deleveraging schneller als geplant (3,2x Verschuldungsgrad erreicht), Ziel ~3,0x bis Jahresende; freie Cashflows für Investitionen und Kapitalrückgabe.
- Fintech-Fokus: AxiomSL (RegTech) und Verafin (Financial Crime) als Wachstumstreiber; Enterprise-Verkäufe laufen, aber längere Sales- und Time‑to‑value-Zyklen.
- Digital Assets: Proaktiver Ansatz zu Tokenisierung (Vorschlag an SEC), POCs für Collateral Management auf Calypso/Canton — "digital‑assets ready", ohne bestehende Liquidität zu gefährden.
🔎 Neue Informationen
- ARR-Dynamik: 9% Annual Recurring Revenue (ARR) Wachstum in drei aufeinanderfolgenden Quartalen; Momentum vor allem durch Fintech-Module und Capital Access Platform.
- Konkrete Signings: Starke Enterprise‑Signings in Financial Crime Management; erwartete Umsätze starten mit Professional‑Services im Q4, Subscription‑Umsatz folgt.
- Cross‑Sell & Pipeline: Cross‑Sell‑Anteil ~15% der Pipeline mit Blick auf $100M Ziel bis 2027.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- ARR‑Conversion: Wie schnell Professional‑Services in wiederkehrende ARR überführt werden — Management nennt Q4‑Start, aber Zeit zur Monetarisierung erforderlich.
- Regulatorik & AxiomSL: Einfluss von SLR‑Änderungen und möglicher Basel‑III‑Entscheidungen auf Nachfrage; Nasdaq sieht eher vereinfachende Signale als Deregulierung.
- Verafin‑Skalierung: Enterprise‑Deals laufen (u.a. große Banken), Internationalisierung noch früh; längere Sales‑Zyklen und Time‑to‑value bleiben Hauptrisiken.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Implikationen: Für Aktionäre bedeutet das: strukturelle Transformation zu einem lösungsorientierten Tech‑Anbieter reduziert Zyklizität und erhöht wiederkehrende Umsätze; Balance aus Deleveraging, Investitionen und Kapitalrückfluss stärkt Risikoprofil. Kurzfristig bleibt die Tempo‑ und Timing‑Risiko der ARR‑Conversion sowie die Enterprise‑/International‑Skalierung der entscheidende Werttreiber.
Nasdaq — Global Technology
1. Question Answer
I'm Ashish Sabadra, and I cover information services and exchanges here at RBC. We are really excited to host Sarah, CFO of Nasdaq. Sarah, thanks for giving us this opportunity.
Thanks for having me.
Thank you. I'll start off on the topic that everybody is focused on at the tech conference, which is Gen AI. So maybe talk about both the top line and bottom line. So on the top line perspective, maybe if we can talk about the proprietariness and how embedded within your client workflows you are, but also monetization opportunity. How do you think about monetization from Gen AI? And then we also would like to cover on the bottom line side, how do we think about investment, but also efficiency. So maybe if you want to start with the top line and monetization opportunity.
No, that's great. I appreciate the question. So we feel really good about Gen AI for Nasdaq. And so if you try to look at why would we, I go back to 10 years ago, we went into cloud. And 9 years ago, we went into AI, algorithmic AI. By the time you have that, you are like preparing your data for Gen AI. And so we started doing that a long time ago. Some people have to do some major investments to do that. The second thing about data that we have is contributory data, which is moted. And I think that's extraordinarily important as a differentiator because Gen AI is lovely, but it works better on a lot of data that can be done individually by a lot of people, but our data is only accessible by those who contribute it.
So I'll give you 2 examples of that, contributory data of Verafin. And that's $10 trillion or over $10 trillion in total assets of banks across 2,700 banks, took us 15 years to assemble the data set. And so somebody can maybe do it in 5 or in 8, but it's not something that can be done in 2 years. And we're not sitting on those laurels. We are bringing Gen AI, and I'll come back to that as to how we monetize there.
Another example of contributory data with the investment at 1,000 and probably many of you in the room, allocators use it around 89,000 strategies. By the time you have that for public equities, you can add private equities, but being embedded in workflows with that contributory data, you can't really go find that data somewhere else. Therefore, you buy it from us. We like that. By the time you have that, you can start doing Gen AI on top of that.
And I'll use Verafin as an example of what we have done there. And we have done first, a Copilot with Gen AI, but that's still human in the loop at the bank. And then an agent on sanctions that gives our banks the opportunity not to have a person touch 80% of the sanctions. That's extremely valuable because now we're talking about our banks, not only having less fraud, thanks to us, which has an incredible ROIC and that's done with algorithmic AI, but also being able to have efficiencies on the base. And you can ask the banks, I used to be a bank CFO at UBS and at Chase, there are hundreds of people in compliance. So we are not addressing some small groups of efficiencies, but large group of efficiencies.
So we are seeing that on that, the banks are willing theoretically to pay. And the model that we are using is Copilots are embedded and are part of our net retention apparatus, adding value to our clients so that we can increase the pricing or get upsells. However, the upsells would be the agents. The agents are not like you have it, you need to pay for it to just have it on your platform, but above a certain volume. So you get to use it, but build the habituation at the bank and then pay for it. So we do believe that the revenue that is influenced by Gen AI is across all of Nasdaq. I just gave you 2 examples, but I could go into each of our product and that we have opportunity to upcharge that at the beginning, it's important to give the arbitration.
In terms of the bottom line, we are also doing it, and this was in the products, we call it on the business. So whether you are a finance function, legal function, the product development, everybody is engaged in Gen AI, and we are asking people to put real efficiencies in the budget. We have -- when we increased the number from $80 million to $140 million, we had already overachieved the $80 million. But we also said we're going to do what we had done as efficiencies just in the fintech businesses beyond that. And we will have benefits of Gen AI in there.
And so we are delivering some of those benefits already. So there are some dollars of efficiencies that are falling to the bottom line that are already linked to Gen AI in client success, in the PDLC, and we are asking everybody everywhere to do it. So I can show you the ones in finance and everybody everywhere can give you theirs. And that will continue to be an efficiency play that we continue to have.
That's great color. And we will talk about the cost synergies on the fintech side. But before we do that, I just wanted to drill down on some of the products. So particularly Verafin, the example that you gave, I want to talk about the business there. You've had a pretty big uptick in enterprise signing, both Tier 1 and Tier 2 clients. Can you talk about what's really driving those? And can you also talk about your pipeline going forward for more Tier 1 and Tier 2 customers?
Yes. So Verafin is a great growth engine to calibrate, so far this year in 3 quarters, we have 3x the amount of signings in enterprise, and that's 2x on the ACV of signing. So that is a moment that we've all been waiting for, and there is more to come. And when you look at the cross-sell pipeline, which is not just Verafin, of course, it stayed steady at that 15%-ish level, which means that we are replenishing the pipeline. We have a bunch of POCs that are in place, including one that is in Europe, which will open a new market for us, but we also have some additional Tier 1s and Tier 2s in the U.S. that we continue to build the momentum for.
So we feel very well positioned. We're getting tremendous client feedback on the way we are utilizing the data, we are connected to 70 core banking system in that business, which is really important to capture the 2,700 banks. But that's out of 10,000 banks. So we have plenty of other banks we could get. And for the large banks, we are viewed as very innovative. And I had with one of them the discussion of build versus buy for them. And I think they have all come to the realization that you cannot build the data set that we have. And therefore, the only way to get the small banks input into the big banks is us.
That's true. I think the network effect is so evident, particularly in the case of Verafin. Just shifting gears on the fintech side, talking about the capital market technology, we saw a pretty good improvement there, 13% growth in the third quarter. What's driving that resumption? And can you help us understand how are you thinking about the growth across the different businesses within that, which is Market Tech, Calypso and the trade management services?
Yes. So once again, and I'm going to address Gen AI in each of them just to make sure that I don't just talk about it for Verafin because we're very excited about it across our business. So when you try to think about Calypso or trade management services or Market Tech, now you're into core infrastructure. And if you're trying to think about Calypso, for example, we think that the convergence of tokenization and Gen AI. Any bank is looking at it as if I am not using a provider, I should really think about that. I think it maybe take exception for like 3 or 4 banks whose differentiation is that, and they have built fantastic systems. But for the great majority of bank, you're not going to add tokenization in your Excel.
And so when you're looking at Calypso having done already a collateral POC, that is something which they will rely on people like us to do. When you're looking at core infrastructure, you're also looking at something that's very, very difficult to displace with something that you can do yourself. It's not a simple workflow to put together. So could you imagine an agent that starts doing free trade, trade collateral management and with all of the connectivity to all of the things that need to work for that to happen. There is no little agent that does that, not even a good agent.
And so we feel really good about the fact that we are entrenched, but we're also modular and therefore, easy to add. And now that we have a cloud offering, it's really the foundation that we needed for Calypso to be able to do even more for our clients with that.
If you then go into Market Tech, Market Tech, we are, I would say, the Rolls-Royce of Market Tech systems. To calibrate, we own and operate about 20 exchanges across the Nordics and the U.S., a bit in Canada. But we operated for others. So think of it as SaaS in a box for 130 plus. So that means 110 are done for others. So we are very good at that. We have benefited from some of the new entrants in the space, especially on digital. So -- but not just digital, but new players can use our technology and very much appreciate that.
If you're looking at the last piece, trade management services, that's very different. That is connectivity that is really leveraging the trend of everything is faster. And in trading, the nanoseconds differentiations make a difference. People hedge funds, in particular, will pay a fair bit for that. We intentionally added space and power with our partner, Equinix, and we've been able to monetize that, and you're seeing that in our results.
That's great color. Just shifting gears and talking about the last segment within fintech would be particularly regulatory tech. So as you think about the regulatory environment, how do you think about like are the clients still waiting for some clarity on the regulatory side? How does that influence the regulatory tech? And then if you could also talk about some of the dynamic around professional services and some of the headwinds, but also tailwinds going forward as we think about the top line growth there.
Yes. So one more thing about the regtech, this includes our Solovis business as well as AxiomSL. So talking first about the regulatory trend. At this point, there is good confidence that this government will do what is called smart regulation. So there is no indication that there will be no regulation as opposed to smart regulation. That's very important for us because we can adapt to any regulation as long as there is some regulation. We do think that Basel III, which is a big element of regulation that was well expected by the banks will come. There is a date that is in December on the schedule. That being said, with the shutdown, could it move into January? Absolutely or even February.
So do I have a specific date? No. But do I believe that we will have the clarity we were looking for, for our clients to engage yes. More importantly, do our clients act as if they believe that? Absolutely. And so we are seeing that pipeline, and that is very helpful. across the world, our solutions are very much adopted. I think it's helpful to remind the audience of like what we announced in the third quarter, which is this large bank, which displaced a competitor, put us as Axiom in place in multiple regions.
And so that confidence that we're getting, that's one happened to be a cross-sell to is very much what we hoped is to become a larger partner to banks, not just in the U.S. but international banks and having the coverage of 55 countries, 110 regulators, 5,500 reports, 3,000 updates every year. Again, that's very difficult to replicate. And if you're thinking Gen AI, what's your differentiation there? It's data lineage.
So not only do we have the data for the AxiomSL reports, but we actually have the lineage that goes with it. And if you ask a bank CFO, which I was one, what is the most difficult thing to do in bank infrastructure, it's data lineage. And so whereas theoretically, once you have the data in perfectly orderly form, you could do a reg to code. And you will never want to be responsible for those 3,000 updates a year if you're large international banks in all of those countries. And you don't even have the data organized in that form without using our tools.
So we feel very good about the protections we have. And again, not resting on those laurels, but adding Gen AI on top of that, on top of surveillance to make sure that we continue to bring innovation to our markets. And surveillance, very nice performance. That's a business that has benefited from the Adenza acquisition. The leader of regtech is an Adenza leader who has brought a lot of energy. And you're hearing more about surveillance than you did in the past, and that's for a good reason because we are doing a lot with those road maps and our clients are rewarding us with more business.
That's great. And maybe just a follow-up there. Obviously, you gave multiple examples of cross-selling and successes that you've had across all the segments within fintech. You've already guided to like $100 million of cross-sell synergies by 2027. So maybe just any more color on the progress that you're making towards the cross-sell? How should we see that momentum pick up, particularly on the cross-sell side?
Yes. So we have continued to share, as you have just mentioned, the percentage of our fintech pipeline that is cross-sell. And whereas we had said that we wanted it to be around 10%, 11% or a bit more than that, if possible. We've consistently now for some time, given you a 15% or above type of number, which we feel is a very good number. It does take some time for that to translate into revenue, but we feel we're very well positioned to meet or exceed the $100 million.
That's great color. Just moving on to the Capital Access business, talking about the listing. Obviously, from your exchange perspective, you have really good visibility on the listing business. How do you think about the listing pipeline? And then how should we think about that contributing to your revenue stream going forward?
Yes. So if you think about Capital Access platform, the listings franchise is very much part of our brand name. I think if you say Nasdaq, you say Power Innovation, Nasdaq 100. And so that brand, which is now a top 100 global brand, it's very, very rare to have a B2B brand that is actually a top 100 global brand by Interbrand. Like when you look at that survey, you've got us ahead of Tiffany. You've got us with the Amazon's and the Nike's and all of the things which you associate big brands.
And so Nasdaq is that brand, the listing franchise is very much associated with that brand, and we feel very fortunate to have that recognition, but we also work on it every day. And this is both the listings and the switches. We have had a very good momentum in both. And we are really excited about the value proposition that we provide to our clients. So the quality of trading, of course, the community, it's a very good group to be part of to be around -- so we've got about half of the market cap of the U.S., about 20% of the market cap of the world that is on Nasdaq.
And when you look at who that group of, it has, of course, the Mag 7, but all of the players that are in Nasdaq 100 and beyond are a tremendous company. We also, I would say, go out of our way to use our marketing dollars towards helping the brands of our clients. And so we're very involved with our clients. I spend time with our CFOs. And we also advocate on behalf of our listed companies, especially at times like now where there is advocate that can be done in a very productive way.
So we feel good about the franchise. We're well positioned. We have a nice pipeline, and it's part of the flywheel. It does mean that we are able to have the closing cost in Market Services. And so we have some Data businesses associated with this and of course, the Index business, which is now an $800 billion business and the revenue has multiplied by 8 in 8 years.
Yes. No, absolutely. And that was going to be my follow-up question. Obviously, you talked about Nasdaq Index being such a strong franchise. How do you think about expanding that into new products or international markets? How do we think about the shift towards ETP? Any color on that front? But essentially expanding that product suite, obviously, a very strong franchise.
Yes. So Index is a great business. And if you go back to 2017, it was $100 million franchise, about $100 billion of AUM. It was this little thing nobody talked about. And Adena rightfully so deployed a lot of investments in that business, which still continues to have tremendous margins, by the way, even after the level of investments we have done. This is a fantastic high-margin business, but also high-growth business.
We have 3 vectors of growth. One is continuing to add new products. So both NDX-related and non-NDX related. And that gives us also resilience in terms of inflows coming at times when people are looking for Nasdaq 100 or Nasdaq 100 related. We can provide yield to some of the products that are done around NDX or we can be in totally different things that are inadequation with our brand Nasdaq. And so you want the Gen AI item, you can do it. If you want the data center, if you want -- like we have lots of products that we build in partnership with asset management clients.
Second is international. We used to be very much U.S. We believe that both in the queue in NDX-related products and beyond that, we can certainly add value to asset managers across the world. And we've had very good growth there. And then the last one is institutional and through our asset managers, our indexes so far end up in the hands of retail in general. And institutional is a big opportunity. We are still underpenetrated in that opportunity. We've put some investments to make sure that we continue to ramp up in that space.
That's great color. You mentioned a couple of times about the data business That data business has been growing really fast. And I think some of the flywheels that you get from listing and everything else. Maybe just any other incremental color that you want to add on the data business. And then as we think about that proprietariness as well, like any color there as well?
Yes. So think about our Data businesses in 2 parts. We've got regulated data. So everybody who's got an iPhone on the table and is checking the stock market is looking at Nasdaq data. And so if you're looking at it in Excel, you're still using Nasdaq data. And so if you are doing it through a retail brokerage and buying and selling, you're still using Nasdaq data for very good majority of the cases. If you're now sitting in Asia or in Europe and you want to trade in the U.S., you're still using Nasdaq data very often, that was an example I gave yesterday on eToro and whereas we have already the U.S., we just added a data set with 210 stocks that are in the Nordics because actually, if you're sitting in Oslo or in Stockholm, you might want to invest in the fantastic local companies that you have, you have a home bias, but you also want to invest in Apple or in any of the U.S. stocks that are here. And so that's the regulated data.
Then we have another data set, which is whatever data set we can combine that gives alpha to a hedge fund, for example. And that could be -- if you want to invest in health care, we could partner with a health care company on getting some data from a health care company, and we can then marry that with some of our data to provide alpha opportunities to our clients, which, of course, can give us a good amount of pricing so that they can have access to that proprietary set.
That's very helpful color. Maybe just going on to your Market Services or the exchange business. You recently filed proposal for tokenized securities. Can you talk about like how do you expect to benefit from a trading volume or capital liquidity margining perspective? Or how is this -- how do you expect this whole exchange business to evolve? There's a lot of talk about tokenization. How will it be disruptive or additive to your existing franchise?
So we feel the proposal that we have put in place is additive. What's very important is to respect what exists. What exists is investor protection, market integrity, transparency, depth of liquidity pools. So you've got a U.S. capital markets that actually functions, functions extremely well at speeds that are extraordinary. And we want to make sure that we embrace innovation while embracing preserving what exists. And so one of the guiding principle in our proposal was let's not break the liquidity pool, and let's make sure that each equity instrument is what it is. But now I think it is very helpful to provide the option for the settlement to be either in traditional form or in tokenized form. And that's exactly what our proposal is.
And so at the time of the trade, you can indicate whether you want a settlement in token form or in traditional form. And that enables you to have the potential advantages of a token, which could be mobility, you could potentially, at some point, have speed, although right now, we are not changing the settlement plus 1 all good. And you certainly could see some applications in collateral management that would make it good. So you could decide whether you want to do netting, but you would have opportunities to do that. And so we do think that it opens the aperture and it's really additive because it did not hurt the liquidity pool and the investor protections.
Yes. No, that's great color. Just moving on to the cost synergies. You mentioned that upfront as well, how Gen AI is driving a lot of efficiencies for you. You've already surpassed your $140 million of synergy guidance and hitting more closer to $150 million year-to-date. How do we think about the synergy in the context of that 5% to 8% expense growth as well? So if you can help us understand how do we think about further synergies and also the expense growth?
Yes. So we've got a very specific expense guidance for this year. So that basically is supportive of the revenue growth that we have. So the way you should think about it is there are really 3 parts to the expense, a structural part, which benefits from the efficiencies and is obviously also reflecting inflation and merit and other things that come through. Then you have volume related. So by definition of many of our products being in the cloud, and we have marginal costs, which we can work on having unit economics efficiencies. But by definition, more business equals more cost, but in a very productive way and at a high margin, incremental margin.
And then we have the investments we are making. We're spending a lot of time in making sure that we are using, for example, Gen AI and making those investment more efficient. But we also spend a lot of time in capital allocation in our organic investments to make sure that we're deploying those dollars in ways that will both create the trust in Nasdaq brand because it's definitely a tenet of our brand, but also the innovation, which could be the R&D.
I talked about cloud 10 years ago. We didn't have a good business case towards that. But we did it, and we're so glad we did. And so there are things in R&D that absolutely need to be maintained. And in between, you've got the shareholders' benefit. So we have Horizon 1 and Horizon 2, Horizon 1 being twice your investment return in 3 years, Horizon 2 in 5 years.
That's great. And maybe I wanted to end with a question on capital allocation. You talked about a lot about driving growth while investing organically, but how do -- like with leverage now at 3.1 turns, expected to be 3 turns by end of the year ahead of your schedule, how are you thinking about capital allocation going forward? And particularly in light of like the stock has pulled back a bit, how do you think about buyback versus M&A or other uses of capital, deleveraging, including?
Yes. So I would say what you're about to hear is very much a continuity of what I have said and what Adena has said, we have a focus on organic growth. So before you get to our $2 billion plus of free cash flow, we have invested well in the business. And that's incredibly important for the resiliency. The second part is we have a dividend that is progressive, and we are continuing to do that. And then comes share repurchase, debt repurchase. We are at the point where we can be very smart and optimized about thinking about both of them.
When you look at it in acquisition dilution, some of those tranches of debt look attractive, but we're doing math. And so you will continue to see us optimize both in share repurchase because we like our stock and in debt repurchases. And then could there be a bolt-on? Of course, there could be, but our focus right now is on organic.
Okay. That's great. We'll leave it there. Thank you again. Thanks, everyone, for joining, and thank you, Sarah, for giving us this opportunity.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Nasdaq — Global Technology
🎯 Kernbotschaft
- Takeaway: Nasdaq positioniert sich, Generative AI (Gen AI) breit zu monetarisieren: proprietäre, contributory Daten (z.B. Verafin mit über $10 Bio. Assets) plus tiefe Einbettung in Kunden‑Workflows sollen Copilots und volumenbasierte Agents zahlungsfähig machen. Parallel treiben Tokenisierung, Cloud‑Calypso, Market‑Tech und Index‑Expansion Wachstum und Cross‑Sell voran.
🎯 Strategische Highlights
- Gen AI‑Modell: Copilots als Kundenbindungs‑/Upsell‑Instrument; Agents werden volumenbasiert bepreist, Aufbau von Habitualisierung vor Zahlpflicht.
- Verafin‑Momentum: Enterprise‑Signings im Jahresverlauf dreifach, Annual Contract Value (ACV) der Abschlüsse etwa doppelt — Pipeline inkl. Europa eröffnet Zusatzmarkt.
- Infrastruktur & Token: Calypso in der Cloud soll modularen Ersatz für Eigenentwicklungen bieten; Token‑Settlement‑Vorschlag als additive Option ohne Bruch der Liquiditätspools.
🔭 Neue Informationen
- Aktualität: Management berichtet, Synergien übertreffen Guidance (zuvor $140 Mio.), YTD nahe $150 Mio.; Cross‑Sell‑Pipeline stabil bei ~15% und Ziel von ≥$100 Mio. Cross‑Sell‑Synergien bis 2027 bleibt erreichbar.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Monetarisierung: Wie schnell zahlen Banken für Agents vs. kostenlose Copilots? Management: Habitualisierung führt zu späteren volumenbasierten Umsätzen.
- Verafin‑Pipeline: Nachfrage nach Tier‑1/Tier‑2 und europäische PoCs wurden als Treiber bestätigt; Skalierbarkeit auf weitere 10.000 Banken betont.
- Regulatorik & Timing: Basel‑III‑Umsetzungserwartung (Dezember, mögliche Verschiebung) beeinflusst RegTech‑Nachfrage; Data‑Lineage als Verteidigungsbarriere.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Implikation: Call signalisiert strategische Kontinuität: organisches Wachstum plus gezielte Monetarisierung von Gen AI und proprietären Daten, stärkere Cross‑Sell‑Dynamik und fortgesetzte Kapitalallokation in Dividende, Buybacks und selektive Bolt‑ons.
Nasdaq — J.P. Morgan 2025 Ultimate Services Investor Conference
1. Question Answer
All right. We'll get going here. Welcome to the 2:00 session. My name is Michael Cho. I am an equity analyst here at JPMorgan, and we have Nasdaq's CFO, Sarah Youngwood, here with us today for this session. So as far as for format, Sarah and I will do about 20 minutes of fireside Q&A. I'll leave the last 10 minutes or so for audience Q&A. So please think of questions, and we'll go from there.
Sarah, thanks for joining us. Thanks for the time, as always. I'll kick it off with an easy market question here. So I mean, equity markets and listings, I mean it's been a strong, I guess, growing tailwind heading into the shutdown. We've had the shutdown. We've emerged on the other side. So maybe you could talk through a little bit about pipeline and what you're seeing and what you're hearing now that we are on the other side of the shutdown.
Yes. So we most definitely happy to be on that other side and to have that visibility into the year. We're late in the year, but the year is not finished. And importantly, we've had a lot of ingredients that were together as we were finishing 2024 that are here, again, I would say, with a productive despite everything, 2025 that has happened. So when you think about the capital raises in dollars, in number of deals that have happened, the performance of the deals in general has been relatively good.
The cost of capital is not going up. How fast it goes down is a question. But all of those ingredients participate in what we call our IPO pulse and puts us, again, in a very good position to look at 2026. And also, when you look at what has happened for us this year, we've had a pretty robust performance in Capital Access Platforms in general, and this was one of the contributor.
Wonderful. Have you -- I guess, our issuers and kind of that pipeline, if you think about -- we're pretty close to year-end. So how are we thinking about maybe things getting done this year versus things getting pushed out?
There is still activity that is planned for this year, and there is extremely strong pipeline for next year. So not everybody is trying to go in the month of December or in the rest of November. But there is still some activity that is planned, and we're well positioned. We have a very strong pipeline. But what's interesting about the pipeline is it's actually pretty well laid out. Like this morning, I was having breakfast with somebody who is more of a July player. And then you have the March players and you have the ones that are going right now. And so people are considering that, obviously, you can't tell what the windows will be, but that there is a year to optimize their time lines.
That's fair. If I could just squeeze one more shutdown question. Anything else in terms of outside of the listings business, right? I mean, Nasdaq operates broad diversified business in a lot of different areas. Anything else just to keep in mind when we think about shutdown and effects that anything pushouts, anything like that?
No, no material impact from the shutdown for Nasdaq.
Fair enough. Fair enough. And then just staying on pipelines, maybe a different angle to it. I mean, ETFs and the dual share -- class of dual shares, it's been a growing topic in the mutual fund industry. Clearly, Nasdaq is a player in the ETF listings as well. Arc is there as well. But just kind of curious, if we think about that pipeline, and I think maybe there's like close to 100 folks waiting and that could be hundreds of listings in the years ahead. Like when we think about economics and maybe the benefits that accrues to Nasdaq, I mean, how would we kind of frame that benefit as that comes to fruition?
Yes. So taking a step back, this is a very productive idea to be able to have both the mutual fund and the ETR fund for people to choose the structure that fits best their objectives. So it's a good thing that we believe that there will be lots of approvals related to that. And that opens more business for people like us. We like it. Is that going to be like a dramatic change in the performance of all of Nasdaq? No. But is it something which we're excited about that we're well positioned for? Absolutely.
Is this something to pay attention maybe like a 2026 event or '27 and beyond? I mean, how that...
I think it starts in '26. But again, it's not going to be like a dramatic shift in the entire performance of Nasdaq, but yet it's something smart that's happening that is incrementally positive.
Okay. Maybe I'll just stay on Capital Access while we're -- we talked about listings. Maybe we'll talk about the other subsegment in data and listings. So maybe I'll just touch on data for a second. I mean data has been doing quite well recently and actually highlighted that it continues to trend well in terms of customer demand and outlook there as well, at least into year-end. Can you just help unpack what's really driving that data business and what's really happening underneath that's ultimately benefiting that segment?
Yes. So if you start with the conclusion, we ended up increasing the expectation for the full year for all of CAP in part because of the strength of data and listing that we are looking at. So when we unpack that, we just talked about the listings. But when we look at data, you've got several phenomenon. First of all, we have a global franchise, and we are seeing global investors that are very interested in trading in the U.S. So the U.S. remains the deepest, widest capital market that's available and people want to access it.
With 24/5, people want to access it in their daylight hours. And it extends beyond the U.S. For example, we had an announcement with eToro, where they're distributing our data, and this is the Nordic data. So now you're seeing that investors who have a bias for their home market are also using Nasdaq data to do so in the Nordics. And so we're very well positioned. We have -- this is the regulated data that I'm speaking about, but we also have an excellent nonregulated data where we sell data sets and monetize that, and we're very, very good at that, but that doesn't sit in that. But in general, we've been able to be viewed as really the gold standard for data, traded data that is real tight and that is leveraging the trends of retail globalization and 24/5.
That's fair. Is there -- and I'm sure there is, but I would love to just touch on the data, some of the things you're talking about. You mentioned eToro and the partnership there. And some -- a lot of that is driven with retail interest and ongoing interest in that segment of the market. I mean, so how -- if we think about -- and maybe your answer from retail is here to stay. But if we think about the other side of that, if things slow down, I mean, is there a correlation when we think about trends in data that might go the other way as maybe things normalize more in that segment?
Well, I think that after COVID, people were -- is retail going to stay? COVID was some time ago and retail has stayed. I think that when you're looking -- and we're not speaking about market services right now, but when you're looking at the volumes that we are seeing first half of the year, normal volatility, event-driven, high [indiscernible] second half of the year, pretty regular environment, and yet we're continuing to see massive volumes and retail has been a big part of that. And we're continuing to see that, we think, as a sustainable trend.
If I could switch gears a little bit. I just want to talk about private markets in general. I really want to ask about eVestment and indices, but I'll save that for a second. Solovis, acquired a few years ago, announced the sale, not too long. Maybe just talk us through -- refresh out kind of the thoughts behind divesting that business and the gap that -- maybe there was no gap that left. But if I think about private markets and the piece that Solovis kind of filled, again, maybe just talk through the logic around divesting that business.
Yes. So this is a process that's not new at Nasdaq that we've done many and many times and many and -- over many and many years, which is we always look at our capital allocation internally. And so as we allocate dollars, we want to make sure that we allocate dollars where we believe the innovation is going to be most fruitful for our shareholders and where we are feeling that we are the best positioned owner for any asset that we own.
When you look at Solovis, the synergies with eVestment were not quite as much. So this is the LP versus GP. So whereas you think that there is some synergies that's very, very different. And eVestment is a great engine. And so this is where we've decided to focus our investments. We've got over 1,000 allocators who are looking through our eVestment contributory data across 89,000 strategies. And that is a very cemented, very fruitful avenue for us to continue to grow. And I'm sure many of you in the room are using it and are seeing the value of what I'm describing. And you're not necessarily consulting with your LPs. So like you're not seeing that synergy, and we were not either.
So when we are taking that, we really like the opportunity to serve both public and private markets around the eVestment asset. In eVestment, we've been able to now double what we are serving our asset managers, GPs in terms of private data. So we are very much investing in this, and that has a nice link towards also data link, et cetera. And so we feel that, that's a robust strategy that we're very excited to have.
That's great. I mean, so for folks who are in the room in terms of eVestment, and again, private markets and private markets data, particularly is a -- has been and is continued to be a growing theme. And for folks in the room, when we think about eVestment, I mean, historically, I've always come to like public market funds, right? And you've got to be in the network, you got to get into the consultants, right? And so -- but when we talk about eVestment in the private market data sense, and I recognize there's private market data in there, but can you just help us understand what kind of part of the private market and kind of data sets that eVestment is providing today and then kind of the sourcing of that data to any extent you can...
Yes. So private data is not super easy to source. And so we're doing the hard work of doing interviews and actually getting that data. We're also applying technology, including Gen AI to it to make our processes very efficient. And so we've been able to grow the data set, but it's effectively building the equivalent of the eVestment data, but on the private side so that you can actually have a choice in between private and public strategies, which we think converges over time more and more with the regulatory environment.
We are also separate from what we're doing there, distributing other private data. So for example, the tape D is a Nasdaq Private Market, which is a venture investment of ours. And that's the tape that they do based on the tenders of private shares that they are doing. And we are distributing that. We already have 4 clients who have been taking it, and this is just brand new almost. So we are definitely creating a data ecosystem around privates, which we think is very complementary. And actually, in that particular case, our differentiated advantage is that we already have the distribution, and it's the same buyer who actually wants both.
Anything on index or indices along the same conversation -- some other players have announced partnerships and launching various kind of things. Anything on -- I mean, clearly, Nasdaq is a dominant player in index as well. So just kind of curious if there's anything for us to keep an eye on or maybe not...
You can keep an eye on it, but we don't have yet something to announce. But yes, this is definitely something that would be part of the strategy that we are interested in and working on, but I don't have anything specific that I can announce today.
Fair enough. Verafin, if I -- so continuing to sign Tier 1s and Tier 2s. I think you've highlighted implementations that are set to go right now. How does that kind of shape the look ahead in terms of the medium-term outlook for Verafin as you have these implementations that are happening as we speak, more Tier 1s coming online. It feels like there are some tailwinds there, not to speak of easier comps as well near term, right, into next year, but just kind of help us frame the outlook for Verafin as these are happening underneath?
Yes. So for a while, we've been very excited about the value that Nasdaq can add to Verafin, which is we have great credibility and relationships with Tier 1s -- Tier 1s, Tier 2s, et cetera. But -- and then came Adenza, and you also have a lot of potential synergies between that client base and Verafin. And it took some time, but we announced Goldman Sachs last quarter. That's a name that most of you recognized. We had announced Citi about 2 years ago. And in between, we have been announcing 19, I believe, Tier 1s and Tier 2 together. So we are really now at the point where we have a real amount of names, but many of them just came live in the last few months and so as you know, the time between the signing and implementation is 9 to 12 months.
But given that some of them were a few months ago, we are starting to be very close to it. And that's really the cadence that you should expect. So implementation gives you a little bit of professional services fees. That flows nicely through the revenue, but not quite as fast through the ARR and then comes the ARR, and that gives you a path towards that medium-term outlook.
With the Tier 1s and 2s coming online, as you said, and you're kind of exiting some of these longer sales cycles, I understand that the upsell cycles are a little bit shorter than the initial. So can you kind of talk through what you're seeing in terms of the upsell conversations that you're with the Tier 1s and 2s. I think you've announced a couple or indicated a couple in the past in terms of upsells, but just kind of curious more broadly, how is that initiative going as well?
Yes. So in the ones we have seen, generally, you can do an upsell twice as fast as a land, and that's helpful. The other phenomenon that we're starting to see, and this is still at POC stage. So I don't have a proof point I can actually give you that some of the large Tier 1s are sometimes looking at more than one POC at the same time. So it would be nice to be able to do them literally compressed into one.
We don't have a proof point for that happening yet, but that's something that we're starting to see as a new phenomenon as some of the Tier 1s, by definition, know that they were not first. since we've been talking about it by -- for a few years. So look, this is the U.S. and then you've got a POC that is in process in the U.K. And so we look forward to continuing to penetrating Europe. And then you've got also the BioCatch piece, which we think is very interesting.
We'll get to BioCatch in a second.
The only transition for you.
Before we go there, I have one more. Most of the growth is still driven by the SMB market, right? And it's been a strong driver for Verafin for years now. If you think about all the newer modules that are coming out with AI and various tools, and I'm going to say things that maybe Nasdaq is better positioned to deploy and invest in than maybe your Verafin was 10 years ago, right? And so -- but the value add is there. If you think about SMB, I guess, 2 things, adoption and price, like are those things accelerating, decelerating? I'm just kind of curious how the -- if that core driver of growth is sustainable longer term.
I would say -- and you can look at the words that we have used in all of our earnings. And every time we are talking about a steady contribution, a steady pace. And so they are contributing at pace. They are not accelerating or decelerating. Obviously, it's on a higher base. So that is an immense effort in itself, and it's at a high level of contribution. And so we feel very good about the fact that we have a very good product for those SMBs that we're maintaining the relevance to the SMBs. And they're particularly appreciative about the Gen AI investments that we have made in the products, starting with the Copilot, but now including agents, and we're seeing very high level of adoption.
And even BioCatch, sorry, I'm coming back to that one, is actually not just for the enterprises, but it's also for the SMBs. And so for us to have not only a good reason to give them pricing, but for us to start the dialogue on what else they can do with us is very important. And so we've got this anchor into their core banking platform, and we're making it worth a while.
Fair enough. I just want to pause here for a second, make sure I open up for questions. I'll keep going, but if you have questions, please raise your hand and wait for the mic.
Ram from TD Asset Management. The one question which I keep thinking about it is what is your biggest regulatory threat to the industry?
To the Financial Crime Management?
Yes, to Financial Crime Management, right? So it's something where you're growing pretty quickly. And so are you thinking about risks, threats, who is coming up and coming? And does it become an opportunity in the future?
So as far as regulatory threat, honestly, we don't think that that's a topic where regulators are going to say, yes, we love fraud. Let's get the fraudsters to win. That we haven't heard anywhere. And so if anything, the U.S. was actually quite well organized under the Patriot Act even 15 years ago, and that's what we've been able to leverage to build a consortium data, which now has over $10 trillion of assets of banks represented across 2,700 banks. But now we're seeing the regulators in Europe go in that direction, and that's actually the opening that we have in the U.K., and it's coming in other places. So in general, I would not see regulatory threat as an issue there.
Now you always have innovation that needs to be something that we work on every day, which we do. So we've got the benefit of a moat of data. And we certainly are appreciative of the fact that we're 15 years ahead on that. And I don't think you can really catch that one easily. But that being said, we are staying on the forefront of innovation because that's what the clients expect. And we can't just rest on our data moat even though we have it.
So Nasdaq recently announced a partnership with BioCatch -- Verafin and BioCatch. Maybe one, can you just remind us what BioCatch is for those that are not as familiar? And what exactly this partnership entails?
Yes. So if you think about Verafin, we are looking at transactional data, and we are helping to catch the fraud that way. But there is another way to catch fraud, which is behavioral and device-related data. So if I am holding my iPhone at this angle versus that angle, if I'm pressing hard or not, if I'm a righty or lefty, if I put it to my ear to take a wiring instruction, there are tons of things I'm doing in the way I am behaving with my phone. And if you take 3,000 of those behaviors and you model them, you get BioCatch. And so BioCatch is helping financial institutions to catch the fraud through that behavioral analysis.
So now if you are combining their behavioral data with our transactional data and you can integrate them in the same workflow, the Verafin workflow, which is nicely integrated into the core banking platform. That's like tremendously valuable for our clients, and we have a lot of client interest. So we have this partnership with BioCatch to do that together. They also have a great complementary international presence for Caesars. So we're much stronger in the U.S. They are much stronger in some of the places where we are not yet as represented. And so we believe that there are some very nice opportunities that are win-win for both of us.
How would the go-to-market work with this partner? Meaning if you have a Verafin client in the U.S. today in SMB I guess, would it be an incremental -- like how would that go-to-market work?
So we're doing an integration to be able to effectively visualize the BioCatch data and those alerts into the workflow. So that's like a tech integration that we're doing. And once we have it, we make it available. And it's -- you don't have to go pitch them one by one. It's like an upsell.
And when we think about -- I don't know if cross-sell is the right word, right?
Yes. I mean I said like an upsell...
But yes, if we think about the international clients that BioCatch has. And I think...
That's different. And we have a trip that's plan with them where a group from Verafin and a group from BioCatch are taking faint, meeting in a particular geography and pitching together. That's for like larger banks internationally.
And again, you just announced the partnership. The teams are just getting together. If we think about sales cycle when we think of international banks that are clients of BioCatch that could potentially become Verafin clients over time. And how should we kind of think about sales cycles and kind of opportunity to expand in those areas given that you just announced the partnership.
So I would say any lending of a large Tier 1 or Tier 2 is not fast. And it didn't come super fast because of BioCatch. But the short -- the sales cycles for the SMB is much shorter. So once we have done the tech integration, you can see that being much, much faster.
Fair enough.
There's a lot of client interest.
Next quarter. I have a capital allocation question later, but maybe since we're talking about BioCatch. So I mean, it seems like there's a lot of compatibility in terms of the capability that they bring, the clientele that they bring versus what Verafin has already. So I mean, other than saving a few billion dollars, is there a benefit to having BioCatch as a third-party partner? Or is there something more incremental that Nasdaq can leverage if they were brought in-house theoretically over time?
Right now, we believe that we have a construct where we can get a lot of value, and they can get a lot of value from the partnership. So it's a very well-structured partnership that, as you can tell, since there is some tech integration, et cetera, some ability to distribute together, really seems to serve the purpose very well. And now it's up to us to execute.
Just one question on BioCatch. What proprietary signals are you looking at, which you cannot replicate, which you get from BioCatch essentially? And can you essentially combine both of this together and predict some sort of risk earlier?
So everything is possible in life. And you can -- but analyzing and doing regressions on -- I gave you 3,000 behaviors. It's not to say that it's using a technology that we couldn't do. And if we had all the time in the world, we could probably do it. But they are doing it great, and they are #1 at what they do. And so there is a value today in partnering with a best-in-class player like them.
We have about a minute left. Any final -- I'll ask a final one on capital since we kind of touched on that topic. So I mean, Nasdaq generates about $2 billion of cash flow a year. The leverage profile has come down considerably. We could debate how further is going to go or not, fine. But there's some modest amount earmarked for dividends. If we think about kind of allocation outside of those things and balancing organic versus inorganic investments, is there a framework we should have in mind as you kind of approach it given the balance sheet is where it's at today versus all the other kind of businesses kind of working in concert, so organic and inorganic kind of balance.
Yes. So we always start with organic. And before you get to the $2 billion, we've really funded all of our investments. That number is after we have done that. And then you've got the dividend, which we would categorize as progressive. And that leaves you with a fair bit of optionality, which we've used so far to delever. We are right now just above 3x at 3.1x. We've given an expectation of 3x by the end of this year. And we have done some share repurchases beyond the employee dilution even this year. So when you try to think about that, I've used a lot of words, which I will repeat today, which is right now, our focus is on organic. And we are also really being very thoughtful between the share repurchases and the debt repurchases.
The math is actually closer than you would think. And so we analyze different bonds, different maturities. We look at share repurchases. And I would say right now, we've got a fairly balanced approach to all of that. Would we look at a bolt-on? Of course, why not? But we are really always looking at alternatives like, for example, is the partnership the right way to do it. And so we don't have one only way to do things. You've seen us doing partnership ventures. And -- but right now, we've got a lot of organic opportunities in front of us.
Perfect. We'll stop there. Thank you very much, everyone.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Nasdaq — J.P. Morgan 2025 Ultimate Services Investor Conference
📊 Kernbotschaft
- Kurzfassung: Nasdaq präsentiert ein diversifiziertes Wachstum: robuste Listings‑Pipeline, anhaltende Datennachfrage und beschleunigte Verafin‑Implementierungen treiben Umsatzdynamik über mehrere Hebel.
- Zeithorizont: Relevante Marktimpulse sehen sie primär 2026 (Dual‑Share ETFs starten erwartungsweise 2026) und mittelfristig durch Verafin‑Upsells und Datenverbreiterung.
🎯 Strategische Highlights
- Listings & CAP: Starkes IPO‑Pipeline‑Momentum; Capital Access Platforms (CAP) tragen wachstumsseitig stärker als erwartet.
- Daten‑geschäft: Globalisierung des Handels (24/5) und Partnerschaften wie die mit eToro (Distribution nordischer Daten) stärken regulierte und nicht‑regulierte Datenumsätze.
- Verafin & Partnerschaften: Umsetzung großer Tier‑1/Tier‑2‑Deals (z. B. Goldman, Citi) plus Partnerschaft mit BioCatch (Verhaltens‑/Device‑Signals) zur Integration in Verafin‑Workflows.
🔭 Neue Informationen
- CAP‑Prognose: Management hat die Jahreserwartung für CAP nach oben angepasst (keine konkreten Zahlen im Gespräch).
- Produktnews: BioCatch‑Integration angekündigt; eToro‑Datenverteilung als Beispiel für internationale Data‑Monetarisierung.
- Portfolio‑Bereinigung: Solovis‑Verkauf zugunsten stärkeren Fokus auf eVestment und Private‑Market‑Daten.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Regulatorik: Sorge um Regulierungsrisiken im Financial‑Crime‑Bereich wurde zurückgewiesen; Europa bewegt sich in Richtung konsortialer Datenmodelle (Chance).
- Verafin‑Timing: Implementationszyklus 9–12 Monate; Upsells deutlich schneller als Erstabschlüsse, SMB‑Adoption stabil.
- Kapitalallokation: Cash‑Generation ≈ $2 Mrd./Jahr; Nettoverschuldung ~3,1x, Ziel ~3,0x bis Jahresende; Priorität auf organischem Wachstum, dann ausgewogene Rückkäufe/Schuldenrückführung.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Folgerung: Call bestätigt eine inkrementelle, aber breit gestützte Wachstumsstory: Daten und Verafin liefern wiederkehrende Erlöse, Listings schaffen zyklischen Upside, Partnerschaften und gezielte Portfolio‑Bereinigungen erhöhen Skalierbarkeit; Kapitalallokation bleibt pragmatisch und aktionärfreundlich.
Nasdaq — Q3 2025 Earnings Call
1. Management Discussion
Good day, and thank you for standing by. Welcome to NASDAQ Third Quarter 2025 Results Conference Call. [Operator Instructions] Please be advised that today's conference is being recorded.
I would now like to hand the conference over to your first speaker, Ato Garrett, Senior Vice President and Investor Relations. Please go ahead.
Good morning, everyone, and thank you for joining us today to discuss NASDAQ's third quarter 2025 financial results. On the line are Adena Friedman, our Chair and Chief Executive Officer; Sarah Youngwood, our Chief Financial Officer; and other members of the management team. After prepared remarks, we will open the line for Q&A. The press release and earnings presentation accompanying this call can be found on our Investor Relations website.
I would like to remind you that we will be making forward-looking statements on this call that involve risks. A summary of these risks is contained in our press release and a more complete description on our annual report on Form 10-K. We will discuss our financial performance on a non-GAAP basis excluding the impact of the divestiture and the impact of changes in FX, adjusted and organic year-over-year changes reflect the $32 million revenue adjustment in the third quarter of 2024 for the change to the accounting treatment of revenues associated with AxiomSL on-premise subscription contracts, which are included in the Financial Technology segment.
Definitions and reconciliations of U.S. GAAP to non-GAAP plus adjustments can be found in our earnings presentation as well as in a file located in the Financials section of our Investor Relations website at ir.nasdaq.com.
And with that, I will now turn the call over to Adena.
Thank you, Ato, and good morning, everyone. I will start with Nasdaq's third quarter results and will then review the performance across our divisions before handing the call over to Sarah for a more detailed discussion of our financials.
I'm pleased with Nasdaq's excellent overall financial performance in the quarter. We delivered $1.3 billion in net revenue, a year-over-year increase of 11%. Solutions quarterly revenues were over $1 billion for the first time in our history, a milestone truly reflective of our transformation to a leading technology platform, representing 10% year-over-year growth.
Our overall annualized recurring revenue, or ARR, grew 9% to $3 billion. Expenses were $583 million, up 5% year-over-year. Operating income was $732 million, up 16%, and we delivered 19% diluted EPS growth. This quarter's results reflect the strength of our diversified platform and our ability to partner effectively with our clients on their evolving priorities. We're showing the value of being the trusted fabric of the financial system by empowering clients to leverage technology, data and advanced analytics to help to capture opportunities, navigate risk and strengthen resilience.
We're reinforcing our leadership across the capital markets, deepening our competitive advantage as we drive innovation across the financial industry.
As you look to the wider macroeconomic environment, the U.S. economy remains resilient, supported by solid fundamentals, but economic signals are mixed. While some consumers have faced headwinds, overall consumer spending has picked up in recent months. Additionally, the services industry remains an expansion and corporate investment in technology and AI continued contributing to persistent economic growth.
In Europe, although growth remains subdued, expectations for recovery in demand and renewed investments point to a gradual outlook.
We continue to see durable demand for technology that supports the modernization of the financial system and are increasingly supporting clients with AI-enabled solutions. As our investments in AI continue, we are deepening our competitive position and providing value to our clients through a combination of sophisticated solutions embedded with decades of expertise, our highly differentiated proprietary data and the powerful network effects of our platforms across our clientele.
Turning to our high-level financial performance within the divisions. Capital Access platforms generated 8% revenue growth and 6% ARR growth. Financial Technology delivered 13% revenue growth and 12% ARR growth. And Market Services delivered 13% net revenue growth.
I'll now cover our business and operational highlights, beginning with capital access platform, where I'll start with data and listings. We delivered a strong quarter in data and listings, supported by our continued market leadership. In our U.S. listings franchise, we welcomed operating companies that raised $6 billion in proceeds in the quarter with over $14 billion raised year-to-date. The European listings business also delivered a solid third quarter, and we are pleased to welcome [ Verisure ] to the Stockholm market in October, the largest European IPO since 2022.
Increasing IPO activity signals promising developments in the public markets. We see meaningful momentum, particularly among companies with strong fundamentals and compelling growth stories. From a macroeconomic perspective, continued global uncertainty is impacting certain sectors, resulting in some delays in IPOs. However, this dynamic is balanced by several trends, giving investors more confidence to invest in new issuances, including an expectation of lower cost of capital, the resilience of the U.S. economy and the deregulatory agenda in Washington.
Our IPO pipeline is robust, and we continue to expect a meaningful pickup in IPO activity in the quarters ahead. While we are experiencing some short-term delays from the government shutdown, a strengthening foundation is in place and the market is showing signs of durable reengagement.
We are also encouraged by recent announcements from the SEC aimed at improving the public company experience. There has been meaningful progress on the policy priorities we outlined at our March white paper, particularly across scaled disclosure release, smart regulation and efforts to modernize the proxy process. We're pleased that the SEC recently approved the ability to file IPO documentation with mandatory arbitration as a condition and we're encouraged by the administration's interest in reducing the frequency of SEC-mandated disclosures.
Moving to our data business. We delivered strong growth underpinned by robust sales and net retention as well as active retail engagement in the markets, which continues to drive usage. This quarter, we signed 5 enterprise license agreements, including a leading U.S. financial advisory firm, showcasing our continued momentum in this business.
In our index franchise, we continue to deliver strong growth. We had a record $91 billion in net inflows over the last 12 months and $17 billion in net inflows in the quarter. We exited the quarter with ETP AUM of $829 billion, an all-time high. We also continue to deliver on our 3 growth pillars of product innovation, international expansion and institutional adoption. We launched 30 new index products in the quarter, including 18 international products and 13 in the institutional insurance annuity space.
Within Workflow and Insights, our Corporate Solutions and Analytics businesses benefited from new product innovations that are expanding the ways we add value to our clients. In Corporate Solutions, while the corporate buying environment in the business remains muted, our targeted investments in our product capabilities and client engagement are building on our foundation and resulting in improving growth in net retention.
In Analytics, we're focusing our efforts on enhancing investment capabilities and expanding our role across the broader investment management workflows through partnerships, setting the stage for meaningful and sustained growth. In Q3, we were pleased to sign an agreement with Juniper Square, a fund operations partner to more than 2,000 private market GPs to distribute investment data through Juniper Square's fundraising platform.
We're expanding the scale and reach of our unique data assets to meet the evolving needs of our clients and to enhance the value that we bring to asset owners and asset managers, including in the private market space. Since the beginning of 2025, we have nearly doubled the number of private funds covered with an investment to 60,000 funds supporting growth in new sales and upsells. Earlier this month, we completed the sale of Nasdaq Solovis to Insight Partners. While Solovis has valuable portfolio management capabilities to asset owners, we determined that its offerings were not a strategic fit within our portfolio and provide limited integrated value to the eVestment analytics platform. We believe Solovis will be better positioned to grow and thrive under new ownership that is more closely aligned with this long-term direction.
Turning next to Financial Technology. We delivered strong growth across all subdivisions. This was driven by sustained global demand for our mission-critical technologies and successful execution by our teams. Our sales execution remained robust as we signed 65 new clients, 4 cross-sells and 97 upsells during the quarter.
Turning now to a review of the subdivisions, starting with financial crime management technology. Nasdaq Verafin had another solid quarter of execution across its client base, which now totals more than 2,700 financial institutions representing more than $11 trillion in collective assets.
During the quarter, we signed Goldman Sachs as a new Nasdaq Verafin client. This cross-sell for our consortium-based payments fraud solution expands Nasdaq's relationship with the bank, demonstrating the strength of our One NASDAQ strategy.
In regulatory technology, we continue to see strong momentum with 6 new clients, 2 cross-sells and 31 upsells in surveillance and 22 upsells for AxiomSL. In the quarter, we are pleased to partner with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or the CFTC, to enhance its market surveillance and fraud detection capabilities by signing with us to deploy Nasdaq's industry-leading suite of surveillance technology.
Additionally, early in the fourth quarter, we signed an AxiomSL cross-sell to a global Tier 1 bank for an enterprise cloud deployment, demonstrating how we are using both the scale of our solutions and the trust we've established across multiple products to reinforce our leading market position.
Capital Markets Technology also delivered a solid quarter with strong sales momentum. We maintained robust client engagement in the third quarter and saw persistent demand for our technology solutions. Market Technology secured 5 upsells and Calypso signed 4 new clients and 39 upsells.
Now turning to Market Services. The division continues to deliver double-digit organic net revenue growth, reflecting broad-based strength across our U.S. and European markets. Growth resulted from elevated volumes in U.S. options and U.S. equities as well as excellent growth in index options trading. We generated record revenues and volumes in the U.S. options in the third quarter with the industry experiencing 6 of the top 10 volume days in history measured by options contracts traded, with a subsequent record established in October.
Within our U.S. options business, NASDAQ index options volumes also hit record levels in the third quarter with a subsequent record established in October. In U.S. equities, industry volumes remained robust during the summer months and have persisted into the fall. NASDAQ listed securities currently represent 53% of total industry volume, up from 49% a year ago, which demonstrates the strength of our platform as a trusted source to attract issuers and capital into the most liquid and transparent market in the world. In September, Nasdaq's Closing Cross set a daily notional value record.
In summary, our strong third quarter performance reflects solid momentum across all 3 divisions, driven by disciplined execution of our teams across our diversified businesses including continued progress on our strategic priorities of integrate, innovate and accelerate. Within our integrated priority, we're extremely pleased that we surpassed our expanded net expense efficiency target with over $150 million actions as of the end of the quarter. We achieved a gross leverage ratio of 3.1x at quarter end. In addition, S&P recognized our deleveraging progress with an upgrade of the company's senior unsecured debt rating from BBB to BBB+ on August 12, which results in both rating agencies having upgraded us back to our [ pre-Adenza ] acquisition levels.
Within our Innovate priority, we're pioneering the use of new technologies across the financial system and forming innovative partnerships to support our growth. This quarter, we submitted a filing to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission to leverage our existing resilient trading infrastructure that, if approved, will enable equity securities and exchange traded funds to be traded on the NASDAQ stock market in traditional and tokenized form. Our proposal is for the underlying security itself to be tokenized, preserving investors' rights and benefits of share ownership.
Turning to AI implementation in our solutions. In Corporate Solutions, over 800 clients have opted into our AI-powered Board summarization tools within Boardvantage. Our AI features with IR Insight drive efficiency and IR officer workflows, particularly related to deriving insights and connecting successfully with investors. In financial crime management technology, we're experiencing enthusiastic engagement with our clients in our rollout of Nasdaq Verafin's Agentic AI workforce that we announced in Q3. The suite of digital workers is a new solution, which we're offering to our existing client base to help address the resource-intensive pain points and daily compliance workflows.
The first digital worker is our digital sanctions analyst, which we launched this month into production. Our next digital worker, a digital enhanced due diligence analyst is on track for release by the end of the year.
This quarter, Nasdaq Verafin also announced a strategic partnership with BioCatch, a leader in behavioral and device intelligence. In Phase 1 of our partnership, where we've integrated BioCatch's alerts into the workflow of Verafin's anti-financial crime solution and launched a joint go-to-market campaign with Verafin's SMB segment, which is generating strong early engagement. Looking ahead, we plan to work with BioCatch to accelerate our expansion into enterprise banks and international markets.
Lastly, within our Accelerate priority, our One Nasdaq strategy continues to deliver driving 4 cross-sell wins across financial technology in the quarter for a total of 30 cross-sells since the [ Addenda ] acquisition closed. At the end of the quarter, cross-sells accounted for over 15% of financial technology sales pipeline, and we remain on track to surpass $100 million in run rate revenue from cross-sells by the end of 2027.
We're also proud to see the impact of our transformation reinforced externally. Nasdaq made its first ever parents on Interbrand's best global brands, an annual ranking of the top 100 most valuable brands, reflecting the critical role we play across the world's economies.
Looking ahead to the remainder of 2025, Nasdaq remains well positioned to continue to deliver for our clients and shareholders as we head into the final months of the year with strong momentum across our platform.
With that, I'll now turn the call over to Sarah to provide more details on our financial results.
Thank you, Adena, and good morning, everyone. In the third quarter of 2025, Nasdaq delivered another strong quarter with 19% EPS growth. We surpassed the EPS accretion milestone provided when we acquired Adenza, achieving our goal 6 months ahead of plan.
Let's start with quarterly results on Slide 11. We reported net revenue of $1.3 billion, up 11% with solutions revenue up 10%, exceeding $1 billion for the first time. Operating expense was $583 million, up 5%, leading to an operating margin of 56% and EBITDA margin of [ 58% ], both up 2 percentage points over the prior year quarter. This resulted in net income of $511 million and diluted EPS of $0.88.
Slide 12 shows the drivers of our 11% net revenue growth for the quarter. We generated 8 percentage points of Alpha driven by new and existing clients and product innovation. Beta factors contributed 3 percentage points of growth this quarter, driven by elevated volumes in Market Services, and higher valuation in NASDAQ indices.
As shown on Slide 13, we achieved a third consecutive quarter of 9% ARR growth, including 12% in fintech and ARR surpassed $3 billion for the first time. Total SaaS revenues grew 12% for a second consecutive quarter, including 17% SaaS word in fintech. SaaS as a percentage of ARR increased 1 percentage points versus the prior year quarter to 38%.
Let's review division results starting on Slide 14. In capital asset platforms, we delivered revenue of $546 million, up 8%, with ARR growth of 6%. Data & Listing revenue was up 6% with ARR up 7%. Data revenue growth was driven by new sales, upsells and usage. We also had improved Listings revenue growth due to the increase in IPO activity. Both from new listing and pricing was partially offset by delisting and lower amortization of prior period initial listing fees. This is consistent with our previous comments and our previously stated expectations of this impact in the fourth quarter remain unchanged.
Index revenue was up 13% in the quarter, with 9 percentage points from Alpha factors. Revenue growth was driven by a 35% increase in average [indiscernible], which reached a record $777 billion. The strong growth of AUM was partially offset by a year-over-year decline in derivative contract volumes, mix shift in asset-based products and derivatives as well as a decline in revenue from discontinued advertising on nasdaq.com.
Net inflows over the last 12 months reached a record $91 billion, including $17 billion in the third quarter. In Wealth Fund Insights, revenue was up 5% with ARR growth of 4%. The revenue increase was driven primarily by analytics, mainly investment and data link, with continued demand from hedge funds, asset managers, asset owners and consultants who value our differentiated data and continued product enhancements.
Corporate Solutions revenue was essentially flat, but we saw improving new sales as well as better growth and net retention trends. Quarterly operating margin for the division was 60%, up 2 percentage points versus the prior year quarter.
Before we wrap up on CAP, the impact of the October 16 Solovis sale will be approximately $7 million to $8 million in quarterly revenue with approximately $6 million in direct quarterly costs.
Moving to Financial Technology on Slide 15. Revenue was $457 million, up 13% with ARR growth of 12%. Our business continues to experience strong demand across all fintech subdivisions and high levels of client engagement. The division signed 65 new clients, 97 upsells and 4 cross sales in the quarter. [ Cross ] sales continue to represent over 15% of the Financial Technology division pipeline with strength across all 3 subdivisions. Financial client management technology revenue grew 22% with ARR growth of 18%. We signed 55 new SME clients in the third quarter. Net revenue retention was 111%, reflecting strong client engagement supported by the increasing adoption of the GenAI entity Research CoPilot and targeted typology analytics.
We also had continued momentum with enterprise clients, including the cross-sell to Goldman Sachs which Adena mentioned earlier. With that, we are at 6 new enterprise client signings so far this year, which is more than triple the number of enterprise signings in 2024 and more than double the ACV.
As the business continues to make strong progress in moving upmarket, we want to reiterate that sales cycle and time to value for Tier 1 and Tier 2 deals can take time to flow into subscription revenue run rate. We continue to expect the recent enterprise signings to translate into stronger revenue growth starting in the fourth quarter, consistent with our comments last quarter.
Regulatory Technologies revenue grew 9% with ARR up 11% for the quarter, reflecting a decline in professional services revenue versus the prior year period, which we expected and communicated on the second quarter call. The sub division signed 6 new clients, 53 upsells and 3 cross sales. Revenue growth reflects solid performance and we continue to expect professional services revenue to start to improve in the fourth quarter and early 2026.
Capital Markets Technology revenue grew 12%, benefiting from strong performance in trade management services and a contribution from Calypso upfront revenue. ARR was up 10% for the quarter. The sub division signed 4 new clients and 44 upsells.
Financial Technology operating margin was 45%, up 1.5 percentage points versus the prior year quarter.
As we wrap up our Solutions division, we continue to expect full year 2025 revenue growth within the medium-term outlook for both capital access platforms and financial technology, with capital access platforms at slightly above the high end of the range coming from continued strength in index growth and slightly better-than-expected performance in data and listings.
Within fintech, we have great business momentum in financial client management technology. But based on the performance of the first 3 quarters of the year, we are expecting the business to end or just below the range.
Turning to Market Services on Slide 16. We had net revenue of $303 million, reflecting growth of 13%. Growth was primarily driven by elevated market-wide equity volumes, record U.S. option industry volumes, increased volumes and capture in index options with index options revenue more than doubling versus the prior year period, and elevated capture in European derivatives. This was partially offset by lower share in U.S. options, lower capture in U.S. equities, which our team is managing actively and effectively in a competitive landscape, and lower USA plant revenue versus the prior year quarter, which included a previously disclosed $3 million benefit, reflecting cumulative audit and other onetime benefits. Market Services operating margin was 65%, up 5 percentage points versus the prior year quarter due to higher revenue.
Moving to expense on Slide 17. We had operating expense of $583 million, up 5%, driven by employee compensation, strong investments in technology and people to support revenue and drive innovation and growth and other increases largely due to inflation. This resulted in an operating margin and EBITDA margin both up 2 percentage points to 56% and 58%, respectively.
We are updating our organic expense expectations for the year to a range of $2.305 billion to $2.335 billion from the previous range of $2.295 billion to $2.335 billion. This update reflects our strong revenue growth throughout the year, continued investments in our technology and people and the sale of Solovis just closed, which was mostly offset by FX.
Lastly on expense. We have surpassed our expanded net expense efficiency program target of $140 million with over $150 million in cost reduction actions, as of the end of the third quarter. On taxes, while we believe our previous 2025 non-GAAP tax rate guidance of 22.5% to 24.5% is an appropriate expected tax range, we are lowering our full year tax guidance to 22.5% to 23.5% due to some discrete items, that's the word of tax rate in this third quarter.
Turning to capital allocation on Slide 18. NASDAQ generated free cash flow of $516 million in the third quarter and $2.1 billion in free cash flow over the last 12 months, at a strong conversion ratio of 110%. The strong level of cash flow supports our dividend, deleveraging and share repurchases. We paid a dividend of $0.27 per share or $155 million in the quarter, representing a 33% annualized payout ratio. In our continued commitment towards deleveraging, we repurchased $69 million of debt and reached a gross leverage ratio of 3.1x at the end of the quarter, which was an improvement of 0.1x from the second quarter. We expect to reach 3.0 by the end of the year, excluding the effects of FX. We also repurchased a total of 1.2 million shares of our common stock for $115 million in the third quarter.
In closing, NASDAQ delivered excellent results in a dynamic operating environment while demonstrating strong operating leverage. Our third quarter financial results, particularly the new record in quarterly solutions revenue and ARR reflects our transformation into a leading technology platform. We remain confident in our ability to achieve our strategic objectives, deliver sustainable growth and generate long-term shareholder value. With that, let's open the line to Q&A.
[Operator Instructions] And I show our first question comes from the line of Michael Cho from JPMorgan.
2. Question Answer
I just wanted to touch on digital assets here for my question. Adena, you talked about some listing surveillance today as well as the ongoing tokenization initiative, but there seems to be a growing presence in digital assets and [indiscernible], various businesses. Can you just talk through any particular areas where you think Nasdaq has a propensity to drive higher growth? And is there a broader approach to frame the opportunity had NASDAQ as the digital ecosystem continues to develop?
Great. Thank you, Michael. Yes. Well, we've been involved with the digital asset ecosystem now for many years as a technology provider, and we continue to grow and expand in that way. So we definitely see our fintech solutions being highly relevant as the digital asset ecosystem grows, expands and more institutional interest in digital assets becomes more mainstream. So we're very excited about what we do in terms of supporting markets around the world with trading technologies, surveillance technology. We now have trade surveillance technology that is specific to crypto assets.
And then we also provide -- we're working with the digital asset ecosystem on collateral management capabilities. We did a POC earlier this year with some digital players to help show that we can use blockchain-based technology to manage collateral. So we're doing a lot to support the trade infrastructure solutions as we think about the institutional adoption of digital assets. So very excited in the fintech space.
And then in the index space, we have investable products -- index products that we've launched with crypto assets and we also, of course, are the listing exchange to EBIT and other crypto index ETFs. So we see ourselves as having kind of a broad-based opportunity across, frankly, our entire franchise. And then as a market operator, we are encouraged by the fact that the SEC and the CCC are cooperating together and thinking about the regulatory landscape for the crypto markets. And that, obviously, as we understand what that regulatory landscape is going to look like and as we think about investor protection and the need for us to -- the need for us to be able to provide resilient infrastructure, we also think that there could be an opportunity for us to expand there. But we really want to make sure that we understand the regulatory landscape and see where that's going first.
And I show our next question in the queue comes from the line of Michael Cyprys from Morgan Stanley.
Maybe just along the same themes, just digging in a little bit on tokenization, if we could. You've announced a proposal to allow for tokenized securities to trade on your exchange. I was hoping you could elaborate on how you envision that working? What are some of the key issues and hurdles that need to be resolved? And more broadly, how do you think about some of the use cases? What do you think is most compelling and who would be minting the token and how would that mechanically work?
Well, that probably requires a deeper conversation, but I'll give you a high-level overview. As we think about the activation filing, the way that we envision it and how we've discussed it with the SEC and with our clients is that, on an order-by-order basis an investor will be able to flag in order to say that I want these shares that I'm buying to be settled in a tokenized form and put into digital wallet. So that flag would flow through our systems and into the post-trade systems. We're working collaboratively with DTCC to understand exactly how they would then have 2 different settlement paths. Think about it that way, that there are 2 different settlement has that they are developing, which would either settle it normal way or settle it into a digital wallet infrastructure.
They have, I think, that they're working with their clientele, but they're looking at different -- a couple of different blockchains to be able to launch with. And then I think their hope would be to be able to offer more than 1 underlying blockchain technology that investors will be able to choose to settle in. And then basically, that path would then drive it into a digital wallet, that digital wallet will then be available to those investors through their brokerage firm or through their investment management firm that gives them access to the securities in a way that might be more fungible and more usable within their overall investment portfolio that may include other digitized -- digitized financial assets.
So it's really -- it's -- think about it this way. Our markets are the most liquid, efficient, affordable markets for investors to trade in. And we're really proud of that. It's an incredible creation that the U.S. markets have here in the U.S. equities market. So the first thing is let's make sure we don't do anything that changes the nature of our markets and providing all those benefits.
But the next thing is, let's offer investors more choice. And the choice is that they want to have their securities available to them in digital form or tokenized form. And we're doing that with the underlying infrastructure providers. We're making it so that the underlying equity itself is tokenized and it's not a derivative of the equity. It's the actual equity itself. And we're also not changing -- we're not changing the overall settlement cycles as we kind of walk into this. I think that there's going to -- you've got to look at kind of a walk run type of program here and the overall timing of settlement will remain the same.
But when we think longer term as to like why is tokenized , why would tokenize equities, who benefits from that? And how does that become a benefit for the system? If you think about all assets, whether it's tokenized equities or treasuries or others being in a tokenized form, it allows for the mobility of collateral, right? So it allows us to look at collateral as a much more mobile. Obviously, our Calypso platform helps with that collateral mobility over time.
We also think that if you are able to change the settlement cycles over time, it does continue to reduce risk in the system. And then also, it can also create capital efficiencies if you have a more seamless payment infrastructure to support global payments. So we are a supporter of it. We do believe our markets are, frankly, the best in the world, and we want to make sure we maintain that while we bring this technology into them in a staged process.
And I show our next question in the queue comes from the line of Benjamin Budish from Barclays.
I know it's a little maybe early to talk about your 2026 outlook. But just curious on the OpEx side, it looks like your full year guidance implies much slower year-over-year growth in Q4. In your prior medium-term guidance, you laid out this sort of 3 percentage point gap between your expected solutions growth and OpEx growth, assuming that the OpEx was sort of flex up and down with solutions, but creating some operating leverage there. There's a number of initiatives you're talking about Telkonized equities. You've talked in the past about upgrading to be able to operate the exchanges [indiscernible].
So just curious, given the revenue momentum, any early thoughts you can share on what the pace of spend looks like going into next year.
Yes. I would describe our trajectory as consistent. So what you're seeing is very much in line with the medium-term outlook that you just mentioned. We are experiencing, as you have seen over the last 3 quarters, this one included, that we have very strong revenue, very strong solutions revenues being in double digit for both of those for the -- each of the 3 quarters. And not surprisingly, this is resulting in some volume-related expenses PAUSE and we are continuing to fuel the investments, all of the things that Adena just mentioned are very much funded in the guidance that we have given you for the full year.
Yes. As we think about ongoing investments, what we want to make sure is we believe that we are a provider of solutions that help the entire financial ecosystem modernize. And those investments are embedded in what we've provided you in our guidance for this year. And as Sarah said, we kind of think of ourselves as consistent in how we sponsor investments in our platform. We have very robust product road maps across our solutions, our technology solutions. The [indiscernible] trading is embedded in kind of the outlook that we've provided to you and as we think about that investment and going into '26.
So all of those things are incorporated into how we're thinking about the investment landscape within the business while also taking that efficiency program and factoring that in as well to help us fund these kind of H1, H2, what we call Horizon 1, Horizon 2 types of investments, we're trying to make sure we're driving as much efficiency into the core enterprise as we can.
And I share your next question comes from the line of Alex Kramm from UBS.
It sounds like the Fin Crime business is maybe the only business that's kind of lagging your expectations for the year a little bit. I know you gave a lot of detail already what's going on there, but maybe you can kind of flesh out a little bit more what exactly is driving the maybe slower-than-expected expectation? And what gives you confidence to accelerate here in the fourth quarter.
And maybe related to that, I think last quarter, you talked about a proof of concept with a European bank. Any update on that one would be helpful as well?
Thanks, Alex. Yes. So as we think about the overall antifinancial crime business with Verafin, we have -- as you know, there's kind of 3 legs to our growth journey. One is in the SMB space, the small to medium banks, and we continue to see very robust sales, very strong engagement. We have new opportunities to grow and expand in that space with the BioCatch partnership and kind of the way that we have structured that partnership to offer new capabilities to our clientele with integrated workflows to make it so it's a very seamless experience for them. And then also the new Agentic AI capabilities will be a new module that we will offer and sell to them. So we have ways to continue to expand the growth there.
And that's kind of -- that's kind of the core of the business. It has been the core of the business. As we've gone into the enterprise space, we're going to see a little bit more variability quarter-over-quarter in ARR growth and growth because we're first, we're implementing those solutions. So that creates some implementation revenue that may not be completely consistent quarter-over-quarter. Secondly, as you've seen, we've signed 3x more enterprise clients this year than we did last year so far. And so we definitely want to make sure that we're in the midst of implementing them and they should come online and help drive more ARR growth in future quarters as we come online.
And then we also then have our international expansion, and we're extremely early there. We are very encouraged by what we've seen from the proof of concept so far, and we are engaging with several clients across Europe. But it's going to take time for that pillar to come online because these sales cycles are not short. We're trying to -- we're wanting to make sure we prove ourselves to a whole new set of clientele in a different region of the world. And we actually do think over time also the BioCatch partnership will help -- will help with that whole program because they are very global in their clientele, and they can help introduce us just as we're introducing them to ours.
So there's a lot of reasons why we see a lot of momentum in the business, and we do think that it should show an improving trajectory, as we said earlier, as we go towards the end of the year and into next year.
And I show our next question comes from the line of Dan Fannon from Jefferies.
I wanted to follow up on capital markets technology. You talked about trade management services in the quarter as well as some data center growth. So just curious, a little bit more detail around the momentum in that business as we think about the fourth quarter as well as into next year?
Sure. Well, Capital Markets contains 3 key businesses. We have our Market Tech business, our Calypso business and the Trade Management Services business, which includes the connectivity services for our markets in the U.S. and Europe. And what we've been seeing is really strong demand for connectivity services in our markets as you've seen the market volumes be very robust. I think that supports the interest that our clients have and driving more connectivity capabilities and putting more technology in the data center to support that trading activity.
We have increased the size of the data center, which has given us more room to support that growth and we have a lot of engagement with clients there that's driven the growth this year. And then we also within Calypso, we continue to see very robust demand for Calypso and we're very pleased to see that the clients are looking at us as a core partner across collateral management, treasury management, trading risk management, all of those solutions are being quite successful. I think that there are certain areas of the world also that we've seen nice growth with our Calypso services, particularly in Latin America has been an area of real growth for us there.
And then in our Market Tech business, Latin America, again, is an area that we've done a nice job of expanding our presence there, and we have had some good upsells to our clients this quarter. And overall, new sales for the year have remained nicely -- very nice. So we see just generally speaking, a healthy environment as we finish up the year and going into next year.
And I show our next question comes from the line of Alex Blostein from Goldman Sachs.
Slightly bigger picture question for you on AI broadly. In the last couple of months or quarters, the market continues to sort of contemplate various areas of potential disruption, whether it's in business services or other type of software businesses as well. So a 2-part question here. So I guess one, curious how you sort of think about areas of risk when it comes to AI with respect to Nasdaq's revenue model, and as an offset potentially incremental revenue opportunities as well as areas where the expenses could also be sort of pivoted and way you guys could extrapolate some efficiencies relative to the sort of 5% to 8% expense growth that you have over time?
Great. Thanks, Alex. I think we feel very protected as a business in the way that kind of the core assets of our business very protected from the potential risks that might come from AI. But we actually see it very much as just a big opportunity. So one is we have 2 programs within NASDAQ. One is focused on AI and the products and the other is focused on AI on the business. So how are we changing our business operations to integrate this technology across key areas of workflow.
We're focused, first and foremost, on product development, because it's such a big part of our business. It's a large part of our organization. And what we're focused on there is how do we use as much automation as possible to drive efficiency in what we call [ 80 work ], like the core, like keep the lights on type of activities for our products because that's generally the most repetitive activity. It's generally kind of the small things we have to do. It's a very nice opportunity for us to drive automation across the product development life cycle.
And that then frees up capital for us and freeing up resources for us to focus on Horizon 1 and Horizon 2 opportunities in the products. And support those robust road maps that I mentioned. And that, I think, is a big opportunity for us. And so we are really focused on that area.
The second is on client experience and client implementations, where we're trying to drive as much automation in those areas as well because it just drives efficiency in how we serve our clients and improves the outcomes for our clients because our answers can be very consistent in how we interact with them can be very consistent in addition to driving automation and client implementation. So those areas are where we're really focused on, scale the implementation of AI on the business.
And then in the products, we have, first of all, a product suite that requires an enormous amount of expertise. These are very custom-tailored solutions to the needs of our clients that are very sophisticated, very complex. And I think that, first and foremost, is an important element of differentiation. The second, of course, is we have highly differentiated data, whether it's a [indiscernible] lake within investment, within Verafin. Obviously, the data that comes off our markets. And as we have actually looked at other of our solutions, and we've moved more of our solutions into cloud technology, it gives us a chance to have more data assets really aggregated to benefit and improve the products and provide differentiation in these products. So the data itself, I think, is a real differentiator.
And then the last thing is that we've been so focused on making sure that we modernize our solutions and offer them and bring AI into the products themselves so that we can make workflows a lot more efficient. The Agentic AI that we've launched in Verafin, in some cases, we've seen situations where it reduces the workflow time by 80%. So it is going to deliver a very strong ROI to our clients, and we think of that as a huge benefit. And we see those opportunities across anti-fin crime, surveillance, regulatory reporting in Axiom and in Calypso. So we think that there's chances -- a chance for us to really propagate that across our platforms and deliver real value to our clients.
So we're excited about what we can do for our clients, and we are actively pursuing that as a core part of our strategy.
And I show our next question comes from the line of Brian Bedell from Deutsche Bank.
Maybe just along those lines, actually the last question on the digital AI workers as well as you talked about earlier Adena. Just maybe relaying that to the revenue synergy targets of exceeding $100 million before the end of 2027. Do you see the emergence of your AI solutions helping to advance that faster. And if you can just remind us where you are currently on that revenue synergy target as we go into 2026?
Yes. So as we've mentioned, we've been disclosing the number of clients that we've been able to achieve for our cross-sells, and that is -- we're up to 30 cross-sells so far since the closing of the Adenza deal. And so we do -- and we also provide you a consistent statistic that says that how much of our pipeline is underpinned by cross-sells. And that's about 15%, and that's been persistent, which we think is a strong indication of demand. So even as we're signing those cross-sells, we're replenishing the pipeline with more cross-sell opportunities. So that consistency, I think, is very encouraging.
In terms of the AI and how that can help, absolutely. I mean, I think the more we can deliver those advanced solutions that really help clients change the way that they are doing their own workflows, and we can bring capabilities into these solutions with a very robust from a cybersecurity perspective, from an expertise perspective, and they know that we're a trusted provider and a trusted partner, we're a critical infrastructure provider ourselves. So we know how important it is to do these things the right way. I feel that our clients are really embracing us to provide those solutions to them. And I think that will, of course, continue to support our cross-sell efforts, and give us -- and I think also, we are seeing a lot of the upsells are because of the GenAI capabilities that we're offering in our solutions. So it is definitely a catalyst, but it's giving us increased confidence.
And I show our next question comes from the line of Eli Aboud from Bank of America.
To what extent is the BioCatch announcement, the one-off partnership versus an adjustment in your strategy at Verafin. I know the AML fraud space has a lot of start-up activity. I wonder if there are other firms in the ecosystem that would pay for access to the Verafin network. I mean, maybe said a little differently, like could Verafin become more of a platform provider than a vendor?
Yes. So actually, we see Verafin already, certainly architecturally Verafin is a platform, like the way that it's architected, the platform layer, the ability to integrate through modern APIs, very much built for that to be a possibility. And so that integration of BioCatch alerts into our workflows has been quite seamless and it's an easy integration.
But BioCatch itself actually is quite a scaled business. I have to say, it's a global business. It's not a U.S.-based business, but it's a very scaled business. It's growing very nicely, and it has a large client base outside the U.S. So we are really pleased to have them as a partner. So just to give just like 1 second on BioCatch itself and then I'll think about how do we also see this as a natural way to expand and extend what we do. BioCatch focuses on pre-transaction signals. So they integrate into bank applications so that they can understand the behaviors within those applications. And when they see the potential for, let's say, an account takeover, or they see the potential for a client of the bank to be instructed by someone that is not them or they see behavior in the actual app that's different than normal behavior by the client. They then send an alert to the bank, and the bank can then choose to stop the transaction before it occurs.
It's really elegant, it's very advanced, and it's using the same kind of AI -- algorithm AI that we use post transaction or at the transaction after. So by integrating their pre-transaction analytics with our at and after transaction analytics, it really does create a complete solution for our bank clients to really take down the potential fraud to occur within their systems. And so we're very excited to have that partnership because it's just a way for us to add even more value to the clients.
And then the workflows themselves by having their alerts in our workflow engine and makes the small to medium banks, they have limited clients, a number of people who can support this. So it makes it much easier for them to manage their workflows. So it's a really great way to show that we can expand our capabilities through partnerships. And I would agree that this is the first, but we do see other opportunities going forward.
And I show our next question comes from the line of Ashish Sabadra from RBC Capital Markets.
I just wanted to focus on the regtech. We continue to see good momentum there. But just wanted to understand how are the conversations with the bank or your customers in general on the regulatory technology solutions. And then just maybe a follow-up on the CFTC partnership. How should we think about the benefit of the partnership outside of CFTC?
Sure. Yes, it's really been great to see the momentum in both AxiomSL and surveillance. So there are a few things. So on AxiomSL, we've definitely had more engagement by our clients since we've gone through the year. The regulatory environment is becoming a little bit more clear. And so that's helping clients make decisions and partner with us. And what we always say is deregulation is actually overall a good thing for the industry if we can do it in a smart way. So smart deregulation is always a port. And so -- but at the same time, regulatory changes and having -- there still is regulation across the world. And there are so many different regulators and they're all kind of going in different directions that, we AxiomSL remains just an incredibly valuable capability for our clients.
And as we mentioned in early October, we signed another global Tier 1 [indiscernible] -- our cloud delivered solutions for AxiomSL supporting them in new areas of regulatory reporting. So very, very excited about showing that expansion in addition to all the upsells we had in the quarter.
So AxiomSL has strong demand. And then within surveillance, that also has been a very persistent grower with new sales and upsells and CFTC is a great example where if we can go in and we have more of more regulators around the world using market surveillance, then they kind of are the center. If they're using it, then it kind of catalyzes the member firms to that regulator to say, "Oh, well, if they think this is the best technology, then maybe I should look at it as the best technology. And so it can drive sales conversations out into the trading firms that are tied to that regulator.
And we've seen that also in another example of that was in [indiscernible], which was for AxiomSL, but a similar idea where if you provide regulatory reporting to the central regulator and then they encourage the banks to use the same technology to drive their regulatory reporting into that regulator, it kind of creates that really nice network effect. And we see that across Calypso, AxiomSL and Surveillance as a good way to expand the business.
And I show our next question comes from the line of Owen Lau from Claire Street.
Sorry, I was on another call, so I'm not sure whether you have addressed the tokenization question. So NASDAQ filed with the SEC to trade tokenize equities. Could you please give us an updated view on using blockchain to trade an already very liquid market? How do you see the incremental opportunity here? Is it something that you want to keep this in your back pocket at this point? Or you have already seen a good demand to trade tokenize equities for U.S. and non-U.S. investors?
Thanks, Owen. Yes, we did actually cover that topic earlier, but the angle of your question is a little different. So I think we started the conversation by saying the U.S. equities markets are the most liquid, the most efficient, effective and affordable markets, if you look at just overall trading costs in the world. I mean they're just amazing -- they're amazing markets. So the first thing we want to do is make sure we don't do anything that disrupts the -- everything that we've created here. But what we do see is a natural extension and expansion of the market opportunity is to create the choice for investors to be able to hold their shares in a tokenized form or in a traditional form.
And that just gives them more ability to have flexibility as to how they manage their overall investment portfolio. And we are -- there is certainly, with an overall trend towards tokenization is just a great technology that create streamlines that creates kind of a streamlined payment infrastructure and the potential for more efficiency and post-trade processing. But the first stage of our program is to introduce organization at the core equity level, security level, not as a derivative of the security, but at the security itself. Keeping that all in the markets and the trading within the market itself and then also over time, working with core infrastructure providers like DTC and others to create more efficiency in post trade.
But we are very well partnered with DTC as they're evaluating and implementing this as a first step.
And I show -- last question in the queue comes from the line of Jeff Schmitt from William Blair.
On the Axiom to Calypso cross-selling opportunities, I know some of [indiscernible] never really kind of fully monetized that avenue. But are you doing anything different than they did? And just are you seeing those opportunities pick up under your leadership?
Yes. I mean the first thing that actually they had done before we acquired the 2 businesses as they created a data connector between Axiom and Calypso so that if you were already Calypso client using it for trade infrastructure, the data from Calypso could easily be sent over into AxiomSL, which would help ease the implementation of AxiomSL for the regulatory reporting off the back of that trade infrastructure. So that was something that they had implemented and we were very excited about that because we could, I think we actually gave an example of that at our Investor Day with M&T Bank. So it was a really good way to kind of ease implementation and create more natural consistency.
And we continue to find ways to create those connectors across the solutions. But also as we think about engaging our clients, the higher up in the clients you go, the more holistic the conversation becomes. If you're the COO of a bank or the Chief Risk Officer of a bank, you're going to be looking holistically at, how do I manage risk? How do I manage the regulators? How do I manage crime out of the systems -- out of the networks? And so when we get to that level, and we can have those holistic conversations, I think Nasdaq has been very successful at doing, probably beyond the capabilities of Adenza, it really changes the dialogue with the clients.
The best question that I get from the clients are, what are other banks taking that I'm not taking from you? I love that question because it creates a much more holistic conversation in terms of how we can support them holistically across the core risk management and trading, the regulatory risk management that they have, and then the bank risk management across the transactions. And then, of course, we then can expand that conversation over into their wealth side with the data and the index capabilities that we offer and it just kind of -- it just kind of flows across the bank in terms of how we support them in everything we do across CAP and our markets and fintech.
This concludes our Q&A. At this time, I'd like to turn the call back to Adena Friedman, President and CEO for closing remarks.
Great. Thank you very much for joining the earnings call today, and I look forward to speaking to all of you again in January. Thanks very much.
Thank you. This concludes today's conference call. Thank you for participating. You may now disconnect.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Nasdaq — Q3 2025 Earnings Call
Nasdaq — Q3 2025 Earnings Call
📊 Quartal auf einen Blick
- Umsatz: $1,3 Mrd. (+11% YoY) — angetrieben von Marktvolumina und Produktverkäufen.
- Solutions: >$1,0 Mrd. (+10%) — erstes Quartal über $1 Mrd., zeigt Transformation zur Technologieplattform.
- ARR: $3,0 Mrd. (+9%) — wiederkehrende Einnahmen stabil wachsend.
- Betriebsgewinn: $732 Mio. (+16%), operative Marge 56% (EBITDA 58%).
- EPS: $0,88, +19% verwässert — signifikante Profitabilitätshebel.
🎯 Was das Management sagt
- Plattform-Strategie: Nasdaq positioniert sich als Technologie- und Datenplattform; Solutions- und SaaS-Wachstum stehen im Fokus.
- KI & Partnerschaften: Ausbau von Agentic AI (Verafin) und Integration von BioCatch; KI soll Implementierungs‑ und Workflowkosten senken.
- Tokenisierung: Aktivierungsantrag bei der SEC zur Tokenisierung von Aktien; Zusammenarbeit mit DTCC für zwei Abwicklungswege, schrittweiser Rollout.
🔭 Ausblick & Guidance
- OpEx: organische Kosten nun $2,305–2,335 Mrd. (vorher $2,295–2,335 Mrd.) — leichtes Anheben wegen Investitionen.
- Steuern: erwarteter Non‑GAAP-Steuersatz gesenkt auf 22,5–23,5% für 2025.
- Kapital: Q3 FCF $516 Mio.; LTM FCF $2,1 Mrd.; Dividende $0,27; Aktienrückkäufe $115 Mio.; Ziel: Bruttoverschuldung 3,0x bis Jahresende (ohne FX).
- Guidance-Implikationen: Solutions bleiben stark; FinTech könnte am unteren Ende der Spanne enden.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Tokenisierung: Management betont Phasenansatz; regulatorische Klarheit (SEC, DTCC) und Wahl des Blockchain‑Backends sind entscheidend — kein festes Timing.
- AI‑Impact: Agentic AI soll Workflows deutlich beschleunigen (Management nennt bis zu ~80% Reduktion bei Einzelfällen), aber konkrete Umsatzwirkung noch nicht vollständig quantifiziert.
- FinCrime/Verafin: Mehr Enterprise‑Deals (3x YoY) bringen volatile ARR‑Effekte durch Implementierungszyklen; Management erwartet Beschleunigung ab Q4/2025.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Fazit: Starke operative Performance: höherer wiederkehrender Umsatz, verbesserte Margen, Cashflow und Deleveraging. Chancen: KI‑Produkte, Cross‑sells und Tokenisierung. Risiken: regulatorische Unsicherheit bei Tokenisierung und zeitliche Verzögerung beim Hochlauf großer Enterprise‑FinTech‑Deals.
Nasdaq — Barclays 23rd Annual Global Financial Services Conference
1. Question Answer
Good morning, everyone. Welcome to one of our first presentations here at Barclays for our 23rd Annual Global Financial Services Conference. And if you don't know me, I'm Ben Budish, I cover the U.S. brokers, asset managers and exchanges. And really delighted to kick it off with Sarah Youngwood, CFO of Nasdaq. Sarah, welcome.
Thank you.
Thanks for joining us.
Well, great to have you kind of kicking off today. I mean, I feel like you guys always have a unique view into the macro backdrop. So could you perhaps, starting off, talk about what you're seeing coming out of a period of very intense volatility earlier in the year? How does the environment look for capital markets, IPOs, the fintech business? I think investors are always particularly curious about your near-term 6-, 12-month expectations for IPOs, how volumes looked year-to-date? I know there's a lot in there, but what are you seeing out there?
Yes. So if you kind of like go back to January, we entered the year with like 20% chance of recession, which is super low. And then got into further January and then February, March, April, May, somehow got to 60% risk of recession, which usually, by the time you're at 60%, it's exponential back into recession. But we managed back by May to be at 40%, and we've stayed around there since then. And that's actually just above the average. So fairly normal, not very elevated level.
When you look at what has happened in the meanwhile, what was interesting is that we actually had good activity. Even during that period, the first half we had -- in 2025, we had 50% more listings and 25% more value of those listings than a year ago for that first half.
So through that period of extreme volatility, that really was a sign that the market wanted to do more in the IPO market. We also were able to deliver, thanks to the diversification of the platform, very well, I would say, overall for Nasdaq with 12% revenue growth, with 10% solutions growth, 9% ARR growth. So I would say you wouldn't have imagined the [indiscernible] of the economic environment as you looked at the performance of both the IPO market as well as our performance.
Now the IPO market was a lot less than what had been anticipated as of January, but all of that pipeline stayed alive. And so what we saw is that right now, we are expecting a fairly strong second half with, of course, there's still elevated risk in the systems, 40% is not 20%. And -- but what we are seeing is momentum towards continuing to build on the strength of the IPOs that have gone.
So what's very important for the market is that what goes, goes well, that has been generally the case for what we have experienced. And then in terms of fintech, we talked about some of the slowdowns at some point. But by June, we made comments that, that had been resolved in terms of sales cycle. And so we're seeing also companies very much active and we have seen the resiliency of our products, but also the need to continue to do all of that for financial institutions in those type of markets.
Great. Well, you mentioned fintech, that's a good segue to go to the next couple of questions here. So maybe we'll start focusing on Verafin. You've been pushing more into Tier 1 and Tier 2 banks. Can you talk a little bit about how that's been going? What does the typical appetite look like across that client cohort? What are the solutions you're typically signing first? When you have a new enterprise client, what solutions follow? How is the overall progress going with this cohort?
Yes. So it was really our strategy, when we bought Verafin, to expand into not just SME, which was their core franchise, which is now 2,600 banks and was then, call it, 2,000 banks, and really go into enterprise and international. And in enterprise, we are now at 5 Tier 1s and what we've seen is really this first half, especially in the second quarter, some acceleration of the momentum.
So we were very pleased in the second quarter to have twice the amount of signing in those enterprises we had, had for all of 2024. And whereas that doesn't generate revenue in the second you announce it because of the time to value even once signed, it does generate the momentum that we were looking for as we think forward.
And in terms of like how it works for a Tier 1, well, we've got those 2,600 banks. So they create this consortium data, it's a moted data set under the PATRIOT Act. And so it becomes very important to get access to that because fraud goes to those who have the least protections and so why not add this Nasdaq service, Nasdaq Verafin service in financial client management as all of the banks are dealing with this 3 trillion issues.
And benefiting from the value of the others in the consortium is something which we provide. And the first solution usually, it can vary, but usually in our payment solution because it leverages this consortium.
Great. You mentioned briefly international because Europe has been another initiative. Can you talk about the progress there? I think in the past, you've talked about leveraging the Calypso footprint. What does the pipeline look like for Verafin in Europe? What types of banks are you seeing interested in the product there?
Yes. So what you're seeing in international is we launched it in Q4 '24, and so quite recent still. And by 2Q '25, we had the first POC. That time line is actually a fairly short time line, and it was a major Tier 1. And we are, of course, now translating that POC into a signing and then the time to value will generate revenue, that will take some time, but the receptivity in Nordic, in Europe is very strong.
We even have demand from the rest of the world, but we are not acting on all of that demand because at some point, we need to prioritize. There is one more thing, which is you might have seen that last week, we announced a partnership with BioCatch, which is the leading in behavioral intelligence. And when you combine the moted dataset that we have around consortium fraud data as well as behavioral insights then you start to have something that's extraordinarily powerful to fight financial crime and so we think that has a lot of merits internationally as well in the U.S.
Great. Maybe putting it all together, growth in Verafin has been at the low end of the mid-20s growth outlook, the expectation is that's going to be similar in 2025. How should investors think about the timing of a reacceleration here as these new initiatives start turning on a little bit? How do we think about sort of the cadence in the next 12 to 24 months? And given the medium-term target is an average target over that period as we go further out, do you think we can see growth above the mid-20s or is that sort of like the range to be thinking about?
So the medium-term outlook is in the mid-20s. As you know, as with the medium-term outlook, it can vary. So nothing exceptional about what's happening this year. There is some timing, especially with the enterprise deals. And what we've seen right now, and we've talked about it in the first and the second quarter, and so I'm not going to say anything that's different from that actually in here, is what's important is to get the momentum of the signings and by having gotten that and by also starting to do upsells, which we think is important and having time line of the upsells, which is much faster than the land, so when you expand is 50% faster than your land, you end up having the ingredients for an acceleration.
So we wanted to make sure that the market was certainly appreciating that it doesn't happen overnight, which is why we said starting in the fourth quarter. And in terms of like medium-term outlook, therefore, we feel good about it, but continue to maintain the same comments we have maintained for this year.
Understood. We've talked a bit -- you guys have talked publicly about AI quite a bit in the context of Verafin as well as elsewhere. Sticking with Verafin for just a moment longer. You've mentioned the agentic AI workforce last quarter. Can you maybe dig into this a little bit? Talk about what exactly is this doing for clients and what's the early feedback look like?
Yes. So this is super exciting to me. So we have this agentic AI. So this is a real agent that you insert into the triage workflow of a bank. And at that point, you can get, based on our early testing, about 80% of the alerts that don't need to be reviewed by humans. So basically, being able to assess whether there is a risk to do the finding, to do all of the things you need to do without the humans as what an actual agent can do, and if you can basically reduce the workload of the bank team by providing effectively agents for additional people in some ways, who can do that work for 80% of those sanctions, that's very powerful for sanctions.
So that's something which we are launching really now and the test -- the testing, because it's all testing for now with clients, has gone very well and that 80% is very powerful. And that's in addition to what we already had talked about, which was not an agent, but an aid in some ways to the humans where enhanced due diligence helped the humans really do all of their work with tremendous additional efficiencies. But it's really good to see that we were very early in the market in having the generative AI help the humans, and that we're able to take it one step further with 4 sanctions at least an agent.
Maybe pivoting to the regtech business. The regulatory environment still feels somewhat uncertain, particularly with some recent proposals around changes to the SLR. How is that evolving landscape affecting your sales conversations? How do you see it affecting the business moving forward?
Yes, so if you take a step back and you try to say over the last few years, whether I was a bank CFO now at Nasdaq, what are like the 2 topics that all of the banks really want to address, SLR and particularly the treasury in SLRs and Basel III end game. And I think it's very comforting that this government is actually tackling both. And so the meaning of SLR is less that we have a lot of pipelines associated with SLR because that's not specifically the case.
But the fact that they're addressing the right topic is encouraging that they are providing the certainty and also the advancements that the financial institutions, and therefore, us, since they are our clients, are looking for.
And then in terms of Basel III, very recently actually September 4, it seems like this is back on the agenda for probably the end of the year, it could be early 2026. But having it on the agenda for the FDIC, the Fed, the OCC, is an important thing to see, and that has actually real pipelines associated with it.
Okay. Pivoting to the capital markets technology, Calypso specifically. Earlier you mentioned the kind of previously communicated slow down to the sales cycle has kind of been reversed, but we're still seeing some tariff-related volatility. Can you walk us through a little bit what played out as the year progressed? How are sales conversations been lately? It sounds like you're mostly kind of through the woods there, but it seems like volatility is the new normal. So what are you hearing more recently?
Yes. We would say that the sales cycle are normal for our FinTech division at this point. I mean, don't forget that they are not exactly short sales cycle, but that is normal for us. But what we are seeing is that some of the delays, it's like basically, if you do a pause during the year, it carries its effect, which is what we described in the second quarter, but nothing more than that. What we are seeing is quite engaged dialogue with our clients, people continuing to have budgets for the important solutions that we have.
People finding the prioritization, if anything, the amount of signings that you saw reporting in the second quarter, not just for financial client management, which we just talked about, but across the platform, were very strong and very encouraging. And so that's a testament of not just people reengaging slowly in conversation, but actually yielding to inking. And so we're seeing that.
And I would say it's generally across the board with the only area, which we mentioned, continuing to be a bit slow is the start of the implementations, even of some of the signed things on regulatory and that's why it's so important to see the clarity that is now coming -- starting to come from Washington.
Great. Maybe thinking a bit about the cross-sell opportunity between Nasdaq's legacy product set and Calypso, Axiom. I think you've noted that cross sales are around 15% or more of the FinTech sales pipeline. How are you going after this opportunity? Maybe talk about what you're doing tactically? Where are the most natural areas of overlap for Nasdaq that didn't exist for Adenza on its own, but are available to you?
Yes. So this is, I never want to say, the most important part of the acquisition, but really a key part of the acquisition is to make sure that we do more together than they would have done alone. And so we've delivered very well on all of the expense side of the equation and overachieved there. But on the revenue side, the time line is just a bit longer. We had said by the end of 2027.
And so we're showing you the earlier indicators. That 15% is a good number. It's actually fascinating to see that 15, 1-5, percent of all of our FinTech pipeline is in cross-sells. And that means that we have results from the campaigns that we're doing. It's not just in one thing. So it could be offering a treasury product, for example, from Calypso -- a collateral product from Calypso to either an Axiom or Financial Crime Management.
Probably Financial Crime Management is the most likely case for that. Financial Crime Management is benefiting, as you just mentioned, from the sales force and distribution in Europe of Calypso, in particular, the Axiom, too. We are also seeing Axiom to Calypso because interestingly, that was not yet fully monetized by Thoma Bravo before they sent that to us.
And then what you're also seeing is beyond the campaigns, beyond the integration of sales force, you've got the additional relationships of Nasdaq, which bring credibility, trust with those large financial institutions and C-suite relationships.
Maybe one last question kind of on the fintech side, a little bit of a newer topic. But as you're looking forward, how are you thinking about new opportunities around digital assets, stablecoins, is there a future state where Nasdaq's exchanges facilitate the trading of tokenized stocks in and out of stablecoins or do the opportunities lie more on the infrastructure side? How are you thinking about the range of outcomes for you?
Yes. So what you will have seen, just this morning actually, is that we announced a rules change proposal towards Nasdaq offering the tokenization of equities and exchange-traded products on its markets. So offering that trading is very important. And also the solution, which is all detailed in this proposal, is simple, leverages the current infrastructure and all of the current market rules structure, which I think is really the best of both worlds to be able to take the innovation of digital assets and then embed them into the current infrastructure so that you benefit from the pillars, which we've always stood for as Nasdaq of liquidity, of integrity, all of the market protection, investor protections which we're here to do. And we're doing that through the DTC, which provides the clearing and settlement for those tokenized form equities.
Very interesting. Anything in the works on the infrastructure side, Calypso trade...
Yes. Yes, so in addition to what we had -- so that's a new news. The other news which we had already talked about at the second quarter earnings is that we have a pilot with the Calypso collateral management. We think collateral management is an area that is going to be very important. And then digital asset, we believe, is going to be an important part of the monetization of financial structure. And so with that, that creates market structure opportunities, surveillance opportunities and as I mentioned, Calypso opportunities.
Great. All right. Moving to capital markets. We talked earlier about IPO conditions. Same subject, but I just want to ask a more high level, how do you think about Nasdaq's business and what drives your high win rate and how you're maybe trying to position yourselves for hopefully the next 6, 12 months of a more exciting time?
Yes. So 81% win rate and 55% of the proceeds, we are very, very well positioned. Why do people come to us? The first thing is we have a great brand. People want to be associated with us. We stand for innovation, not just technology but innovation. Innovation and trust will be 2 of the pillars in our brand. We are one of the top 100 brands in the world. Usually, it's consumer brands like Nike, Amazon, those type of things.
But actually, we are in there at #60, which I think is extraordinary. And that carries also into the index opportunity for some of the larger caps. And so being part of the NASDAQ 100 has some benefits because effectively, it creates a very attractive owner being the index owner, and so that is an interesting catalyst for stocks.
We also provide a community to our Nasdaq companies. We're very, very involved including the management team of Nasdaq, including me. And you've got the IR, which also enables our companies to have a better sense for what they are experiencing with investors. And so it's that whole picture in addition to, of course, the fact that we have great volumes, great liquidity and great closing costs and that we do our job extremely well and that in times of high volatility as we -- you've seen in the beginning of this year, we are able to scale up with really 0 noise.
Under that same umbrella, your Workflow and Insights business, you saw a nice pickup in ARR last quarter. I think there were a couple of notable wins in Corporate Solutions. Unpack what you're currently seeing there? To what extent is the improving IPO market playing a role in sales conversations? How do you think about that as a driver?
So I would say for what we've seen last quarter, it was 5% ARR, which for that business is actually a good level of ARR, but it was driven by the analytics side. So less driven by the IPO market and really driven by our specific data solutions as well as our investment solutions all of that generating the engagement because we can help investors generate alpha, which in all environments is incredibly important and those products are very differentiated.
When you look at Corporate Solutions, as you said, are some notable wins, and we've been pleased with the fact that we've had some momentum. But for example, one of the large wins that we talked about was a very large financial institution, so clearly not related to the IPO market. But as the IPO market restarts, you certainly would see a momentum. And then you also have the pipeline that it creates for when those companies come off the free period.
Got it. Maybe coming back to index. Similarly, can you talk about the strategy there? I mean, besides the phenomenal market-driven growth, what else do you think Nasdaq can do to kind of enhance this business, whether it's on the AUM side, additional strategies, derivatives, things like that?
Yes. So what we've said for a few quarters at this point, and we've been extremely focused on it, proud of it is, for example, last quarter, we were at half of the growth of 17% that was generated with alpha. And if you look at it for other quarters, we've seen that in a very consistent manner.
And why is that happening? The first thing is we have a lot of new products. And so that new product innovation is not just in the Nasdaq complex, but is also outside of it as well as international and as well as annuity products. The second part beyond that is really to push, as I said, on international and to push on the institutional opportunities.
So on international, we've been growing those AUM by 40%. So that's starting to be a very meaningful contributor to the growth. And then on annuities, it's a $700 billion opportunity. We're about at 7%. And so that's not a huge part right now of the contribution, but it's one which we've been investing in, and you're seeing -- for example, it was 7 of 33 products for last quarter, but it's always a meaningful part of our innovation that goes in that direction. We also have some sales efforts that are dedicated to that. So those are important because they're quite untapped.
Got it. Maybe on the -- moving to the market services side of the business. So across both equity options and cash equities, it looks like over the past several years, Nasdaq share has been trending lower. How do you think about competition in these businesses and generally defending share in the exchange business? And along the same lines, you recently filed an application to add Monday and Wednesday expiries to a handful of qualifying securities. What would your expectations be for zero-dated single stock options, assuming an okay from your regulator?
Yes. So this is a very competitive market, but it's also a growing market. And so what we've been able to do is to defend the differential in share, which is still very significant and also really focus on not just share, but share capture and eventually revenue. So when you look at the revenue story that we've been able to generate for the last few quarters, and we certainly have been able to offset that share, not just with market volumes but also with the management of capture and with the focus on being there for the clients at those times of volatilities, it takes a lot of investments actually to be able to be the venue of choice when that volatility is extreme, and we've been able to do that.
So we feel very good that revenue is the driver that share is still at a level of differentiation versus others, which is extremely strong. We're not sitting on our laurels because we know that it's a very competitive space, but we're able to be -- to continue to be viewed as the #1 venue and to provide that innovation to our clients, and therefore, that's certainty of execution to our clients.
When you look at the numbers, we were in double digits for the end of last year and the beginning of this year. Obviously, those are very elevated numbers. We're not saying that's the new normal. But certainly, that gives you a sense that we didn't just lose share.
And then the other part of the question, the -- yes, how do you...
Yes. Very interesting for us. Many of you have been asking, including you, and I think that you were right to ask and we are focused on it. We're starting, I would say, where it makes sense, which is with some of the large names, but this is something which we believe is an opportunity, and so we're pursuing it.
Great. Maybe moving to costs and capital allocation. So we talked earlier about AI. More broadly, how do you think about the opportunity internally? How much runway is there for additional efficiency gains to be made by implementing AI at Nasdaq?
Yes. So we talked a little bit before that about the fact that the Adenza-related synergies, which then got expanded into a broader efficiency program, are going very well. So we've got this $140 million program and we're in spitting distance of being done with it. And there is a portion of that, which is AI on the business. So I talked earlier about in the products, for example, in Financial Crime Management, we have that in many products.
And this is about on the business. So on the business would be Sarah Young was thinking about her finance team and our General Counsel thinking about his legal team and how do you want -- and then very importantly, all of the tech team leveraging GenAI. We think it's a real opportunity. We think we're at the beginning stages.
The portion that's in the $140 million is a real number, but it's not like the majority of the $140 million by any stretch. And we think that as we continue to deploy and to see the successes that this will become meaningful. So we're putting a lot of not just efforts but also rigor in tracking on what's going there. And we do believe that there will be additional efficiencies beyond the $140 million, we have talked about that. We'll be able to talk about, but we haven't announced the number yet.
Okay. Great. On the capital side, so at the end of Q2, gross leverage was approaching 3%, I think you're at 3.2%. Any updated thoughts you can share around getting below your leverage targets? How do you think about buyback opportunities? What the cadence looks like, anything like that?
Yes. So we've been very pleased about the deleveraging story. We had a milestone of 3.3%, we achieved that one and in fact, overachieved it being at 3.2% in the second quarter, 16 months ahead of the time line and our goal is to continue to go on that track. We've been able to do that with, first of all, the power of our free cash flow generation.
So that free cash flow generation affords us to do several things. We've got a progressive dividend. We've got, of course, the support of our organic growth, which I should have started with because it's the #1 thing that we do, and we really fund our investments at a high level, which is why you hear us talk about GenAI here, GenAI there. And not just that also migrating markets to the cloud. I mean, we do some very real things. Calypso, the cloud improvements that we had talked about. We do a lot of things, and we're very proud of that.
Then you go into the debate between share repurchase and debt repurchases. And you've seen us skewing towards the debt repurchases as we prioritize really getting that leverage down, but given where we are, and you will see an increasing focus on share repurchases, while we continue to execute on both.
Got it. So at the opposite end of the spectrum, we've seen Nasdaq spin-off some businesses in the past. I think earlier this year, you spun-off your European power trading business. Is there anything else across the portfolio that feels like it doesn't quite fit with your core strengths? Could we see other divestitures in the future?
So I would say at Nasdaq, before me and with me too, it has been a constant rigor to do reviews of the portfolio. So it's -- we will always do the review, we will always evaluate on the margin if there are things that make sense. We are not like changing our business model. But certainly, the evaluation of each piece is always a good rigor to have.
Got it. Great. Well, maybe circling back to a couple of things we talked about earlier. With the beginning of our conversation, we talked about the IPO market. Curious if you could talk about the mix of the pipeline? It's a question we get a lot, whether it's on the exchange side; the alternative asset management side, which me and a lot of my peers also cover.
It seems like the market has been more open for certain types of companies, tech growth, crypto. How does the pipeline look? Do you think that the appetite or the desire to go is kind of broadening? And I think we talked about sort of the broad market, but how do you think about like the different sectors and the ability to go public as we're looking out over the next year?
Yes. We think that it really depends on the quality of the players on -- although there was a bar that was, I would say, so extraordinarily high that nothing could happen about a year ago. And that bar remains a high bar. And it's a combination of more companies are meeting that bar and the bar went from, I would say, exponential to high.
And across the sectors, technology, software have been very good. Crypto has had a very good track record so far. Fintech, there is a good pipeline in fintech, and you saw the execution with [indiscernible]. So -- and then we've seen a little bit in health care. And then you get into some like smaller here and there. You'd see some consumer retail, you'd see some energy, but that's not the majority of the pipeline.
Got it. And a separate topic was something you mentioned. It feels like something even like a year or 2 ago, we talked about a lot, the conversations more moved to AI. But on the cloud side maybe 2 parts: Can you talk about where Nasdaq is in kind of your broader cloud journey? And then I feel like just a few years ago, there used to be a lot of conversation about moving whole markets to the cloud. What's the latest there? Is there still -- is the blockchain sort of the updated version, we don't need it anymore? Or is there still experimentation momentum happening there? Like what are your thoughts on it?
So when you move a market to the cloud, you're first, in some ways, like reengineering the processes and then moving into the cloud. And so we're going through all of that. And there are some markets that get all of the benefit, I would say, with that reengineering and others that actually benefit more if you do it in the cloud and so we make the right analysis as to what to do where. It has been a constant part of our investment.
And so this is not one where we go in, we go out. This is one which we've been doing for many, many years and which we're continuing to do. We don't talk about it, I would say, as often because it's not as new, but it's a core part of our investments. And I will say, when you saw us execute, I won't say brilliantly, but really well, in the first half of this year through those extreme volatilities.
I mean to calibrate, the messages went from -- when we talked about it at the Investor Day, we said approximately $200 billion; at that point, like a record would have been 250 billion messages a day, which is already extraordinary. And then you go, okay, in the first quarter that became a record of $450 billion a day, and then that number became in April $550 billion a day.
So we are like dealing with a scale and a scaling need, which has benefited from the investments we've made, both into all of the exchanges but also the ones that have gone into the cloud. So that's happening. We've seen also other investments in the cloud, whether it's in surveillance, whether it's in the Calypso. You've seen us also even on Axiom continuing to do that with clients. And so this is something which got started 10 years ago, at this point might be 11 even. But -- so it's not a new trend for us. But if we want to get the full benefit of GenAI, there is a real value for the cloud.
Maybe one last final question with a little bit of time we have left. So another one of your recent announcements is another planned Investor Day next February. I think we -- you have a somewhat regular cadence. So not too unexpected, but just you've kind of gone through this period of acquisitions, Axiom, Calypso. Feels like investors kind of understand now like how that -- the story all fits together. So how do you think about, clearly, we'll get there when we get there. But what should we be looking for when we kind of see you again, I think, next February?
Yes. I mean, I would say you should -- strategies shouldn't change every time you have an Investor Day. So you know our strategy, we've been executing our strategy, we've got a focus on organic growth for now. And this is a strategy which is embedded in a very large TAM and SAM, and the SAM is actually benefiting from the conversion of the TAM.
We think that at this moment in time, with the trends of digital assets, there is even more need for our services that we are giving. We think that the accelerations of trading and the advent of retail create data and opportunities for infrastructure, which again position us well.
And so I wouldn't like walk into Investor Day thinking that you're going to hear like a brand-new story from us, but that we will give you a lot of proof points for how we've been executing and a bit more time than what we can do in 40 minutes.
Great. Well, we'll leave it there. Sarah, thank you so much for joining. It's a pleasure to have you.
Thank you.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Nasdaq — Barclays 23rd Annual Global Financial Services Conference
📣 Kernbotschaft
- Kernaussage: Nasdaq meldet Resilienz: H1 2025 deutlich mehr IPO-Aktivität (Listings +50%, Wert +25% YoY) bei gleichzeitigem organischem Wachstum (Umsatz +12%, Solutions +10%, ARR +9%). Management sieht Momentum für ein starkes H2, warnt aber vor verbleibendem Rezessionsrisiko (~40%).
🎯 Strategische Highlights
- Verafin: Fokus auf Enterprise/International — 5 Tier‑1‑Banken gewonnen, Q2‑Signings für Enterprise doppelt so viele wie 2024; erste Europa‑POC in 2Q'25.
- KI‑Einsatz: Agentic AI in Verafin‑Triage: Tests zeigen ~80% Alerts ohne menschliche Review; Produkt wird jetzt ausgerollt.
- Digital Assets: Regelantrag zur Tokenisierung von Aktien/ETPs eingereicht; Pilotprojekte für Collateral‑Management mit Calypso laufen.
🔭 Neue Informationen
- Neu: Offizielle Rule‑Change‑Anfrage für tokenisierte Aktien/ETPs und Partnerschaft mit BioCatch (Behavioral Intelligence); Verafin‑Enterprise‑Pipeline und Calypso‑Collateral‑Pilot als konkrete Fortschritte. Guidance wurde nicht verändert.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- IPO‑Pipeline: Nachfrage war breiter (Software, Fintech, Crypto); Management betont Qualität der Pipeline, erwartet Beschleunigung H2.
- Verafin‑Tempo: Ziel mittelfristig Mid‑20s Wachstum; Timing der Umsatzrealisierung aus Enterprise‑Deals bleibt unscharf.
- Regulierung & Kapital: SLR/Basel‑III‑Debatten schaffen Auswahlkatalysatoren für RegTech; Deleveraging vor Buybacks, aber Share‑Repurchase‑Anteile sollen wachsen.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Fazit: Nasdaq präsentiert ein robustes, diversifiziertes Geschäftsbild mit klaren optionalen Upside‑Treibern (Verafin‑Enterprise, KI‑Automatisierung, Tokenisierung). Kurzfristige Risiken und Timing der Umsatzrealisierung bleiben entscheidend für Aktienperformance.
Finanzdaten von Nasdaq
Umsatz
Der Umsatz stellt die Summe aller Einnahmen eines Unternehmens z. B. für dessen Produkte oder Dienstleistungen dar.
Umsatz (TTM) einfach erklärtDirekte Kosten
Direkte Kosten sind die Kosten, die direkt im Zusammenhang mit der Herstellung des Produkts oder der Dienstleistung entstehen.
Bruttoertrag
Der Bruttoertrag gibt an, wie viel vom Umsatz nach Abzug der direkten Herstellkosten im Unternehmen verbleibt. Berechnet man den prozentualen Anteil vom Umsatz, spricht man von der Bruttomarge (engl. Gross Margin).
Brutto Marge einfach erklärtVertriebs- und Verwaltungskosten
Die Vertriebs- & Verwaltungskosten (engl. Selling, General & Administrative expenses, kurz SG&A) beinhalten alle Aufwände für Marketing und den Verkauf sowie die allgemeine Verwaltung des Unternehmens.
Forschungs- und Entwicklungskosten
Die Forschungs- und Entwicklungskosten (engl. research & development costs, kurz R&D) geben Auskunft darüber, wie viel das Unternehmen in die Forschung und die Entwicklung seiner Produkte investiert. Vor allem prozentual vom Umsatz und im Vergleich zu direkten Wettbewerbern sind die Kosten interessant.
EBITDA
Das EBITDA (Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization) ist der Gewinn des Unternehmens vor Zinsen, Steuern und Abschreibungen. Berechnet man den prozentualen Anteil vom Umsatz, spricht man von der EBITDA-Marge.
Abschreibungen
Abschreibungen stellen Wertminderungen von Vermögensgegenständen des Unternehmens dar (z.B. durch Abnutzung von Maschinen).
EBIT (Operatives Ergebnis)
Das EBIT (engl. Earnings Before Interest and Taxes) ist der Gewinn des Unternehmens vor Zinsen und Steuern, das auch als operatives Ergebnis bezeichnet wird. Berechnet man den prozentualen Anteil vom Umsatz, spricht man von
der EBIT-Marge.
Nettogewinn
Der Nettogewinn stellt den Gewinn oder Verlust nach Abzug aller Kosten dar.
Nettogewinn einfach erklärtaktien.guide Premium
| Jun '26 |
+/-
%
|
||
| Umsatz | 8.751 8.751 |
8 %
8 %
100 %
|
|
| - Direkte Kosten | 3.137 3.137 |
2 %
2 %
36 %
|
|
| Bruttoertrag | 5.614 5.614 |
14 %
14 %
64 %
|
|
| - Vertriebs- und Verwaltungskosten | 2.304 2.304 |
10 %
10 %
26 %
|
|
| - Forschungs- und Entwicklungskosten | - - |
-
-
|
|
| EBITDA | 3.310 3.310 |
18 %
18 %
38 %
|
|
| - Abschreibungen | 649 649 |
5 %
5 %
7 %
|
|
| EBIT (Operatives Ergebnis) EBIT | 2.661 2.661 |
21 %
21 %
30 %
|
|
| Nettogewinn | 1.967 1.967 |
30 %
30 %
22 %
|
|
Angaben in Millionen USD.
Nichts mehr verpassen! Wir senden Dir alle News zur Nasdaq-Aktie direkt und kostenlos in Deine Mailbox.
Auf Wunsch erhältst Du jeden Morgen pünktlich zum Frühstück eine E-Mail, die alle für Dich relevanten Aktien-News enthält.
Nasdaq Aktie News
Firmenprofil
Nasdaq, Inc. ist eine Holdinggesellschaft, die in den Bereichen Handel, Clearing, Börsentechnologie, Regulierung, Wertpapiernotierung, Information und Dienstleistungen für öffentliche & Privatunternehmen tätig ist. Sie ist in den folgenden Segmenten tätig: Marktdienste, Unternehmensdienste, Informationsdienste und Markttechnologie. Das Segment Marktdienste umfasst den Handel und das Clearing von Aktienderivaten, den Aktien-Cash-Handel, FICC und Dienstleistungen im Bereich Handelsmanagement. Das Segment Corporate Services umfasst die Bereiche Unternehmenslösungen und Börsennotierungsdienste. Das Segment Information Services umfasst die Bereiche Datenprodukte, Indexlizenzen und Dienstleistungen. Das Segment Market Technology ist ein globaler Anbieter von Technologielösungen und Partner für Börsen, Clearingorganisationen, Zentralverwahrer, Aufsichtsbehörden, Banken, Broker und Unternehmensgeschäfte. Das Unternehmen wurde 1971 von Gordon S. Macklin gegründet und hat seinen Hauptsitz in New York, NY.
aktien.guide Premium
| Hauptsitz | USA |
| CEO | Ms. Friedman |
| Mitarbeiter | 9.613 |
| Gegründet | 1971 |
| Webseite | www.nasdaq.com |


